Bo o k s fo r th e

Me c h a n i c a l E n gin eer

I
PRA CT CAL I RONF OU NDING B y J . .

F o urth E d it i on R e vi s e d a n d E n l arg e d Th i s boo k i s

, .

wr itt en both f o r t h e st u d ent a n d p racti cal m a n Th e .

p rincipl e s a e cl e ar ly e x pl ai ne d a n d t h e m ost r e cent

r ,

p ract i ce i s i n cl u d e d With 28 3 i l l u strat i ons (is n e t . . . .

THE PR C PLE S OF PATTERN MAK IN I G IN B y th e

.

sa m e A u th or F fth E d t o n Wr tt en S p i ally
. i ii . i ec for
A ppr nt i s d St d ts Contai s a l os a y
e ce an u en . n G s r of th e

C o m m on T r m s m pl o y d i Patt rn a in
e e e n e M k g an d
Mo l d i g u W ith 1 0 1 ill strat i ons 4 8
n . t u . . ne .

ME TAL TURNIN G B y t h sa m A t h or A Pra t i a l . e e u . c c

Hand b oo k C o t nts i n l d Th L ath

. Ch ks n e c u e: e e, uc ,

H and T n i ng Sli d R st T rn i g B o i ng
- ur d S r w ,
e e u n ,
r an c e

C tt i ng
u W ith 8 1 ill st at i o s 4 S
. t u r n . . ne .

THE PRIN CI PL E S OF FITTIN G By th sam A th o . e e u r .

F orE ng i rs A ppr nt i s d St d nt s
n ee F o rt h e ce ,
an u e . u

E d i t i on R vi s d
,

d E nl a g d
,
W it h 3 5 0 ill t at i o s
e e an r e . us r n ,

d an pp
an dix f s f l h o p not s d m m o d a
a en o u e u s e an e r an .

GS n e t . .

MODE R N MI LL IN G
N E S T PU L L . By ER ,

A Pr a ct i cal Ma n u a l on Milli ng Ma h i n e s c ,

A cce ssori e s et c l o r t h e u s e o f E ng i n e e s . Milli n g r ,

p erators a n d Pra ct i ca l Me ch an i c s i h 1 88 ill u stra

, ,

O ,
W t .

ti ons a n d m an y t abl e s 9 8 n e t
E N GIN E E RIN G WORK SHOP EXERCI SE S B y t h e sa m e
. . .

A ut h or Th i s boo k i s i n t en d e d t o p r o vi d e a s e r i e s o f
e xe rc i s e s br i ng i ng i nt o u s e t h e v a i o u s too l s a n d
.

a ppli anc e s W ith 37 ill u str at i ons 28 6 d n e t

. . . . .

PIPE S AND TUBE S Th eir Cons tru ction a n d J ointin g .

r B y PH I L I P R
i B J O R L I N G H yd r a u l ic E n g in eer Co n
- . .

ll n e c e s s ar y Ru les F or m u l a e T abl e s
,

t ak i n a an d
g
.
, ,

W ith 1 9 1 ill u s trat i o n s 4 8 n e t

“
.
. .

ITlVIA N S M E CHA NI CS
’
A ND DRA UGHTSMEN S ’ ’

P '

POCK ET B OOK . By W . E . D O MM E T T ,
Wh . Ex
A M . I A E
. . . S i ze 6 5 in . by 4 1n . 2S Gd n e t . . .

SI R I A A G PI T MA N 85 S O N S ,
L TD

1 A ME N CORNE R L OND ON ,
E C4 . .

T -I0
 F OR THE U SE OF

B OI L E R M A K E R S B R A Z I E R S C O PPE R SM I T H S I R ON WORK E R S
, , ,

PL U MB E R S
,

S H E E T M E T A L W OR K E R S
, T IN S M I T H S WH I T E
SM I T H S ZI NC W OR K E R S q i
, ,

, d th wh k
an wl d g of er s o re u re a no e e o

l l pm t f f
,

th w ki g
e or p n f m u o d e ta s or ev e o en o s u r a ce s as

EV A N A . A TK I N S ,

Hea d d
f the Meta l Tr a es D epa r tmen t a n d C h ief L e ctur er o n P r a ct ica l G eome tr y
o

d
, ,

Mun icipa l Techn ica l S cho o l L i v er poo l ; H on o ur s S il v er Me a l l is t i n

d
,

Meta l Pl a te Wor k Ci ty a n d G u i l ds of L on on I ns ti tu te
d
,

Hon o u r s Me a ll is t i n Pr a cti ca l G eome tr y,

B oa r of E u ca ti on d d

S E C OND E D I T I ON , RE V I SE D A N D E NL A R G E D '

WI T H 4 50 I L L U S T RA TI ONS

L O ND O N
SI R I S A A C PIT MA N SO N S ,
LTD .
,
1 A ME N C O RNE R ,
E C4 . .

(I N C O R PO RA T I N G WHITTA K E R Co .
)
B A TH ,
ME L B O U RNE A ND NE W Y O RK
PRI NT E D B Y SI R
SO NS , L T D , 1
.

ME L B O U R NE AN
 PRE F A C E

HAV I NG lon g felt th e want of a book that dealt with sh e et an d pl ate

m etal work from a p ra cti cal po i nt o f v i ew th e author som e ye ars ,

ba ck deci ded to wr ite o n e I n th i s h e was e nco u rag e d by t h e e ditor

.

o f t h e E n g li s h M ech a n i c who i n vi te d h i m to contr i bu t e a s er i e s of

,

art i cl e s on th e s u bj ect to th at p a p er Th e p re s ent book throu gh .

,

th e k i n d p erm i ss i on o f t h e abo v e m e nt i on ed ed i tor i s th e o u t com e

-
,

o f thos e art i cl e s .

Th e d i sti n ct fe ature o f th e book i s that t h e p att erns a r e shown

s et o u t as th e y wo u l d be i n th e work sho p w i th h i nts as to allowan ce s ,

for j o i nts w i r i ng a n d notche s ben d i n g u p u s e o f t ools a n d so on

, , , ,
.

Ne arly all th e p att erns ha v e bee n te ste d by t h e au th o r h i ms el f

or u n der h i s s u p er vi s i on .

I t is ho p e d that by a carefu l stu dy o f t h e boo k th e m echan i c w i ll

become a more e xp ert craftsman a n d at t h e sam e t i m e l e arn t h e
‘
,

art of cu tti ng u p m et al e conom i call y .

T h e book t oo sho u ld s er v e as a wor k o f r e fe re n ce for work s

, ,

na gers and drau ghtsm en .

I n con cl u s i on th e author h ome that th e work m a y l ead to th e

,

more e xt ended u s e of she et m etal i n ai di ng t h e p re s ent n ew art“ ”

tenden cy to e v ol v e n e wer shape s of arti cl e s f or ho us ehold an d

g e n e ral u se .

PRE F A C E TO THE SE C OND E DI TI ON

THA T th ere has b een a d e m an d f o r s u ch a boo k as th s s shown by i i

v
th e ery fa ou rabl e wa v y i
n wh ch t has b een re ce v ed, and by th e i i i
cal l f or a s e con d e dit on i
Th e au thor has b een art cularl y grat fi e d
. p i i
i i
by t h e many, both n th s co u ntry a n d abroad , who ha e stat ed v
that th e book has been o f ass stan ce to the m S ec al thank s a r e i . p i
du e t o ol d coll e agu e s both in St a fi or ds hir e a n d L an cashire for
'

i
mak ng t h e book k nown .

pp i
O ortu n ty has b e e n tak en to a dd to th s ed t on a cha ter on i ii p
i y i
ann eal ng , a cet l en e w eld ng , etc ; a furth er cha ter on m is es l . p
p
l a n eou s atterns , and a ful l er cha t er on tools an d mach n e s p i .

Thank s a r e h ere ex r e ss ed to Me ssrs J p

Rho de s and Sons , . .

Me ssrs R B eck er a n d Co , and th e A cetyl en e I ll u m nat ng Co , for

. . . i i .

th e loan of blo ck s .

E A A
. . .

L IV E RPOOL , 1 9 1 2 .

4 4 2 830
 CON TE N TS

I ntro d u ctory
E l bows f o r Ro u nd P
ip s e

Tee P i s f or Ro und Pi pe s
ece

Pi pe B ends i n Seg me nts

T aper ed Pi pe E l bows a nd T hre e way Pi e ce s -

Squ ar e Pi pe E lbo w s and T e e Pi e ce s

R ectan g u lar Pi pe E l bows and T rans f orm e r Pi ece s
Hoods
F lat sid e d T a p er e d A rti cl e s
Pan C orn ers
T r u nk s B o xe s F end ers & c
, , ,
.

Coni cal A rti cl e s o f Short T aper

Conical A rti cl e s o f L on g T a p er
Part C on e Su r f ace s
A rt i cl e s F orm ed by C on es C u t Obliq u
e
7

H ip a n d Spong e B aths
O v al A rt i cl e s o f E q ual T aper
A rti cl e s o f U n eq ual O v erhan g
I rr e g u lar T aper i ng A rt i cl e s
A r t i cl e s o f Obl i q u e Cyl indr i cal Shape
E ll i pti cal Wor k
Roo fin g Wor k
R oo fi n g Work ( cont i n u ed )
R oo fin g Wor k ( cont i nu e d )
V ent i lator a n d Ch i m n e y Po t B as es H o ppe rs &c
-
, ,
.

Shi p V ent i lators

H ollow e d A rti cl e s
Solid Pans J u g s E xp ansion B
, ,
ul bs &c ,
.

Wor k ed u p Pi pe B ends B re e ch e s Pi eces &0

-
, , .

K ettl e and J u g Spo uts Hand l e s &c , ,

.

V as e s B ra ck e ts D u st p ans &c
, , ,
.

Plat e r s Work T ank s Sh e lls &c

’

, , ,

Plate r s D o u bl e C ur v atur e Work

’
 CONTENTS

Pattern s for Irregular Art i cl es

Sh e et Metal J oints
iv
R et e d J o nts i
Sur fa ce Tr eatm ent of Metals
Metals a n d the i r Pro p erti e s
Me ns u rat i on Rul e s
A nn e al i n g W l d in g
,
e ,
&c
.

Mi s cel lan eou s Patt erns

She et a n d Plate Metal Work i n g Ma ch i ne s
T ools

I ND E X
 PRA CTI CA L SHEET

PL A TE META L WORK

C H A P TE R I .

IN T RO D U C T OR Y .

E V E RY workman whos e aim it is to b e com e a profici e nt sh e e t

or pl at e m e tal work e r should at l e as t h av e a f air knowl e dg e
o f pra cti c al g e om e try ,
m e ns u ration and t h e prop e rti e s of
,

m etals . Whilst no att e mpt has b e e n mad e in t h e f ollo wing

pag e s to tr e at th e s e subj e cts s e parat e ly ye t th e ir applicatio n
,

has b ee n shown and e x plain e d in all suitabl e cas e s .

I t is impossibl e to b e com e an e x p e rt in t h e striking out

o f patt e rns or t e mpl at e s exce pt t h e basic pri ncipl e s a r e
thoroughly grasp e d . Th e l e arning o f patt e rn cutting by -

att e mpting to r em e mb e r t h e m e thods applicabl e in a

numb e r o f articl e s is to be d e pr e cat e d as it giv e s only a
parrot -lik e k ind o f knowl e dg e whi ch invari ably f ails wh e n
d e aling with an obj e ct w h oSe shap e is a littl e out of t h e
ordinary run Ne arly all patt e rns com e f rom t h e d e v e lop
.

m e nt of t h e surfac e s o f a f e w g e om e trical mod e ls e ith e r ,

si ngly or in combin a t ion su ch as t h e cylind e r prism con e

, , , ,

pyramid and in t h e following chapt e rs t h e ob j e cts hav e

,

b ee n gr oup e d with this cl assi fi cation in vi e w To b e com e a

s .
2 SHEET A ND PLATE META L WORK [ Ga l a 1 .

o od p t -
t r cut ter t hen it
i s es s en t ial th at a car eful s t u dy
g a e n

should be mad e of t h e m et hods follow ed in d ev elopin g th e

surfa ces of t h e solids abov e nam e d and t h eir int erp e n etra ~

t ion s . F rom t h e a bov e stat em e nt it will thu s be s een t h a t

t h e fi rst t hi n g t o d o in the ma ki n g of a p att e rn is to car e
f ully e x amin e t h e shap e o i t h e articl e for which t h e patt e rn
is r e q u ir e d and having d e t e rmin e d f rom what g e om e tri cal
,

solid or portion o f solids t h e sur f a ce is built up th e n to ,

d ev e lop t h e patt e rn by t h e m e thod p e culiar to thos e sur f a ce s .

Th e only way to gain confid e nc e in t h e mar k ing out of

p att e rns or t e mplat e s f o r sh e e t and plat e m e tal wor k is by

contin u e d practic e not only in drawing t h e patt e rns

,

o u t on pap e r bu t mor e particularly in cutting th e m o u t

,

o f thin sh e e t m e tal and b e nding into shap e to t e st a ccura cy

of work .

F or work of doubl e curvatur e such as hollow e d or rais e d

,

articl e s pip e b e nds e t c it is particularly d e sirabl e that

, ,
.
,

t h e b e ginn e r sho u ld e x p e rim e nt by t h e working up of par t s

o f an obj e ct whos e patt e rn has b ee n s e t out to som e d e finit e

scal e b e f or e att e mpting to mark out a f ull siz e d plat e and -

sh e aring into shap e I n this way by car e f ul e x amination

’

and m e as u r e m ent o f t h e mod e l pl at e any e rrors in t h e

patt e rn may be d e t e ct e d and allow e d f o r in mark ing out t h e
full Siz e d pl at e
-
.

P arti cul ar car e m u st be ta k e n in fi xing t h e shap e and

siz e o f n ot ch e s also in t h e allowanc e s f o r wir e j oints and

, , ,

thi ck n e ss o f m e tal if an arti cl e is to be mad e accurat ely and

without giving undu e troubl e in t h e making up P att e rns .

without prop e r allowanc e it shoul d be r e m e mb e r e d a r e

, ,

us e l e ss .

Particul ar att e ntion is call e d to t h e g e n e ral nietho d of

i
triangulation us e d in t h e s etting out o f patt e rns and ,

e v e ry ambitious m e chani c would do w e ll to striv e to

thoroughly und e rstand its principl e as expl ain e d in C hapt e r
XI I I .
 I NT ROD U OT Q RY ' N
n n

is no particul ar r e ason W
J J DJ

Th e r e h y any o n e classifi e d
group o f arti cl e s sho u ld be ta k e n first but it is g e n e rally
,

f ound by e x p e ri e n ce that t h e s e tting out o f p att e rns f o r

simpl e pip e j oints is e asily f ollow e d by t h e b e ginn e r h e nc e ,

th e s e a r e d e alt with first in t h e n ext chapt e r .

B e for e p assing on to t h e s e tting out o f patt e rns th e r e is

o n e important point that shoul d be born e in mind and ,

that is wh e th e r a patt e rn is b e ing mad e f o r a singl e articl e

or many or p e rhaps f o r a stoc k arti cl e A ft e r som e practi ce
,
.

i n patt e rn cutting t h e smart workman s h ould be abl e to

-

m ark out a patt e rn for a singl e j ob with a f e w lin es but ,

wh e r e t h e patt e rn is to be us e d f o r many arti cl e s mor e lin e s

should be us e d so as to e ns u r e t h e gr e at e st a ccura cy .

A good patt e rn it should n e v e r be f orgott e n m e ans a

, ,

saving o f tim e in ma k in g up an articl e .

 ‘

Sfi fi Efi l A T E M E T A L WORK [ a
d ND SBIZ 1 11

C H A PTE R II .

E L B OW S F OR RO UN D I
P PE S .

Patt er n f o r Ro un d Pipe Cut on t h e Sl an t .

IT should be born e in mind that t h e most important point

in t h e mak ing o f patt e rns is ac curacy in d e t e rmining t h e
lin e s that a r e r e quir e d f or th e patt e rn I t is always b e tt e r
.

to sp e nd a littl e e xtra tim e in finding t h e corr e ct l e ngth o f

th e s e lin e s than to hav e an ill fi t t in g articl e or to waste
—
,

tim e in cutting or chis e lling it

into shap e I f t h e patt e rn is
.

for a stock arti cl e th e n t h e ,

gr e at e st possibl e car e shoul d be

e x e rcis e d so as to obtain a pat
,

t e rn as n e ar p e r f e ction as pos
sibl e but on t h e oth e r hand if
, ,

it is r e quir e d to s et out a patt e rn

for an odd j ob t h e wor k man ,

wh o has an oun ce of common

s e ns e will know it is f oolish to
sp e nd as much tim e in t h e s et
ting o u t as will e a t up t h e cos t
o f t h e j ob .

F ig 1 shows a s k e tch o f t h e
.

FI G 1
pip e with flang e fitt e d on t h e
.

slant en d G e n e rally for thos e who hav e had but littl e

.
,

practic e at s et tin g out it is t h e b e st pl an t o draw an e l e v a

,
 .
E L B OWS F OR ROU N D PI PE S 5

tion of t h e pip e or pip e j oint for which t h e patt e rns a r e

-

r e quir e d F irst draw t h e c e ntr e lin e (F ig

.
an d th e n as .
,

it w e r e cloth e
,
this with t h e pip e by marking hal f its
diam e t e r o n e a ch sid e and draw lin e s parall el to th e c e ntr e
,

FI G . 2 .

lin e cutting th e m off to t h e r e quir e d l e ngth N o w draw

,
.

bas e lin e as shown and on this d e scrib e a s e micircl e

, , ,

and divid e it into s ix e qu al parts by using t h e compass e s at

t h e sam e radius with 0 3 and 6 as c e ntr e s D raw lin e s
, .

“ ” ”
from bas e lin e to j oint lin e passing through t h e ,

points 1 2 3 e t c and parall e l t o t h e c e ntr e lin e or

, , ,
.
, ,

s quar e with t h e bas e lin e .

Th e patt e rn ca n now be d e v e lop e d by drawing a lin e _

,

0 0 e qual in l e ngth to t h e cir cu m f e r e n ce or girth o f t h e

' '

pip e This l e ngth can be obtain e d by car e fully m e as uring

.

along o n e o f t h e s ix ar cs O to l or 2 to 3 e t c in t o which , .
,

t h e s e micircl e is divid e d an d s e tting it al ong t h e straight

,

lin e tw e lv e t im e s Th e a r e can be m e asur e d by b e nding

.

’
along it a stri p of sh e e t m e tal or s t ifi pap e r or a bit o f thin
"

wir e ; or it ca n be mor e accurat e ly f oun d by usi ng t h e w e ll

(
6 SH E E T A N D PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ CH A R 11 .

known rul e for calcul ating t h e circumf e r e n ce o f a circl e

Multiply t h e diam e t e r by 22 and di vid e by 7 Thus
, ,

in t h e pr e s e nt cas e if t h e diam e t e r o f t h e pip e is 1 0 g, in

, .
,

its circ u m f e r e n ce will be 3 3 in and dividing t his by 1 2 .

, , ,

t h e l e ngth of o n e o f t h e arcs will be 2 2 in .

Th e simpl e st p l an how e v e r and t h e o n e most o f t e n

, ,

adopt e d in ordinary pra ctic e is to tak e t h e l e ngths dir e ctly

,

f rom t h e drawn s e mi cir cl e L in e s p e rp e ndicular to O 0

.

should be run up f rom e a ch point and numb e r e d as shown , ,

and th e ir l e ngths cut o fl e qual to t h e corr e sponding lin e s

b etw e e n bas e and j oint lin e s in t h e e l evation I n .

wor k shop practic e it is most conv e ni e nt to tak e th e s e l e ngths

,

o ff with t h e compass e s and s e t th e m up t h e prop e r lin e s ;

,

but in d e v e loping a patt e rn on pap e r t h e h e ights can be ,

proj e ct e d f rom e l e vation on t h e patt e rn as shown with ,

lin e cutting o ff point 2 Th e points mar k e d can now be .

j oin e d up with a f r e e flo w in g curv e and th u s t h e n et patt e rn

-
,

is compl e t e d To add t h e prop e r allowanc e s f o r thi ck n e ss

.

of m e tal laps s e ams j oints and wiring is t h e most im

—
, , ,
—

portant part of th e mak ing o f patt e rns and this will be ,

d e alt with f ully in subs e qu e nt chap t e rs I n t h e pr e s e nt .

ca s e
,
wha t e v e r is allow e d f o r t h e sid e riv e t e d s e am hal f -
,

must be put on to e ach e n d o f patt e rn Thus suppos e t h e .

,

l a p is I } in th e n 3 in will be t h e allowanc e f o r e a ch e n d
.
, .

o f patt e rn I t will be noti ce d that t h e ce ntr e lin e s f or t h e

.

r iv e t h ol e s a r e t h e e n d lin e s o f t h e n e t patt e rn
- .

Th e thi ck dott e d lin e at top r e pr e s e nts t h e allowan ce for

sm all flang e f o r f ast e ning ring to pip e eith e r by riv e ting , ,

brazing or sold e ring

,
Th e thin dott e d lin e shows t h e
.
,

allowance to be m ad e if t h e whol e flang e is to be thrown o ff .

t h e pip e C ar e must be e xe r cis e d so as to g e t t h e a ll ow

.

an ce f o r flang e t h e sam e W i dth all along t h e patt e r n This .

can be b e s t don e by s e tting t h e compass e s at t h e r e q u ir ed

width and drawing th em a l on g t h e curv e at top o f n et
,

p att er n .
 ELBOWS FOR ROUND PI PES 7
At t e n t io n i s call e d t o t h e m ethod of numb e ring adop t ed .

Th e figur e 0 will i n all similar cas e s be pl ac e d against t h e

s e am of pip e and it will thus al ways com e on t h e outsid e
,

lin e s of n et patt e rn .

Th e ring t o f erm t h e flang e can be s e t out f rom t h e el e va

tion of pi pe Th e long diam e t e r 0 6 will be e qual i n l e ngth
.

to t h e j oint lin e and t h e int e rm e diat e points can also be

,

tak e n from t h e sam e lin e Th e widths at t h e di ff e r e n t

.

parts o f t h e ring can be tak e n f rom t h e lin e s with t h e corr e - =

sp e nding numb e rs on t h e s e mi circl e in el e vation Th e s e .

points will now all be j oin e d with a curv e and t h e width

of flang e mark e d around A s t h e hol e in t h e fla n g e ring
.
-

is an ellips e th e r e a r e many oth e r ways that might be

e mploy e d for m arking it out s om e short e r som e long e r
—
,

and t h e b e st o f th e s e m e t hods shall be shown as occasio n

d e mands .

Fl an gin g .

A fair amou n t of skill is r e quir e d to t hro w o fl or s t r et ch -

a flang e prop e rly Th e firs t thing that should be don e is

.

to cut a gaug e (F ig 3 ) .

out of a bit of sh eet

brass a n d wi t h t hi s
,

mark th e d e pth of t h e
flang e all round on
h
t e insid e of t h e pip e .
F I G 3

I n s t r e tching t h e flang e on anvil h e ad sta k e or oth e r tool

,
-
,

it shoul d be r e m e mb e r e d that it is t h e out e r e dg e of t h e

flang e that r e quir e s t h e gr e a t e st amount o f hamm e ring as ,

t h e l e ngth round t h e outsid e of flang e will be gr e at e r than

t h e insid e by j u st about 6 2} tim e s t h e width of t h e flang e .

I f t h e pip e is mad e out of 5 in or thick e r m e tal t h e flang e

4 .

will hav e to be turn e d ov e r hot and in this cas e t h e d e pth

,

of fla pge shoul d be mark e d on t h e plat e wh e n flat with ,

c e ntr e punch marks

- .
8 SHEET A ND PLA TE META L WORK [ 0 mm 11 .

I n t h e fla n gin g of pla t e m etals th e r e is no n ee d to e xe r

cis e quit e so mu ch car e to avoid t h e splitting o f t h e flang e
as th e r e 1 8 with sh e et m e tals as th er e is a gr e at e r volum e
,

o f m e tal to allow for drawing Sinc e t h e introdu ction of .

mild st e el plat e s of uniform structur e fla n gin g Op e rations ,

ca n be carri e d out with a gr e at e r d e gr e e o f c e rtainty than

in t h e old d ays wh e n iron o f an indi ff e r e nt quality had to

,

be us e d A ll t h e advic e in t h e world ho w ev e r will not

“

.
, ,

m ak e a m e chanic into a good fla n ge r without pl e nty o f

pra ctic e .

I f hol e s a r e r e quir e d in t h e flang e no att empt shoul d be ,

mad e to put th e s e in t h e sh e et or plat e b e f or e b e nding or

fla n gin g as t h e flang e is almost ce rtain to br e ak across t h e
,

hol e s and if by goo d luck it do e s not it will be f ound that

, , , ,

t h e hol e s a r e drawn out o f shap e .

I n str e t ching throwing o ff or fla n gin g sh e e t m e tals

,
-
, ,

ann e aling plays an important par t so that as soon as an ,

e dg e shows signs o f b e coming hard or brit t l e it should be

at onc e got r e dhot and allow e d to cool down .

Squ ar e El bo w f or Roun d Pipe .

P ossibly n
o e of t h e common e st j obs an iron -pl a t e work r
e

is call e d upon t o do is to mak e a squar e e lbow for a round

pip e A n e lbow of this d e sc ription may be r e quir e d e ith e r
.

f o r a stov e pip e a rain wat e r pip e or a v e ntilating sha f t

,
-
,
.

Th e patt e rn for it can be s et out in a vari e ty o f ways all ,

giving t h e sam e r e sult On e o f th e s e m ethods is shown in

.

F ig 4
. This m a y be d e s crib e d as t h e g e n eral m e thod ,

whi ch is appli cabl e to all k inds of pip e j oints for cir cular
non tap e ring p i p es A n e l evation o f t h e e lbow i s drawn l n
.

t h e usual way and a s e mi cir cl e d e s crib e d as shown

,
F or .

t h e patt e rn t h e cir cumf e r e nc e o f t h e pip e is s e t along t h e

lin e 0 0 v ertical lin e s a r e run up f rom e ach numb er e d point
, ,

a n d th e s e cu t o ff e qual in l e ngth to t h e lin e with t h e sam e

 SH EET AN}? PZATE META L WORE [ em s
’

16 11 .

riv et e d in t h e throa t o f t h e e ibo w which adds consid e rably

,

to its str e ngth .

F o r ordinary thickn e ss e s of sh e et iron say 24 gaug e t h e , ,

allowanc e f o r t h e singl e t hrow -o ff m ay be 3 -1 6 in and f o r .

,

t h e doubl e e dg e a littl e gr e at e r than in Th e s e allow .

a n ce s a r e shown by t h e dott e d lin e s on patt e rn Th e sid e .

s e am will be groov e d and it will be su ffi ci e nt to allow 2 in

, .

on e ach sid e to cov e r for what is r e quir e d f o r a i i n groov e . .

Th e way to mak e allowan ce s f or t h e di ff e r e nt k inds o f j oints

will be d e alt with f ully i n subs e qu e nt chapt e rs Notch e s .

a t O 0 must not be cut too l arg e or t h e r e sult will be a hol e

,

in t h e j oint of t h e e lbow Th e obj ect o f t h e notch e s on

.

patt e rn is to avoid having to str e tch or throw o ff t h e f our -

thick n e ss e s o f sh ee t which f orm t h e groov e whi ch if ,

att e mpt e d would i n many cas e s br e ak t h e groov e d s e am

, ,
.

B e sid e s this if t h e groov e woul d stand turning ov e r it

, ,

would r e sult in an unsightly lump on t h e j oint s e am I t is .

always t h e sa f e st pl an to cu t a l o ng not ch as shown in th e ,

patt e rn 0 0 (F ig .

FI G . 5 .

Withou t th e
sh eet iron is of good quali t y it is b e s t to ,

ann e al around t h e e dg e s for wid e flang e b e f or e at t e mpting

t o throw it ov e r I n fact t h e saf e st plan is t o ann e al
.
 E L B OWS F OR ROU ND PI PE S 11

t wic e ,first b e for e fla n gin g and t h e n again aft e r b e for e t h e

, ,

e dg e is turn e d back I t might be tak e n as a sh e e t m e tal

.

Ne v e r spoil a good j ob f or t h e want of

’
work e r s ma xim ,

a littl e ann e aling .

A simpl e r m e thod for m arking o u t t h e p a t t e rn for a

squar e e lbow is shown i n F ig 5 but it must be distinc t ly .

born e in mind that this m ethod appli es to a squar e e lbow

only and canno t be us e d for any oth er ki n d o f e lbo w or
,

b e nd A circl e e qual in diam e t e r to t h e pip e is d e scrib e d

.

and divid e d into tw e lv e e qual par t s t h e girth lin e 0 0 b e ing ,

divid e d up in t h e sam e m ann e r P oints on t h e curv e a r e .

obtain e d by running construction lin e s up and across as

shown .

Elbo w w ith Sl ip J o in t =
.

A r e ady way of j ointing t h e two pip e s of an e lbow to

g e t h e r is to slip o n e i nsid e t h e oth e r first havi ng turn e d ,

down t h e e dg e insid e t h e throat an d th e n tur n t h e e dg e at,

back ov e r t h e insid e pip e Th e patt e rns f o r this k ind o f

.

a j oint a r e shown in F ig 6 Th e e l e vatio n is drawn in t h e

.

usual way an d t h e l e ngths A D and 0 C m ad e a littl e

,

gr e at e r in l e ngth than t h e r e quir e d l ap I n s e tting o u t .

t h e p att e rn f o r t h e pip e with t h e outsid e lap t h e l e ngths of ,

lin e s a r e m e asur e d up to t h e lin e 0 D and mark e d up on ,

patt e rn on t h e corr e sponding lin e s This will giv e t h e .

curv e 0 D O I n de v e loping t h e patt e rn f o r t h e pip e with

.

insid e lap l e ngths will be m e asur e d along to t h e lin e C A

, ,

and s e t up on patt e rn and th e s e will giv e t h e curv e C A C

, .

H e n ce it will be s e e n tha t t h e curv e for n et patt e r n is

‘

O A O f o r bottom pip e 0 D O and f o r top pip e C A C

, , .

This is t h e way in whi ch two pip e s of exac t ly t h e sam e

diam e t e r can be j oint e d with a l ap j oint o n e pip e fitting ,

insid e t h e oth e r Th e l e ngth of t h e curv e 0 D 0 is o f

.
,

cours e gr e at e r than that o f C A C and t h e di ff e r e nc e in

, ,

th e l e n gths of t h e s e two curv e s ca n be mad e a n yt h in g w e

12 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R 11 .

pl e as e by arranging t h e l e ngths of A D and O C in t h e e l e

vation Th e e llips e at t h e e n d o f on e pip e will be l e ss in
.

circumf e r e nc e t han t h e ellips e at t h e e n d of th e o t h e r ;

FI G . 6 .

cons e qu e n t ly t h e small e r will go insid e t h e larg e r I f no

,
.

insid e l ap is r e quir e d as in t h e cas e o f a galvanis e d sh ee t

,

i ro n rain pip e e lbow with sold e r e d j oint th e n t h e l e ngth

-
,

C O in top pip e will be mad e consid e rably shor t e r than in

t h e figur e I n e v e ry cas e t h e l e ngths that A D and C O
.

a r e mad e will d e p e nd upon t h e thickn e ss of t h e m e tal us e d .

Obtus e Elbow fo r Ro un d Pipe .

Th e patt ern for an obtus e e lbow f o r a round pip e is

sh ow n in F ig 7 . . Th e s ettin g o u t o f this pa tt ern r equi r es
 E L B OWS F OR ROU ND PI PE S 13

no additional explanation to that giv e n f or pr evious

patt e rns I n drawing t h e e l evation of pip e how e v e r car e
.
, ,

must be ta k e n to s e t it o u t t o t h e r e quir e d shap e of b e nd .

I n t h e workshop dim e nsions a r e g e n e rally giv e n in o n e o f

"
71 -
1

FIG . 7 .

ways sh own i n t h e figur e Th e angl e b e tw ee n t h e

t h e t hr e e .

c e ntr e lin e s is som e t im e s giv e n which i n t his ca se would

, ,

o f cours e be 9 0
,
°
30 ° A llowanc es f or t h e sid e
s e ams on l y a r e sho w n in this pa t t e rn .
14 SHEE T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A P I II . .

C H A PTE R I I I .

TE E I
-P E CE S F OR RO UND I
P PE S .

Squa r e Te e-Piece .

IT is som etim e s n e c e ssary f o r sh e et and pl at e m e tal wor k e r s

t o mak e what is k nown as t e e pip e s e r e lbows t h e patt e rns
-
,

th er e f or e of a f e w e x ampl e s in round pip e s o f this k i nd o f

,

wor k will be giv e n .

Th e patt e rn f o r a
right angl e t e e pi e ce
- -
,

bo t h pip e s b e ing o f
t h e sam e diam e t e r is ,

shown s e t o u t in
F ig . 8 . An en d el e

vation o f t h e top
pip e is drawn first ,

and th e quart e r
cir cl e divid e d into
thr e e e qual parts .

L in e s a r e n e w drawn
through e a ch po in t
parall el to t h e c e ntr e
lin e and down t o t h e
bas e lin e Th e girth .

FIG 3 o f pip e is s et along

0 0 lin e s run up and cut o ff e qual in l e ngth t o t h e lin e s in
,

e l e vation drawn f rom bas e lin e t o c orr e sponding numb e r .

T h e hol e is mark e d o u t by making lin e 3 3 e qual to hal f

 TE E -PI E C E S F OR ROU ND PI PE S 15

circum f e r e n ce of pip e lin e s b e ing drawn across through

,

e ach of t h e fi v e int e rm e diat e points ,

a n d cut e ff e qual in
~

l e ngth t o t h e lin e s with t h e sam e numb e r and l e tt e r in e l e

vation Thus a 2 in patt e rn will be t h e sam e l e ngth as
.

lin e a 2 in quart e r circl e C ar e must be ta k e n that t h e

-
.

hol e is mar k e d in its pr o per po sition on t h e sh e e t or plat e

for top pip e Th e lin e 6 0 shoul d be on t h e longitudinal
.

c e ntr e lin e of pl at e .

Th e construction lin e s for ob t aining t h e patt e rn by a m o r e

practically us e ful
m ethod a r e s e t
out in F ig 9 . .

This is a most im
portant cas e an d ,

o n account of t h e

p e culiar r e sults
obtai n e d shoul d
be c a r e f u l l y
studi e d . No e l e
vation is n e e d e d ,

t h e Vi e w shown
simply b e ing
drawn to exhibit
t h e shap e of t h e
t e e -p i p e A
quart e r circl e o f
—

sam e radius as
pip e s is s et out F1 0 9

fir st ,
an d th e n divid e d l to thr e e e qu al parts i n t h e
“

sam e mann e r as b e f or e -m e ntion e d . L in e 0 O is

drawn e qual in l e ngth t o t h e girth of t h e pip e divid e d ,

into tw e lv e e qu a l par t s an d th e n n u mb e r e d as on p att e rn

, .

Through e ach po in t p e rp e ndi cular lin e s a r e run up and ,

th e s e a r e cu t o ff t h e prop e r l e ngth by drawing lin e s through

1 2 and 3 on quart e r cir cl e p a r a l l el to lin e 0 0
, ,
-
. Thus t h e
16 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH A R I II .

poin t of int e rs e ction of lin e t hrough 1 on quart e r .

circl e with t h e lin e drawn up f rom 1 on girth lin e

,

will be a point on
curv e of pat t e rn .

I n t h e sam e way
t h e oth e r po in t s
will be ob t ain e d .

It w i l l be
notic e d that t h e
cut on p att e rn t o
form t h e j oint is
made up of four
e q u a l curv e s
h e nc e in workshop
practic e all tha t is
n e c essary t o mark
o u t is a t e mplat e

containing o n e o f
t h e curv e s s u ch ,

as t h e shad e d part
FI G 1 0 . . s h o w n at t h e l e f t

of pat t e rn This simpl e t emplat e ca n be u s e d in a vari e ty

.

o f ways . Th e patt e rn f o r t h e pip e ca n be s e t out by u sing

it f o u r tim e s marking t h e curv e and th e n r ev e rsin g Th e
, , .

h o l e on top pip e can be drawn o u t in a similar mann e r as ,

will be s e e n by t h e f o u r curv e s that f or m t h e h o l e at top

o f p att e rn Th e t e mplat e can also be u s e d f o r s e tting o u t
.

t h e patt e rns f o r a squar e e lbow t h e curv e B 0 B showing

,

t h e patt e rn f o r s e am at ba ck and t h e curv e 0 A O f o r s e am

,

at thr e at L aps ca n be add e d on t o t h e n et patt e rns accord

.

ing to t h e m e thod o f j oining adopt ed .

Te e -Pie ce wi th U n eq u al Pi pes .

In th ed ev e lopm e nt o f t h e patt e rns f o r t e e -pi e ce in which

th e branch pi pe is sm all e r t han t h e main (F ig the
.
 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH A R 1 11 .

tak e n from th e corr e sponding l e ngths around t h e main

pip e and t h e widths
,

at t h e sam e po in t s
from t h e quart e r
c i r c l e on bran ch
pip e A t e st as to
.

t h e accuracy of
work ing can be a p
pli e d wh e n it is r e
m emb e r e d tha t t h e
girth around t h e
hol e should be t h e
sam e as t h e l e ngth of
curv e on pa t t e rn .

Obl ique Tee Pipe a

.

F or an obliqu e
t e e pip e (F ig
-
. in
which both pip es a r e
t h e sam e diam e t e r ,

t h e e l e vation o f t h e
t w o pip e s is s e t out
t o t h e r e quir e d
angl e and t h e pat
,

t e rn mark e d e u t in
t h e usual mann e r .

Th e shap e of th e
hol e can be obtain e d
as in F ig 8 or .
,

s crib e d dir e ctly from

t h e patt e rn t h e ,

curv e at top of h o l e
b eing t h e sam e as
t h e curv e f rom 6 t o c

FI G . 12 .
on patt ern , and t h e
 2 ROUND PIPES
TEE-PIECES POZ 15
heights I)
b eing equal
as ,
Th e two halv es of pat t e rn a r e
.

e x actly t h e sam e and aft e r what has b ee n said with r e gard

,

to F ig 9 t h e m e chanic with an ing e nious t urn o f mind will

.
,

probably be abl e t o s e e how t h e two curv e s o n hal f o f

patt e rn can be us e d to s e t out an obtus e e lbow and an acut e
e lbow at t h e sam e angl e s at which t h e ce ntr e lin e s o f t h e

two pip e s m e e t .

O bli qu e Toe Pie ce for U n equ al Pipes

=
.

Wh e r e a j unction o f two pi pe s of un e qual diam e t e r is

form e d as i n F ig 1 2 it will be n e c essary first o f all to obtai n
, .
,

an e l evation o f t h e j oint lin e or of points upon t h e sam e

,
.

This can be don e by drawing a s e micircl e on t h e main

pip e and on t h e bottom lin e o f this pip e a quart e r circl e o f -

radius e qual to h al f t h e di am e t e r of branch pip e Th e

,
.

quart e r cir cl e is divid e d into thr e e e qual parts and lin e s

-
,

drawn up to cu t t h e s e micircl e in and L in e s a r e

drawn up t h r ou gh t h es e poi nts parall e l t o t h e c e n t r e lin e of
t h e top pip e and wh e r e th e y int e rs e ct with t h e lin e s drawn
,

through t h e corr e sponding points on t h e s e micircl e on

bran ch pip e will giv e points on t h e j oint curv e G r e at car e .

should be e xercis e d to obtai n th e s e poin t s corr ec t ly as t h e ,

accuracy o f t h e patt erns d e p e nd upon t h e lin e s on t h e

branch pip e b eing cut o ff to th e ir prop e r l e ngths I n s e tting .

out t h e p att e rn for branch pip e t h e girth is as usual , ,

m e asur e d a l on g 0 0 lin e s drawn up from all t h e points

, ,

and distanc e s m ark e d up t h e s e lin e s e qual i n l e ngth t o t h e

lin e with t h e sam e numb e r on branch pip e in e l e vation .

To mark out t h e shap e of t h e h ol e is som e what mor e

di ffi cult than in t h e pr evi ous cas e s D rop a p erp e ndicul ar
.

lin e from 3 on j oint lin e to t h e bottom lin e of pip e This .

in e l e vation is d e not e d by 3 a To obtain poin t s on curv e

.

o f hol e draw any lin e down t h e p ap e r and mark a poi nt on

,

it Set abo v e and bel o w t his poin t t h e distanc e 0 ’

obtain e d by m e a s u r l n g along b et w ee n 0 1 on t h e s e micircl e

’ ’

on main pip e in e l e vation I n t h e sam e way s et along t h e

.
20 SHEET AND PLATE ME TAL WORK [ ca m m .

’ ’ ’
l engths 1 and 2
2 L in e s at right a n gl e s to t h e lin e
’ ’
3 3 a r e n e w drawn through th e s e points and t h e corr e ,

sp e nding l e ngths m e asur e d on e ach sid e o f 3 a in t h e e l e va

’
tion mark e d along Thus 0 0 will e qual a 0 and O 6 e qual
.
’

a 6 ,
1 1 will be t h e sam e as b 1 and 1 5 as b 5
’ ’
I n th e .

’
sam e way 2 2 and 2 4 will r e sp ectiv e ly e qual 0 2 an d c 4
’
,
.

Th e poin t s found will of cours e now be j oin e d up with an

, ,

e v e n flo win g curv e and t h e shap e o f t h e hol e is compl e t e d

-
,
.

F acility in marking out t h e shap e s o f hol e s should be

acquir e d by e v ery sh ee t an d plat e m e tal work e r as it will ,

sav e e ndl e ss cutting ,

chis e lling and filing ,

a f t e r t h e pl at e or
s h ee t is b e nt into
shap e .

Nothing has b ee n
said so far as t o any
a l l o w a n ce t hat
should be mad e for
t h e thick n e ss o f sh e e t
or plat e but t h i s will
be d e alt with in l at e r
n oN chapt e rs .

Offs ide
Tee-Piece .

a branch Wh e n
p ipe which is
small e r t han and ,

squar e to a main ,

pip e and is also r e ,

quir e d to fit flush on
FIG 1 3 .
th e.
ba ck of t h e
'

m ain pip e ( say to l ie against a wall ) th e n its pat te rn will

, ,

be obtai n e d as shown in F ig 1 3 . .
 TEE-PI ECES F OR ROU ND PI PES 21

Th e n e c essary lin e s for the

hol e and p att ern a r e obtain ed
by m arking out an e n d e l e vation o f t h e two pip e s as s ee n ,

on F ig 1 3 A lin e 0 6 to touch t h e main pip e is n e w

. .

drawn and upon it a s e mi circl e d e scrib e d this latt e r b e ing

, ,

divid e d into s ix e qual parts and p e rp e ndiculars run up ,

through t h e division points to m e e t t h e main pip e Th e .

girth lin e 0 0 o f t h e patt e rn is m ad e e qual in l e ngth to t h e

circum f e r e nc e of t h e branch pip e divid e d into tw e lv e e qual
,

ar ts a n d lin e s squar e to it run up through e ach division

p , _

point Th es e p erp e ndicular lin e s a r e no w cu t off e qual to

.

t h e sam e numb e r e d lin e m e asur e d from t h e lin e 0 6 up to

t h e m ain pip e circl e i n t h e e l e vation Thus for instanc e .
, ,

t h e lin e 1 1 on t h e patt e rn will be t h e sam e l e ngth as 1

, ,
”
to
1 in t h e e l e vation and so wit h all t h e oth e r h e ights
’
, .

Th e shap e of hol e in t h e main pi p e can be mark e d o u t

’
by drawing a lin e 0 mad e up o f t h e l e ngths of t h e arcs
,

0 ’
1 '
et c f rom t h e mai n pip e circl e drawing pe r pe n
.
, ,

d icu l a r s through e ach point and cutti n g th e s e o ff abo ve and

'

b elo wt h e lin e 0 ’
e qual to t h e simil arly n u mb e r e d lin e on

t h e s e micircl e in t h e
e l e vation . Thus to ,

giv e an e xampl e t h e ,

lin e 1 1 on t h e hol e
’

will be mad e t h e sam e

l e ngth as th e lin e 1 ”

1 on t h e s emicircl e in
t h e e l e vation and so on,

f or all t h e oth e r lin e s .

O ffs ide
Obl ique Tee-Pie ce .

That t h e flow of a
flui d from a branch pip e in t o a main pip e may m eet wi t h
a s lit t l e r e sistanc e as possibl e a branch pip e m ay be r e quir e d
,

to j oin on to a m ain pip e as in F ig 1 4 H e r e it will be

,
. .
as SH EET A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORE Tom s m L
. .

s ee n that t he cu t on t h e branch pip e wh er e it j oins t h e main

pip e is som e what p e culiar its shap e at t h e b ack taking
,

t h e form shown by t h e dott e d lin e .

Th e patt e rns for t h e s e gm e nts of t h e curv e d portion of

t h e branch pip e can o f cours e be s e t out a s in t h e f orm e r
, , ,

cas e s.

Th e s t riking ou t of t h e pa t t e rn f o r t h e branch pip e cu t ,

and t h e h o l e i n t h e
main pip e is show n
-
,

in F ig 1 5 B e f or e a
. .

patt e rn ca n be mad e ,

an el e vation o f t h e in
te r s e ct in g lin e of

branch and main

pip e s must first be o b
t a in e d This is don e
.

by d e s cribing a s e mi
cir cl e o n t h e branch
pip e in t h e sid e e l e va
tion dividing into s ix
,

parts and running

,

lin e s up parall e l to t h e
c e ntr e lin e as shown .

Th e s e lin e s a r e cu t o ff
by drawing lin e s u p
from t h e po in t s on t h e
s e micir cl e in e n d e l e
vation until th ey m e e t
t h e main pip e circl e ,

th e n running a l o n g
un t il th ey cu t t h e
i
sam e numb e r e d lin e
FIG 1 5 on t h e sid e vi e w .

Thus t h e lin e t hrough poin t 1 0 on t h e s emicircl e in t h e

,

en d e l e va t ion giv e s point 1 0

’
on th e main pip e circl e t h e ,
 TE E -PI E C E S F OR ROU N D PI P E S 23

horizontal dott e d lin e through this point th e n i nt e rs e cting

with t h e lin e drawn through point 1 0 on t h e s e mi circl e in
t h e sid e e l e vation and so on f o r all t h e oth e r points r e quir e d
,

for t h e e l evation o f t h e j oint lin e Th e patt e rn f o r t h e .

bran ch pip e is n e w m ark e d o u t in t h e usual way by m e a s u r

In lin e s f rom t h e bas e to t h e j oint lin e and s tting th s e
g e e ,

l e ngths u p on t h e corr e spondingly numb e r e d lin e on t h e

patt e rn I t should be noti ce d that two l e ngths a r e
.

m e asur e d o ff e ach lin e in this sid e e l e va t ion e xc e pt t h e ,

two out e r lin e s Thus to t ak e o n e cas e t h e h eight o f

.
, ,

lin e f o r position 8 on t h e patt e rn will be m e asur e d f rom t h e

bas e up t o t h e dott e d curv e and that f o r positio n 4 up t h e
,

sam e lin e t o t h e point mark e d an d so for e ach pair o f

lin e s .

’
To m ark o u t t h e hol e a girth lin e 3 t o is l aid down
’

, , ,

t h e parts of this b e ing e qual i n l e ngth t o t h e l e ngth of t h e

corr es pondingly n u mb e r e d a r e on t h e main pip e cir cl e .

Through e ach o f t h e division po in t s l in es squar e to t h e

'

girth lin e a r e drawn Ne w to g e t t h e l e ngths of th e s e

. .

Draw a lin e A B as shown in t h e e l e vation and using

, , , ,

this as a bas e to measur e f rom m e asur e t h e distanc e o f t h e ,

di ff e r e nt poin t s on t h e j oint curv e f rom this and s e t along ,

’
t h e corr e sponding lin e on t h e hol e Thus t h e lin e 2 4 o n .

”
t h e hol e will be t h e sam e l e ngth as 2 4 on t h e e l e vation
”
,

and again 3 3 will be e qual t o A

, ,
’
and so on for all t h e
o th er lin e s A ll t h e points on F ig 1 5 hav e not b e e n
. .

numb e r e d as this woul d probably hav e l e d t o confusion ;

,

but t h e r e ad e r shoul d find no di fficul t y in f ol l o w in g t h e

constru ction as having obtain e d o n e s et of poin t s and
,

lin e s all th e r e st will f ollow t h e sam e rul e

,
.

I n b e nding t h e pl at e s car e must be tak e n t ha t th e y a r e

,

b e nt t h e prop e r way so that t h e pip e s will fit tog et h e r

,

corr e ctly at t h e j oint This of cours e h old s for all cas e s

.
, ,
’

o f t e e -pip e s i n whi ch th e b r anch do es n o t fi t o n t h e middl e

of t h e main pip e .
24 SH E ET A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH AR Iv .

CH A PTE R I V .

PI PE BEN D S IN SE G ME N T S .

I N th e t wo pr e vious chapt e rs w e d e alt with s e v e ral ex ampl e s

of t h e stri k ing out o f patt e rns f o r circular pip e j oints w e ,

now e xt e nd t h e m e t hods th er e shown t o t h e cas e s of b e nds

mad e up in s egm e n t s .

Q uar ter -Ben d for Ro un d Pipes .

ex ac t shap e of th e b end is first out as in F ig 1 6

s et ,
.
,

and th e n divid e d up
into any conv e ni e nt
numb e r of s egm e nts .

I n t h e pr e s e nt cas e
th e r e a r e s ix Th e
.

small e r t h e s e gm e n t
t h e l e ss w o r k th e r e will
be in str e tching and
hollowing into shap e ,

bu t at t h e sam e tim e
it should be r e m e in
b e r e d tha t small s e g
me nts m e a n a larg e
n u mb e r of j oints ;
hem e som e r e asonabl e
m e a l? should be
c hos e n .A mid -lin
e is

drawn in fo r o n e of
26 SH EE T A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A P . Iv .

hollow e d t h e back part t h e e nds a r e th e n b e nt around

, ,

groov e d or riv e t e d up and str e t ch e d to t h e r e quir e d sh ap e

,
.

Th e kind of j ointing and quality o f work on t h e b e nd will

of cours e d e p e nd upon what it is to be us e d f o r
,
.

L arg e pip e b e nds that a r e mad e out o f boil e r -plat e s ar e

construct e d in a som e what di ffe r e nt f ashion t h e plat e s b e ing
,

arrang e d so as to br e ak t h e j oints A sampl e of this kind

.

of work is shown i n C hapt e r XX X I II .

Q u ar t er -Ben d f or Squ ar e Pipe .

A
b e nd f or a squar e or r e ctangular pip e can be mad e
up much e as i e r t han for a round pip e I f t h e back and .

t hroat of t h e b e nd a r e flat ,

t h e n of cours e t h e patt e rns

f o r t h e s e parts will simply
be straight sh ee ts Th e pat .

t e rn for o n e of t h e ch e eks
will be obtain e d by s e tting
out t h e sid e el e vation of
t h e b e nd t h e outlin e of
,

this giving t h e shap e o f

t h e ch e e k patt e rn I f angl e .

ir o n is us e d to conn ect t h e
par t s tog e th e r no allow ,

anc e will be n e c essary but

i f t h e sh ee t is flang e d to
form a lap th e n o f cours e ,

an allowanc e f o r this will

hav e to be mad e .

I f th e
squar e pip e runs
along diagonally th e n t h e ,

shap e o f a quart e r -b e nd
will be as shown in t h e e l e

FI G 1 7
. .
va t ion F ig 1 7 I n s et t i n g
,
.
 PI PE BENDS I N S E GMENTS 27

t his out it should be r e m e mb e r e d tha t A G is a di agonal of

,

t h e squar e pip e t h e l e ngth o f a sid e b e ing e qual to A F

,
.

Th e shap e o f t h e b e nd is built up i n a som e wh at p e culiar

m ann e r for w e may consid e r e a ch p art as a portion of t h e
,

surfa ce o f a con e ( Chapt e r Re m e mb e ring this t h e ,

d e v e lop me nt o f t h e patt e rns b e com e s a v e ry simpl e matt e r .

D raw C B squar e to and e qual in l e ngth to A C

, J oin A ,
.

to B . D raw E F and G H squar e to A C Th e n with B .

,

as c e ntr e an d B A as radius d e scrib e t h e a r e A D thi s

, , ,

b eing mad e e qual in l e ngth to t he back curv e A d Th e .

l e ngth of t h e a r e A D may also be d e t e rmi n e d by calcul a

ting t h e angl e A B D a n d s e t ting t his out with a protractor
, ,

o r oth e rwis e .

9O X A C
A ngl e A B D
‘

In the
pr e s e nt cas e A C 2 2 in and A B by calcula t ion .
,

or construction will be n e arly 3 1 in th e r e for e .

,

90 x 22
A ngl e A B D (
°

31
64 n early
) .

Th e arcs F K and H L a r e n ext d e scrib e d and t h e two ,

figur e s as shown will giv e t h e patt e rns for t h e back and

, ,

throat -pi e c e s r e sp e ctiv ely I t shoul d be notic e d tha t no

.

dir e ct m e asur e m e nt along t h e arcs F K an d H L is n ece s

sary as w h e n A D is obtain e d t h e oth e rs will be cu t o ff
, ,

proportionat ely Th e back sid e and throat s e ams m ay be

.
, ,

mad e by e ith e r l apping ov e r and sold e ring or riv e ting or , ,

kno ck e d up t h e allowanc e on t h e patt e rn of cours e b eing

‘
, , ,

s u ch a s to suit t h e kind of j oin t ch o s en .

Th e plat e s or sh e e ts will be shap e d by rolling or b e nding

in t h e sam e way as all oth e r conical work .

Doubl e Ben d fo r Round Pipe .

Wh er e it is c ssary t o j oin tog e th e r two lin e s o f pi pl n g

ne e ,

so t h a t th e flow of liqui d or gas p assing t hrough t h e pip e

28 SHEE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R iv .

may be in te rf e r e d with as littl e as possibl e it is a good ,

plan to mak e a conn e cting pip e of t h e f orm shown in F ig 1 8 . .

This shap e o f b e nd giv e s no abrupt br e ak in t h e pip e and ,

maintains t h e f ull cross

s e c t ional ar e a through
o u t its l e ngth .

I t is most important
t hat t h e ex a ct shap e of
t h e b e nd shoul d first be
s et out This can be .

don e by s e tting down t h e

dista n c e b e t w e e n t h e
lin e s of pip e s and t h e
l e ngth of t h e b e nd
( 1 8 in and 3
. 0 in re .

s ect iv e l in this cas

p y e ) ,

thus obtaining t h e points

A A Th e lin e A A i s
.

n ew divid e d into four

e qual parts and p e rp on ,

d icu l a r s drawn through

t h e e n d division points ,

D D to m eet A C in C
,
.

This giv e s t h e c e n t r e s
for t h e curv e s I f a .

lin e C C be n e w drawn
, , ,

t his will d e t e rmin e t h e

poin ts wh e r e t h e t w o
curv e s of t h e pip e out
lin e should j oin tog et h e r .

E ach hal f of t h e b e nd i s
n e w d ivi d e d into a con

v e n ien t numb e r o f s eg

me n t s ( in this cas e ,

F IG 1 8
.
four ) and ,
t h e pat t e r n
 PI PE BENDS I N SE G MENTS 29

for on e s egm e n t s et out ,

as ex pl ain e d in conn ec t ion with
FH
Z ; 1 6 .

I f fo r th e sak e of app e ara n c e it is r e quir e d to run th e

s e ams in a lin e or to alt e rnat e t h e longitudinal s e ams th e n
, ,

two patt e rns will be n e c e ssary o n e giving t h e s e am on t h e

,

out e r curv e and t h e oth e r on t h e inn e r curv e

,
.

I n j ointing up pip e s of this d e scri ption som e car e shoul d

,

be exe r cis e d s o as t o g e t t h e b e nd withou t t wis t and to t h e

, ,

e x act shap e .
 SHEET A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORK [ e m s v .

C H A PTE R V .

T A PE RE D I
P PE EL B OW S A ND “
T H RE E - LA Y I
P E CE S .

IN th e form e r chapt e rs w e d e alt with typical cas e s o f

patt e rn cutting f o r cylindri cal pip e e lbows s el e cting su ch
- -
,

e xampl e s as woul d s e rv e to illustrat e t h e g e n e ral prin cipl e s

involv e d I n coni cal pip e work it woul d not be a di ffi cult

.
-

matt e r to pic k o u t s cor e s o f appar e ntly di ff e r e n t forms o f

j oints but whi ch on e x amination would be found could
, ,

n e arly all be r esolv e d into a f e w simpl e typ es I n this .

chapt e r w e th e r e f or e propos e to tr e at j ust o n e or two r epr e

s e n t a t iv e cas e s o f conical pip e j ointing and th e s e should
-
,

be su ffici e nt to ex plain t h e g e n e ral m e thod that can be

appli e d to all this class of work Th e first ex ampl e to be
.

d e alt wi t h will be that of a

Cyli n dr ical an d C on ica l Pipe Elbow .

Th e c e ntr e lin e s o f t h e pip e s may be arrang e d t o m e e t

at any r e quir e d angl e ; but f or t h e sak e o f simplifi cation
, ,

a squar e e lbow (F ig 1 9 ) will be tak e n first

. .

I n w o r k o f this charact e r t h e importan t thing is to

accurat ely s et out a sid e e l e vation of t h e e lbo w so as to ,

obtain t h e corr e ct posi t ion of t h e j oint lin e This is don e .

by firs t drawing in t h e ce ntr e lin e s at t h e r e quir e d angl e ,

and th e n f rom th e ir point o f int e rs e ction d e scribing a circl e

( shown dott e d in F ig 1 9 ) e qual in
. dia me t e r to t h e cyl in

d r ica l pip e Th e outsid e lin e s of t h e pip e s a r e a f t e rwards

.

drawn to touch this circl e and wh er e t h ey int e r ,

s ect will giv e t h e e nds o f t h e j oint lin e Thus .

,

in F ig .19 th e ,
con e and cylind e r int ers ect r e
 TA PE RE D PI PE EL BOWS 31

e ct iv e l in a and 6 ; h e n ce t h e str a ight lin e a 6 will be

s p y
t h e sid e e l e vation o f t h e j oint I t will sav e con f usion to
.

r e m e mb e r that this j oint lin e do e s n o t pass thr ough t h e

point of int e rs e ction o f t h e c e ntr e lin e s Th e shap e o f t h e
.

s e ction m ad e by t h e cu t to f orm t h e j unction o f t h e two pip e s

will o f cours e be e lliptical and by car e f u l m e asur e m e nt it
, , ,

will be f ound that t h e siz e o f t h e e llips e s on t h e conical and

cylindrical pip e s will be
e x actly t h e sam e ; h e n ce
t h e two pip e s should fit
tog e th e r corr e ctly A con e s .

bas e may be tak e n at any

conv e ni e nt positi on ; but

in t h e cas e o f t h e squar e
e lbow it is p e rhaps b e st
, ,

to produ ce t h e und e r sid e

o f t h e coni cal pip e until
it m ee ts t h e ba ck o f t h e
straight pip e and th e n ,

u s e t h e li n e 0 6 as t h e
con e b as e
- .A s e mi cir cl e
is d e scrib e d as shown ,

divid e d into s ix e qual

parts and lin e s draw n
,

squar e to t h e con e b as e -
,

th e s e b e ing th e n j oin e d
up to t h e con e ap e x 0 -
.

F rom t h e poin t s wh e r e
t h e radial lin e s int e rs e c t
t h e j oint a 6 lin e s a r e
,

run parall e l to t h e con e

b as e on to t h e ou t sid e
li n e of con e thus obtain
,

in g t h e points et c F or t h e pa t t e rn t h e com
.
,

pass e s a r e first s et t o t h e distanc e 0 6 and with C as c e ntr e

, , ,
32 SHEE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A P . v .

th e are 0 0
d e scrib e d its l e ngth b e ing obtain e d by st e pping
,

along t h e l e ngth o f o n e o f t h e arcs f rom t h e s emi circl e

tw e lv e tim e s To obtain points for t h e p att e rn curv e t h e
.
,

compass es a r e r e sp ectiv ely s et to t h e l e ngths cO cl c2 ’ ’ ’

, , ,

e tc .
,th e s e b e ing mark e d f rom C along t h e corr e spondingly
numb e r e d lin e s on t h e patt e rn Thus to tak e o n e cas e .
—

only t h e lin e C 4 on t h e patt e rn will be t h e sam e l e ngth

— ”

’
as c4 on t h e el e vation A f t e r marking all t h e points th ey
.
,

a r e j oin e d up wi t h an e v e n curv e Th e cut f o r t h e oth e r

. .

e n d of patt e rn is obtain e d by d e scribing t h e curv e B B

f rom c e ntr e C wi t h t h e radius 0 b f rom t h e e l e vation .

I f t h e e lbow is mad e of galvanis e d sh e e t iron an allow ,

anc e f o r j ointing can be put on as shown by t h e dott e d lin e

4 ”
D t h e width of this d e p e ndi ng u pon t h e thi ck n ess of
,

sh ee t m e tal us e d .

Th e cylindrical pip e patt e rn is not s hown as this will ,

be struc k out as b e f or e e xpl ain e d ; but it should be not e d

that t h e allowanc e f o r j ointing must be add e d to t h e b a ck
o f patt e rn to corr e spon d to that u t on t h e t h roat portion
p
o f conical pip e .

I n pl at e work mor e car e will hav e to be ta k e n to allow f o r

t hickn e ss of m etal in j ointing I n s e tting out t h e e l e v a tion
.
,

t h e middl e lin e of t h e m e tal thickn e ss should f orm t h e out

lin e of t h e figur e Suppos e it is r e quir e d to flang e t h e
.

tap er e d pip e ov e r on to t h e cylindrical o n e ; th e n t h e co n e

at t h e dott e d circl e portion should be mad e twic e t h e thi ck
n e ss of t h e m e tal gr e at e r in diam e t e r t han t h e straight pip e .

On t h e oth e r hand if t h e cylindri cal pip e is t o be flang e d

,

on to t h e conical pa r t t h e n t h e f orm e r should be m ad e two

'

thickn e ss e s in diam e t e r gr e at e r .

B e f or e pro cee ding to l ay any lin e s down f o r a patt e rn or

t e mplat e t h e arrang e m e nt o f j ointing should first be s e ttl e d
, ,

as by a littl e f or e tho u ght any m e tho d of conn e c t ing can

be a l low e d for and o f t e n much subs e qu e nt troubl e
,

avoid e d .
34 SHEET A ND PL A TE ME TA L WOPE [ e m s v .

obtaining t h e j oint lin e still holding good Th e r e is no .

n ee d f o r v e ry mu ch d e s cription in conn e ction with this

e x ampl e a f t e r what has b e e n said about t h e squar e e lbow .

Th e lin e s that f orm t h e con e bas e s a r e indi cat e d in t h e e l e

-

vation thos e f o r t h e parts A

, and C b e ing similar
to t h e last cas e and that f or ,
B drawn to t h e right of
t h e j oint an d t h e radial lin e s produ ce d through to m e e t
,

it I t will be notic e d tha t this l att e r arrang e m e nt brings

.

t h e girth lin e o f t h e patt e rn f o r pi e ce B across t h e

patt e rn inst e ad o f at t h e e n d as in t h e oth e r two patt e rns
,
.

Th e extras f o r j ointing a r e add e d on t h e sam e principl e as

e x pl ain e d f o r t h e e lbow I n fi xing t h e parts tog e th e r
.
,

it should be not e d that A fits i nto B ”

and t h e l att er ,

”
into C .

C yl in der an d C o n e Br e e ch es Pie ce
'

=
.

Th e f orms
and shap e s o f br ee ch e s pi e c e s a r e num e rous - .

’
Thos e of t h e obliqu e con e ord e r and copp e rsmith s k ind a r e
d e alt with in C hapt e r XX I X ; but th e r e a r e still m any .
,

tha t do not com e und e r t h e abov e nam e s whi ch ca n ,

be f orm e d o f portions o f cylindri cal and conical pip e s or ,

t h e latt e r alon e We shall n o w giv e two e xampl e s of this

.

class o f work o n e r e gular in f orm and t h e oth e r irr e gular

—
,
’
— and this should su ffi c e f o r all pra ctical purpos e s .

Regul ar Br eech es Pie ce =

.

An l vation o f t h e abov e is shown in F ig 2 1

e e Th e . .

c e ntr e lin e s a r e first laid out at t h e r e quir e d angl e and a ,

circl e d e s crib e d about th e ir me e ting point of t h e sam e -

dia m e t e r as t h e cylindrical pip e Th e e nds o f t h e coni cal .

pip e s a r e th e n mark e d down in th e ir prop e r posi t ions and

corr e ct dia me t e rs L in e s a r e now drawn to touch t h e
.

cir cl e and wh e r e r e quir e d produc e d until th e y m e e t Th e

,
.

in t e rs e ction points o f th e s e tang e ntial lin e s wi l l giv e points

 TA PE RE D PI PE E L B OWS 35

on the j oint lin e s or j oint lin e s produc e d T hus t h e lin e

.
,

of conn e ction ,
d 6 b e t,
w e e n t h e pip e s A and C
drawn by j oining d to f and wh er e this lin e cuts g it will
,

iv t h point I t shoul d b obs rv d that this latt e r

g e e 6 . e e e

poin t do e s not coincid e with t h e c e ntr e o f t h e circl e .

Th e girth lin e of patt e rn t h e pip e B

FI G .

obtain e d by taking t h e e n d lin e of t h e pip e as a con e -bas e ,

and on this d e scribing a s e micircl e f rom which t h e girth

,

lin e l e ngths can be m e asur e d an d t h e radial lin e s drawn .

H aving proj e ct e d t h e radial l in e s on to t h e ou t sid e lin e of

t h e con e t h e striking out o f t h e patt e rn will be t h e sam e
,

as in t h e f orm e r cas e s Th e r e is how e v e r o n e littl e d e tail

.
, ,

to which it is p e rhaps worth whil e calling att e ntion I t

, , .

will be no t ic ed t ha t th e poin t s E E do n o t l ie on t h e r e gu
‘
36 S H E E T A ND PL ATE ME T A L WO RK [ C1 1 A P v . .

l a r ly-spac e dradial lin e s but in b et w e e n t h e lin e s p assing

,

through t h e poi n ts 3 and 4 on t h e girth lin e To obtain .

t h e f orm e r points accurat e ly e xtra constru ction lin e s mus t

,

be put in To do this j oin 6 to b and f rom wh e r e t h e lin e

.
, ,

cross e s t h e co ne bas e run up a p e rp e ndi cul ar to t h e s e mi

-

circl e so obtaining t h e point a

, Ne w m e asur e t h e a r e 3 a
.

and s e t along t h e girt h lin e f rom t h e point 3 J oin b to a .

,

and produc e t h e lin e to m ee t t h e outsid e curv e which i s ,

’
swung around f rom c i n E , .

Th e finding of t h e int e rm e diat e point has in t h e abov e ,

cas e b e e n ex plain e d a t som e l e ngth ; and as it is occa

, ,

PA T TE RN
74
"
t o »?

FI G . 22 .

i
s o n a ll
y n e c e ssary to u s e this construc t ion it is w or t h whil e ,

ta k ing notic e o f t h e m e thod f ollow e d .

Th e patt e rn f o r t h e cylindrical pip e A ( g

F i 22 ) is .

laid out in t h e usual mann e r t h e right -hand upp e r quart e r

,

cir cl e b e ing us e d in this cas e f rom whi ch to proj e ct t h e

l e ngths of t h e constru ction lin e s Th e girth lin e will o f .
,

cours e be e qual to f our tim e s t h e l e ngth o f t h e quart e r

,

circl e 0 to 3 Th e l e ngths o f t h e cross lin e s a r e sho wn

.

proj e ct e d from t h e e l e vation F o r a pan e -down or k noc k

.

”
u
p j oint a doubl e lap is put upon t h e patt e rn for A a ,

singl e l ap f o r B and doubl e lap along t h e middl e pa ct

,
”

E E and a singl e lap at t h e e nds for

,
C .
 TA PE RE D PI PE E L B OWS 37

Ir r egul ar Br ee ch es -Piece .

Th e sam e prin cipl e as appli e d in t h e form e r cas e s can also

be adopt e d as t h e m e thod o f construction f o r any kind o f a
thr e e -way or oth e r conn e cting -pi e c e built up wholly wi t h
,

conical pip e s or p artly conical and p artly cylindrical

,
.

Th e e l e vation of an
irr e gular br e ech e s -pi e c e ,

whi ch is compos e d o f two

conical pip e s and a cyl in
d r ica l pip e is shown i n
,

F ig 23
. . Th e j oint lin e s
a r e ob t ain e d e x a ctly t h e

sam e as in t h e f orm e r
cas e s Th e only patt e rn
.

s et out is that for t h e

conical pip e C as t h e
,

oth e rs can be obtain e d i n

a similar m ann e r To .

compl e t e t h e con e o f
which C is a part t h e ,

sid e lin e s a r e produc e d to

m e e t i n c and t h e con e
,

bas e drawn as shown be

, ,

ing mad e t h e sam e d ia

m e t e r as t h e dot t e d circl e .

H alf o f t h e l att e r is
us e d as t h e s e micircl e for
obtaining t h e r e quir e d
construction lin e s pe r ,

n d icu l a r s b e ing draw n

p e

from t h e division -points

down on to t h e con e -b as e .

Th e p att e rn is struck o u t
in t h e sam e m ann e r as F I G 23 .

t h a t shown for F ig 2 1 Th e poi n t s E E on t h e pa t t e r n

. .
, ,
38 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A P v . .

hav e b e e n f ound without t h e u s e o f int erm e diat e co n s t r u c ‘

tion lin e s t h e curv e s through 1 2 and 4 3 b e ing simply

, , , , ,

produc e d until th e y m e et i n E No allowanc e has b e e n

.

at t ach ed to t h e patt e rn f o r j ointing as this can be put on

,

according to r e quir e m e nts .

What has b e e n said about allowing f or thi ckn e ss of m e t al

i n conn e ction with F ig 1 9 will apply e qually w e ll i n t h e
.

a bov e class of wor k . F o r h e avy plat e wor k gr e at car e must

be tak e n in this dir e ction if work a ccurat e to dim e nsions
or n e at j oints is t h e d e sid e ratum .

Equ al led h -
T e w a y Piece
=
an g r e .

Wh en thr e e pip e s of th e sam e diam et e r fit

tog et h er a t e qu al angl e s as in
,
F ig . 2 4 t h e simpl e st way to
,

obtain the ele

vation and thus t h e
,

patt e rn is to draw a ,

circl e (shown dott e d

i n t h e figur e ) e qual
in diam e t er to t h e
pip es ,and obtain t h e
e l e vation of t h e j oint

lin e as sho wn Th e
,
.

patt ern can th e n be

s et out as in oth e r,

cas e s I f t h e j oint is
.

to be pan e d down or ,

knock e d up th e ,

allowa nc e on patt e rn
will be a do ubl e
e d e for mid dl e
g part“ “

and a si ngl e edg e on '

e n d pa rts t he p at ,

t e rn t h e n s er vin g for
p m 34,
,
each br a n ch .
 TA PE RE D PI PE EL B OWS 39

Unequal-an gl ed Thr ee-

way Piece .

For t his t h e e l e va t ion ca n be s et o u t , as in th e l as t c a s e ,

FIG . 25 .

th e cen t r e lin e s being drawn to t h e r equir e d a n gl es I n .

F ig . 2 5 t h e two t op pip e s mak e e qual angl e s wi t h t h e bottom

4
40 SHEET A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORE [ CH A R v.

pip e cons e qu e ntly o n e p att ern will do for t h e two pi p e s

, ,

t h e only di ff e r e nc e b e ing in t h e arrang e m e nt o f t h e laps t h e,

two dot t e d curv e s on t h e pa t t ern showing r e sp e ctiv ely t h e .

l aps f o r t h e two pip es .

I f t h e t hr e e angl e s t ha t t h e c e ntr e lin e s o f t h e pip e s m a k e

with e a ch oth e r a r e all un e qual th e n it will be n e ce ssary t o
,

hav e thr e e distinct patt e rns t h e s e tting out o f th e s e b e ing

,

similar t o t h e cas e s alr e ady m e ntion e d .

42 SHEET A ND PL A TE ME TA L NONE [ em s vi .

the di ff e r e nc e b et wee n t h e h eigh t of th e back and t h e

throa t of o n e of t h e branch pip e s This di ffe r e n ce which .
,

is mark e d A C on t h e figur e may be obtain e d by simply ,

s etting out t h e tri angl e A C B t h e angl e A B C havi n g ,

first b ee n d e t e rmin e d by t h e following rul e : To find t h e

j oint lin e angl e d e duct hal f t h e b e nd or e lbow angl e from
-
,

90 °
Thus in t h e pr e s e nt cas e t h e angl e will be
,

will thus be s e e n tha t to g e t t h e l e ngth of lin e A C it

It
is only n e c e ssary in practi ce to draw A B and t h e j oint lin e
, ,

B C at t h e prop e r angl e This disp e ns e s with t h e e l e vation

.
,

which is al ways advisabl e as i n t h e s e tting o ut of patt e rns

,

as littl e as possibl e in t h e way o f pl ans and e l evations should

be drawn (
Thos e r e ad e rs who hav e a sma t t e ring o f math e matical
k nowl e dg e and can u s e tabl e s will be abl e to calcula te t h e
, ,

l ength o f A C as f ollows

A C AB tan A B C .

5 x tan 3 0 .

5 x
‘

58 2 9 in .

This h eight can be s e t dir e ct ly on t h e pat t ern a n d t h e ,

sam e compl et e ly struck o u t without in any way using an

e l e vation . I t might be h e r e r e mark e d that wha t has b e e n
said in conn e ction with obtaining t h e di ff e r e nc e in h e ight
b etw e e n t h e back and throa t of a squar e pip e is also a ppl i
cabl e to a n e lbow f o r a round pip e .

R e f e r r l n g again to F ig 2 6 it will be notic e d that t h e

.
,

patt e rn is s et out so that t h e s e am will com e down t h e

ce ntr e of t h e throat wh e n t h e sh e e t is b e nt up This will .

n e c e ssitat e thr e e full widths of 5 in e ach and two hal f .

,
'

widths of 2 } in e ach b eing m ark e d o u t to form t h e pip e

1 .
 S Q U A RE P I PE EL B OWS A ND TEE -PI E C E S 43

girth I f t h e s e am is to be in any oth e r position th e n

.
,

t h e parts o f t h e patt e rn must be arrang e d accordingly .

I n F ig 2 6 it will be obs e rv e d
. that t h e l e ngth A C is pro
e ct e d by dott e d lin e s on to t h e patt e rn This should not
j .

be don e wh e n marking out on sh e e t m e tal as it is most ,

di ffi cult to trans f e r l e ngths corr e ctly in this way I t is .

don e on t h e figur e simply to b ett e r e xpl ain from wh e r e

t h e l e ngth A C is obtain e d .

A llowan ce s must be mad e on to t h e n e t patt e rn for t h e

sid e s e am also for j ointing
,

th e two arms t o g e th e r ,

e ith e r by riv e ting sold e r ,

~

ing or paning dow n and

,

kno cking ov e r .

Th e patt e rn f o r t h e two
arms may be s et out i n o n e
p i e ce as shown in F ig 2 7
,
. .

Th e two sid e gaps a r e cu t

away and a f t e r t h e sh e e t
,

is b e nt up an d s e am e d i n
th e form of a squar e
straight pip e t h e e lbo w ,

can be mad e by b e nding

along t h e li n e D E an d
f ast e ning tog e th e r at t h e FI G 27 . .

throat and sid e s A ft e r t h e e lbow is form e d it will be

.
,

s e e n that t h e points F F com e tog e th e r .

So that t h e e lbow m ay h av e t h e corr e ct o ff s e t it is always ,

a good plan to m ak e a t e mpl at e f o r t h e r e quir e d angl e ,

and try this in t h e throat whil e t h e j oint is b e ing tack e d .

_
Fo r t h e s pe cial cas e o f a sq u ar e e lbo w it should be not e d
_

th at t h e h eight o f t h e ba ck p art o f patt e rn abov e

t h e throat portion will be e q u al t o t h e diam e t e r of t h e
pip e .
44 SH EE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R v1 .

Dia gon a l Squar e Pi pe Elbow

pip e s run diagonally an d an e lbow i s r e quir e d as ,

shown in F ig 2 8 it will ,

be n e c e ssary to first obtain

a diagonal of t h e pip e be
for e t h e e l e vation can be
drawn This ca n be don e .

by s e tting out t h e right

angl e triangl e A B D t h e , , ,

sid e s A D and D B b e ing

mad e e qual in l e ngth to t h e

FI G . 28.

diam e t e r of t h e pip e Th e .

diagonal A B can be ca l cu
‘

lat e d and in t h e pr e s e nt
,

cas e wh e r e t h e diam et e r of
t h e pip e is 3 in it will com e .

out as follows
AB = 3 J 2 42 4 = 4i in .

Th e h eight o f A C can be
found by e ith e r o f t h e
m e thods expl ain e d f o r t h e
last e lbow .

I f t h e s e am is down t h e
b a ck e dg e t h e girth o f t h e
patt e rn will be mad e up by
four widths e ach e qual to ,

t h e di am e t e r o f t he pip e .

F o r e lbows o f this d e s cr ip
tion it shoul d be obs e rv e d
that t h e cu t at top o f p at
t e rn is simply two straight
lin e s
. Th e patt e rn for a FI G 2 9
. .
 S QU A RE P I PE EL B OWS A N D TEE -PI E C E S 45

squar e e lbow can be mark e d out in t h e sam e mann e r ; but

in this t h e h e ight A C will be t h e sam e l e ngth as a diagonal
of t h e pip e .

Di a go n a l Te e Piece
z
.

A t e e -pi e ce for a squar e pip e plac e d diagonally is shown

in F ig 2 9. . Th e hol e o n t h e main pip e is e asily mark e d
out wh e n w e r e m e mb e r that
its l e ngth m u st be e qual to
t h e two sid e s o f t h e pip e and
its width e qual to t h e
diagonal of t h e pip e This .

is shown p roj e ct e d on t h e top

portion o f F ig 2 9 . .

Th e p att e rn f o r t h e bran ch
pip e is s e t out by tak ing t h e
f our sid e s o f t h e pip e for its
tota l girth an d t h e lin e A C
,

e qual to hal f t h e diagon al o f

t h e pip e or e q u al to t h e l e ngth
o f t h e lin e A C on t h e hol e It .

will be r e adily s e e n that t h e

patt e rn ca n be m ark e d out
f rom t h e hol e or which is
, ,

p e rhaps b e tt e r th e,
hol e
m ar k e d from t h e patt e rn if ,

t h is be mad e first .

O bl ique Tee Piece s

.

Wh e n two pip e s a r e o f
th e
t h e sam e diam e t e r v e r y littl e,

mor e di fficulty will be e xpe r i

en ce d with t h e patt e rns than
in t h e l ast cas e A n e l e vation
.

o f t h e two i e s is first drawn

pp
i h
( g
F . m akin g t e re FI G 3 0
.
,
46 S H E E T A ND P L A T E M E TA L WORK [ C H A P . v1 .

quir e d angl e with e ach oth e r t h e lin e s A B and A C r e pr e

,

s e nting t h e diam e t e rs and t h e lin e B C t h e diagonal of t h e

pip e s .

Th e p att e rn f o r t h e bran ch pip e is s et out by laying

down four widths e ach e qual to A B to ma k e up t h e girth
, ,

o f pip e To f orm t h e cut at top o f patt e rn t h e l e ngths o f

.

lin e s a r e tak e n from t h e e l e vation Thus lin e s B D and C E .

on t h e patt e rn a r e r e sp e ctiv e ly e qual to t h e lin e s with t h e

sam e l ett e rs in t h e e l e vation Th e thr e e r e maining lin e s
.

0 O a r e m e asur e d o ff t h e sam e l e ngth as t h e c e ntr e lin e 0 O

on t h e pip e Th e patt e rn is marke d out so that t h e s e am
.

on t h e bran ch pip e will com e on a sid e e dg e .

Th e shap e of t h e hol e can be d e t e rmin e d f rom t h e

patt ern t h e right -hand sid e b e ing us e d to mark out that
,

part of t h e hol e and t h e l e f t -hand sid e th e r emaining

,

part Th e hol e can o f cours e be s e t out dir ectly f rom t h e

.
, ,

e l e vation as s ee n in F ig 30 t h e l e tt e r e d lin e s o f t h e hol e

,
.
,

corr e sponding in l e ngth to thos e with t h e sam e l e tt e rs o n

t h e el e va t ion .

O ffs ide Obl ique Tee Piece s

.

Wh e n branch pip e is small e r than t h e main , and t h e

th e
two pip e s a r e r e quir e d to l ie flush against a wall t h e s e tting ,

out of t h e pat te rn and hol e b e com e s som e what complicat e d .

We will tak e o n e typical cas e whi ch should be su ffici e nt ,

guid e to cov e r mos t o f t h e j obs that a r e li k e ly to cr 0 p up

in a practi ce o f this charact e r I n F ig 3 1 it will be notic e d
. .

that t h e two pip e s fit tog e th e r in a similar mann e r to thos e

o f F ig 30 . Th e branch pip e how e v e r b e ing small e r t han
.
, ,

t h e main will n e c e ssitat e its b e ing on o n e sid e as s e e n i n

, ,

t h e e n d vi e w .

B e for e it is possibl e to obtain t h e patt e rn f o r t h e branch

pip e a prop e r e l evation o f t h e j oint lin e must be f ound .

This can be don e by dra w i ng an e n d vi e w o f t h e mai n

 S Q U A RE PI PE E L B OWS A ND TE E -P I E C E S 47

pip e ( F ig. dropping a p e rp e ndi cul ar 0 to 0 and m aking

0 3 e qual to t h e diagonal o f t h e branch pip e ; t h e lin e s 0 1
and 1 3 r e pr e s e nting t h e si d e s o f t h e small pip e T h e b as e
.

lin e is o f cours e e qual to t h e diagon al o f t h e small pip e

, , ,

and t h e l e ngths 0 2 and 0 4 on this b e ing mad e t h e sa m e

as lin e 2 4 on t h e e n d vi e w Points on t h e j oint lin e a r e
’
.

obtain e d by proj e cting u pf rom points 1 and 3 on to t h e squ ar e

in e n d vi e w and t h e n f rom
,

th e s e points runni n g dott e d

lin e s along to m e e t t h e lin e s
whi ch a r e drawn f rom t h e
points with th e s e corr e sponding
numb e rs on t h e bas e lin e .It
will be s e e n that o n e dott e d
lin e cuts o ff th e two
points 1 and 5 on t h e
j oint l in e and also that t h e
,

bottom lin e o f t h e top pip e

d e t e rm i n e s t h e points 2 and 4 .

Th e s e am b e ing up t h e corn e r
of th e branch pip e four
,

widths e ach e qu al to t h e sid e o f

t h e pip e will be s e t out for t h e
girth o f patt e rn . This width
ca n be obtain e d f rom e ith e r
0 1 or 1 3 in t h e e n d vi e w T w o .

int e rm e diat e lin e s 4 4 and 2 2

ar e r e quir e d on t h e patt e rn,
and f o r g e tting t h e co rr e ct
position o f th e s e t h e dis t anc e s
,

5 4 and 2 1 on t h e bottom lin e

o f t h e patt e rn will be mad e t h e

sam e as t h e l e ngths 5 4 or 2 1
on t h e e n d vi e w 3 To cut o ff t h e
.

l e n gths o f lin e s on th e att e r n s o

p FI G 3 1
. .
48 S H EE T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ GII A P .
“

V I .

as to giv e t h e r e quisit e shap e to f orm t h e j un ction o f bran ch

and main pip e s t h e l e ngths 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 et c on t h e
, , , , ,
.
,

patt e rn will be mad e t h e sam e l e ngths as t h e lin e s on bran ch

pip e in t h e e l e vation having t h e sam e numb e rs
, .

To mar k out t h e shap e o f hol e in t h e top pip e t h e girth ,

is s et out to r e pr e s e nt t h e f our un f old e d sid e s o f t h e pip e ,

t h e s e am b e ing along t h e top Th e distan ce s 0

.
’
1 ’

et c . a r e tak e n f rom t h e lin e s that a r e mar k e d t h e sam e in

,

t h e e n d vi e w o f main pip e No w r e f e rring to t h e hol e it

‘

,
.
,

will be s e e n that points on its outlin e a r e obtain e d by pro

ect in g up f rom corr e sponding points on t h e sid e e l e vation
j .

I t shoul d be obs e rv e d that this m e th od o f proj e ction cannot

conv e ni e ntly be us e d in t h e wor k shop but t h e r e ad e r will
probably be b e tt e r abl e to und e rstand how t h e l e ngths a r e
obtain e d by s e eing th e m proj e ct e d in this mann e r I n
‘

practic e t h e various l e ngths that a r e us e d to giv e t h e width

,

Cf hol e should be ta k e n with t h e compass e s dir e ctly f rom

t h e e l e vation and trans f e rr e d to t h e patt e rn
,
.

To t e st if t h e hol e is t h e corr e ct siz e and shap e its lin e s ,

shoul d be m e asur e d to s ee if th e y a r e o f e x a ctly t h e sam e

l e ngth as t h e lin e s that a r e figur e d t h e sam e at t h e top o f
patt e rn Th e l aps allow e d will o f cours e be su ch as to suit
.
, ,

t h e m e thod o f j ointing adopt e d .

P articular notic e sho u ld be giv e n as to t h e way in whi ch

t h e plat e s a r e b e nt as in wor k su ch as this wh e r e t h e hol e
, ,

is not in th e c e ntr e or t h e pip e s fitting symm e tri cally it ,

shoul d be born e in mind that out o f t h e two ways in whi ch

t h e pl at e s can be b e nt o n e only o f th e m is corr e ct
,
Thus .
,

in F ig 3 1 t h e patt e rns hav e b e e n so s e t o u t that if t h e

.

e dg e s o f t h e pl at e s a r e b e nt u p t h e two pip e s will j oin t

,

tog e th e r prop e rly .

Twi s te d O bli que Tee Piece =

.

I n F ig 3 2 anoth e r r e pr e s e ntativ e e xampl e of squar e pip e

.

j ointing is g iv e n Th e t w o pip e s a r e of t h e sam e diam e t e r ,

.
50 S H E E T A ND P L A TE M E T A L WORK [ CH AR VI .

Th epatt e rns hav e b e e n s e t out so that if t h e sh e e ts a r e

b e nt up as in t h e last cas e t h e pip e s will com e tog e th e r
prop e rly Th e s e ttings out in conn e ction with t h e last two
.
-

e lbows a r e good e xampl e s of t h e g e om e try o f sh e e t m e tal

work as appli e d to flat sur f a ce s ; and whilst in th e ms e lv e s

hav e not a v e ry e xt e nd e d appli cation yet s e rv e to illustrat e
,

som e o f t h e m et hod s tha t can be us e d in pl ain surfac e work .

 RECTA NG U LA R PI PE ELBOWS 51

CH A PTE R V II .

RE C T A NG U L A R I
P PE EL B O WS A ND TR A N SF OR M E R I
P E CE S .

I N th e pr e vious chapt e r w e d e alt with t h e s e t ting out of

patt e rns for t h e various kin ds of e lbows us e d in conn e ction
with squar e pip e work We now giv e a f e w e xampl e s tha t
.

may be us e f ul f or r e ctangul ar pip e s .

Squ ar e El bow s .

F ig 33
. shows a sk e t ch o f a squar e e lbow ,
th ebro ad si d e s
of th e pip e b e ing at t h e back and thro at . Th e e lbow is

FI G . 33 .

ma de up by t wo pi ec e s of pip e ,
e ach b eing cu t a t and
mitr e d as sh ow n in t h e sk e tch . A patt e rn for o n e of t h e
52
‘

SHEET AND PLA TE META L WORK [ cn a R vn .

bran ch e s is sho wn s et out in Fig 3 4 A s i d e e l e vation is . .

j

first drawn and b e f or e att e m pting to strik e o u t t h e patt e rn

,
-
,

t h e position of t h e s e am sho u ld be d e cid e d .

I n F ig 3 4 w e hav e assum e d t h e s e am r u ns up t h e middl e

.

of t h e bac k an d along t h e c e ntr e of t h e top Th e girth lin e .

o f t h e patt e rn is drawn its total l e ngth b eing mad e up by

,

t h e pip e dim e nsions as m ark e d on t h e figur e

,
Thus .
,

E l EV A T IO N

FI G . 34 .

suppos e t h e s e ction of t h e pip e is 1 1 i n by 6 in th e n . .

,

th e s e siz e s will be us e d in obtaining t h e total l e ngth o f t h e

girth lin e Th e h eights 1 1 and 2 2 on t h e patt e rn will be
-
.

m e asur e d f rom t h e r esp e ctiv e lin e s with t h e sam e numb e r

in t h e e l e vation A llowanc e f o r s e ams must be add e d on
.

to t h e sid e s o f patt e rns f o r both arms o f t h e e lbow I f .

t h e j oint is a simpl e l ap and riv e t e d or sold e r e d it

, ,

will be n e c e ssary to add laps on to t h e e n d of o n e patt e rn

only .

Th e e lbow of cours e could be cons t ruct e d i n t h e sam e

, ,

mann e r as e x plain e d in C hapt e r V I F ig 2 7 or it may .

, .
,

be f orm e d o f f our pi e ce s two sid e s and bac k and throat

, ,

and j oint e d at t h e corn e rs by k nocking up This l att e r .

 RECTA NGU LA R PI PE ELBOWS 53

method giv e s a v ery rigi d form of pip e elbow ,

bu t has the
disadvantag e of costing mor e to ma k e .

Th e s k e tch shown in F ig 3 5 r e pr e s e nts a similar kind o f

.

pip e work e d into an e lbo w with t h e bro ad si d e s f orming

,

t h e ch e e ks . I n this again t h e s e am is ta k e n up t h e middl e

of t h e back Th e siz e o f pip e b e ing 7 in by 4 in
. . th e .
,

l e n g th o f p att e rn will be mad e

up as s e e n by t h e dim e nsions i n
F ig 3 6 Th e h eights a r e shown
. .

proj e ct e d ; but th e s e i n pra e ,

ti ce woul d o f cours e be ta k e n
,

dir e ctly f rom t h e e l e vation .

Th e h e ights o f lin e s to f orm

t h e ou t both i n t h e cas e of
,

squar e e lbows and also o ff s e ts ,

can o f co u rs e be calculat e d as
e x pl ain e d in pr e v io u s chapt e rs .

This woul d th e n do away with

t h e n e c e ssity o f drawing an
F I G 35
e l e v ation t h e shap e o f patt e rn
. .

b eing mark e d dir ec t ly on t h e pla t e .

EL E V A T l ON

F IG . 36 .
54 SHEET A ND PLA TE META L WORE [ cn a R vn .

Twis te d Con n ectin g Pipe .

Som ev ery pe culiar j obs occasionally turn up in t h e way

‘

of conn e cting pi e c es A simpl e but int er e sting e x ampl e o f

.

this is shown in F ig 3 7 i n which t w o r e ctangul ar pip e s a r e

.
,

lying along t h e corn er of a room o n e fitting broadsid e and

, ,

FI G . 37 .

the o t h e r wi t h t h e narrow sid e on t h e s am e wall Th e .

probl e m is to mak e a conn e cting pip e to j oin tog e th e r th e

e nds of t h e pip e s
. Th e patt e rn for this can be s et out on
t h e pl at e or sh e e t f rom t h e dim e nsions but it will p
, e rhaps ,
 RE C TA NG U L A R PI PE E L B OWS 55

a dd cl e arn ess t o t h e d e scription to hav e a plan and e l e vatio n

b e f or e us as shown in F ig 3 8 I n
,
. .

striking out t h e patt e rn all tha t

is n e c essary to u s e will be t h e
squar e and m e asur e L et us sup .

pos e that t h e s e am is to run down

t h e back corn e r D raw t h e lin e .

A B and mak e it e qual in l e ngth

to t h e d e pth o f t h e conn e cting
p ip e R u n up p e rp e ndi culars A
.

C and B D cutting th e s e o ff
,

e qual to t h e width and l e ngth o f

th e pip e s e ction r e sp e ctiv e ly .

D raw C E G and D F H squar e to

C D and cu t o ff to t h e pip e
,

dim e nsions as sho wn D raw H L

,
.

and G K parall e l to B D or A C ,

and s et a l o n g t h e m t h e two d im e n
'

sions of pip e as s e e n on t h e ,

figur e .

I n larg e work wh e r e it might ,

be aw k ward to draw t h e lin e s

parall e l as expl ain e d abov e a
, ,

simpl e m e thod giving t h e sam e ,

r e sult would be to d e scrib e a

,

s e mi ci r cl e on t h e lin e G H and ,

th e n with c e ntr e G and radius

e qual to 1 8 6 1 2 in mark .

t h e point N Th e r e main d e
. . r of
t h e construc t ion can th e n be co m FI G 38 .

l e t ed withou t troubl e A llo wanc e s to cov e r t h e par t icular

p .

m e th od of j ointing adopt e d must be add e d t o t h e n et

patt e rn .

I n shaping t h e plat e car e must be t ak e n to b e nd it in t h e

,

r i gh t d ir e ct io n In F ig 38 if th e ends o f th e pl at e a r e
. .
,

5
56 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R VII .

b e nt u p t h e conn e cting pip e will com e into

,
th e corr ect
shap e and fit into position as s ee n i n F ig 3 7 . .

Pipe
s
en d Or n amen t .

Multi t ud es of d e signs ca n
be adopt e d to ornam e nt t h e
outl e t or inl e t e n d o f a
l e ngth o f pip e t h e m e tho d
,

follow e d in s e tting out t h e

FI G 39
‘

. .

h a p e of sh ee t or plat e to
s

form t h e cut b e ing pr a ct i

cally t h e sam e I n e ach cas e .

On e simpl e d e sign is shown

in F ig 3 9 in which t h e en d
.
,

of t h e p i p e is flay e d out
and a b e ad t urn e d on t h e
e dg e o f t h e sh e e t .

Th e s e tting out of t h e pat -

t e rns can be f ollow e d by

r e f e r e nc e to F ig 4 0 Th e . .

e xact shap e of t h e s e ction

o f t h e e n d of pip e is fi rs t

s e t out as shown on t h e e n d

F I G 40
. . patt e rn Th e q u art e r -circl e
.

is divid e d into thr e e e qual parts a n d t h e small circl e into

,

s ix e qual par t s Th e s ect ion girth is s et a l o n g t h e ce n t r e

.
58 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A P VII . .

b e nch as s ee n in s k e tch will be r e quir e d Th e s e should be

, .

su ffici e ntly long to hav e two or thr ee hol e s in t h e flat part

that fits und e r t h e b e nch so as to be adj ustabl e by drawing
,

in or out .

Th e s k e tch shows t h e b e nding o f a r e ctangular pip e A .

bar o f flat iron about 3 in by 1 % in is r e sting on t h e . .

cramps and wh e n t h e sh e et is ins e rt e d b e tw ee n this and t h e

,

e dg e o f b e nch t h e cramps a r e scr e w e d up and t h e sh ee t thus

,

firmly h e ld I t is now pull e d ov e r an d a sharp e dg e

.
,

f orm e d by b e ating down with a mall e t or dr e ss e r E ach .

corn e r is thus tr e at e d in this way t h e pip e b eing th e n ,

g roov e d or riv e t e d up I n strong e r sh e e t a batt e n o f wood

.
[

is som e tim e s us e d by drawing along t h e e dg e and b e ating

down with a h e avy mall e t or hamm e r This avoids hamm e r .

or mall e t mark s on t h e sh ee t
-
.

I n round pip e s or hal f -round gutt e rs it will of cours e , ,

be n e c e ssary to hav e a round mandr e l to b e at t h e sh e e t ov e r ,

and to assist t h e l e v e rag e two batt e ns o f timb e r a r e nail e d

tog et h e r in t h e f orm o f a cross and us e d as in t h e sk e tch
,
.

Tw o larg e eye bolts a r e fi xe d n e ar t h e e dg e o f b e nch and

-
,

through th e s e a bar or mandr e l pass e d and s e cur e d This .

bar simply acts as f ulcrum und e r which t h e e n d o f t h e

,

wood e n cross is plac e d and so e nabling pr e ssur e to be put

,

u pon t h e e dg e o f sh e e t .

I n h e avy work it will mak e t h e mandr e l mor e solid to

plac e props und e r e ach scr e w -cramp .

With di ff e r e nt shap e d mandr e ls an d som e sch eming and

-

dodging quit e a vari ety o f work can be don e on a b e nch of

this d e scription With a strong b e nch and a stout mandr e l
.
,

work up t o if in pl at e ca n be don e i n this way an d for

.
,

shor t l e ng t hs up to 3 -1
6 in thic k . .

I n fi xing up a b e n ch o f this kind it is advisabl e to s ee

that no l eg is plac e d i n b etw e e n t h e two scr e w cramps as -
,

in som e j obs wh e r e it is n e c e ssary to b e nd t h e pla t e u nd e r

t h e b en ch a l eg woul d be in t h e w a y .
 120 0 138 59

C H A PTE R V III .

D
a

H OO S .

AN iron pl at e work e r whit e smi t h or blacksmi th m ay som e

, , ,

tim e or oth e r want to mak e a hood f o r a smithy h e arth or

,

s om e oth e r purpos e W e will th e r e f or e.d e scrib e t h e s e tting

out f o r o n e or two typical cas e s .

H oods a r e mad e in a v ari ety of forms d e p e nding upon ,

t h e siz e position ,
and ,

shap e of t h e h e arth or
o t h e r obj e c t to be
cov er e d A common
.

kin d of hood and t h e ,

on e s that w e shall d e al
with in t his articl e a re ,

thos e that fi t against a

wall . A hood of this
d e scription wi t h flat ,

f ron t and sid e s 13 ,

shown in F ig 4 2 It . .

is construct e d in thr e e
pi e c e s two sid e s an d
,

f ront .To mak e t h e

F I G 42
d e scribing of t h e s et
. .

ting -out pl ain e r it will be as w e ll to fi x som e dim e nsions to

,

th e hood Suppos e .
th e m t o b e as follows H e ight 4 ft —
.

9 in wid t h 3 d e pth 2 ft 6 in and turn down in . .

,
,
.

front 2 in Th e sid e can be m ark e d out as shown in

.
60 SHEE T A ND PLA TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R I
V I I .

F ig 4 3
. . lin e s a r e drawn squar e to e a ch ot h e r t h e o n e
Tw o ,

b eing mad e 4 f t 9 in and t h e oth e r 2 f t 6 in A lin e 2 in

. . . . .

long is now drawn squar e to t h e e n d o f t h e 2 ft 6 in lin e . .

,

and th e e n d of this j oin e d to t h e e n d o f t h e h eight lin e .

Th e slan t lin e ob t ain e d will o f cours e giv e t h e l e ngth of

, ,

t h e front plat e .

F rom t h e w e ll -known prop e r t y

of t h e right -angl e triangl e
Th e squar e of t h e hypoth e nus e
is e qual t o t h e sum of t h e
t h e squar e s o f t h e two sid e s th e ,

slant h e ight or l e ngth of front

, ,

can be calculat e d thus z

Extracting t h e squar e root

J 3, 9 2 5 6 26 5 = 6 2 § in .
( n early ) .

Whilst in this particular j ob

it is most conv e ni e nt to ob t ain
t h e l e ngth o f t h e front from t h e
sid e yet th e r e a r e in practi ce
,

many cas e s as w e shall s ee

, ,

wh e r e this kind of calculation is

most us e f ul A flang e for .

attaching t h e hood to t h e
wall must be allow e d on t h e
sid e patt e rn and also on ,

F I G 43 t h e top of front lat

p e ;

flang e s must also be l e ft on t h e slant lin e o f sid e for f ast e n

ing front and sid e plat e s tog e th e r F rom t h e insp e ction of
.

F ig 4 2 it will be s e e n that t h e bottom of t h e hood is wir e d

.

h e nc e it will be n e c e ssary to m ak e an all owanc e for wiring

on low e r e dg e s of sid e s and front Th e amount of this
.

all owanc e will of cours e d e p e nd on t h e siz e of t h e wir e

to be ins ert e d and also on t h e thickn e ss of t h e pl at e us e d
, .
 HOODS 61

Th e following is t h e g e n e ral rul e

Al low an ce f or Wir in g .

A dd twic e t h e diam et e r of wir e t o f our tim e s t h e thick

n ess of m e tal A car e f ul study of F ig 4 4 and t h e m e a
”
,
. .

sur em e nt o f t h e l e ngth of c e ntr e lin e of m e tal will sho w

t h e abov e rul e to be as n e ar corr e ct as possibl e Suppos e .

that i in wir e be us e d in t h e hood and t h e sh e et iron to

.
,

be 1 -1 6 in thi ck th e n t h e allowanc e to be add e d o n t o

.
,

n e t patt e rn for wir e will be

2 x i 1
4 x T3 in .

F or t h e flang e s and wir e e dg e s t o com e in t o t h e ir prop e r

positions t h e corn e rs shoul d be car e fully notch e d as shown ,

on t h e patt e rn for sid e s H ol e s for riv e ting can be m ark-e d

.

and punch e d in t h e flang e on sid e

patt e rn and this us e d for marking
,

t h e hol e s on front plat e .

Som e tim e s angl e iron is us e d to -

j oint t h e front an d sid e pl at e s

tog eth e r and in this cas e no lap
,

for riveting will of cours e be n e ce s , ,

sary A gain som e tim e s an angl e

.
,

iron fram e is riv e t e d around t h e

bottom and t h e two e nds l et into
,

t h e wall and wh e n t h e hood is

,
F I G 44 . .

construct e d in this way no allowanc e will be n ee d e d for

wiring Whils t sp e aking o f wiring it should be r e m emb e r e d
.

that although t h e abov e rul e f or wir e allowanc e on pa t t e rn

is s t r ict l y tru e for s t raight wiring it is n o t exactly so for
~

t h e e dg e s of round tap e r e d articl e s I f th e l a r ge en d .

of a circu l ar articl e is to be wir e d t h e calcul at e d allow ,

anc e will be sligh t ly too much and in t h e cas e o f ,

WI r I n g t h e small e n d t h e allowanc e will be a littl e t o o

small I n fast e ning t h e hood to wall it is a good plan t o bol t
.
,

a bar of flat iron ov e r t h e flang e a t t o p o f hood as this will ,

62 SH E E T A ND PLA TE META L WORK [ CH AR V III .

mat e rially assist in k e e ping t h e hood tight against t h e wall .

A m e tho d of mar king a small hood in o n e pi e ce is shown

in F ig 4 5 I f t h e h eight
. .

a n d d e pth a r e giv e n on e ,

sid e can be mark e d out as

at A and t h e f ront part
,

B s et on this t h e r emain ,

ing sid e C b eing d e scrib e d

on B by tak ing th e h e ight
and d e pth and mark ing
F I G 45 . .

r esp e ctiv e ly f rom t h e top

and bottom o f t h e e dg e of B I f o n e only o f t h e d im e n
.

sions e ith e r h e ight or d e pth be obtainabl e th e n t h e sid e s

, , ,

ca n be mark e d on t h e front by d e s cribing a s e micircl e as ,

shown and marking across with t h e giv e n dim e nsion f rom

,

an e n d of t h e diam e t e r .

Th e u s e of t h e s e micir cl e e xt e nsiv e application in

sh ee t and pl at e m et al
work as e v e ry pair of
,

lin e s drawn from a

poin t in t h e circum
f e r e nc e to t h e e nds o f
t h e diam e t e r contain a
right angl e or a r e
,

squar e to e ach oth e r .

This prop e rty o f t h e

circl e can o f t e n be
tak e n advantag e o f in
adding sid e s or e nds
on to a patt e rn .

A mor e e xp e nsiv e
hood both in l abour
,

and m a t e rial is o f t h e F I G 4 6 . .

kind r e qui r e d to c v e r a s emi circular h e arth with flat sid e s

-
o
,

as shown in F ig 4 6 Th e bottom o f t h e hood is of cours e

. . , ,
 B OOBS 63

th e s ame s h ap e a s t h e top o f t h e h e arth To s e t o ut t h e pl at e

.

in t h e fl at r e quir e d for t h e hood t h e m e thod illustrat e d in ,

F ig 4 7 can be follow e d
. A sid e e l e vation of t h e hood is
.

first drawn and a quart e r ,

circl e d e s crib e d on t h e bot

tom e qual in radius t o half
t h e width o f hood This C L E V A T O N
.
I

quart e r cir cl e is divid e d into

-

thr ee e qual parts and lin e s ,

drawn up through e ach

point squar e to t h e bottom
lin e o f hood giving points
C E and G ; and through
, ,

th e s e points lin e s a r e drawn

parall e l to t h e lin e A B A .

bas e lin e to m e asur e from is

now fi xe d ; and this m ay be
drawn in any position
squar e to t h e f ront o f hoo d .

Th e most conv e ni e n t posi

tion how e v e r is wh e n t h e
, ,

bas e lin e is draw n to pass

through a corn e r o f t h e
hood as in t h e figur e
,
No w .

m e asur e t h e l e ngths of lin e s

on quart e r cir cl e and s e t -
,

th e s e distanc e s on corr e
s o n d in lin es abov t h
p g e e

bas e lin e Thus H 3 .

,

C 3 1
K 2 ,
E 2 1
and ,

L 1 G 1 1
Th e li n e M 0 .

will o f cours e be m ad e ,
FI G 47 . .
,

e qual in l e ng t h to G 1 J oin t h e n e w found poin t s with

1 -
.

a f air cur v e a n d t h e l e ngth o f this will giv e hal f t h e girth

,

of hood Th e shap e of t h e curv e f rom 1 to 4 it might be

.
,
64 S H EE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C HA R VII I .

r e marke d is a quar t e r of an e llips e and this will giv e t h e

,
“

form to which t h e hood should be shap e d on e ach sid e o f t h e

c e ntr e lin e o f f ront of hood .

I n s e tting out t h e patt e rn firs t draw a lin e and along

, ,

this mark t h e l e ngths 0 to 1 1 to 2 et c as obtain e d f rom

, ,
.
,

t h e quart e r e llips e in e l e vation D raw lin e s a cross through

- .
,
'

th e s e points squar e to t h e girth lin e and th e ir l e ngths can

, ,

be cut off by obtaining t h e l e ngths o f similar lin e s in e l e va

tion Thus G 1 on t h e patt e rn e qu als G L in e l e vation
.
, ,

and H 1 e quals H L I n t h e sam e w a y E 2 and F 2 will

.
,

be r e sp e ctiv ely e qual to E K and F K t h e oth e r l e ngths ,

b eing m e asur e d and s et o ff in t h e sam e mann e r A l l t h e .

points a r e now j oin e d up with an e v e n flowing curv e ; b e st

drawn by b e nding a pi e ce o f hoop iron round through t h e -

points or a strip o f wood and mark ing along

,
.

I f a flang e is to be thrown off to fit against t h e wall this ,

m ust be allow e d f o r on t h e p a tt e rn and also if t h e bottom

,

e dg e is to be wir e d allowanc e must be mad e for this C ar e

’
.

must be tak e n to notch t h e corn e rs prop e rly so that t h e ,

flang e and wir e e dg e can co n v e ni e ntly be turn e d ov e r Th e .

wi ring around t h e bot tom ca n be don e e ith e r b e f or e or aft e r

shaping t h e p lat e t h e flang e for ba ck b eing thrown off
,

a f t e r t h e plat e is b e nt .

I t shoul d be r e m e mb e r e d that t h e bottom is s e micir cul ar

i n f orm with t h e part from G to M straight so that in
, ,

b e nding it can be shap e d to this ; or if a v e ry ac curat e j ob

is r e quir e d a t emplat e can be Cu t out o f sh e e t iron or a ,

pi e c e o f strong wir e b e nt to t h e shap e of t h e curv e 0 to 4 ,

and this can be us e d as a gaug e in b e nding I f t h e hood .

is l arg e it will be mad e up in two or mor e pi ece s t o avoid

wast e of m at e rial I nst e ad o f a flang e at ba ck angl e -iron
.
,

may be atta ch e d and I n plac e of wiring around bottom

, ,

cop e-iron can be r iv et e d on .

66 SHEET A ND PL A TE META L WORK [ CHAR 1x .

th e edg e s or t h e radius of t h e patt e rn circl e I t might

, .

also be r e m e mb e r e d that t h e triangl e a t 0 giv e s t h e hal f

shap e o f o n e o f t h e
pyramid f ac e s or pat t e rn ,

t riangl e s A ft e r d es cr ib
.

ing t h e arc C C C to t h e ,

radius 15 c t h e compass e s ,

should be s e t to t h e l e ngth
of t h e cap bas e (t wi ce -

b a) and this distanc e

,

us e d to st ep around t h e
ar e . I t will be s ee n that
fi v e l e ngths hav e b e e n
mark e d around ; t h e last
two b eing halv e d and
j oin e d up to T to f orm a
s e am lin e I t is always .

a good plan in pyramid

work o f this charact e r ,

wh e n t h e s e am is r e quir e d
t o com e up t h e middl e of
a sid e to s et along t h e
,

a r e o n e mor e l e ngth than

t h e numb e r of sid e s that

the cap has and cu t ,

F I G 49 . .

away hal f of e ach e n d

triangl e ; this m et hod insuring t h e corr e ct posi t ion o f t h e
j oint s .

Th e abov e is also e xe mplifi e d in F ig 5 0 wh e r e t h e .

,

pat t ern for an

Equal T a per in g Squar e A r ticl e

is shown s et out H e r e also a half -sid e e l e vation is drawn

. .

Th e ap ex o f t h e pyramid o f which this articl e is a f rustum

, ,
'

can be f o u n d by producing a d to m ee t t h e c e ntr e lin e in t .

 F L A T -SI DE D T A PE RE D A RTI C L E S 67

Th e patt e rn for t h e compl e t e pyramid is fi rst s t ru ck out ,

a s pr eviously e xplain e d Th e lin e 0 3 f is drawn squar e to

.

a t,
and t h e compasse s s e t to t h e l e ngth t f ; t h e a r e which
pa s s e s throu gh F F ,

on t h e patt ern th e n ,

b eing d e s crib e d .

L arg e articl e s lik e ,

hopp e rs and hoods ,

woul d of cours e be
, ,

mad e up in parts with ,

j oints running down

t h e corn e rs ; or in t h e,

cas e of v e ry larg ej obs ,

p e rhaps t w o o r thr ee
-

pl at e s for e ach sid e .

No di ffi culty how ,

ever ,
should be m e t
with in th e s e cas e s ,

wh e n it is r e m e mb e r e d
that t h e shap e of o n e
sid e o f t h e hopp e r will
be E F F E on t h e
patt e rn or f o r hal f a
, ,

sid e t h e figur e a d f e
,

on t h e e l e vation .
FI G 50 . .

Equ al Ta per i n g Re ct an gul ar Ar ticl e .

Th e plan o f a r e ctangular hopp e r or hood is shown in F ig .

5 1 t o g e th e r with t h e n e cessary construction lin e s r e quir e d

,

for t h e patt e rns and t h e corn e r angl e s .

I n s etting out t h e plat e s t h e first thing r e quir e d is t h e

l e ngth down t h e slop e o f t h e hopp e r and this can be found
,

by m ark ing o ff a b e qual to t h e d e pth o f t h e hopp e r and ,

drawing t h e lin e a 0 squar e to it ; th e n c 6 will be t h e r e

q uir ed l en th
g do wn t h e slop e T h i s l e
.n gt h W ill of ,
68 SH E E T A ND P L A TE ME TA L WORK [ ca n 1x

cours e giv e t h e width of t h e plat e which

, , , to avoid s et ting
out might be calcula t e d thus
,

Width of plat e

To illustrat e t h e abov e
by an exampl e : Su p
pos e t h e top of t h e
hopp e r is 1 5 f t by .

11 ft th e bot t om
.
,

7 ft by 3 f t . and t h e .
,

d e p t h 9 f t th e n t h e .
,

o v e rhang will be
P A H /V

Th e width of th e plat e
M TE will e qual

$ 77
9 ft . 1 0 4 in .

H aving down t h e c e ntr e

s et

lin e B C to this l e ngth for

, , ,

th e sid e pl at e t h e lin e s H D
-
,

and A M a r e drawn squar e to

it and mar k e d o ff e qual in
,

l e ngth r esp e ctiv e ly to h d and

a m I n t h e sam e way t h e
.
,

e n d plat e can be mark e d out

-
,

H L b e ing e qual to h l and ,

Fm . 51 .
A N to a n .

If flang e s a r e to b e turn e d o n sid plat e th e

s th e n l aps e- ,

us l f on as hown T h notch s on t h e l a ps
m t be e t s ,
e. e c a n
 F L A T-S I DE D T A PE RE D A RTI C L E S 69

be form e d by fi xing t h e l eg o f t h e compass e s at any po ints

on D M and D M produc e d and drawing a rc s o f ci r cl e s to ,

touch II D and A M ;
th e n drawing l in e s to
tou ch th e s e arcs as at ,

P M and t h e oth e r
Corn e rs Without it is
.

an e xc e e dingly par
t icu l a r j ob not ch e s a r e
,

not l e ft on t h e bot t om
corn e rs of t h e pl at e s on ,

account o f t h e di ffi culty
o f working and was t e o f

ma teria l but a r e ,
-

s h e ar e d straight alo n g ,

as shown by t h e li n e
A K .

If th e pl at e s a r e n ot
to be conn e c t e d by
flang e s but wi t h corn e r
,

angl e s t h e n it will be
,

n e c e ssary to mak e a t em
plat e showing t h e rak e
,

of t h e angl e iron Th e -
.

construction for this is

shown on t h e plan in
F ig 5 1 D raw f g squar e
. .

t o d a cutting o ff a b
,
’

e qual t o a b J oin b to
’
.

d and draw a 3 squar e

,
FI G
to b d ’
Mak e a e.
' ‘

e qual to a c th e n t h e angl e 9 c f will be t h e r e quir e d rak e

’
,

that t h e corn e r angl e iron must be s et to - .

A noth e r const ruction f o r t h e sam e ki nd o f thing is

s hown in conn ec t ion wi t h F i 5 5
g . .
70 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R IX .

Obl on g H o pper of U n equa l O ver h an g .

Th e marking out of t h e plat e s for t h e abov e will be

similar to t h e form e r cas e ; t h e only di ff e r e nc e b eing i n
having s e para te slant h e ights f o r t h e sid e s and e nds To
-
.

obtain th e s e t h e l e ngths a b and a c (F ig 5 2 ) a r e e ach mad e .

e qual to t h e v e rtical d e pth o f t h e hopp e r ; th e n c d and b 6

will giv e t h e l e ngths o f t h e r e sp e ctiv e middl e lin e s of t h e

pl at e s Th e r e st o f t h e construction is as b e for e
. .

I f t e mplat e s a r e r e quir e d f o r t h e blad e s o f t h e corn e r

angl e s th e n th es e can be mar k e d dir e ctly from t h e plat e
,

patt e rns or th e ir e n d cuts t ransf e rr e d with t h e compass e s

,
-
.

T hus taking F as c e ntr e , d e scrib e an arc 1 O 2 to any

,

radius ; th e n with t h e s a m e radius and F as c e ntr e mark

,
’
, ,

t h e arc 1 0 2’ ’
,
’
cu t o ff t h e arcs 0
’ ’
1 t o e qual 0 1 and ,

’ ’ ’ ’ ’
0 2 to e qual 0 2 ; j oin F to 1 and 2 so obtaining t h e
rak e for t h e e nds of t h e angl e -iron blad e s Th e l e ngth .

’
F A will e qual F A and t h e cut on t h e bot t om be parall e l
’
,

to t h e top .

Th e corn e r angl e r s t is shown mark e d out on t h e plan

-
,

t h e m e thod o f construc t ion b e ing e xactly t h e sam e as in

F ig . 51 .

I f it
is d e sir e d to mak e a pat t e rn for a small er art icl e and ,

to hav e t h e s e ams down t h e middl e of t h e e nds th e n t h e ,

marking o u t for this will be as shown in F ig 5 2 L in e . .

A G a g A E b e and E F
, e f so giving t h e pat
, ,

t e rn f o r a sid e Th e half -e n d must now be add e d t hus

.

S et t h e compass es to c d and with c e ntr e A d e scr ib e t h e a r e

, ,

passing through D th e n with t h e c e ntr e F and radius f d , , ,

cut t h e form e r a r c so fi xing t h e point D J oin F t o D

,
.
,

and produc e mak ing F H e qual to f h from t h e pl an

, ,
.

No w draw A K parall e l to F H or squar e to A D and cut , ,

o ff e qual to a k A noth e r m e thod w h ich is p e rhaps som e

.
, , ,

what mor e conv e ni e nt f o r workshop purpos e s is shown ,

on th e oth e r e n d of patter n Set th e co mpass es t o a k a n d

, , ,
 A T -S I D E D T A PE RE D A RT I C L ES 71
F L

with G as ce ntr e d e scrib e an a r e (s e e n passing through L )

,

th e n with M as c e ntr e and h f as radius draw t h e arc

,
,

which pass e s through N D raw a lin e to touch t h e t w o

.

arcs and on it drop p e rp e ndicul ars from G an d M

,
.

U n equ al T a per in g Squar e Hoo d .

I n th e sam e m ann e r as som e circul ar tap e ring ar t icl e s

ar e form e d as portions of round obliqu e con e s ( C h a p ter

so w e m ay
h a v 0 squar e oh
j e ct s co ining out as
parts o f squar e o h
liqu e pyramids F ig . .

5 3 is an illustration
o f th e latt e r Th e
.

top an d bottom o f
t h e hoo d a r e s qu ai e ,

and also parall el ;

but it will be s e e n
f rom t h e pl an that
th eir c e ntr e s do not
com e on t h e sam e
v e rtical lin e s I f t h e.

corn e r lin e s in pl an
ar e produc e d th ey ,

will m e e t in th e com
mon point 15 this be ,
FI G 5 3
ing t h e plan of t h e . .

a e x o f t h e obliqu e pyramid of whi ch t h e hood is a frus t um

p .

To s et out t h e patt e rn : Produ ce t h e sid e lin e s in t h e el e

vat ion an d obtain T t h e ap e x o f t h e con e (this should com e
, ,

e x a ctly ov e r 7 5 i n t h e pl an ) .
’
F rom t mar k t h e l e ngths t l ,

t 2 t 3 and t 4 al ong t h e bas e lin e so fi x ing t h e points

, , , ,

and J oin th e s e l att e r to T and th e n draw t h e

,

6
72 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH AR Ix .

arcs to t h e radii T T et c .as shown Op e n out t h e

,
.

compass e s to t h e l eng th of t h e sid e o f t h e squar e s a y 1 to 2

, ,

an d ,
comm e ncing at 1 (on t h e a r e drawn through st e p
a round from curv e t o curv e t h e points 2 3 4
, , and 1 , .

J oin th e s e up to e a ch
oth e r and T This .

figur e would g i v e t h e
p att e rn f or t h e compl e t e
obliqu e pyramid We .

now want to cut away

t h e part of patt e rn th at
corr e spond s to t h e top o f
t h e pyramid Tak e T
.

again as c e ntr e and as ,

r adii t h e distanc e s down

to wh e r e t h e r e sp e ctiv e
lin e s cross t h e top lin e
or top lin e produ ce d and ,

swing around on to t h e
co r re s p o n d i n g
lin es Th u s T 2 will be
.
°

e qual to T T4 O
to
T 4” ,
and so with t h e
oth e r lin e s .

I f it is a larg e hood ,

th e n t h e plat e s can be
s e t out s e p arat e ly as i n ,

t h e f orm e r cas e s .

No allowanc e s for
j ointing hav e b e e n put
on t h e abov e patt e rn as ,
FI G 54
. .

this will d e p e nd upon

t h e siz e o f hood and t h e numb e r o f plat e s into whi ch t h e
compl e t e patt e rn is divid e d .

Whi l st th e construction as shown abov e is for a squ a r e

, ,
74 SH E E T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ CH AR 1x .

the points d d so g e tting t h e points f and 6

, ,
No w ta k e f .

as ce ntr e and f d as radius and swing on to t h e lin e E b

, ,

thus obtaining point 9 e point e be also ta k e n as

( I f t h .

ce ntr e and e d as radius this w ill li k e wis e giv e poi n t 9 ;

, ,

h e nc e it will be s ee n that t h e latt e r point can be obtain e d

by t h e i nt e rs e ction
o f t h e ar cs without ,

t h e u s e o f lin e E b ) .

Th e angl e f y e will .

r e pr e s e nt t h e ra k e o f
th e corn e r angl e
7 iron so that a t e m
.
,

plat e can be mad e to

this to which t h e ,

angl e iron can be -

op ened .

Th e application of
t h e abov e m e thod to
fi 11 d i n g t h e a cu t e
angl e b etw e e n t h e
front and sid e pl at e s
is p e rhaps not so , ,

e asily f ollow e d as
for t h e back and sid e
plat e s ; it will th e r e
f or e be an advantag e
to go ov er t h e con
struction f o r o n e o f t h e front angl e s A gain r e f e r r in g t o
'

Big 5 5 : M a rk F k along both F H and F G to any co n v e

.

n i e nt l e ngth D raw h is squar e to F G and k l squar e to

.
,

F H giving t h e points Is: and l

,
T a k e Is as c e ntr e and 79 h as
.
,

radius an d swing down t h e a r e on to t h e lin e F t thus

, ,

obtaining t h e point n J oin n to l and Is to n producing

.
,

t h e l att e r lin e say to m ,

Th e n angl e l n m will giv e t h e
,
.

rak e o f t h e angl e -iron for this corn e r Th e construction .

 F LA T-S I DED TA PERE D ARTI C L ES 75

lin e s for obtaining t h e angl e s on t h e oth e r pair o f corn e rs

a r e also shown ; but a f t e r what has alr e ady b e e n said th e r e
,

shoul d be no n ee d f or f urth e r ex planation .

Ir r eg ul a r =
s h a pe d B on n et .

I n F ig . 5 6 th e
plan and e l e vation of an un e qu al tap ering
bonn e t or upta k e is
shown Th e bottom and
.

top a r e both squar e bu t ,

as th e y a r e not parall e l
t h e bon n e t cannot be
consid e r e d a s p art o f a

pyramid .

Th e pl at e shap e s for
i

back and f r o n t ca n be
laid out as in F igs 5 4 .

and 5 5 Th e si d e pl at e s
“ “
D
”
B an d how ,
.

ev e r on account o f t h e
,

twist will r e quir e to be

,

s e t out by t h e m e thod of

triangulation .

L et us tak e plat e
B first D raw along .

B A e qual to b a M ar k .

along t h e bas e lin e

‘

c a .

’
f rom c an d th e n j oin a
’
,

to c ” Se t t h e com
.

pass e s to t h e l e ngth o f
a.
’
c
”
and tak ing A as
, ,

c e ntr e ( on t h e patt e rn
draw an a r e
( shown passing through
C) .No w op e n t h e com
p ass e s to t h e l e ngth o f FIG . 56 .
T6 SH EE T A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORK [ cu m n .

B C on t h e p att e rn A and u sing this as a radius f rom

, ,

t h e c e ntr e B cu t t h e
, fi r s t drawn a r c so obtaining t h e
-
,

point C F ix t h e compass e s to t h e l e ngth 0 d and tak ing

.
” ’
, ,

C as ce ntr e draw an a r e ( shown passing through D ) th e n

, ,

s e tting t h e compass e s to t h e l e ngth A D on t h e patt e rn

”
C ,
u s e this as a radius f rom ce ntr e A to fi x t h e point

D . T hus t h e patt e rn is compl e t e .

F o r t h e patt e rn D t h e lin e A B A F will be

”

,
a b . .

t h e s a m e l e ngth as t h e corr e sponding l in e on patt e rn

”
A , and B E t h e sam e as t h e similarly l e tt e r e d lin e on
pa t t e rn C . To obtain t h e l e ngth o f B F
”
mark f 71 ,
.

’
along t h e bas e lin e f rom c and j oin h to c th e n h c will
’
,
” ’ ”

b e th e tru e l e ngth o f B F H aving t h e l e ngths of all t h e

.

lin e s t h e p att e rn can be laid out in t h e sam e way as for

,
”
plat e B .

To bring t h e plat e s
B and D cor
r e ct l into position it
y ,

will be s ee n that th e r e
must be a slight b e nd
about t h e lin e s A C
and B F I n cas e s li k e
.

th e abov e how e v e r , ,

wh e r e t h e twist is
slight th e r e will be no
,

n ee d to k ink t h e pl at e s
b e f or e bolting to
g e th e r ; t h e s cr e wing up
should be su ffi ci e nt to
p ull t h e plat e s into
position .

FIG 57 . .

F o r arti cl e s of any
d e scri pti on w hos e sur f a ce s a r e twist e d similar t o a bpv e t h e e
,

m e thod o f triangul ation can al ways be appli e d in th e l aying

out o f t h e plat e shap e s .
 FLA T-S I DE D TA PE RED A RTI C LES

Twis t e d Squ a r e Ba s e

We will bring this C hapt e r to a con clusion by giving an

ex ampl e of an ornam e ntal tap e r e d bas e mad e up o f flat
sur f ac e s .

A plan an d e l e vation o f t h e bas e is shown in F ig 5 7 . .

On e x ami nation -t will be s e e n that t h e squar e top is twist e d

diagonally to t h e bottom .

Th e triangl e A C C on t h e patt e rn is str u ck out by

ma k ing A B e qual to a b and B C e qual to b c Th e point
’ ’
, .

C is th e n us e d as a ce ntr e a n d t h e arc passing through A A

,
’

d rawn Th e compass e s a r e n e xt fi xe d to t h e distan ce a a

.
,

and t h e point A d e t e rmin e d by cutting t h e a r e from t h e

’

point A as c e ntr e Th e whol e patt e rn could in this way

.

be b u il t up by adding triangl e to triangl e ; but as t h e ,

figur e is symm e tri cal it is b ett e r to d is ect A A in D and

,
’
,

draw t h e lin e s C D and B A produc e d t o m ee t in O using

,
‘

this l at te r point as a ce ntr e to draw t h e a r e as shown upon

, ,

which t h e r e st o f t h e p att e rn ca n be co n struct e d . F iv e

l en gths a r e st e pp e d alo n g t h e out e r a r e t h e l ast two b eing
,

halv e d t his way i ns u ring t h e s e am lin e s b e ing in th eir

,

corr e ct position .

A som e wh at p e culi ar cas e o f t h e abov e k ind of bas e is

wh en t h e top squar e is t h e sam e siz e as t h e bottom o n e ,

t h e patt e rn th e n comi ng out as a r e ctangl e ,

and b e ing
built up with tri angl e s as in t h e patt e rn giv e n abov e
, .
78 SH E E T A N D PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH AR x .

C H A PTE R X .

PA N C OR N E RS

TH E sh e e t m e tal wor k e r is so o f t e n call e d upon to mak e all

sorts o f pans that a consid e ration o f t h e di ff e r e nt k inds o f
corn e rs that ca n be form e d will not be h e r e out o f plac e .

Th e unpro f e ssional wor k man too o ccasion ally wants to

, ,

mak e a pan to hold som e

odds and e nds that a r e
lying about t h e b e nch or
shop and h e shoul d fi n d no
,

troubl e in f orming t h e
simpl e r k inds of corn e rs as
e x plain e d in this chapt e r .

Th e strong e st k ind o f
pan corn e r that ca n be
f orm e d is prob ably that
”
k nown as a do u bl e l ap ,

a sk e tch of which is
shown and also t h e pat,

t e rn in F ig 5 8
,
Th e
. .

patt e rn f o r o n e corn e r only

F I G 5 8“
.

is giv e n as t h e s etting out

,

for e ac h corn e r will be e xa ctly t h e sam e On a ccount of .

t h e doubl e lap it will be s e e n that th e r e a r e two thi ckn e ss e s

o f sh e e t m e tal at t h e corn e r o n e o f t h e laps b e ing turn e d
,

insid e t h e p an and t h e oth e r outsid e Th e only mark ing .

out that is n e c e ssary i s to add t h e d e pth of t h e sid e on to .

 PA N C ORNE RS 79

th e siz e o f t h e bottom t h e corn e r or diagonal lin e b e ing ou t

,

alon g as indicat e d I t is a good plan to cu t t h e points o ff

.

t h e flaps as shown by t h e shad e d part I f mad e of light .

tinplat e t h e flaps ca n be sold e r e d down a f t e r t h e sid e s a r e

,

b e nt up and if o f strong sh ee t iron riv e t e d as s ee n in t h e

, ,

sk e tch Without t h e iron is v e ry strong such as 1 6 or 1 4

.
,

gaug e th e r e is no n e e d to put hol e s in t h e plat e b e f or e

,

b e nding as t h e riv e ts can be drawn right through with t h e

,

ups e t as ex plain e d in
,

C hapt e r X XX V .

I n F ig 5 9 t h e sam e
.

m e thod of j ointing t h e
corn e rs as j us t e x
pl ain e d is f ollow e d ; but
in t his an e dg e is f old e d
ov e r along t h e top o f t h e
pan and us e d f o r grip
ping t h e two fla ps , be
sid e s str e ngth e ning t h e
e dg e o f t h e sid e s I f th e .

e dg e is also l e f t o n t h e

flaps o n e can be turn e d

,

und e r and t h e oth e r ov e r

t h e si d e e dg e s as s e e n i n ,

t h e sk e tch Th e r e is no
.

n e e d to riv e t this corn e r ,

F I G 59
or e v e n to sold e r it ,
’ ‘

without t h e pan is r e quir e d to hold a liquid .

F ig 6 0 shows a pan cor n e r that is f orm e d by b e nding

.

ov e r a sin gl e lap and riv e ting A llowanc e is mad e o n t h e

.

patt ern f o r an e dg e to f ol d ov e r all round t h e top of t h e

pan Th e corn e r o f t h e pl a t e will be cut away as s e e n
.
,

byt h e shad e d par t on t h e p att e rn I f t h e top o f t h e pan

.

is to be wir e d it will be as w ell to notch t h e lap sligh t ly

,

larg e r as s e en by t h e dott e d lin e H ol e s f o r riv e ts i f r e

,
.
,
so SHEET AND PLA TE META L WORE [ a ns 2 .

qu ir e d will
,
be p u nch e d in

t h e plat e as sh o w n on t h e
,

t h e patt e rn .

A pan with a k no ck e d u p -

corn e r is ill u strat e d by

F ig . 61 I n c u tting t h e
.

corn e r of t h e patt e rn car e ,

should be ta k e n that a
singl e e dg e is allow e d on
on e sid e an d a doubl e
,

e dg e on t h e oth e r I f th e .

p an is to be wir e d along
t h e t 0 p e dg e s th e n notic e
must be tak e n that t h e
l aps a r e prop erly not ch e d
b e f or e b e nding I f th e .

kno ck u p is r e quir e d to be
-

FIG . 60 .

on t h e insid e o f t h e pan
i nst e ad o f t h e outsid e ,

th e n t h e e dg e s f o r t h e
k n o c k - u p sho u l d be
fold e d ov e r in t h e r e
v e rs e dir e ction so that,

th e doubl e e dg e will
com e o n t h e insid e of
t h e pan . KNOC KL D-
'

UP
Th e pan corn e r
s k et ch e d in F ig 62 .

shows t h e m e thod o f

m e tal to form a solid or ,

what is som e tim e s call e d

a pig s e a r
’
-
corn e r .
FIG . 61 .
82 SH EE T A ND PL A TE ME TAL WORK [ C HA R x .

6% in at th e bottom and 2 in d e e p Th e distanc e that

.
, . .

t h e top proj e cts ov e r t h e bot t om will be f ound by d e ducting

t h e l e ngth of t h e bottom f rom t h e l e ngth o f t h e top and
dividing by two Thus .

12 9 L
2
Ov erhang
2
To g et t h el ength down t h e sid e all w e n e e d do is to s et
out a right angl e d triangl e (F ig
-
with h e ight 2 i n and
. .

b as e 1 1} in ; t h e third sid e or hypot e nus e will th e n giv e

.
, ,

Hi d ga

3 0 1 8

FIG . 64 .

us t h e l e ngth down t h e sid e o f p an Or without s e tting .

,

out t h e triangl e t h e r e quir e d l e ngth ca n be calcul a t e d

,

t hus

Sid e l ength J 2 2
2 3 (n early ) .

Th e
siz e of t h e bot t om is first m ark e d out and t h e sid e ,

l e ngth add e d by marking A B on t h e patt e rn (F ig 6 4 )

e qual to a b on t h e triangl e Th e ov e rhang is th e n s et
.

along t h e sid e s that is B C is mark e d o ff e qual in l e ngth

—
,

to b c Th e points C C a r e j oin e d up to A and what w e

.
,

might call t h e n et patt e rn is now compl e t e ; f o r if t h e pi ece

 P A N C ORNE RS 83

C A C be cut out and t h e sid e s o f t h e pan b e nt up t h e

two lin e s A C A C will coin cid e ; h e nc e what e v e r m ethod
, ,

of f orming t h e corn e r is adopt e d t h e allowan ce f o r j ointing

must be additional to t h e n e t pa tt e rn I n this cas e w e .

want t o k e e p t h e corn e r solid by doubling up t h e sh e e t to

form a flap whi ch will be f old e d ov e r on to t h e e n d o f pan
,
.

F o r t h e flap to turn ov e r on t h e e n d and com e flush with t h e

top e dg e o f pan it is mani f e st that t h e angl e o f t h e fl ap
,

must be e qual to t h e angl e of t h e e n d and what e v e r con ,

struction is f ollow e d to obtain t h e cu t o f t h e corn e r is with

t h e obj e ct o f arrivin g at this r e sult Tw o m e tho ds can be .

us e d and w e will sho w both o n e in this cas e and t h e

,
—

oth e r in conn e ction with a pan o f un e qual ov e rhang .

A gain r e f e rring to F ig 6 4 bis ect t h e angl e C A C which

.
, , ,

in this cas e o f e qual ov e rhang is simply don e by drawing ,

t h e di agonal lin e A E With ce ntr e A and radius A B

.
,

d e scrib e t h e arc of circl e mark e d B D ; th e n if a lin e be ,

dr awn from C to touch t h e a r c t h e point F on A E will ,

be d e t e rmin e d and thus t h e shap e o f t h e top o f flap

,
To .

accurat e ly draw t h e lin e C F it is not a bad pl an to tak e

,

ce n t r e C and radius C B an d thus mark t h e point D on

,

t h e arc ; th e n j oin D to C and so obtain F ,

.

Th e allowanc e for wiring must be add e d on as shown ,

and if t h e sh ee t is f airly strong it will be as w ell to cut ,

t h e top o f t h e flaps a littl e low e r and thus avoi d t h e wiring

,

b eing lumpy wh e r e it runs ov e r t h e flaps .

To obtai n t h e shap e o f t h e part to be cu t aw a y at t h e

oth e r thr e e corn e rs with out t h e troubl e o f m a r k n g e ach
, .

out s e para t ely a good p

,
l an to follow is to cut out t h e
shad e d p art as shown and u s e this as a t emplat e t o mark
,

off t h e oth e r corn ers .

Pa n w i th U n equ al Ta per i n g Sides .

Suppos e it is r e q u ir e d to m ak e a pan whos e di m e nsions

ar e 1 9 4 in by 1 3 1; in at top 1 8 in by 1 0 in at bottom and
. .
,
. .
,
 84 S H EE T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ AR
‘

CH x .

2 in . d e ep . Th e n t h e ov e rhang of th e sid e s will be

1 34 10
13 ’
In .

And that for t h e e nds

1 9% 18
i
Th e
l e ngths to add on to th e bottom for th e sid e s and
e n ds can be calculat e d as in th e pr evious cas e or obtain e d ,

H1 d 3 0

FIG . 65 .

by s e t ting out as i n F ig 6 5 Tw o lin e s a r e dr a wn s q u a r e

. .

to e ach oth e r and t h e d e pth o f t h e pan mar k e d up and t h e

, ,

two ov e rhangs along t h e l e ngths o f t h e sid e and e n d b eing

,

obtain e d f rom t h e slant lin e s On t h e patt e rn it will be .

‘

s ee n that th e s e l e ngths a r e s e t out by ma k ing A B a b

and A D a d Th e o v e rhang o f t h e sid e must now be

.

put on to t h e en d and t h e ov e rhang o f t h e e n d add e d to t h e

s id e That is D C must be mad e 1 2 in long and B E
. in . .

No w if t h e s e tting out is don e corr e ctly so f a r t h e lin e s

, ,

A E a n d A C sho u l d be e q u al in l e ngth ; h e n ce this al wa ys

giv e s a ch e ck as to t h e corr e ctn e ss of t h e wo r k I n b e ndin g .
 PA N C ORNE RS 85

up it should be r em e mb e r e d that t h e lin e s A C a n d A E

,

coin cid e to f orm t h e corn e r so that f o r t h e top o f t h e pan

,

to be l e v e l th e s e mu st be t h e sam e l e ngth N o w to mar k .

out t h e lin e s f o r t h e part to be cu t away B is e ct t h e angl e

.

C A E by d e scribing two ar cs o f C ircl e s with e qual radius

from t h e c e ntr e s E and C int e rs e ct ing in H thus obtaining
, ,

t h e lin e H A . D e cid e now wh e th e r t h e flap has to be

f old e d on t h e e n d or sid e f o r whi ch e v e r it has to be turn e d
,

on will fi x t h e angl e o f t h e top lin e o f t h e flap I n .

this cas e t h e flap is arrang e d to be f old e d ov e r on t h e e n d .

\V ith ce ntr e C and any conv e ni e nt radius d e scrib e t h e a r c

, ,

P O N th e n cut o ff O N e qual to O P bydrawing an a r c

,

with O as c e ntr e and O P a s r a d iu s J oi n C to N and

‘

.
,

produ ce t h e li ne until it cuts A H in F J oin E to F and

.
,

thus t h e part to be cu t away is d e t e rmin e d I f t h e flap is .

to be f old e d on to t h e sid e o f pan th e n a simil ar constru e

,

tion will hav e to be gon e through comm e n cing with point

,

E . This is shown in dott e d lin e s .

I t will be s e e n that in t h e c as e o f a pan o f un e qual tap e r

t h e shap e o f t h e corn e r cut o n t h e patt e rn d e p e nds upon
wh eth e r t h e flap is to be turn e d ov e r on to t h e sid e or t h e
e n d and i f ou t to suit o n e will not fit on t h e oth e r
, Th e .

shad e d part on t h e patt e rn ca n be u s e d for a t e mpl at e to

mar k t h e oth e r corn e rs as in t h e pr e vious cas e
, .

De ubl e F l a p So li d C o r n er
=
.

A pan whos e sid e s a r e sq u ar e or tap e r e d may hav e its

corn e r f orm e d by a doubl e flap, as shown in F ig 6 6 This . .

is no strong e r than t h e singl e flap (F ig but giv e s a .

littl e b et t e r app e aranc e to t h e pan and is mor e con ,

v e n ie n t l mad by machin e ry
y e .

Th e s e tting out o f t h e p att e rn is v e ry similar to F ig 6 4 . .

Th e ov e rhang D C ( F ig 6 6 ) is firs t m e as u r e d down and t h e

-
.

a ngl e A O C divid e d into fo u r e qual angl e s by dividing t h e

arc K M in t o four e qual par t s an d drawing t h e lin e s 0 N ,

86 S H EE T A N D P L A TE M E T A L WORK [ CH AP . x .

OB and O F . Th e l e ng t h O B is n e xt cu t o ff e qual to O C .

Th e compass e s a r e th e n fi xe d at O str e tch e d out to D and

, ,

t h e a r e D E draw n ; t h e point E b e ing d e t e rmin e d by

DO U B LE

FIG . 66 .

ting o ff C E ( as shown by t h e a r e D P E ) e qual to C

A straight lin e is drawn f rom C to E and wh e r e this int e r
,

s e cts t h e lin e 0 F will giv e t h e point H To finish t h e

.
,

lin e 0 R is mad e e qual in l e ngth to O H .

F o r a pan with un e qual tap e ring sid e s t h e construction

woul d be a littl e di ff e r e nt but f rom what has b e e n said in
,

conn e ction with F ig . 6 5 th e r e sho u ld be no di ffi culty ov e r

this .
 PA N C ORNE RS

W
i g U p a Pan
or k n .

A ft e r t he fou r corn e rs o f th e sh e e t a r e cu t , t h e bis e cting

lin e o f t h e corn e r should be pl ac e d on t h e hat ch e t stak e as ,

shown in F ig 6 7 .
-
,

and t h e sh e e t b e nt
down on e ach sid e .

Th e n t h e sid e s and
e nds sho u ld be turn e d

down on a squar e
h e ad or pan stak e ,

as s e e n in F ig 6 8 .
,

car e b e ing tak e n that

t h e bottom is k e pt at
its prop e r siz e and ,

that its e dg e s a r e
straight On t h e sam e stak e t h e corn er fl aps can be clos e d
.

tog e th e r (F ig 6 9 ) t h e gr e a t e s t c ar e b eing exe rcis e d t ha t

.

FIG . 68 . FI G 6 9
. .

th e
flaps doubl e up along t h eir c e n t r e lin e s Th e y should
.

now be slightly b e n t ov e r o n t h e ha t ch e t s t ak e Th e .
88 SHEE T A ND PLA TE METAL WORK [ CH A R t .

hamm e ring down of t h e flaps will be don e as s e e n in F ig 7 0 .

,

and as this is t h e cru cial t e st o f t h e quality o f t h e sh e e t

’
m e tal an d of t h e op e rator s skill som e j ud gm e nt m u st be
, ,

e xe rcis e d in t h e hamm e r

ing or t h e flap will f ra c

,

tur e n e ar t h e root To .

assist in avoiding t h e
br e a k ing o f t h e m e tal it ,

shoul d be s e e n that t h e
flap is f airly w e ll clos e d to
g e th e r n e ar t h e root be ,

f or e proc e e ding to turn it

ov e r I n light sh e e t m e tal
.

t h e m all e t must be us e d
car e f ully as th e r e is t h e
,

dang e r also o f t h e corn e r

o f t h e hatch e t or pan sta k e

F I G 70 '
cutting through t h e m e tal .

F o r wiring t h e e dg e o f t h e sh ee t can be b e nt ov e r t h e
,

hatch e t st ak e and t h e wir e slipp e d i n and t u cd by t h e

u s e of t h e m all e t and hamm e r on t h e pa n sta k e .

Pan w i th Moul de d Si des .

Th e making up o f a pan w ith mould e d sid e s as shown ,

in F ig 7 1 is not a d iffi
,

cult matt e r if t h e pat

t e rn for t h e cut corn e r

is mark e d out as ac cu
r a t el
y as possibl e This .

can be don e as s e e n in
F ig . 72 .

F or a squar e or
F IG 7 1
r e ctang u lar -shap e d pan . .

( g
F i . is a sp e ci al m e thod which w e will show firs t .
so SH EET A ND PL A TE META L WORE [ a ny x
.

shap e “
. Th e n all t h e r e quir e d distanc e s a r e mark e d along
t h e pa t te rn lin e s t h e points a r e car e f u lly j oin e d up and
, ,

thus t h e corn e r -cut obtain e d I t shoul d be obs e rv e d that

.

any par t o f t h e moulding s e ction which is straight will

also hav e straight lin e s corr e sponding to it on t h e corn e r -cut
o f patt e rn .

Th e g e n e ral m e thod will apply to all cas e s no matt e r ,

how many sid e s t h e pan has or what is t h e shap e o f t h e

moulding I t consists in drawing a bas e lin e (F ig
. .

and s et ting o ff a j oint lin e at an angl e e qual to 3 6 0 °

divid e d by twic e t h e numb e r that t h e pan has sid e s Thus .

,

i f t h e pan has four sid e s as I n t h e abov e cas e t h e j oint lin e

, ,

will m ak e an angl e o f

4 x 2

with t h e bas e lin e To cut o ff t h e pa tt e rn lin e s to th e ir

.

r e quir e d l e n gths th e y will be m ad e e qual to t h e l e ngths o f

,

t h e corr e spondingly numb e r e d lin e s running b e tw ee n t h e

-

bas e and j oint lin e s .

A ll t h e j oint lin e s f o r pans having from four to t e n

sid e s a r e shown in F ig 7 2 and also t h e shap e of cut for
.
,

t h e end of o n e sid e o f an octagonal pan This b e ing .

e ight -sid e d t h e angl e o f j oint lin e will be

,

60 45
8 x 2 2

Th e lin e s a r e m e asur e d b e t w e e n bas e and j oint lin e s and ,

t h e ir l e ngths s et up from t h e girth lin e on patt e rn t h e ,

thick dott e d lin e thus r e pr e s e nting t h e cut f or o n e Sl d e o f

an octagonal pan I n s e tting out th e patt e rn for a co m
.

p l e t e pan o f this d e scription t h e b e st plan to follow is to

,

first mark out t h e shap e o f t h e bottom draw lin e s squar e ,

to t h e e n d o f e a ch bottom lin e s et along t h e girth a nd

, ,

th e n proc e ed to obtain t h e shap e o f cor ne r -cuts as explain e d

a bov e.
 P A N C ORNE RS 91

In s h api ng t h e sid e s of a mould e d pan to t h e r e q u ir e d

f orm it is n e c e ssary to be as accurat e as possibl e if t h e
, ,

e dg e s of t h e moulding a r e to fit tog e th e r prop e rly at t h e

corn e rs .
92 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ CH AR x1 .

C H A PTE R XI .

T RU N K S B OX E S F E N D E R S
, , ,
E TC .

TH E s e t ting o u t o f t h e p att e rns f o r a trun k or box is usually

not a v e ry di ffi cult matt e r ; f or whilst th e ir shap e s and
si z e s a r e o f almost infinit e vari e ty th e r e is v e ry littl e o f a
,

compli cat e d natur e in th e ir m a k e u -

T h hi f thing to
p . e c e

whi ch att e ntion should be paid in t h e constru ction of

trun k s is a ccu ra cy o f work manship so that t h e various
,

parts shall fit tog e th e r prop e rly .

Th e bul k o f trun k wor k is now wholly or partly m a chin e

m ad e and as t h e sh e e t iron u s e d is v e ry light t h e produ ct
, ,

turn e d out is not o f a chara ct e r to stand mu ch k no ck ing

about H e n ce so that t h e sh e et m e tal wor k e r may k now
.
,

how to lay o u t t h e
patt e rns f o r a good
s t r o n g hand mad e ,
-

tr unk w e have
,

s e l e ct e d j ust on e

r e pr e s e ntativ e e x

ampl e whi ch should ,

be su ffi ci e nt f o r al l
pra cti cal p u rpos e s .

A s k e t ch o f t h e
tr u n k or bo x is s h o w n
F m 73
, , in F ig 73 f rom whi ch
.
,

som e g e n e ral id e a will be obtain e d as to its shap e and m a k e .

B e for e proc e e ding to mark out t h e patt e rns f o r t h e

run k parts a t e m l a t e for t h e mouldi ng at t h e corn e r
t ,
p
94 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ CH AR XI .

0, and t h e curv e p assing through t h e points etc .

drawn A C I s now mar k e d o ff e qual to a c and C E e qua l

.
,

to a e Th e allowan ce f o r wiri ng will be C D this b e in g

.
,

e qual to t h e l e ngth o f t h e a r e c 0 3 m e asur e d aro und t h e wir e

on t h e s e ction . Th e n otch E F ca n be fairly a ccurat e l y

obtain e d by mak ing D E
e qual to D C Th e smal l
.

lap A C E shown with a

, ,
.

dott e d lin e should be l e f t on

,

t h e patt e rn as this can be

,

b e nt around t h e corn e r a n d ,

will sti ff e n it som e what A lso .

,

t h e allowan ce mar k e d H o
B OD Y S ID E should be l e f t on as this wil l
,
PH T T E R N
caus e t h e mould i ng to ov e r
lap a littl e on t h e flat parts ,

and str e ngth e n t h e corn e r

consid e rably .

Th e moul ding t e mpl at e a s

mar k e d out abov e ca n n o w
be us e d to s crib e out that .

portion o f t h e patt e rns f o r

th e body
,
and e n d as

shown in F ig 75 . .

Th e body is u sually mad e

up by running a groov e along
t h e middl e o f t h e bottom ,

h e n ce t h e l e ng t h o f A B on
xEI G 7 5
t h e patt e rn f o r body will be
. .

e qual to t h e l e ngth of lin e m e as ur e d f rom a around to b ,

a s shown in t h e e l e vation .

Th e l e ngth C D for t h e lid top patt e rn will be e qual to

-

t h e girth c ( I m e asur e d around t h e lid in t h e e l e v a t ion Th e .

body -e n d an d t h e lid en d patt e rns will be t h e sam e shap e

-

a s t h e e n d el e vation lus t h e allowanc e f o r moulding wiri ng

p , ,
 T RU N K S , B OXE S , F E N DE RS , E TC . 95

e tc . Trunk
parts a r e j oin e d tog e th e r by kno cking p -u

e it h e r on t h e e n d or sid e I n light. machin e -mad e bo xe s

t h e k nock u p is usually turn e d ov e r on to t h e e n d ; bu t i n
-

h
t e strong e r hand -mad e work t h e k nock u p is g e n e rall y -

f old e d ov e r o n to t h e Sid e Th e patt e rns hav e b e e n mark e d

.

out f o r t h e latt e r m e thod h e nc e th e r e is a singl e e dg e on t h e

,

sid e s o f body and lid top p att e rns and a doubl e e dg e

-
,

allow e d aro u nd o n t h e e n d patt e rns .

I f t h e trun k is m ad e o f bla ck iro n t h e surfac e o f t h e

‘

sh e e t about t h e moulding cu t is car e fully cl e an e d and

tinn e d on o n e sid e so that wh e n t h e corn e rs a r e mitr e d t h e
,

moulding at that part may be fill e d up solid with sold e r .

Thr e e r e duc e d sk e t ch e s a r e shown on F ig 7 4 e xpl aining .

,

t h e m e thod o f f orming a b e ad or m oul di ng by hand Th e .

sh ee t is first b e nt squar e as shown in ( 1 ) it is th e n plac e d

,

on a round bar and b e nt ov e r as s e e n in I n a pr e ss

or moul ding m achin e it ca n o f cours e be put on t h e sh e e t
, ,

in l e ss than o n e quart e r t h e tim e by hand

-
.

A simpl e r and ch e ap e r k ind of corn e r can be f orm e d by

cutting t h e sid e s of t h e body patt e rns straight and riv e ting
a stout k n e e on t h e corn e rs .

Th e flat p arts o f t h e bo x sur f a ce a r e usually swag e d to ,

sti ff e n and str e ngth e n th e m an d also to add a littl e orn a,

m e ntation A ll swaging must of cours e be don e a f t e r

.
, ,

t h e body an d lid a r e shap e d but b e f or e t h e e nds a r e fi xe d

,

on .

I n mos t tru nk lids a str e t ch e r is pl a ce d as shown in

-
,

F ig 73 and by t h e dott e d lin e s 6 f in t h e e n d e l e vation

.
,
‘

( g
F i . T h e patt e rn f o r this can be mark e d out as s e e n

in F ig 7 5 . Th e distanc e s for t h e width o f t h e str e tch e r

.

patt e rn a r e tak e n f rom t h e e n d e l e vation Thus E F e quals .

,

6 f ,
and so f o r t h e w idths of t h e flang e s .

To additi onally str e ngth e n t h e lid it is a good pl an to ,

fi x two or thr e e h O O
p
-
iron sti ff e n e rs a cross t h e insid e o f t h e

l id passing und e r t h e str e t ch e r b e nding th e m t o t h e l id

, , , .
96 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WO RK [ CH AR x1 .

s hap e and riv e ting A lso flat iron sti ff e ning bars a r e
.
,

usually fi xe d l e ngthways on t h e bottom o f t h e bo x b e nt ,

squar e on to t h e e nds and riv et e d , .

E xp e ri e n ce s e e ms to show how e v e r that th e r e is no , ,

b e tt e r sur f ac e prot e ction f o r a trun k than wood batt e ns ,

fi xe d l e ngthways on t h e outsid e o f lid and bottom and bolt e d

firmly using larg e plat e wash e rs on t h e insid e of bo x f o r
,

t h e bolt nuts to b e ar upon

-
.

Th e hing e s a r e mad e out o f strips of sh e e t iron doubl e d ,

ov e r a pi e ce o f wir e t h e sam e gaug e as that us e d f o r wiring

aro u nd t h e lid Notch e s a r e cut out o f t h e lid patt e rn as
.
,

shown in F ig 75 thus l e aving t h e wir e bar e wh e n t h e lid

- .
,

is mad e up Th e hing e s a r e slipp e d ov e r t h e wir e sold e r e d

.
,

to t h e moulding and th e n b e nt down and riv et e d to t h e

,

body .

Mo ul de d L id or C over .

A lamp top or bas e lid or cov e r f o r a vari e ty o f

-
, ,

articl e s is som e tim e s mad e in t h e s h ap e shown in F ig 76

,
. .

A n d as this k ind o f
obj e ct brings in an im
portant prin cipl e in ,

d e t ermini n g t h e f orm
of t h e moulding on
two o f t h e cov e r sid e s ,

w e will e x plain t h e
s e tting out o f t h e
moulding s e ction an d
F I G 76 t h e patt e rn f o r t h e
compl e t e cov e r A plan o f t h e cov e r is giv e n in F ig 7 7
.
,

on which t h e moulding s e ction f o r t h e e nds and t h e pro

e ct e d s ection f o r t h e sid e s is also shown
j .

I f t h e width o f t h e e n d moulding ( O 6 ) had b e e n t h e

-

sa m e as t h e width o f t h e sid e moulding (0 ’

th e n t h e
-

sam e shap e o f s e ction could hav e b ee n us ed for both and ,

98 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E T A L WORK [ CH AR XI .

of moulding f o r t h e sid e that will e xa ctly mitr e on to t h e

moulding as s e t out f o r t h e e n d .

Th e p att e rn f o r t h e cov e r is laid out by drawing two

lin e s squar e to e a ch oth e r and along th e s e st e pping t h e ,

r e sp e ctiv e girths o f t h e two mouldings Th u s t h e l e ngth s .

,

5 to
”
4 to
”
etc will be mad e t h e sam e as t h e l e ngths
.
,

5 to 4 4 to 3 e t c ,
on t h e moulding whilst t h e distan ce s
,
.
, ,

5 to
°
4 to
°
e tc will be t h e sam e as 5 to ’
.
, 4 to
’

e tc . on t h e proj e ct e d s e ction Th e l e ngths O h and 0 h

,
” °
.

will of cours e e qual t h e br e adth o f t h e rim around t h e

, ,

cov e r .

Th e small squar e in t h e mi ddl e o f t h e p att e rn will be t h e

sam e siz e as that i n t h e c e ntr e o f t h e pl an Th e l e ngths o f .

t h e constru ction lin e s f o r t h e patte rn will be m e asur e d

f rom t h e middl e lin e s 0 e 0 e o n t h e plan up to t h e j oint
’ ’
, , ,

” ’ ”
lin e E 0 Thus lin e s 0 O 1 A
.
,
’
2 B
” ’
et c r e sp ectiv e ly , , ,
.
,

e q u al 0 O a A b B e t c and lin e s 0
, ,
°
1 °
,
A ”
.
, ,

a r e e q u al r e sp e ctiv e ly t o O O a A b B e t c
” ’ ’
2 B
°
et c
,
.
,
/
, , , , , .

E v e n curv e s a r e drawn passing through e a ch point and ,

t h e sh ee t ca n th e n be cu t out to t h e shap e as shown .

I n m a k ing up into t h e cov e r shap e car e must be tak e n ,

th at t h e two moul dings a r e b e nt to th e ir r e sp e ctiv e f orms .

and th e n th e r e will be no di ffi culty in j ointing Th e .

principl e involv e d in t h e abov e e x ampl e is an important

o n e and worth taking noti ce o f as it appli e s to all cl ass e s ,

o f moul ding b e ading e t c wh e r e two di ff e r e nt siz e s hav e

, ,
.
,

to be j oint e d tog e th e r .

Sh e Met a l K er b F en der
e t- .

Th e work involv e d in t h e making o f a sh e e t -m e t al k e rb

f e nd e r is o f such an el e m e ntary chara ct e r that t h e ordi nary
workman or a m a t e e r craftsman shoul d find v e ry littl e
troubl e in makin g o n e u p t o h is own d e si gn a n d
li k in g .
 TRU NK S ,
BOXES , F ENDERS , ETC . 99

A simpl e form of k erb is shown in F ig 7 8 whi ch will

.
,

giv e som e id e a o f t h e sh ap e into which t h e sh e e t m e tal is

to be b e nt .

Th e k e rb may be
m ad e out of ham
m ere d or polish e d
sh ee t copp e r or brass
or e v e n be mad e out
of pl ain sh ee t iron
an d afterw ards
black e d or j ap ann e d .

Th e s e tting out o f t h e
patt e rns f o r a v e ry
simpl e shap e is show n
in F ig 7 9
. .

Th e f orm o f t h e s e c
F I G 78
tion it will be s e e n
, ,
. .

is drawn on t h e pla n of t h e f e n d e r t h is b e ing aft e rwards

,

divid e d up into f our parts 0 to 1 1 to 2 2 to 3 and 3 to 4

, , , ,
.

Th e girth lin e O ’
,

on t h e pat
t e rn is first laid out ,

t h e l e ngths o f t h e
di ff e r e nt parts b e ing
p LA N
tak e n f rom t h e cor
r e sponding lin e s on
t h e s e ction L in e s a r e
.

th e n drawn squar e
to t h e girth lin e
through e ach divi
s i o n - p o i n t and ,

F I G 79
. . th e s e cu t o ff t h e
sam e l e n gth as t h e corr e sponding lin e s drawn through t h e
division -points on t h e s e ction parall e l to t h e f ront of
f e nd e r and running up to t h e j oint lin e s C B A 0
, ,
On .
1 00 SHEET A ND PLA TE META L WORK [ CHA R xi .

F ig . 79 t h e l e ngths a r e shown cut o ff by t h e dott e d lin e s

proj e ct e d f rom t h e plan on to t h e patt e rn .

Th e cut on t h e patt e rn f o r t h e e n d will o f cours e be t h e

, ,

sam e as that for t h e f ront h e n ce t h e o n e patt e rn will do f o r

,

t h e two parts . Th e l e ngth f o r t h e e n d will be obtai n e d by

mak ing 0 D e qual to 0 D
’ ’
.

Without t h e k e rb is mad e o f strong sh e e t m e tal it will ,

be n e c e ssary to hav e a wood e n cor e o f t h e s ection shap e to

, ,

which t h e e dg e s o f t h e sh e e t m e tal ca n be nail e d .

A corn e r cov e r is som e tim e s us e d and if this is r e quir e d

, ,

som e s u ch shap e as that shown in F ig 7 9 ca n be adopt e d

.
,

it b eing b e nt up ov e r t h e j oint and f ast e n e d along its

e dg e s with nails h aving ornam e ntal h e ads .

I f a corn e r cov e r is not u s e d t h e mitring will hav e to be

,

don e v e ry car e f ully if t h e f e nd e r is to loo k n e at ; but in

t h e e v e n t o f a cov e r pl at e b e ing attach e d th e r e will be no
-
,

n e e d to both e r with a ccurat e j oining at t h e corn e rs .

I f t h e f e nd e r is mad e o f copp e r or brass th e n any d e gr e e

,

o f ornam e ntatio n in t h e way o f r e pouss é work ca n be put

upon it d e p e nding upon t h e skill of t h e craf t sman and t h e

,

tim e at disposal in m aking .

 1 02 SHEE T A ND PLA TE META L WORE [ am p m .

h j
‘

i sur f ac e again say on t h e lin e

t co nies l on t h e fla t
’
t
"

e o n ,

B C t h e n i t is e vid e nt that t h e whol e o f t h e cu rv e d s u r f a ce

P
.

i
e f-t h e tcon e iv il l ha v e b e e n i n conta ct with t h e flat sur f ac e
'

and t h e s e ctor o f circl e so mar k e d o u t will be t h e d ev e lop

m e nt o f t h e con e sur f a ce Th e radi u s o f this s e ctor o f a
.

cir cl e will o f cours e be e qual to t h e slant h eight o f t h e

, ,

con e and t h e l e ngth o f t h e a r e A D B will be o f t h e sa me

,

l e ngth as t h e circum f e r e n ce o f t h e bas e o f con e Thus in .

,

F ig 8 2 suppos e t h e diam e t e r o f bas e o f cap is 3 in

.
,
and .
,

sl ant h e ight 2 in th e n it .
,

is e vid e nt that t h e radius

f o r d e scribing t h e patt e rn
will be 2 in Th e l e ng t h .

o f t h e arc can be m ar k e d

o ff in two or thr ee di ff e r e nt

ways as will now be shown , .

O n t h e bas e lin e of hal f

e l e vation of con e constru ct

a quart e r cir cl e and divid e -

,

it into thr e e e qual parts ,

and car e f ully m e asur e

t h e l e ngths of o n e o f
th e s e par t s and s e t it ,

along t h e patt e rn curv e

tw e lv e tim e s J oin t h e .

points so f ound to t h e
c e ntr e and allow laps f o r ,

grooving riv e ting ,

or ,
FI G 8 "
sold e ring as shown Car e
.

i n st be ta k e n that t h e l ap lin e s a r e parall e l to t h e e n d lin e s

o f n e t patt e rn .

Th e l e ngth of curv e on p att e rn ca n be quit e e asily

calculat ed f rom t h e f ollowing rul e .

M ultiply diam e t e r o f con e bas e by 34

Thus in t h e abov e e xampl e t h e l e ngth o f curv e will be
, ,
 C ONI C A L A RT I C L E S OF SH ORT T A PER
'
1 03

3 9 4} in . T his l e ng th is b e st s e t along t h e curv e by

a st e e l tap e m e asur e , p ie c e of thin wir e or strip of sh eet
,

m e tal .

Som e tim e s it is c onv e ni e n t to calcul a t e th e l e ngth of ar e

on th e p i ece cu t out and this ca n be d on e by e ith e r of t h e

,

f o ll o w m g rul e s
( )
1 D e d u ct t h e diam e t e r o f bas e o f con e f rom twi ce t h e
'

s lant h e ight and multiply t h e r e m a in d e r by 3 }

,

( )
A M ultiply t h e di ff e r e nc e of t h e diam e t e rs o f patt e rn
and bas e ci rc l e s by
B y t h e u s e o f e it h e r o f t h e abov e rul e s it will be s e e n that
t h e l e ngth o f a r c o f t h e s e ctor to be cut out in F ig 8 2 .

will be
( 4 }
-
in .

Th e ir cle (F ig 83 ) shows t h e patt e rn for a conical

cu t c .

cap t h e v e rtical h eight o f which i s 9 in and diam et e r 3 f t. .

Th e Sl an t h e i gh t of con e or t he r adius of p a t t e rn can be

: ”

.
.

8
1 04 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH AR x1 1 .

calcul at e d by bringing i n t h e prop e rty of th e right angl e

~

triangl e pr eviously m e ntion ed thus

, ,
~

Slan t J ( ) 20 §
2
h eight 9 1 8 in .

H aving mar k e d out th e patt e rn cir cl e to this radius ,

t he

l e ngth of arc to s e t along circum f e r e nc e to cut pi e ce out

can be calcula t e d thus
( 4
4 0 36) x 3 } 1 41 x 3} in .

Th e en lin e s on t h e patt e rn for a conic a l cap may also

d
be s e t out by t h e u s e o f d e gr ee s Th e f ollowing rul e will
.

giv e t h e angl e that t h e e n d lin e s mak e with e a ch oth e r

Multiply 36 0 by t h e radius of t h e bas e and divid e by t h e ,

sl ant h eight Thus in F ig 8 2 it will be s e e n that t h e

. .

angl e
3 6 0 x radiu s of ba s e
slan t h eight
360 15
f 2 70
°

Som e tim e s it is mor e conv e ni e nt to mark t h e angl e on

t h e pi e c e that 1 8 to be cut out a n d t h e d e gr ee s for this can
,

be c a lculat e d by aid o f t h e f ollowing rul e De duct t h e

radius o f bas e from slan t h eight and multiply t h e r e ,

m a in d e r by 3 6 0 and divi d e by t h e slant h e ight Thus in .

F ig 8 2 this angl e will be

.

s lant h eight rad i us of bas e

3 60 x

( 2 1 5) 360
— —
90
2 4

I n F ig 83 t h e numb e r of d eg r ee s in t h e pi e c e to be
'

. cu t

out

20 1,

Th e abov e ex ampl e s ar e giv e n to show th e applica t io n of

1 06 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH AP . x1 1 .

be discov e r e d by t h e r e ad er by the car e ful choic e of d im e n

sions for t h e co nical cap .

Th e Poin ter .

An old -t im e but us e f ul articl e is t h e poin t er or a l e

warm e r shown in F ig 85 I t is an e xc e e dingly handy
, . .

form of v e ss e l f o r sti ck ing in t o a fi r e and rapidly h e ating

,

any kind of thin liquid .

I t can be r e adily mad e

out o f e ith e r tinplat e or
copp e r Wh er e first cost
.

is no gr e at consid e ration
copp e r will be t h e be tt e r

m e tal on account of its

,

long e r lif e and sup e rior

h e at con d u ct m g prope rti e s
—
.

Th e s e tting -out o f t h e patt e rn

is shown by F ig 86 Th e d e pth . .

A C and hal f t h e width A B a r e

firs t mark e d o u t at righ t angl e s ,

t h e slant h e ight C B thus b e ing

d et e rmin e d This is now us e d f or
.

t h e radius l n marking out t h e

patt e rn . A quart e r circl e is d e —

scrib e d o n A B a n d divid e d into ,

thr e e e qual parts On e o f t h e .

par t s is car e fully m e asur e d and ,

s et along t h e patt e rn curv e

F I G 85
tw e lv e tim e s t h e poin ts thus
. .

obtain e d b e ing j oin e d up to t h e c e ntr e C A n allowanc e .

must be put on top f or wi ring an d on sid e s for grooving as ,

shown by dott e d lin e s Th e pat t e rn shoul d be notch e d for

.

wi ri ng and t h e l aps car e f ully cut away at C to allow t h e

groo v e b eing tur n e d ov e r a t t h e point I f t h e poin te r is
.

mda e of copp e r t h e insid e shou l d be prop e rly tinn e d no t ic e ,

 C ONI C A L A RTI C L E S OE SH ORT TA PE R 1 07

be ing tak e n that t h e point has a li t t l e tin l e ft in it to

obviat e l e akag e I f m ad e o f tinpl at e it will be n e c e ssary
.

to so l d e r down t h e insid e o f s e am and also at t h e poi nt To ,

.

thos e who hav e faciliti e s for brazing it is worth whil e

.

r e m e mb e ring that a braz e d j oint will be much t h e b es t

j ob if t h e a l e wa rm e r is mad e out of copp e r
- .

Whilst it is usual to fi x a handl e as shown i n F ig 85 ,

.
,

it is c e rtainly a distinct advantag e to hav e a handl e of t h e

sauc e p an kind Th is ca n be mad e by b e nding a strip of
.
“

copp er or iron into t h e f orm o f a t ap e r e d tub e and fla t t en ,

in g t h e en d to fit on to t h e
sid e o f v e ss el I ron will
.

be t h e b e s t m e tal on accoun t
of b eing a b e tt e r non
conductor of h e at an d also ,

strong e r than copp e r ; but ,

if app e aranc e is t h e first

consid e ration th e n
,
of ,

cours e copp e r should be

,

us e d
. Th e handl e coul d
also be mad e by b e nding a
pi e c e of flat or hal f -round
iron or copp e r tub e What .
F I G 86 ' °

e v e r kind of handl e is chos e n it should be riv e t e d on t o t h e

body of t h e point e r .

A r ticl es F or med fr om C on e F r us tums .

M ost articl e s that a r e circul ar e qual tap e ring in shap e ,

-
,

do not tak e t h e f orm o f a compl e t e con e but com e out as a ,

f rustum o f a con e that is t h e shap e that is obtai n e d w h e n

—
,

t h e top of a con e is cut o ff parall e l to t h e bas e Th e bodi e s .

of t h e bulk of tap e ring articl e s such as buck e ts funn e ls , ,

coff po t s wash ups and a host of oth e rs a r e o f this

e e -
,
-
,

charact e r and th e ir patt erns a r e obtain e d by consi d e ring

,

t h e surfac e to be that o f a frustum o f a con e or a trun cat e d ,

1 08 S HE ET A ND PLATE M E TA L WORK [ CH AR x1 1 .

con e as it is som etim e s call e d Th e shap e r e f e rr e d to I s

, .

that shown by F ig 8 7 ; .

To ob t ain a patt e rn for this class o f v e ss el is g e n e rally ,

a V ery simple
ma tte r Th e
m e thod adopt e d is
to draw a ha l f e l e -

vati on to t h e gi v e n
dim e nsions t h cn ,
F I G 87 .

produc e t h e slant
.

h eigh t until it m ee ts t h e c e ntr e lin e and thus obtain t h e ,

slant h e ight of t h e con e o f whi ch it f o r m s a portion '

H aving don e this t h e patt e rn for t h e compl e t e con e is s e t

,

out and t h e part cu t away that b e longs to t h e top portio n

,

o f t h e con e Thus in F ig
. 88 t h e h al f di a m e t e r o f wid e e n d
.
,
-

A B is s e t along and t h e v e rti cal d e pth A E drawn dow n

,

squar e from it Th e hal f diam e t e r o f narrow e n d E D is

.
-

mark e d f rom E squar e to A E or parall e l to A B Th e ,

.

sl ant lin e B D is produc e d until i t m e e ts t h e ce ntr e lin e o f

con e in C This will o f co u rs e gi v e t h e top o r ap ex of
.
, ,

compl e t e con e To mar k o u t

. patt e rn t h e compass e s
ar e fi xe d on C as ce ntr e an d
C B as radius and t h e o u t e r
.

curv e drawn as shown t h e ,

inn e r cur v e b ei ng drawn w i th

C D as radius To m ar k t h e
.

’
l e ngth along t h e out e r curv e a
q u art e r cir cl e is s e t o n A B and
-

d ivi d e d into thr e e e qual parts ,

o n e o f th e s e parts b e ing mark e d

along s ix tim e s ( t h e body o f

ar t icl e b eing m ad e in two
pi e ce s ) .Th e first an d l ast
points a r e j oin e d up to c e ntr e
C and thus t h e n e t patt e rn is d et e rmin e d I t will be no t ic e d
,
.
1 10 S H E E T A ND P L A T E ME TA L WORK [ ca n x1 1 .

obtain e d by calculation without pr e viously having drawn

,
'

an e l e vation of t h e obj e ct A n e xampl e o f this m ethod is

.

s hown by t h e calculations for t h e patt e rn in F ig 8 9 . .

Suppos e t h e articl e to hav e t h e following dim e nsions : Top

‘

9 in diam e t e r bottom 2 f t di am e t e r and d e pth 1 f t 6 in . 1

.
,
.
,
.
-

th e n t h e h e ight of compl et e con e of whi ch t h e v es s e l is a ,

part can be cal culat e d as f ollows

,

radius of bas e d epth

Hei0 h t o' CD

12 x 18
28 8 in .

75
And slant h eight of con e that is radius of out e r curv e
—
,

of patt e rn ca n be f ound by t h e u s e o f t h e prop e rty o f t h e

right -angl e triangl e thus ,

CB J ( 2 8 ) ( )
1 2 31 2 in
2
8°

radius for t h e inn e r cur v e of patt e rn

Th e ca n be found
as abov e or from t h e following rul e
,

radius of top slant h eight of compl ete con e

radius o f bas e
x 31 2
117 in
12
.

Th e l e ngth round out e r curv e of patt e rn will of cours e , ,

be
24 x 3 1 4 1 6 :
75 4 in .
,

so that it will be s e e n that t h e compl e t e patt ern of t h e

articl e wh eth e r it is m ad e up in o n e or mor e pi ec e s can be
, ,

s et ou t from calculat e d dim e nsions This m e tho d is .

e sp e ci ally us e ful in larg e work or wh e r e a high d e gr ee of

.
,

accura cy is r e quir e d .

C a pa ci ty of a Con ical V es s e l .

tha t w e hav e t h e abov e calcula t ions b e for e us

Se e ing ,

it will be as w e ll to go ov e r what is usually co ns id e r e d t o

'

be a som e what di ffi cult task that is to find t h e capacity of

’

—
,
 C ONI C A L A RTI C LE S OF S H ORT TA PE R 111

a c i rc ular t a per m g v e ss el
. Th e simpl e s t plan to ado pt i s
to calcula t e t h e volum e o f t h e compl e t e con e and th e n to
,

d e duct f rom it t h e volum e of t h e small con e which w e can

,

1 mag 1 n e 1 s cut o ff t h e t o p
.

Th e ru l e f o r fin ding t h e volum e of a con e is Multiply

FIG . 89 .

the ar e a o f t h e bas e by third t h e v e r tical h eigh t

on e - .

F rom t h e pr e vious calcul ations l n r e f e r e nc e t o F ig 8 9 w e

.
,
 SH EE T A ND P L A TE META L WORK [ CH AR x1 1 .

both t h e h eight o f compl e t e co n e and of t h e small

cut away Th e volum e of t h e v ess el th e n i s
.

7r x 77 x

1 44 77
“
X 20 2 5 7 X

3 3

1 , 3 09 ,r x 31 41 6 4, 1 1 4 c in
. .

Th e numb e r o f cubic inch e s in an imp e rial gallon is

2 7 7 2 74 This is a most awkward numb e r to u s e ; but as
.

it has b e e n fi xe d by A ct of P arliam e nt ( in 1 8 2 6 ) as t h e
volum e o f a gallon w e hav e to mak e t h e b e st o f it Th e
,
.

capacity of t h e abov e v e ss el will th e r e for e be

gal .

Th e capaci t y may also be calc u lat e d bu t not quit e so ,

accurat e ly by r e m e mb e ri ng that a cubi c f oot contains as

,

n e ar as possibl e 6 } gal Thu s .

x 64 l 4 g gal ( n early
)
1 72 8
. .

As a gallon o f fr e sh wat e r is usually tak e n to w e igh 1 0 1h .

,

the w e ight of wat e r in t h e v e ss e l will be

x 10 1 48 4 1 4 81} lb (n e arly )
. .

F un n el Patter n s .

Th e s et t ing out of th e
patt e rns for a funn e l is illustrat e d
by F ig 9 0
. h
T e h alf -e l e vation is drawn in t h e usual
mann e r and t h e sl ant h e igh ts of t h e con e s forming t h e
,

di ff e r e nt portions thus obtain e d Th e l e tt e r e d lin e s on

.

h
t e vari ous patt e rns corr e spond t o t h e lin e s with t h e sam e

l e tt e rs tha t a r e tak e n f rom t h e e l e va t ion to form t h e radii

1 14 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A P . xi i .

solid or pl an e figur e On e such is sk e tch e d in F ig 9 1 This

. . .

is a s e micircular end e d conical v e ss e l with a flat back mad e

-
,

to fit against a wall as shown Th e .

p att e rn for it is s e t out as e xplain e d

by F ig 9 2 Th e hal f -el evation
. .

A B C D is first drawn t o t h e r e
quir e d dim e nsions ; this figur e also
giving t h e shap e o f hal f t h e fl at
back Th e con e par t o f t h e v e ss e l is
.

d e v elop e d in t h e ordinary way using ,

0 as t h e c e ntr e Th e r e maining hal f

.

o f t h e bac k can be add e d on to t h e

o t h er en d of t h e patt e rn in a
vari e ty of ways This is as good as .

any z With c e ntr e 0 and radius

—

0 A draw t h e dott e d curv e A a and ,

FI G 9 1 ~
with c e ntr e 6 and radius e qual to
A B draw a small a r e cut ting t h e dott e d curv e in a j oin
this poi nt to 0 With c e ntr e 0 and radius 0 D draw t h e
.

in n e r dott e d curv e and

thus d e t e rmin e d as shown .

J oin d to c and a to b ,

and thus t h e n et patt e rn is

compl e t e d . A dd l aps as
r e quir e d for grooving ,

k nocking -u p and wiring ;

,

notch as i n figur e and t h e ,

working pa t t e rn is com
pl et e .

Wir in g .

In wiring an e dg e car e ,
FIG 92
shoul d be tak e n to draw ’ °

t h e o n e e n d of wir e along from th e en d of sh e e t , an d to let

 C ONI C A L A RTI C L E S OF S H ORT TA PE R 1 15

th e oth e r e n d in so that ,
the j oint in th e wir e wil l n ot

coi n cid e with t h e sh e e t

j oint This will be b e st
.

und e rstood by r e f er e nc e to
F ig . 93 .

C o n i ca l Pl at e W or k .

For plat e w ork of a

c o n i c a 1 chara ct e r t h e ,

ce ntr e lin e of t h e s e c
tion should be tak e n as t h e
slant h eight o f t h e co n ica i FIG . 93.

part r e quir e d f o r d e v e loping the p att e rn Thi s is illu

.

s t r a t e d by lin e A B in F ig 94 . . I f t h e e dg e s of t h e pla t e s

Pl a t e S c
.

w h e n an dr d mmj c
116 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ME TA L WORK [ C HA R x1 1 .

ar e to be cham f e r e d as shown by t h e s e ction o f pl at e on t h e

,

right hand hal f o f figur e th e n t h e lin e C D will hav e to be

-
,

us e d f o r t h e width of patt e rn ; t h e plat e s b eing sh e ar e d

along t h e two dott e d curv e s This is how e v e r a som e
.
, ,

what e xc e ptional cas e and has a v e ry limit e d applicatio n

, .

I f t h e l e ngths o f lin e s r e quir e d for t h e pa t t e rn o f pl at e

a r e calcul at e d,
as in F ig 89 th e n t h e whol e o f t h e calcul a
.
,

tions must hav e r e f er en ce to t h e c e ntr e lin e o f t h e plat e

s e ction This c e ntr e lin e r e ally r e pr e s e nts t h e s e ction o f
.

an i mag i n ary con e which pass e s through t h e c e ntr e o f t h e

p l a t
. e

A s e xpl ain e d in C h apt e r XXX I I t h e gr e at e st car e mus t

,

be t ak e n t o prop e rly allow f o r t h e t hickn e ss of m et al ;

1 18 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R X III .

C D ( g 5)
F i 9 . are hing e d tog e th e r to form a triangl e and ,

o n e lin k say A C is h eld f ast th en w e shall find it im

, , ,

possibl e to alt e r t h e shap e

o f t h e triangl e by pushing

Q?
it e i th e r o n e way or the
oth e r Thus it will be .
,

impossibl e to mov e t h e two

sid e s so as to caus e B to
com e in t o t h e position B 1 :
C h e nc e t h e triangl e will r e
FIG 9 5 . . main o f cons t ant shap e .

To i ustrat e t h e abov e suppos e w e wish to r eproduc e t h e

l l
,

ar e a (a ) in F ig 9 6 e ith e r full siz e or to scal e D ivid e

.
,
.

figur e up into triangl e s as

in No w car e fully m e a
sur e t h e sid e s o f t h e triangl e
A and r e construct it as in
,

( )
c ,
t h e n obtain t h e l e ng t hs

of t h e two r emaining sid e s

of t h e triangl e B and thus ,

construct this triangl e on

A . C ontinu e t h e proc e ss by
adding triangl e s C D E , , ,

et c . Th e s e triangl e s will
giv e a s e ri e s o f poin t s all of ,

which will l ie on t h e curv e d

outlin e J oin t h e poin t s to
.

g e th e r wi t h an e v en curv e ,

and t h e figur e (a ) will be

r e produc e d in (c) .

I n applying t h e abov e Fm 9 6 , .

kind o f work to t h e d e v e lopm ent of patt e rns t h e O p e ra ,

tion is not qui t e so simpl e as b e for e t h e patt e rn ca n be

,
‘

laid out som e construction work is n e c e ssary t o obtain th e

,

t r ue len gths of the side s of t h e triangl es .

 CONI C A L V ES S ELS OE L ONG TA PE R 1 19

A practical applica t ion of m e thod will n ow bes h o wn

th e
in conn e c t ion wi t h t h e
s e tting out of a patt e rn

for a conical v e ss e l o f
long tap e r A s k e t ch o f
.

th e arti cl e is giv e n
( g
F i . 9 7 ) showing lin es

drawn on t h e sur f a ce t o
r e pr e s e nt its division
into triangl e s I n this
.

cas e t h e m e thod is quit e

e a s ily appli ed as only
F IG 9 7
.

,
. .

two diff e r e nt shap e d

t riangl e s a r e r e quir e d - viz
.a o 1 and a o b
,
I n p r a ctic e
.

t h e pl an follo w e d for s e tting out t h e patt ern is shown i n

F ig 98 A half
’

. .

e l e v a t i o n an d a

quarter -plan a r e d raw n

as indicat e d ,
th e
latt e r consisting of
t wo quart r circl e s
e -

r e sp ec t iv e ly p
re re

s e nting a quart e r o f
t h e top circl e a nd a
quart e r of t h e bot
tom Th e s e quart e r
.

ci-r cl es ar e divid e d
in t o t hr e e e qual

parts and numb e r e d

,

a n d l et t e r e d as 2 arr
shown J oin a to 1 .
,

a n d using a a s c e ntr e

s wing this l e ng t h on
to t h e bas e lin e T h e .

l e n gth A 1 will th e n FI G 9 8 . .
1 20 SHEET A ND PLATE META L WORK [m s n u .

giv e t h e t ru e l ength of t h e diagon a l lin e r e quir ed in s e tting .

out t h e patt e rn To mark out t h e patt e rn draw a c e ntr e

.
,

lin e a o and mak e it e qual in l e ngth to t h e lin e A o i n

, ,

t h e e l e vation .Se t t h e compass e s to a radius e qual i n

l ength to t h e curv e 0 1 in pl a n and from ce ntr e 0 on
,

patt e rn mark arcs as shown and with radius e qual to curv e

,

a 6 do t h e sam e f rom c e ntr e or on patt e rn No w str e t ch out

.

compass e s to l e ngth A 1 in e l evati on and from Ce ntr es

,

0 and a cut t h e arcs in 1 l and b b I n t h e sam e mann e r

.

d et e rmin e points 2 3 and c d . J oin t h e points up with an

, ,
.

e v e n curv e and t h e n e t pa t t e rn is cem pl e t e A llowanc e s .

for j ointing et c can be ,

.
,

add e d as r e quir e d It .

should be r em e mb e r e d
that in pra ctic e th e re is
no n e e d t o draw any lin e s
on t h e patt ern thos e ,

shown b e ing put th e r e to

illustrat e t h e m e thod I t .

is most importan t that

l e ngths o f lin e s should be
f ound with som e d e gr e e
of ac cura cy or e ls e t h e ,

r e sult ing patt e rn will not

FI G 9 9. °
be o f mu ch u s e This
s yst e m o f triangul ation will be f urth e r e xplain e d in
conn e ction with mor e di fficult patt e rns in subs e qu e n t
chapt er s
Segmen t o f C i r cl e Meth o d
.

Th e r e or two m ethods that might be o f much u s e

ar e on e

in marking -out pat t e rns f or circular e qual tap ering articl e s -

,

but which unfortunat ely a r e littl e k nown in pra ctic e

, , .

Th ey d e p e nd upon a f e w important prop e rti e s of t h e circl e ,

which w e will m e ntion b e f or e proc ee ding to show th e ir

a pplication in t h e s e tting -o u t of att e rns
p .
1 22 SHEET AND PLATE META L WORK [m y s in .

prop e rty w e shall find o f mu ch u s e in s e tting out pa t t e rns

.

f o r cir cular arti cl e s o f long tap e r and w e shall be abl e to

,

obtain t h e patt e rn wi t hout t h e u s e o f t h e patt er n cir cl e ‘

c e ntr e .

F ig 1 0 1 in dicat e s a p att e rn so s e t o u t
.
A c e ntr e lin e is .
“

drawn as shown and t h e girth o f t h e larg e e n d s et along t h e

,
‘

lin e A B hal f b eing m e as u r e d along e a ch sid e o f t h e

,

c e ntr e lin e Th e n with c e ntr e s A and B and radius e qual

.

to t h e slant h eight o f t h e pip e or v e ss e l arcs o f circl e s a r e,

drawn Tw o lin e s a r e now.

s et down parall e l to t h e
c e ntr e lin e and at a distan ce ,

apart e qual to t h e cir cum

f e r e nc e of t h e small e n d o f
t h e tap e r e d pip e or arti cl e .

Wh e r e th e s e lin e s cu t t h e
ar cs as pr e vio u sly drawn
, ,

will giv e t h e points E and

D Th e lin e B K is drawn
.

squar e to B D and t h e li n e ,

B C drawn to bis e ct t h e
angl e A B K Thus w e now .

hav e thr e e points A C , , ,

\

an d B which will com e on ,

t h e curv e o f t h e patt e rn .

Se t t h e b ev e l t o t h e angl e
A C B and fi x pins or ,

FIG 1 01 . . nails at A and B and slid e ,

along thus mark ing t h e patt e rn curv e as pr e viously e x

plain e d by r e f e r e n ce to F ig 1 0 0 Th e curv e at t h e s m
,

. . all
e n d ca n be d e s crib e d i n t h e sam e mann e r t h e b ev e l b e ing ,

k e pt s e t at t h e sam e a ngl e o r rak e as us e d at t h e larg e

en d . Th e r e is r e ally n o n e ed to d e t e rmin e t h e point F ,

as shown by t h e const r uction lin e s t h e b e v el giving t h e

,

c orr e ct h e ight o f curv e I t must not be f orgott e n that t h e

.
 C ONI C A L V E S S E L S OF L ONG TA PE R 1 23
’

l e ngth of b e v e l arm should not be l e ss than t h e lin e

th e
A B . Wh e n t h e articl e has littl e tap e r t h e point C will ,

com e a s n e ar as possibl e at t h e middl e point o f L K ; th e r e

will th e r e for e be no n e e d to bis e ct t h e angl e A B K
, ,
.

Th e patt e rn will com e slightly wid e r than it ought to be on

ac count o f t h e curv e b e ing a littl e long e r than t h e girth
lin e s B u t wh e n t h e di ff e r e nc e b e tw e e n t h e e n d diam e t e rs
.

is small and t h e arti cl e long it will be quit e n e ar e nough

, ,

f o r ordinary wor k in practic e .

Th e e x a ct siz e and shap e o f patt e rn how e v e r can be , ,

mar k e d out by this m e thod and t h e r e ad e r who can follow

,

a f e w simpl e cal culations will r e adily und e rstand t h e co n

stru ction in v olv e d Th e e ss e ntial thing to d et e rmin e is t h e
.

e x act l e ngth of t h e chord A B (Fig 1 0 2 ) which is r e quir e d .

t o giv e t h e corr e ct l e ngth o f t h e arc A C B To obtain , .

t his ,
l e t us ta k e f o r t h e sa k e o f cl e arn e ss an actual
, ,

e x ampl e Suppos e w e r e quir e to s et out a pl at e f o r a pip e

.

4 f t diam e t e r at o n e e n d 3 f t diam e t e r at t h e oth e r and

.
,
.
,

t h e sl ant l e ngth 5 f t Th e sl ant h e ight o f t h e compl e t e

.

con e o f whi ch this is a f r u s t u m ca n be obtain e d f rom t h e

‘

, ,

following rul e : Multiply t h e di am e t e r o f t h e l arg e e n d

by t h e sl ant h e ight and divid e by t h e di ff e r e nc e of t h e
,

diam e t e rs Thus t h e slant h e ight o f con e e quals

,

larg e diam e t e r x s lant h eigh t 4 x 5

di ffe r enc e of diam et ers 4 3

Th e angl e mad e by t h e two outsid e lin e s of t h e patt e rn with

e a ch oth e r ca n be fou n d by t h e following rul e Multiply
t h e diam e t e r o f l arg e e n d o f t h e pip e by 3 6 0 and divid e by ,

twic e t h e slant h e ight o f con e Thus t h e angl e b e tw e e n

.
”

e n d lin e s o f patt e rn e quals

larg e diam et er x 3 6 0 4 x 360

twic e slant h eight of con e 2 x 20

Th e angl e b e tw e e n t h e chord A B (F ig 1 0 2) and t h e e n d .

lin e B D o f patt e rn ca n be cal cul ated fro m t his rul e

, ,
1 24 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R X III .

D e duct h alf t h e angl e b etw e en en d lin e s o f patt e rn from

90 °
Thus angl e b e tw e e n chord and e n d lin e e quals
,

H aving obtain e d t h e abov e particul ars l et us out t h e ,

s et

patt e rn first going ov e r a construction which will giv e us

,

t h e corr e ct l e ngth o f A B D raw a lin e across and m ark

.
,

a point B anywh e r e upon it No w s e t o ff a lin e B D at .

and m a k e it 5 f t in l e ngth . D rop a p e rp e ndicular on.

A B f rom t h e point D whi ch will cut o ff a l e ngth H B Th e .

hal f l e ngth of t h e chord A B will be e qual to

-

s lant h eight of pip e

HB x 20
4 x H B,
5
which m e ans to obtain t h e point L thr e e additional l e ngth s
of H B must b e mar k e d along from H Th e lin e L F is .

drawn squar e to A B and points A and E d et e rm i n e d To

, .

scrib e out t h e curv e s w e shall first hav e to obtain t h e

,

angl e a t which to s et t h e b ev e l Th e rul e for th is is .

D e duct hal f t h e angl e b e tw ee n t h e e n d lin e s of patt e rn

from 1 80 °

Be v el angl e 1 80

Se t t h e b e v e l at this angl e ; fi x pins at A and B and ,

sli d e along as in F ig 1 00 To mar k t h e curv e at t h e bottom

. .

o f t h e patt e rn ,
fi x pins at E and D and slid e b e v e l along ,

k e e ping it at t h e sa in e angl e as us e d for d e scribing t h e

‘

curv e at t h e t o p .

Thos e r e ad e rs who can und e rstand t h e u se o f m a t h e m a

ti cal tabl e s will be abl e to calcul at e t h e l e ngths of A B
and E D i n a simpl e mann e r and thus s et out t h e pat t e rn,

q ui t e e asily . R e f e rring to a tabl e of chords t h e chord ,

1 26 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R X III .

in t h e way illustrat e d by F ig 1 0 3 Thus suppos e t h e

. .
,

angl e in t h e s e gm e n t is th e n as t h e thre e angl e s in

,

a tria n gl e a r e tog e th e r e qual to t h e sum of th e bas e

angl e s must be
1 80 1 00

Thus , if a lin e making 1 0°with A C is s e t at o n e e n d ,

and o n e at 70 with C A at t h e o t h e r th e n t h e point o f

°
,

int e rs e ction o f t h e two lin e s will giv e a point on t h e curv e .

I n t h e sam e way f urth e r points can be obtain e d by marking

,

F IG . 1 03 .

°
angl e s o f 20 and
°
30 and and so on as explain e d
,

by t h e di agram .

Possibly this chapt e r is a littl e mor e di ffi cul t to follow

than t h e pr e c e ding on e s on account o f t h e cal culat ions
,

introdu ce d ; but t h e r e ad e r who is int e r e st e d should m ak e

’

a n e ff o r t to und e rstand all that has b e e n stat e d I t is

.

e xc ee dingly im p ortan t to t h e sh eet and pla t e m e t al work e r ,

e sp e cially t o t h e l a t t e r
.
 PA RT C ONE S U RF A C E S 1 27

C H A PTE R XI V .

P A RT CO NE S U RF A C E S .

TH E RE a gr e at numb e r o f a rticl e s and p arts of ar t icl e s

are

whos e patt e rns can be d e v e lop e d as som e por t ion of a

con e sur f ac e To e xplain t h e m ethod tha t is follow e d in
“

s e tting out patt e rns for this cl ass of work it will p e rhaps ,

be as w e ll to first go ov e r t h e d e v e lopm e nt of t h e surfac e

of a
i

Co n e Cut O bl iqu el y .

This is shown in F ig . 1 04 , th e b as e of th e ompl e t e con e

c

b e ing m ark e d 0 6 an d ,
th e ap ex C . Th e part o f t h e con e

FIG . 1 04 .

for which a patt e rn is r e quir e d is shown by t h e th ick o u t ,

'

lin e 0 A B D I t is b e st to imagin e t h e bas e circl e o f

.

th e con e di v id e d into tw e lv e e qual parts and lin e s drawn ,

to th e ap ex from e ach of t h e division points Th e con e .

b e ing cut away at both e nds will limit t h e sur f ac e lin e s to

a d efinit e l en gth and th es e w e ca n ob t a in t h e tr u e l engt h
,
1 28 S H E E T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R XIV .

of, and th u s d e t e rmin e t h e shap e o f patt e rn that would

e x a ctly e nv e lop t h e cu t con e .T his will be carri e d out by
fi rst d e scribing a s e mi circl e on t h e con e bas e and dividing ,

it into s ix e qual parts ; r u nning lin e s down p e rp e ndicular

to t h e bas e f rom e ach division point and th e n j oining up ,

to t h e ap e x of con e F rom t h e points wh e r e t h e radial

.

lin e s int e rs e ct 0 A and D B p e rp e ndiculars to t h e a xis

,

a r e dra w n to t h e outsid e li ne of t h e con e ; thus t h e tru e

l e ngths of all t h e lin e s a r e proj e ct e d on to t h e ou t sid e o f

con e ,
and ca n be m e a s u r e d o ff as r e quir e d .

C ar e f ul obs e rvation shoul d be tak e n o f this m e thod for

obtaining t h e tru e l e ngths of lin e s as it is applicabl e to ,

all cas e s in whi ch t h e sur f ac e of t h e articl e com e s out as any

portion o f a con e .

I n s e tting out t h e patt e rn t h e d e v e 1 0 p1n e n t o f t h e com

,

l e t e con e is first drawn ( F ig t h e girth o f t h e con e

p .

bas e circl e e ith e r b e ing cal cul at e d or mark e d along by using

o n e o f t h e parts o f t h e s e micir cl e tw e lv e tim e s Whilst .

th e r e will be only tw e lv e lin e s on t h e sur f a ce o f t h e con e

“

it will be s ee n that th e r e a r e thirt e en on t h e patt e rn t h e ,

two outsi d e li n es coin ciding to f orm t h e s e am wh e n t h e

sh ee t or pl at e is b e n t into shap e A ft e r t h e radial lin e s
.

a r e drawn ,
th e ir r e quir e d l e ngths ca n be mark ed o ff by
taking t h e distanc e s alr e ady proj e ct e d on to t h e sid e o f
con e . T hus to f ollow o n e point only t h e lin e whi ch is
, ,

brought from 4 on t h e s emicircl e down to t h e cut on con e

and th e n run to t h e outsid e will wh e n swung on to t h e ,

patt e rn cu t o ff points on lin e 4

,
So with all t h e oth e r
.

lin e s Wh e n t h e points a r e j oin e d with a f r ee curv e t h e

.
,

n e t patt e rn is compl e t e .

F o r purpos e s o f shaping it shoul d be not e d that t h e

,

sl ant e nds o f t h e coni cal pip e a r e e lliptical in form th eir ,

r e sp e ctiv e lon g di am e t e rs b e ing 0 A and D B To obtain

'

t h e short di am e t e r o f t h e l arg e e llips e 0 A will be bis e ct e d

in E and a lin e drawn through t h e point sq u ar e to t h e
,
1 30 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xrv .

Wh e n t h e spout is round e d up t h e e n d shoul d com e ,

e lliptical and lie l e v e l against a flat sur f a ce I f t h e body .

o f t h e arti cl e is circul ar this shap e d e n d o f spout will o f

, ,

cour s e not be corr e ct op e nings b e ing l e f t on e ach sid e I f

, ,
.

t h e body be o f larg e diam e t e r and t h e spout comparativ e ly

small th e n t h e d e f e ct will be inappr e ciabl e bu t if oth e r
,

wis e th e n anoth e r m e thod must be adopt e d whi ch will giv e

,

a spo u t fitting around t h e part o f body about hol e and ,

thus l e av e no op e ning This f ur t h e r m e thod whi ch is

.
,

som e what di ffic ult will be shown in conn e ction with oth e r
,

wor k l at e r on (s e e pag e
Th e spout patt e rn as stru ck out i n F ig 1 0 5 can a f t e r
,
.
, ,

a littl e e xp eri e nc e in s e tting o u t be qui ckly alt e r e d to suit

,

a round body by t h e addition o f parts so me thing li k e thos e

shown by t h e shad e d strips .

I t will be notic e d that t h e s e am s arrang e d to com e o n 1

t h e top sid e o f spout ; if r e quir e d on t h e und e rsid e th e —

c e ntr e lin e of patt e rn would th e n b ecom e t h e outsid e lin e

o f sam e
Ro un d Ho pper Pipe
.

on

A noth e r int e r e sting appli cation of th e

on e is that cu t c

o f a hopp e r as shown in ,

F ig 1 06 This is r e ally
. .

t h e j unction o f a con e and

a cir cul ar p1 pe t h e a xis o f ,

th e con e b e ing pe r pe n
d icu l a r to and also m e e t ,
~

ing t h e ce ntr e lin e of t h e

,

pip e .

Th e stri k ing out o f t h e

patt e rn f o r t h e hopp e r
FI G 1 0° and t h e obtaining o f
t h e shap e of hol e in t h e pip e pl at e a r e illustrat e d by
-

F ig 1 0 7
. A half e l e vation o f t h e pip e and con e is drawn
.
-
,

a n d on t h e b a s e O f g on e a qu art e r c ir cl e is d-
esc r ib ed This .
 PART CONE S U RF A CES 1 31

is d ivid e d into thr e e e qual parts and lin e s run up f rom ,

e ach o f t h e points and th e n j oin e d to t h e ap e x of t h e con e

,
.

Wh e r e th e s e lin e s int e rs e ct with t h e bottom p art o f t h e

pip e lin e s squar e to t h e con e a xi s a r e run to t h e outsid e
,

lin e To mar k out th e patt e rn t h e f ull con e is first s et out

.
,

in t h e u sual way and t h e radial lin e s drawn as shown A ll

,
.

t h e l e ngths to f orm t h e ou t a r e ta k e n as b e f or e m e ntion e d , ,

f rom t h e o u ts id e lin e o f t h e con e in e l e vation Thus lin e s .

,

C 0 C 1 e t c on t h e patt e rn will b e t h e sam e l e n gth as t h e

'

, ,
.
,

lin e s b e aring similar distinguishing m arks in t h e e l e vation .

A s e a ch quart e r o f t h e patt e rn is e x actly t h e sam e som e ,

o f t h e l e ngths it will be ,
A on V T/
s e e n a r e us e d f our tim e s
,

ov e r .I n larg e work a
part patt e rn li k e t h e
s had e d portion is all that

is n e ce ssary to s e t out as ,

this for mar k ing out t h e

full plat e can be fold e d
four tim e s or t h e pl at e s
,

cut in s e ctions to f orm

t h e hopp e r .

L aps hav e b e e n add e d

”
for wiring grooving and , ,

str e tching ; but t h e allow

a n ce s f o r any parti cular
j ob will o f cours e d e
, ,

p e nd upon t h e siz e o f
hopp e r and wh e th e r m a d e of sh e e t or plat e m e tal
,
'

B e f or e pro ce e ding to s e t out t h e shap e of hol e in t h e

flat t h e widths r e quir e d f o r t h e di ff e r e nt parts must be
,

first d e t e rmin e d on t h e e l e vation Thus t h e width of hol e .

at t h e middl e of pip e will be e qual to t h e diam et e r of t h e

n e at tha t part that is twic e t h e lin e 0 ’ 0 which is draw n
,

a cross t h e hal f con e Th e wi d th at 1 wil l be f ound by

- ’
.
1 32 SHEE T A ND PLA TE META L WORK [ C HA R m .

drawing a lin e across through t h e poi n t as shown and on ,

it d e scribing a quart e r cir cl e th e n drawing a lin e down

-
,

parall e l to t h e a xis o f con e this lin e giving hal f t h e wi dth

,
,

of hol e at that point A simil ar constru ction will giv e t h e

.

width a t point
No w in mar k ing out t h e hol e (F ig th e l e ngth 33 is
.

mad e up by t h e thr ee arcs with t h e sam e numb e rs on t h e

pip e in e l e vation C ross lin e s a r e drawn and t h e widths
.
, ,

as pr e viously obtain e d s et ,

abov e and b elow t h e lin e 3 3 .

Th e r e should be no d iffi
culty i n following t h e s e t
ting -out of t h e hol e as t h e ,

lin es on it a r e figur e d in
i d e n t i c a l l y t h e sam e
mann e r as thos e f rom
which th e y a r e obtain e d in
t h e el e vation .

H ol e s a r e rar ely s et out

i n t h e flat in t h e shop t h e ,

cumb e rsom e m e thod of

chis elling th e m o u t aft e r
t h e pl at e is b e n t v e ry oft e n
b eing follow e d B u t with .

a lit t l e practi ce hol e s can

quickly be struck on t h e
FI G 1 08
. .
plat e s and this will oft en
,

sav e a l o t of troubl e a f t e r shaping Wh e n t h e patt e rn is

.

for a stock articl e t h e extra tim e tak e n in mark ing out

t h e hol e prop e rly is always w e ll r e pai d .

O ffs i de C ir cul a r Ho pper .

A ft e r
mas te ring t h e s et t ing out in conn e ction with th e
-

last t per t h e r ea d er should find no troub l e with this t h e ,

m e thods b eing id e ntical I t will be notic e d (F ig 1 0 8) th at

.
.
1 34 SHEET A ND -
PL A TE METAL WORK [ C HA R xrv .

abou t i in t h e hol e b e ing cu t in t h e gutt e r t h e ou t l e t

.
, ,

squ e e z e d in tightly and w e ll sold e r e d around t h e flang e I n .

gutt e rs o f h e avi e r mat e rial such as 1 6 and 1 4

,
the
outl e t is attach e d to t h e outsid e o f gutt e r by fi xing a ring
o f t h e sam e mat e rial to form a flang e o f about in wid e .

ov e r t h e ou t l e t an d
riv e ting or bolting to t h e
gutt e r thro u gh say s ix , ,

hol es B y car e f u lly

ta k ing t h e thic k n e ss o f
E L Z V A TI ON
m e tal into account as ,

e x plain e d in C hapt e r
XXX I I t h e hol e s f o r
.
,

gutt e r and ring can be

s e t out and pun ch e d in

t h e flat .Th e shap e o f

hol e in t h e gut t e r pl at e -

is also shown mark e d out

in F ig 1 09 Th e l e ngths
. .

and widths a r e d e te r
min e d as b e f or e a ,

quart e r circl e
-
be ing
draw n b elow t h e lin e for
t h e half width at 2 1 and
-
,

on e abov e t h e lin e to
obta in t h e half width of -

hol e at 1 1 .

O G. . G utter No zzl e .

for this class o f gutt e r

r e quir e s p e rha ps a littl e
more intri cat e work than
in t h a t g u tt e r Th e m e thod f ollow e d ho w ,
 PA RT C ONE S U RF A C E S 1 35

e v e r is r e ally t h e sam e as in that cas e A s b e for e t h e

, .
,

q ua r t e r bas e c ir cl e is constru ct e d on A
-
0 ( g
F i and.
,

on account o f t h e mor e irr e gular gutt e r cur v e is divid e d ,

into f our ins te ad o f thr e e parts as f orm e rly Si xt e e n spa ce s

.

will th e r e f or e be r e quir e d to ma k e up t h e girth o f c ompl e t e

con e Th e l e ngths n ece ssary to cut o ff t h e radial lin e s o n
.

patt e rn a r e proj e ct e d a s b e f or e on to t h e o u tsid e lin e o f

con e ,
and th e n sw u ng on to t h e p att e rn Thus to find t h e
.
,

poi n t on t h e lin e C 2 on t h e patt e r n t h e radius

,
on t h e
sid e o f t h e con e is us e d .

So in t h e sam e way t h e
, ,

oth e r p oints ca n be d e t e r
min e d Th e ba ck hal f o f
.

outl e t it will be s e e n is
, ,

flat on t h e top ; h e n ce this

part on t h e patt e rn f o r t h e
f our spac e s at e ach e n d
will be a pl ain curv e with ,

C 4 on t h e e l e vation as
radius Th e m e thod of
.

j ointing and attaching to

gutt e r will be t h e sam e as
wi t h t h e half round
-

gutt e r .

FIG 1 1 1
Th e shap e o f hol e ca n
. .

be found as in t h e pr e vious cas e s ; but it should be no t e d

that t h e part o f hol e which com e s o n t h e flat po r t io n of
bo t t om of gutt e r is a s e micircl e s
Ta per e d Con n ectin g Pipe .

F ig . shows t h e m e tho d of striking ou t a patt e rn f o r

111
a circul ar -tap e r e d conn e c t ing pip e which j oins tog e th e r two
lin e s o f parall e l piping Th e l e ngths of lin e s on t h e patt e r n
.

a r e run around f ro mt h e e l e v ation as i n t h e form e r cas e s th e ,

sam e plan o f l e tt e ring and numb ering b eing f ollow e d No .

10
1 36 SHEE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xrv .

laps or allowanc e s of any kind a r e put on t h e patt e rn as ,

th e s e can be arrang e d to suit t h e particul ar j ob in hand .

Th e hol e s in t h e pip e s a r e not shown s et out as th e s e can ,

be obtai ne d by t h e m e thod e xplain e d in conn e ction wi t h

F ig . 1 07 .

G all o w ay Water -Tube .

A conical G alloway wat e r -tub e for a boil e r furnac e b eing

f orm e d by part o f a con e surfac e com e s in v e ry conv e ni e ntly
at t his stag e o f our work A s e ction o f flu e and cross -tub e
.

is shown in F ig 1 1 2 . .

To s e t o u t t h e patt e rn th e r e is n e e d only to draw a hal f

e l e vation o f t h e flu e -tub e

and conical pip e both ,

sid e s b eing t h e sam e I n .

arrangi n g t h e siz e of t h e
G alloway tub e car e ,

should be tak e n that t h e

diam e t e r across t h e flang e
at t h e small e n d shoul d not
be gr e at e r than t h e dia
m e t e r o f hol e in flu e tub e -

at larg e e n d as t h e e n d ,

of conical pip e must pass

through t his hol e I t will .

be notic e d that t h e
flang e at t h e small e n d
fits on t h e insid e and t h e ,

flang e a t t h e larg e en d on
FIG 1 1 2
. .
t h e ou t sid e of t h e fl ue

tub e .

Wh e n going ov e r plat e r s work w e explain e d that t h e

’

thickn e ss of m e tal must al ways be tak e n into account by

using t h e c e nt r e lin e s on t h e pla te s ection I n this cas e .
,

th e r e for e t o ge t a co r r e c t patt e rn t h e s ection of w a t e r -t ube

, ,
1 38 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xv .

C H A PTE R XV .

I
A RT CL E S F O R ME D BY CO NE S CU T O B L I QU E L Y .

C o n i cal Pipe F ittin g on Sl an t in g Ro un d Pipe .

IN addition to t h e e x ampl e giv e n in C hapt e r X I V of a .

conical hopp e r fitting squar e ly on to a cylindrical pip e we ,

hav e yet to d e al with t h e mor e di ffi cult cas e o f a conical

pip e fitti ng obliqu ely on to a round pip e .

Tw o applications o f this would be in t h e cas e o f t h e

hopp e r on t h e sl anting pip e as in F ig 1 1 3 and also t h e
,
.
,

f oot o f t h e coal scoop as s e e n -

in F ig 1 1 6 . .

Th e d e v e l oping o f t h e pat
t e rn and t h e s e tting out of
t h e hol e a r e illustrat e d by
F ig 1 1 4 B e f or e t h e patte rn
. .

ca n be mar k e d out a sid e ,

e l e vation o f t h e con e and pip e

must first be drawn a n d on ,

this t h e e l e vation o f t h e j oint

lin e or som e points on t h e
,

FIG 1 1 3
. . j oint lin e shown Tb do
,
.

this mark down t h e outlin e of t h e con e and pip e on t h e

,

side e l e vation construc t a s emi circl e on t h e con e bas e and

,

d ivid e it into s ix e qual parts a f t e r which run lin e s squar e

, ,

to t h e bas e and on to t h e con e ap e x as shown No w to .

d e t e rmin e points on th e s e lin e s which shall be on t h e j oin t

lin e it will be n e c e ssary to draw t h e hal f e n d e l e va t ion
,
-
.
 ARTI C LES B Y OONES OUT OBLI Q U E LY 1 39

F rom each point on t h e con e bas e and also from t h e ap ex

, ,

run dot t e d lin e s along parall e l to t h e ce ntr e lin e of pi p e .

Produc e t h e e n d lin e o f pip e both up and down and using

th is as a bas e lin e to m e asur e from cut o ff t h e dott e d lin es
,

e qual in l e ngth to t h e lin e s with t h e sam e numb e r o n

S l ot H A L F -E N D
E L E V /3 7 1 0 111 £ l E V fl T/ 0 N

FI G . 114 .

th e con e -bas e s e micircl e Thus t h e dott e d li n e s on

.

t h e half e n d -e l e vation numb e r e d 1 1 2 2 3 3 et c will, , ,

.
,

be t h e sam e l e ngth as t h e lin e s 1 1 2 2 3 3 e t c on t h e

, , , .
,

con e -b as e s emicircl e I f t h e n e w -foun d poin t s on t h e e n d

.

e l e vation be j oi n e d up a hal f e llips e will be form e d as

,
-
1 40 SHEET A NI) PLATE META L W0 3 2? [ m a xv
.

shown ( Th e r e is r e ally no n ee d to do this in practic e as

.
,

t h e fi xing o f t h e points is all that is r e quir e d ) J oin t h e

.

points to C t h e ap ex o f t h e con e as s e e n i n t h e figur e and

’
, ,

f rom t h e points wh e r e t h e lin e s cross t h e s e micircl e on e n d

o f pip e draw lin e s along parall e l to t h e c e n t r e lin e o f pip e .

Wh e r e th e s e lin e s int e rs e ct t h e r e sp e ctiv e lin e s h av in g t h e '

sam e numb e r o n t h e con e i n sid e e l e vation will giv e points

on t h e j oint lin e Thus ta k e point 4 on t h e hal f e llips e
.
,
-
,

f ollow t h e lin e up towards t h e ap e x o f con e and w e com e ,

to point 4 on t h e s e micir cl e No w go along t h e lin e drawn

’
.

through this point p arall e l to t h e c e ntr e lin e o f pip e un t il ,

it int e rs e cts t h e lin e drawn through point 4 on t h e con e

bas e ; this will giv e o n e poin t on t h e j oint lin e In th e .

sam e mann e r t h e position of e v e ry oth e r point can be

follow e d out I n F ig 1 1 4 t h e points a r e j oin e d wi t h a
. .

f r e e curv e and an e l e vatio n o f t h e j oin t lin e thus d e t e r

min e d Th e r e is how e v e r no n ee d to draw in this curv e
.
, , ,

t h e fi xing o f a f e w points b e i ng qui t e su ffi ci e nt to e nabl e us

to ob t ain t h e l e ngths of lin e s n ec e ssary for t h e striking o u t
of t h e patt e rn Through e ach point on t h e j oin t lin e draw
.

lin e s squar e to t h e a xis o f con e and thus proj e ct t h e tru e

,

l e ngths o f lin e s on to th e outsid e lin e of co n e as pr eviously ,

e xplain e d .

Th e patt e rn is s e t out by firs t mark ing down t h e d e v e lop

m e nt of t h e compl e t e con e dividing up into tw e lv e part s
,

and s e tting t h e l e ngths along fro m t h e sid e s of t h e con e

in t h e sid e e l e vation Thus lin es C 0 C 1 C 2 e t c on t h e
.
, , ,
.
,

patt e rn will be t h e sam e l e ngt h as t h e lin e s C 0 C 1 C 2 , , ,

et c.
,
m e asur e d from t h e ap ex down t h e si des of t h e con e o n
t h e sid e e l e vation .

F o r a hopp e r it will be n ec e ssary to lay out t h e sh a pe

of t h e hol e in t h e pip e Th e width of t h e hol e can be
.

obtain e d from t h e s emi circl e on t h e en d of pip e which ,

shoul d be s et down by drawing a straight lin e and mark i n g

along it t h e l e ngt hs of arcs 0 ’
1 ’
et c as s ee n on t h e
.
,
1 4 2 SHEE T A ND PL ATE ME TA L fr o m [ CHAR xv

similar ye t t h e sam e prin cipl e in mar k ing out t h e patt e rn

,

und e rli e s e ach cas e B oth com e und e r t h e h e a d ing o f a

.

con e fitting on to a cylind e r .

”

To obtain t h e shap e o f t h e compl e t e con e o f which t h e

spo ut is a part t h e sid e lin e s a r e e xt e nd e d C 0 b e ing mad e
, ,

e qual to C 4 On t h e con e bas e a s e mi cir cl e is d e scrib e d

.
-
,

and divid e d into f our e q u al parts ; lin e s run up f rom e a ch

E L E V ATION OF
S PO U T A N D B O D Y

FIG . 1 15 .

poin t squ a r e to t h e b a s e and th e n j oin e d to C t h e ap e x o f ,

t h e con e . f
Th e hal plan is now drawn C b e ing t h e plan
- ’
,

o f t h e con e ap e x and t h e dott e d hal f e llips e r e pr e s e nting

-

"

t h e plan o f hal f con e bas e t h e sam e as t h e hal f e l e vation

—
,
-

in F ig 1 1 4
. Th e points on t h e h a lf e llips e a r e j oin e d to
.
-

C and f rom t h e points wh e r e t h e j oining lin e s cross t h e

,
’

s e micircl e proj e ctors a r e run up to int e rs e ct t h e corr e

s o n d in g lin e s in t h e e l e vation o f con e I n this way t h e
p .

j oint lin e o f spout and body is d e t e rmin e d L in e s f rom .

t h e poin t s on t h e j oint lin e a n d a lso f rom t h e lip o f spout

, ,
 A RTI C LES BY CONES CU T OBL I Q UEL Y 1 43

drawn squar e to t h e c e ntr e lin e of con e and thus all

.

ar e ,

t h e tru e l e ngths r e quir e d i n mar k ing out t h e p att e rn

proj e ct e d on to t h e bottom si d e o f spout Th e patt e rn .

f or t h e compl e t e con e is first s e t out by mar k ing along f o r

t h e con e -bas e g irth e ight l e ngths e a ch e qual to t h e l e ngth
, ]

o f o n e o f t h e ar cs on t h e con e b as e s e mi cir cl e
-
Th e r e .

quir e d l e ngths to obtai n points on t h e cu t at top an d bottom

o f t h e patt e rn a r e swung around f rom thos e on t h e bottom

si de o f spout .

Th e shap e o f t h e hol e in thi s cas e (F ig 1 1 5 ) is shown .

proj e ct e d on t h e right hand sid e o f figur e Th e l e ngths O to

- .
’

’
1 to et c f or t h e widths o f t h e hol e at t h e d ifi e r e n t
.
,

parts a r e tak e n from t h e l e ngths o f arc with t h e sam e dis

t in gu is h in g numb e rs on t h e s e micircl e i n t h e half -pl an .

A n y allowanc e s f o r s e am or throw O H must be put on as

-

shown by t h e t hick dott e d lin e around t h e patt e rn Whilst .

it may app e ar that f o r t h e corr e ct m ark ing o u t of t h e

patt e rn f o r so simpl e an obj e ct as a spout t h e work is som e
what com plicat e d it shoul d be born e in mind that for s t oc k
,

articl e s it c e rtainly pays to hav e patt e rns as accurat e as

possl bl e °

C o al Scoo p .

It will p e rhaps not be out pl ac e at this s t ag e

progr e ss to show t h e s e t
ting ou t f o r all t h e parts
-

in a compl e t e articl e ; and

aft e r having gon e ov e r t h e
two pr e vious cas e s we ,

shall find no di ffi culty i n

applying t h e sam e prin
ci l es to t h e coal SC O O as
p P
shown i n F ig 1 1 6 . .

Th e s e tting -o u t o f all
t h e d e tails tha t go to t h e
makin g -u p o f a small FIG . 116 .
1 44 SHEE T A ND PZATE META L WOR K [ C HAP . xv.

sh e e t -iron scoop a r e s e e n in F ig 1 1 7 A n d f o r t h e b e n e fit
. .

of amat e urs and oth e rs who wish to mak e up such an

‘

a rticl e all t h e d im e nsions a r e giv e n

,
. I n t h e l e f t -han d top

figur e it will be notic e d that a s e ctional e l e vation of t h e

scoop is shown whi ch also includ e s a hand scoop
,
.

No w for t h e patt e rns . Th e girth lin e of t h e body is

m ad e up by adding tog e th e r t h e l e ngths of arcs as divid e d
1 46 SH EET A ND PLATE META L WO RK [ C H A R xv .

and th e n sunk into a sui t abl e groov e on cr e asing iron th e -

,

as s ee n in F ig 1 1 8 5 t h e raw e dg e o f t h e m e tal th e n coming

.

und e r t h e bridg e as s e e n in t h e sk e t ch at t h e top o f t h e

,

sam e fi gur e With n e at wiring how e v e r whi ch has

.
, ,

e dg e o f t h e sh e e t prop e rly tuc k e d in ,

th e r e is no n ee d to r ev e rs e by cr e asing ,

as good wiring always looks bold e r than

cr e as e d wor k I t should be stat e d
.
,

though that in f orming a small mould

,

to r e v e rs e wiring by cr e asing is pe r ,

haps a littl e quick e r than to car e f ully

,

shap e a wir e d e dg e I n wiring t h e .

bridg e a su ffi ci e nt l e ngth o f wir e must

be l e f t ov e rhanging e a ch e n d to b e nd
squar e and com e und e r t h e e ars so
, ,

that t h e wir e may be j oint e d at th e s e

plac e s .
FI G 1 1 9 . .

Th e bridg e and b ody should be shap e d by rolling or

b e nding and th e n groov e d tog e th e r Th e e dg e around body
.

is a f t e r w a r d s e dg e d
~

ov e r on a curv e d
top hatch et stak e
F
( g i 1 1 9 ) for wir .

ing and t h e wir e ,

i ns e rt e d on a si d e
or rounding stak e
( g
F i 1 2 0 ) and .

prop e rly tu ck e d in .

O n t h e back of body
an e dg e about i in »
.

wid e is thrown o ff .

on th e hatch e t
s t a k e as s e e n in ,

F ig . 1 21 .

FI G . 1 20 .
A s k e tch of an
 A RTI C L E S B Y C ON E S C U T OB L I Q U E L Y 1 47

e dging stak e e xplaining t h e op e ration of e dging around

,

t h e bac k is shown in F ig 1 2 2
,
. Stak e s o f this d e s cription
.

a r e usually m ad e o f e u h t iron t h e working e dg e b e ing

g ,

st e e l f ac e d Th e e dg e o f t h e sta k e should not be too sharp

-
.

f o r sh ee t iron or e ls e th e r e will ,

be dang e r o f t h e e dg e cra ck ing

wh e n t h e ba ck is pan e d down .

Th e width o f e dg e turn e d ov e r
should be about in C ar e
-
.

should be ta k e n that t h e ba ck
is so e dg e d as j ust to slip on t h e
body o f scoop .

Th e f oot is e dg e d ov e r f o r wir
ing as s e e n in F ig 1 1 9 and t h e
, .
,

wir e run in as shown by ,

F ig 1 20 Th e whol e o f t h e
. .

e dging and tu ck ing as m e n ,

t i o n e d
abo ve ,

can be
don e in a
j e nny or
b u r r
ing ma
F IG 1 21
. .

chin e i f
th e op e rator poss e ss e s o n e .

Th e f oot can be pass e d through

t h e rolls or b e nt on a bar to bring
,

i t into shap e and aft e r b e ing

’

riv et e d t h e flang e d str e tch e d o ff as ,

e x plain e d in pr e vious chapt e rs .

Whilst f o r t h e sak e o f t h e pro

,

f e s s io n a l wor k m an t h e various tools

,
FI G 1 22

hav e b e e n d escrib e d as abov e it is as w e ll to point out tha t

,

t h e amat e ur who is d e sirous of doing a littl e work i n this

1 48 S H E ET A ND PL A TE M E TA L WOR K [ C H A R xv

way ca n carry out th e whol e of th e op e rations on a singl e

iron ba r .

In practice a s a rul e t h e handl e s a r e forg e d o u t of

, ,

flut e d iron bu t t h e a mat e ur can r e adily form t h e m out of

, ,

say 4, in brass tub e Th e t ub e s can be b e n t to t h e r e quir e d

,
. .

shap e by firs t lo a ding th e m with l e ad and aft e r b e nding ,

m elting it ou t .

I t will be a good plan to mak e t h e hand -scoop out of

sh ee t brass sold e ring t h e body tog e th e r und e r t h e bridg e
, ,

e dging t h e back s l ipping on an d sold e ring aro und B e for e

, .

polishing a l l t h e sup e rfluous sold e r should be car e fully

,

scrap e d away To fast e n t h e handl e t h e wash e r is slipp e d

.
,

on t h e en d a small e dg e thrown off and th e n sold e r e d

, ,

around and riv e t e d on to t h e body .

Th e clip t o carry t h e hand scoop is mad e of a s t rip of

bras s wi t h t h e e dg e s fold e d ov e r b e n t to t h e prop e r shap e
,

a n d t h e n riv e t e d o n t o t h e bridg e of t h e scoop as s een in ,

F ig . 1 17 .

Th e scoop can be j apann e d gold lin e d or t h e surfa ce , ,

pro t e ct e d and d e cora t e d in any o t h e r w a y t o sui t t h e

individual tas t e .

I t is hardly n e c e ssary to point o u t tha t th e r e a r e scor e s

of di ffe r e nt shap e s and siz e s in coal SCO OPS of t h e a bov e
charact e r ; bu t t h e r e ad e r should find no di fficul t y in
ad a p t ing t h e m et hods o f se tting o u t and workin g u p as ,

e xpl a in e d t o a gr e a t numb e r of t h e d e si g n s
, .
1 50 S H E E T A N D PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A P . XV I .

fix th e point P f o r t h e ce ntr e of t h e e n d c u rv e J oin P to E

.

and bis e ct t h e lin e P E in H D raw H Q squar e t o E P

.
,

thu s obtaining t h e ce ntr e Q f o r t h e sid e curv e J oin

, ,
.

Q to P and produ ce to K Th e lin e Q D will now be us e d

.

as t h e radius f o r t h e sid e curv e and P B f o r t h e e n d curv e ,

both o f th es e curv e s m e e ting in K Th e obj e ct of putting

.

in t h e lin e Q K is o f cou rs e to d e t e rmin e t h e m e e ting

, ,

point o f t h e sid e and e n d curv e s I f t h e construction is

.

car e fully carri e d out th e r e shoul d be no di fficulty about t h e

curv e s m e eting at t h e point K .

Oxfo r d H ip B a th .

This is a good e x ampl e o f an arti cl e which follows t h e

-shap e d oval form A s k e t ch of t h e bath is shown in
e
gg .

F ig 1 24
. and on
,

car e f ul consid e ration

o f this and F i 1 2 5
g .
,

th e r e ad e r should
find no troubl e in
und e rstanding t h e
composition of t h e
bath sur f a ce .

Th e body o f t h e
bath is usually mad e
up in thr e e parts t h e ,

ba ck and two sid e

FIG 1 24
. .

pi e c e s ; t h e j oint s be
ing r e sp e ctiv e ly at t h e two sid e s and down t h e middl e o f t h e
en d .

On amining t h e plan and e l evation in F ig 1 2 5 it will

ex .

be s e e n that t h e bac k o f t h e bath is f orm e d o f part o f a

right con e whilst t h e si d e s and e n d a r e built up f rom
,

portions o f two obliqu e con e s To obtain t h e construction

.

lin e s f o r t h e back pa tt e rn first produc e t h e l in e s 3 a and

 HI P A ND SPONGE BA THS 1 51

t k to m e et in th e point 0. T his will giv e t h e ap e x of t h e

,

con e of which t 3 may be consi d e r e d to be t h e -

half bas e .

On t 3 d sc
e r ib e a qu a r t e r -cir cl e and divid e it into thr e e

equa l p art s , dropp in g pe rp e ndi cul ars from e ach division

p oi nt on t o t h e lin e t 3
. J o in c-
t o each of t h e points 1 0
and
° and produc e to m e e t t h e top lin e of t h e back t
2 Th e
att e rn for t h e half -con e is no w d e v e lop e d by using 0 3
p
11
we SHEET A ND PLATE METAL WORE [ cm am .

as a radi us a n d s e t t i n g along a girth lin e (F ig 1 2 6 ) e qual

, .

t o twic e t h e l e ngt h of t h e quart e r -circl e in t h e el e vatio n.

R adial lin e s a r e th e n drawn passing through C and e ach

,

numb e r e d point on t h e girth lin e ; th e s e b e ing cut o ff

e qual t o t h e corr e sponding l e ngths tak e n from t h e e l e va

t ion . Thu s C C and C 3 a r e r esp e c t iv e ly e qual to

”

c 2 c 3 from t h e e l e vation
’
c
’
Th e points a r e j oin e d up
.

wi t h a curv e and thus will giv e t h e outlin e for t h e top par t

of back patt e rn Th e radius C A for t h e bo t tom part will
.
,

be tak e n from c a in t h e e l e vation A llowanc e s a r e put

.

o n t h e patt e rn for an e dg e to which t h e be ad is attach e d a

, ,
 1 54 SHEET AND PLA TE METAL WoEE [ em s m .

. of th e numb e r e d lin e s along from k as shown Tha t is ,

.
,

m ak e 10 1 I: 2 lo 3 et c e qual r e sp e ctiv ely to t h e lin e s

, , ,
.
,

n umb e r e d 1 2 3 e t c on t h e plan Th e s e points a r e th e n

”

. .
, , , ,

j oin e d to t and t h e l e ngths o f lin e s for t h e patt e rn will be

,

m e asur e d f rom t h e r es p e ct iv e points up to t No w turn to

‘

t h e sid e patt e rn (F ig L in e n u mb e r 1 is s e t down

.

e qual to 1 t lin e numb e r 2 e qual to 2 t and B L e qual i n

, ,

l e ngth to t h e curv e b l on t h e plan .

Th e l e ngth F N e quals f n and t h e ,

lin e numb e r 3 or L N e quals 3 t , , ,

and so on f o r t h e oth e r s ix triangl e s .

Wh e n t h e points a r e conn e ct e d up
and t h e prop e r allowanc e add e d as ,

in t h e back pl at e t h e patt e rn is ,

compl e t e .

Th e f oot b eing e qual -tap e ring can

hav e its patt e rn stru ck o u t with v e ry
littl e troubl e Th e radius f o r t h e .

part o f f oot to go around t h e back of

bath will be tak e n from p a So .

that on t h e patt e rn (F ig P A
, .

e quals
p a and P R e quals p r ; t h e
l e ngth of t h e inn e r curv e A A b eing
F I G 1 28
.

e qual
.

to twic e t h e l e ngth o f t h e
qu a r t e r circl e a b in plan Th e sid e pat
-
.

t e rn o f t h e f oot (F ig 1 2 5 ) is d ev e lop e d by
.

first marking o ff 1c 3 e qual t o t d (t h e point

t in this cas e b e ing t h e c e ntr e from whi ch
th e sid e curv e o f e gg shap e d oval is d e -

scrib e d ) and th e n drawing u -s parall e l

,

to p a . Th e curv e S B for t h e patt e rn

is d e scrib e d with radius e qual to u s and
t h e part D B cut off e qual in l e ngth to t h e
F I G 1 29
ar c d b in t h e lan Th e dis t anc e k w is
. .

p .

now s et along t h e sam e l e ngt h as e v (t h e radius for t h e

 HI P A ND S P ONGE B A TH S 1 55

small e n d of oval ) and a; w drawn parall e l t o p a Th e .

c e nt r e W is d e t e rmin e d by s e tting D W e qual in l e ngth to

a: w ; t h e a r e D B th e n b e ing drawn from this ce ntr e and

cu t off t h e sam e l e ngth as t h e curv e d e in t h e plan T h e .

width o f t h e patt e rn will of cours e be t h e sam e as that , ,

f or t h e back part that is D R will e qual a , ,

A llowanc e s must be put on to both t h e foo t patt e rns t o

cov e r for grooving a t e nds wiring at bo t tom and for slipping ,

ov e r t h e k nock -u p on
bottom of bath .

A pa t t e rn showing ,

th e half -bottom is ,

drawn at t h e t o p of
F ig . 1 25 t h e lin e s
Z A and Z E b e ing
r e sp e ctiv e ly e qual in
l e ngth to t h e lin e s 2 a
and z e on t h e e l e va
tion A llowanc e for a
.

F I G 1 30
doubl e e dg e is mad e all . .

round t h e bottom to Cov e r for knocking up on to t h e body .

A s k e tch s h o w m g t h e arrang e m e nt of body bo tt om and

, , ,

foot is shown at t h e low e r part o f F ig 1 2 6

,
A good d e al . .

of car e wants e xe rcising in atta ching t h e bottom to t h e

body A f t e r t h e bottom has b e e n hollow e d to t h e prop e r
.

shap e a fl ang e about } i n wid e shoul d be s e t down a l l

A
.

round A singl e e dg e is th e n turn e d up to fit on t h e e dg e

.

around t h e bottom o f bath A ft e r t h e bottom is slipp e d .

'

on t h e paning down ca n be d o n e with a paning hamm e r

,

( g
F i . or as is mor
,
e g e n e rally t h e cas e with a sh e e t ,

’
m e tal work e r s common hamm e r as shown in F ig 1 3 1 , . .

Th e knocking up of t h e j oint can of cours e be don e in , ,

t h e usual mann e r on a b e n ch bar or oth e rwis e .

A sk e tch e x plaining t h e arrang e m e nt o f t h e be a d is also

s hown on F i 1 2 9 Th b e ad is usually mad from
g .: . e a
1 56 SH E E T A ND PL ATE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XV I .

s t rip of s he et m e tal b e ing b e n t and curv e d in a b e ading

,

machin e I t can how e v e r be quit e e asily block e d up to

.
, ,

t h e r e quir e d shap e with a suitabl e hamm e r on a l e ad block .

I t is sold e r e d to t h e
e dg e of body and
fil l in g in pi e c e s a r e -

also sold er e d to t h e
b e ad and body as ,

shown .

Sh e et -m e tal lugs
a r e fast e n e d to t h e

sid e of ba t h as s e e n ,

in F ig 1 24 ; bu t .

th e s e pr e s e nt no
di fficul t y in mark
ing out th e ir shap e
FI G 1 31
. . or making .

Spon ge Bath .

Th e patt e rns for a spong e ba t h (F ig 1 32) can be laid out

.

by o n e or oth e r of t h e s e ve ral m ethods alr e ady shown in

conn e ction with
con e -work Th e only
.

par t that i s not

conical an d that
calls for att e n t ion
h e r e is t h e lip or
s pou t Th e patt e rn
F I G 1 32
.

. .

for this is shown

mark e d o u t in F ig 1 3 3 A n e l evation of t h e lip fitting on
. .

t o t h e sid e of t h e bath is drawn and also a hal f plan showing -

,

t h e shap e of t h e top of lip Th e a r c a b on F ig 1 3 3 r e pr e

.
, .
,

s e nts a part of t h e t o p o f bath Th e lip curv e is divid e d

.

i n t o say s ix equal par t s and p e rp e ndiculars dropp e d from

, , ,
1 58 SH E E T A N D PL A T E M E TAL WORK [ C H A R xvi .

m e diat e points b e ing obtain e d by making 0 1 e qual to c ” ”

” 2 ” e qual to d e t c ; and the n

O . on t h e oth e r sid e o f 0 0
,

mak ing 0 1 e qual to 0

” °
0 2 e qual to 0!
” °
and so on
for t h e r e maining distanc e s Through e ach o f t h e points
.

on t h e middl e lin e s p e rp e ndi culars a r e drawn as shown by ,

t h e lin e s 0 O 1 1 e t c
, ,
NO fi x t h e compass e s to t h e l e ngth
.
“ ‘

of o n e o f t h e ar cs on t h e hal f plan o f lip and with this

-
,

distanc e comm e n cing at 6 on t h e li f e hand sid e of patt e rn

,
-
,

cut o ff points 5 4 3 e t c up to 0 Through e a ch o f t h e

, , ,
.
,
.

points so foun d draw lin e s parall e l to 6 6 and wh e r e th e s e ,

int e rs e ct t h e p e rp e ndiculars alr e ady drawn through

etc . will
,
giv e points on t h e curv e f o r t h e right -hand sid e of

patt e rn J oin th e s e points with a r e g ul ar curv e add

.
,

allowa n c e s f or wiring a n d a flang e a n d t h e patte rn is ,

compl ete .
 OV A L A RTI CL E S OF E QU A L TA PE R 1 59

C H A PTE R XV II .

O V A L A RT I CL E S OF E Q UAL T A PE R .

Con s tr uction of Equ al En de d O v a l

=
~

TH E R E many articl e s mad e out of sh e e t and pl at e m e tal

ar e

that a r e e ith e r oval or e lliptical in shap e No t that th e s e .

t wo figur e s a r e id e ntical although th ey a r e o f t e n con

,

fus e d with e ach oth e r Th e ellips e is a figur e i n o n e

.

quart e r of which w e may suppos e e v e ry small part o f t h e

curv e is of a d i ff e r e nt radius t h e curvatur e o f t h e e n d be
,

ing most acut e and t h e curv e b e coming flatt e r as it

,

approach e s t h e middl e point o f t h e sid e o f t h e e llips e Th e .

oval how e v e r although som e what simil ar i n shap e to t h e

, ,

e llips e ,
is a figur e which is buil t up e ntir ely o f ar cs o f
circl e s E qual e nd e d ovals can be drawn by using s e v e ral
.
-

arcs of di ff e rin g radii th at a r e a v e ry good appro ximation

to an e llips e A n oval how e v e r to t h e sh ee t a n d plat e
.
, ,

m e tal wor k e r has distinct prop erti e s o f its own t hat mak e
it particul arly sui tabl e f o r u s e in thos e cas e s to which it
can be app l i e d Wh e n an articl e is r e quir e d to be e lliptical
.

i n shap e t h e oval shoul d not be us e d as th e r e a r e co n v e n i

, ,

e n t m e thods f o r t h e d e v e lopm e nt of this cl a s s o f work .

er XXI
( S hown in C hapt ) .

Th e most us e ful shap e of oval is that which is m ad e up

o f tw o di ff e r e nt arcs o f circl e s t h e o n e with sm a ll radius
,

form i ng t h e e nds and t h e flatt e r curv e j oining on to mak e

,

t h e sid e s Thi s ca n be s e t out e ntir e ly by construction or

.

partly by cal cul ation and construction B oth m e thods will .

be shown F irst b cons t u t io n : Dr aw a li n e A B

y r c
1 60 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ ca n xv n .

F
( gi . qual in l e ngth t o t h e long diam e t e r of t h e oval
1 34) e ,

and through t h e middl e point O o f this diam e t e r draw a

lin e at right angl e s M ak e 0 C and O D e ach e qual to half
.

t h e small diam e t e r o f t h e oval F rom A mark off A E .

e qual in l e ngth to C D D ivid e E B in t o t hr ee e qual

.

parts No w s et t h e compa s s e s a t a radius eq ual to two of

.

t h e parts and with O as c en t r e mark points Q Q

, Th e n
, , .

wi th 0 again as c e n t r e a n d t h e compass e s s et t o l e ng t h
,

FIG . 1 34 .

Q Q mark poin t s P P
,
will be s e e n that O P is equal
, . It
r h E
to fou o f t e parts into which B has b e e n divi d e d Th e
-
.

points Q and P will be t h e ce ntr e s f rom which t h e ar cs will

be d e scrib e d J oin P to Q and produc e t h e lin e s through
.
,

as shown No w with ce ntr e Q and radi u s Q B d e scrib e t h e

.

e n d arcs and with ce ntr e P and radius P C d escrib e t h e

,

sid e arcs I f car e f ully and prop e rly drawn t h e arcs should
.
,
1 62 SH E E T A ND PL ATE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R X V II .

A B 6 in and t h e short diam e t e r

.
, C D 4 5 in .
,
th e r e
for e th e radius for t h e Sid e is
8A B 5 0 1) 48 225
,

6 6

To find radius f o r e nds F rom four tim e s t h e short

diam e t e r d e duct t h e l arg e diam e t e r and divid e t h e r e ,

m a in d er by s ix Th e radius for t h e e nds th e r e for e in

.
, ,

F ig 1 3 5 will be
.

4 CD —
A B 18 —
6
6 -
6

A ft e r having mark e d t h e c e ntr e s it is g e n e rally a good ,

plan to draw in t h e lin e s as b e for e so that t h e e xact poin t ,

o f contact o f t h e curv e s may be known as th e s e com e in ,

us e f ul l at e r .

Th e abov e m e thods ca n of cours e only be us e d in t h e c as e

, ,

of ovals that a r e t h e sam e shap e at e ach en d t h e egg ,

shap e d oval d e manding sp e cial tr e atm e nt .

Patter n f or O v al A r ticl es

H aving go ne ov e r t h e construction of ovals , can now we

turn our att e ntion t o t h e d e v elopm e nt of oval e qual
t ap e ring articl e s or ,

thos e in which t h e ov e r
hang f o r t h e sid e s is t h e
sam e as for t h e e nds .

Such an articl e is shown

i n F ig 1 3 6 I t is bes t . .
“

to t hin k of t h e sur
f ac e o f this articl e as
F I G 1 36 .

b e ing built up o f parts

.

of t h e sur f a ce s o f two di ff e r e nt siz e d con e s but whos e

-
,

tap e r is t h e sam e Th u s r e f e rri n g to Fig 1 3 7 t h e larg e

.
, .
,

d t
ot e d cir cl es r e
pr e s en t t h e bas es O f t h e s o m e
par t o f W h os e »
,
 OV A L ARTI CLES DE EQUA L TA PER 1 63

§ u r f a é es go to form t h e sid e s of t h e oval v e ss e l . Th e small

dott e d circl e s show t h e bas e s of t h e con e s from whos e

surfac e s t h e e n d portion of t h e oval articl e is form e d Th e .

pl an o f t h e axe s of th e s e con e s it will be s ee n coincid e s with

, ,

t h e points P and Q .

Th e fitting tog e th e r o f t h e con e par t s is e xhibit e d I n

F ig . 1 38 ,
which is a
sk e tch o f a mod e l sho w
ing a par t o f on e l arg e
con e wi t h t h e tw o par ts
of t h e small e r con e s
fitting o n to form t h e
e n d portion o f t h e oval

obj e c t Th e front sid e

.
,

which woul d be t h e part

o f t h e o t h e r l arg e con e ,

it may be im agin e d is ,

r e mov e d t o b et t e r ex

F IG . 1 37 .

pl ain th e fi t ting t og et h e r
o f t h e si d e and e nds Th e .

t hr e e uprigh t lin e s sho w

t h e a xe s o f t h e con e s I t .

shoul d be notic e d that

t h e small and larg e con
s ur f ac e s j oin tog e th e r in

a common lin e ( shown by

t h e do t t e d lin e s at t h e
ba ck ) : h e nc e t h e t wo FIG . 1 38.
1 64 SH EET AND PLATE METAL WORK [ou s . xvn .

c urv e d surfac e s fit t og et h e r wi th ou t showing lump or

hollow Part of t h e small oval which forms e ith e r top or
.

bottom o f t h e articl e as t h e cas e m ay be is also shown on

, ,

t h e mod e l in this figur e .

Wh e n it is thoroughly und e rstood how t h e surfac e of t h e

oval e qual -tap e ring articl e is b u ilt up t h e d e v e lopm e nt of ,

t h e patt e rn is not at all a di ffi cult m att e r .

I t will p erhaps be e asi e r to f ollow i f w e fi x som e d e fi nit e

, ,

dim e nsions an d work o u t t h e probl e m compl e t ely f rom

,

th e s e Thus suppos e an oval arti cl e is 3 2 in by 20 in at

. . .

t h e top 2 2 in by 1 0 in at t h e bottom and 7 in pe r pe n

,
. .
,
.

d icu l a r d e pth I t should be not e d that t h e dim e nsions

.

must be su ch as to giv e t h e sam e ov e rhang all round and ,

th e s e can be ch e ck e d by using t h e following rul e Th e

l e ngth o f bottom d e du ct e d from t h e l e ngth of top must be
t h e sam e as t h e width o f botto m d e duct e d f r om t h e
width o f top I n this cas e it w
. ill be s ee n that t h e ov e r
hang is

5 in .

C alcul a t ing t h e radius for t h e sid e s of t h e larg e oval

by t h e b e for e -m e ntion e d rul e s this will be ,

8 x 32 —
5 x 20

and for th e e nds

4 x 20 —
32
- 8 1n
6
.

As ach quar t e r o f t h e oval is e xactly t h e sam e th e r e is

’

e ,

no n e e d only to s et out j us t o n e quart e r and this can be ,

don e in t h e usual way (F ig Th e sam e c e ntr e s can be

.

us e d for marking o u t t h e quar t er of sm a ll oval for t h e

1 66 SHEET AND PLA TE METAL WORK [ C HA R xvn .

larg e con e b e ing giv e n as a sid e e l eva t ion on D P and hal f ,

t h e small con e b e ing shown as a f ront e l e vation on Q B .

Th e lin e S B th e n will giv e us t h e slan t h e ight o f t h e small

con e and thus t h e radius for t h e d e v e lopm e nt o f its sur f ac e
,

t h e lin e L D s e rving t h e sam e purpos e f o r t h e l arg e con e .

Th e patt e rn ca n now be struck out With c e ntr e L and .

radius L D draw an a r c and along it mark o ff a portion , ,

B B e qual in l e ngth to twic e t h e a r e D F

, J oin t h e points .

B B to L th e n with c e ntr e L and radius L M draw t h e

,

bottom curv e K K Th e part of t h e patt e rn thus s et out

,
.

will gi ve t h e sid e portion o f t h e arti cl e or w e may imagin e ,

it to be t h e d e v e lopm e nt of t h e part of larg e con e Th e .

e nds can now be add e d by op e ning t h e compass e s to t h e

slant h eight of small con e B S as shown in t h e e l e vation , ,

and mar k ing it along t h e lin e s B L in t h e patt e rn thus ,

obtaining t h e c e ntr e s S S Th e curv e s for t h e e n d part o f

,
.

patt e rn a r e now s e t out from th e s e c e ntr e s using radii S B ,

and S K Th e ou t si d e curv e s which a r e shown mark ed

.
,

B F a r e now cut o ff e qual in l e ngth to t h e curv e B F on

,

t h e pl an This is b e st accomplish e d by b e n ding a pi e c e of

.

wir e along t h e curv e s as b e f or e m e ntion e d Particul ar

,
.

noti ce must be tak e n that t h e points F a r e j oin e d to t h e

c e ntr e s S Th e r e is no n e e d to troubl e about t h e l e ngth of
.

curv e for t h e bottom of patt e rn as this will be cut o ff to ,

t h e corr e ct proportion by t h e radial lin e s as drawn This .

may be t e st e d by m e asuri n g t h e l e ngth of t h e curv e ” and

s e e ing if it is e qual to t wic e th e l e ngth of t h e bottom
quart e r -oval .

Po s ition of .
J o ints .

Th e pa tt e rn thus drawn out is of cours e for o n e -

half o f , ,

t h e oval v e ss e l two pi e c e s o ff this b e ing r e quir e d to f orm

,

t h e body of the articl e I t will be n e c e ssary to add laps

.

as r e quir e d for grooving wiring and kno cking up

, ,
.
 OV A L A RTI C LES OE E Q U A L TA PE R 1 67

It will be s e e n that t h e j oints a r e at t h e e n d of t h e articl e ,

t h e r e ason f o r this b e ing that that p art havi n g t h e sharp e st

c u r v at u r e it will be som e what s t iff e r and strong e r than t h e
,

sid e s h e n ce t h e b e st position f o r pla cing t h e j oint A noth e r

, .

r e ason that a s s 1 3 t s in d e t e rmining t h e position o f a wir e

j oint is that if possibl e it shoul d be cov e r e d with a lug
, , ,

ear ,
or h a n dl e I n t h e pr e s e nt cas e if t h e v e ss e l is to be
.
,

us e d as an oval tub or bath t h e handl e s woul d be riv e t e d

,

ov e r t h e e n d groov e s and thus mat e rially assist to

,

str e ngt h e n this part Pe rhaps a f urt h e r r e ason f o r fi xing

.

t h e groov e s at t h e e nds is that t h e patt e rn com e s out much

flatt e r wh e n t h e j oints a r e in this position than wh e n
on t h e sid e s ; cons e qu e ntly t h e mat e ri al will cut up to
gr e at e r advantag e Th e . e conomi cal cutting up of
sh e ets and pl at e s sh ould al ways be tak e n into account
wh e n thinking o f t h e position of j oints A lso wh e n sto ck .

siz e s of sh e e ts or plat e s a r e b eing us e d a littl e thought be ~

stow e d on t h e patt ern will oft e n sav e a l arg e amount of

wast e in mat e rial .

Wh e n it is r e quir e d to mak e t h e patt ern f o r t h e body o f

an oval articl e in on e pi ece a littl e consid e ration of ,

F ig 1 3 9 will show h o w this can be don e

.
,
.

B e for e concluding it might be h er e point e d out tha t t h e

l e ngths of both t h e radii us e d on t h e patt e rn ca n be
calcul at e d by t h e m e thod shown in conn e ction with t h e ,

con e in Chapt e r X I I
,
.

B odi e s o f oval articl e s a r e usuall yshap e d by b e nding i n

t h e rolls to t h e curvatur e of t h e e nds and th en flatt e ning ,

o u t t h e sid e parts .
i t s SH EE T A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORE [ ca m ma .

C H A PTE R X V I II .

I
A RT CL E S OF U N E Q UA L O V E RH A N G .

MA N Y articl e s may be circul ar or partly circul ar I n s e ction ,

also having t h e prop e rty o f th e ir sur f a ce s tap e ring to a

point and ye t not be f orm e d o f a portion of a right con e
,

( a con e whos e a xis is p e rp e ndicul ar to its b as e

) Th e ir .

patt e rns how e v e r can be r e adily d e v elop e d wh e n t h e

, ,

sur f ac e is consid e r e d as a portion o f an

Obli que C on e .

A
con e of this d e
scription is o n e whos e
bas e is circul ar and
whos e a xis is inclin e d
to t h e bas e Such a .

solid is shown in F ig .

1 40 Particular a t
.

t e ntion should be paid

to t h e d e v elopm e nt of
th e surfac e o f this
kind of con e as ,

many articl e s can hav e

th e ir patt e rns r e adily
s e t out f o r th e m wh en

it is obs e rv e d that
th e y a r e f orm e d from
par t s of t h e sur f ac e s o f
F I G 1 40 .

obliqu e con e s
.

I n marking out t h e pa t t e rn for an obliqu e c on e t h e ,

principl e in v olv e d is to imagin e t h e circum f e r e nc e: of t h e

1 70 S HE E T A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORE [ C H A R v II .

r e sp e ctiv ely as radii t h e numb e r e d poi nts a r e sw u ng ro u nd

,

o n to t h e bas e lin e as shown Th e n u sing T as ce ntr e and

.
,

T O T 1,
1
T 2
,
1
etc
,
. as radii arcs o f cir cl e s f o r t h e patt e rn
, ,

a r e drawn aro u nd Th e .

compass e s a r e now s e t

to a distanc e e qual to
on e of t h e s ix parts
into which t h e bas e
s e micircl e has b e e n
divid e d and com
,

m e n cin g at som e point

on t h e inn e r arc say ,

0 th e ,
l e ngths a r e
st e pp e d f rom o n e a r e
to t h e oth e r right up
to 6 an d th e n bac k
,

ov e r t h e arcs again
to 0 I f t h e points
.

0 0 a r e now j oin e d up
to T and a f air curv e
,

drawn through t h e
oth e r points t h e n e t ,

patt e rn is compl e t e .

A llowanc e s f or th e
ca m a r e shown by t h e

dott e d lin e s t h e j oint ,

of sam e coming at t h e
und e rsid e of t h e con e .

Th e patt e rn for a cir cular obliqu e con e whi ch has a l arg e

amoun t o f ov e rhang is shown s e t out i n F ig 1 4 2 Th e . .

distan ce that t h e top ov e rhangs t h e ce ntr e of th e bottom

will be e qual to C B as in t h e last e x ampl e Th e h e ight o f
,
.

t h e top abov e t h e bas e will o f cours e e qual B T

, , So that .

wh e r e th e s e si ze s a r e giv e n tog eth e r with t h e diam e t e r o f

,

ba s e t h e e l e vation o f t h e con e will be drawn by first putting

,
 A RTI C L E S OF U NE Q U A L OV E RH A N G 1 71

in lin e s T B B C and th e n mar k ing o ff t h e bas e 0 6

th e , ,
.

I t will be obs e rv e d that in this cas e t h e s e am is arrang e d

to com e down t h e c e ntr e o f t h e bac k o f con e .

Ta per e d C on n ectin g Pipe .

Th e f rustum of
an obliqu e con e ca n v e ry conv e ni e ntly be
us e d to j oin tog e th e r t w o circul ar pip e s o f un e qual dia

n! e ( wh i t e n
.

11 31 0 0 o
f pipe s

FI G . 1 43 .

m e t e r whos e ce ntr e lin e s a r e parall e l and whos e e nds a r e

, ,

cut squar e A conn e cting pip e of this d e scription tog e th e r

.
,

wi t h t h e patt e rn d e v e lopm e nt is illustra t ed in F ig 1 4 3

, . .
1 72 SH E E T A N D PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xvn I .

Th e l va t ion is first drawn by s e tting in t h e c e ntr e lin e s

e e ,

t h e distanc e b e tw ee n t h e pip e e nds and t h e pip e diam e t e rs .

To com pl e t e t h e obliqu e con e o f whi ch t h e tap e r e d pip e is

,

a part t h e bac k and throat lin e s a r e produc e d until th ey

,

m e e t at T To obtain t h e patt e rn t h e sur f a ce o f t h e whol e

.

co n e is d e v e lop e d as in t h e last two e xampl e s and t h e por ,

tion of t h e top o f con e cu t away as will be e xpl ain e d A f t e r

,
.

swinging t h e points 1 2 3 e t c on to t h e bas e th e y a r e

, , ,
.
, ,

j oin e d up to t h e top o f con e and wh e r e th e s e lin e s cross

,

t h e j oint lin e at t h e top o f conn e cting pip e will d e t e r min e ,

t h e l e ngths o f lin e s r e quir e d to mar k along to obtain t h e

shap e o f cut at small e n d o f patt e rn I n t h e figur e all t h e .

lin e s a r e shown swung around on to t h e patt e rn lin e s Th e .

points so obtain e d a r e j oin e d up with an ev e n curv e and ,

thus t h e n e t patt e rn is finish e d No allowanc e s a r e shown

.

in F ig 1 4 3 ; but th e s e ca n be put on to t h e sid e s and e nds

.

of patt e rn to suit t h e m e thod o f j ointing adopt e d .

B e f or e passing f rom this it should be point e d out th a t

whilst t h e e nds o f t h e conn e cting pip e i n t h e abov e cas e
a r e circular ,
a s e ct ion o f t h e tap e r e d pip e tak e n pe r pe n
d icu l a r to its c e ntr e lin e will
be e lliptical and cons e qu e ntly ,

wh e n t h e ov e rhang is gr e at t h e
pip e will be v e ry flat as in ,

F ig 1 42 an d its ar e a r e
.
,

s t r ict e d I f it is r e quir e d to
.

hav e a tap e r e d pip e o f cir cular

s e ction th e n t h e m e thod shown
,

in C hapt e r V will hav e t o be .

F I G 1 44
. .
f ollow e d .

U n equ al Ta peri n g Cir cul a r A r ticl e .

A ny arti cl e whos e top and bot t om a r e cir cular parall el , ,

an d of un e qual ov e rhang such as F ig 1 44 ca n hav e it s

,
.
,
1 74 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R X VIII .

shown in F ig 1 4 6 H e r e t h e probl e m r e solv e s its el f into

"

. .

j ointing up two small pip e s to o n e larg e o n e t h e e nd s o f t h e

,

straight pip e s all b eing squar e to th eir c e ntr e lin e s .

Th e s e tting out f o r t h e patt e rn is e x plain e d by F ig 1 4 7 . .

I n pra cti ce th e r e is no n ee d to draw a compl e t e e l e vation

all th at is n e e d e d is t h e shap e o f a conn e cting pip e ; but i n
t h e pr e s e nt cas e t h e f ull e l e vation is shown to b e tt e r e x
pl ain t h e way t h e f orm o f a conn e cting pip e is obtain e d To .

ma k e t h e s e tting out
plain e r d e finit e d im e n
,

sions in this cas e hav e

b e e n ta k e n Th e dia
.

m e t e r o f t h e main pip e
is 1 7 in an d that o f .

t h e branch pip e s 8 in ; .

th e distan ce b e tw e e n
ce ntr e lin e s o f bran ch
and main pip e s 1 0 in .

and t h e distan ce be
tw ee n th eir e nds 1 3 in .

Th e s e dim e nsions a r e
s et out as shown in,

F ig 1 47. and to o b
,

tain t h e corr e ct position

of t h e j oint lin e o f t h e
F I G 1 46
conn e cting pip e s th e ir
. .

ba ck lin e s a r e run down to t h e e dg e s o f t h e main pip e as ,

s e e n by t h e dott e d lin e s t h e point o f i nt e rs e ction 6 giving

,
”

t h e top e n d o f t h e j oint lin e Th e patt e rn f o r t h e f rustum

.

is s et out as e xplain e d in conn e ction with F ig 1 4 3 t h e

,
.
,

t o e portion be ing a f t e rwards cut away .To do this w e must

first ge t t h e l e ngths o f lin e s r e quir e d J oin B to 5 and
.
,

w h e r e this lin e cuts lin e 3 C swing about B on to t h e bas e

”
0 6 and f rom this point proj e ct up and thus obtain point 5
,

in t h e e l e v a t ion. I n t h e sam e way find

p oint Th e n
 A RTI C L E S OF U NE QU A L OV E RH A NG 1 75

with T as ce ntr e swing th e s e points on to th e ir corr e

,

sp e nding lin e s in t h e patt e rn J oin t h e n e w f ound points .

-

with an ev e n curv e add allowan ce for j ointing as r e quir e d

, ,

and t h e patt ern is r e ady for u s e .

Multiple =
w a y Piece .

If
it is d e sir e d to j oin mor e than two branch pi p e s on to
t h e main pip e th e n t h e abov e m ethod will still hold good
,
.

Th e fi rst thing to do is to obtain t h e plan o f a j oint lin e ;

thus i n F ig 1 4 7 t h e lin e 3 C on t h e s e mi circl e it will be
.
,

r e adily s ee n is t h e plan o f t h e j oi n t lin e wh e n th e r e a r e

,

two bra n ch pi p e s To obtai n t h e position of t h e pl an o f

.

o n e o f t h e j oint lin e s wh e n th e r e a r e mor e branch pip e s than

two a lin e will hav e to be drawn t hrough C making an

, ,

a n gl e w ith 0 C e qual to
1 80 d egre e s
numb e r o f branch pip es
Thus , suppos e th e r e a r e thr e e branch pip e s th e n , th e angl e
o f t h e j oint lin e will be
1 80
60 d egr ee s
3
.

In this cas e th e
plan o f t h e j oint will be t h e lin e 2 C
( g
F i . N o w for t h e patt e rn W h e r e t h e lin e 2 C .

cross e s t h e lin es B 3 B 4 and B 5 swing on to t h e bas e

, , ,

lin e with B as c e ntr e F rom t h e bas e lin e proj e ct up on

.

to t h e corr e spondingly numb e r e d lin e s i n t h e e l e vation thus ,

obtaining t h e points and No w with T as c e ntr e

'

swing th e s e points around on to th e patt ern and draw in

t h e curv e s Th e thi ck dott e d curv e thus shows t h e cut f or
.

t h e -t o e o f patt e rn wh e n thr ee branch e s a r e r e quir e d to be

j oint e d to o n e main pip e .

I n t h e sam e way as abov e a f t e r fi xi n g t h e position o f t h e

,

j oint lin e pl an a patt e rn for a conn e c t ing pip e f o r any

-
,
.

numb e r o f bran ch e s ca n be s e t o u t On e xamining F ig 1 4 6 . .

,
1 76 SH E E T A N D PL A T E ME T A L WORK [ C H A R xv I I I .

it will be s e e n that all t h e j oi nts a r e pan e d down Th e y

.

may o f co u rs e be k no ck ed u p if t h e mat e rial is su ffi ci e ntly

, ,

mall e abl e to stand t h e op e ration Th e allo wan ce s f or this

.

m ethod j ointing will be a doubl e e dg e th e e n d

FIG . 1 47 .

o f e ach straight pip e a singl e e dg e on t h e e nds of e ach

,

tap e r e d pip e and a doubl e e dg e on o n e and a singl e e dg e on

,

h
t e oth r t fo m t h middl j oint f t h conn e cting i s
e o r e e o e
pp e .
1 78 S H E E T A ND PI ATE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R XI X .

sam e as t h e lin es us e d in mar k ing out t h e firs t part o f t h e

patt e rn.

Without t h e obj e ct is v ery small t h e body o f t h e arti cl e

w ill be mad e up in two pi e c e s t h e s e ams b eing at t h e e nds
,

FIG . 1 49 .

and coming along t h e lin e s through 0 on t h e patt e rn Th e .

sh e e t and m e tal pl at e work e r how e v e r should fi nd no

, ,

d i ffi culty i n making up an arti cl e in any numb e r o f pi e ce s

if h e ca n stri k e o ut t h e patt e rn for t h e compl e t e bod
y
.
 I RRE G U LA R TA PERI NC A RTI C LES 1 79
-
‘

Ar ti cl e w i th Ci r cul a r To p a n d Obl on g Botto m w i th

Ro un de d C or n er s .

Th e s u r f a ce s of many articl e s a r e what might be d e scrib e d

as of a compound chara ct e r that is th ey do not follow t h e
—
,

sur f a ce shap e o f any o n e partic u l ar soli d but a r e buil t ,

up o f parts o f sur f ac e s of o n e or mor e solids p erhaps com ,

bin e d with o n e or s e v e ral plain figur e s On e simpl e e x ampl e .

of this has b e e n shown in F ig 1 4 8 and w e shall now giv e

.
,

two mor e typi cal cas e s o f this cl ass of patt e rn mar k ing - .

I n all cas e s it shoul d be born e i n mind that t h e first thing

to do is to car e f ully analys e t h e sur f ac e so as to d e t e r
min e how it is form e d I n F ig 1 5 0 a n articl e is shown
. .

whos e top is circul ar and whos e bottom g a s straight sid e s

, ,

with corn e rs form e d of quart e r-circl e s On e xamination .

it will be s e e n that t h e r ound e d parts a r e e ach a quart e r of

a f rustum of an obliqu e con e and that t h e flat surfac e s a r e
,

triangl e s I n s etting o u t t h e patt e rn (F ig 1 5 1 ) a quart e r

. .

pl an is first drawn as shown and t h e point B obtain e d by

, ,

j oining 1 to a and 4 t o c an d producing t h e lin e s until

,

th ey int ers ect Through B a lin e is draw n parall el t o a o

.
,

and t h e points 1 2 3 and 4 swung on to it as in t h e

, , , ,

p r e v i o u s cas e s
th e s e ar e th e n
j oin e d up to T .

I t p e rhaps shoul d
, ,

be h e r e m e ntion e d
tha t t h e point T
in this e x a m pl e is F I G 1 50 . .

found by produc
ing t h e ba ck lin e 0 a until it int e rs e c t s t h e p e rp endicular
1 l

drawn up through B I n mark ing out t h e pat t e rn t h e lin e

.

0 A is mad e e qual i n l e ngth to a 0 on t h e e l e va t ion

l 1
A
“

lin e is drawn squar e to it through 0 and cut off on e ach sid e ,

e qual t o 0 1 in t h e plan Th e lin e 1 A is produc e d and

.
,

t h e point T d e t e rmin e d by makin g 1 T e qual in l e ngth t o

'
1 80 SHEE T A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XIX .

T 1 1
from t h e e l e vation Th e points 2 3 and 4 on t h e
.
, ,

patt e rn and also thos e f o r t h e curv e A C a r e now obtain e d

, ,

as in t h e oth e r cas e s of t h e obl iqu e con e C is now tak e n

.

as c e ntr e and C 4 as radius and t h e a r e drawn as shown

, ,

t h e n e xt point 4 b e ing fi xe d by ma k ing lin e 4 4 e qual to

twic e t h e l e ngth o f d 4 in t h e plan Th e oth e r points will
.

be f ound as pr e viously e x plain e d in conn e ction with F ig

, ,
.

1 4 9 e ach quart e r o f t h e patt e rn b ei n g t h e sam e shap e

,
If .

t h e articl e is mad e
up in two or mor e
pi e ces it will be an
,

e asy matt e r to mark

out t h e portio n o f
patt e rn r e quir e d .

Hoo d w ith Roun d

Top an d F l at B ack

A
pat t e rn for a
hood whos e top is
cir cul ar and bottom
r e ctangular with two
squar e and two
round corn e rs (F ig .

1 5 2) can be o b
t a in e d on t h e sam e
principl e as in t h e
pr e vious arti cl e s .

A n insp e ction o f t h e
hood sur f a ce in t h e
s k et ch will l e ad us
to s ee that it is
built up by two
quart e r -frustums o f
an obliqu e con e and
1 82 SHE E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORE [ C H A P xxx .

up to a }
O n t h e patt e rn t h e lin e 2 1 i s e qual i n l e n gth
.
,

to t h e lin e with t h e sam e fig u r e s in t h e plan ; and t h e lin e s

C 1 D 1 O 1 a r e r e sp e ctiv ely e qual to lin e s c a
,
1
,
l l
,

FI G . 1 53
.

and 0 a in t h e el e vation Th e dis t anc e b e tw ee n C and D

1 l .

and D a n d O on t h e patt e rn will o f cours e be e qual to t he

I
, ,

l e ngths of t h e ar cs c ( l a n d ( l 0 on t h e pl an To f orm t h e
.
 I RRE G U L A R T A PE RI N G A RTI C L E S 1 83

last triangl e s o f t h e patt e rn t h e lin e s 0 1 0 will be mad e

,

e qual in l e ngth to t h e ba ck lin e in t h e e l e vation or t h e lin e ,

1
1 1
(L an d t h e l in e 1 0 e qual to t h e lin e with t h e sam e
fig u r e s in t h e pl an .

I t is p e rhaps as w e ll to point out th at t h e

patt e rns f o r

all t h e obj e cts m e ntion e d ca n be str u ck o u t by t h e m e thod

of
”
triangulation B u t whilst this m e thod i s g e n e ral
.

in its appli catio n it is not so conv e ni e nt f o r t h e parti cu lar

,

cas e s as thos e shown .

Ar ti cl e w i t h Ro un d To p an d O v al Bo tto m .

A v e ss e l o f un e v e n tap e r havi n g a cir c u lar top and an

oval bottom ca n hav e t h e patt e rn f o r its body s e t out in a
similar mann e r to that o f s e v e ral o f t h e obj e cts pr e viously
d e alt with E xamination o f F ig 1 5 4 will show that its
. .

surfac e is f orm e d o f p arts o f two di ff e r e nt siz e d and shap e d

obliqu e con e s Th e points T T show t h e top s o f t h e
.

obliqu e con e s tha t a r e us e d f o r t h e e n d parts o f t h e articl e ,

and t h e point t t h e ap e x o f o n e o f t h e obliqu e con e s us e d

f o r obtai ning t h e si d e par ts o f t h e body sur f a ce .

A q u art e r pl an and two hal f e l e vations o f t h e v e ss e l a r e

- -

first s e t out as shown in F ig 1 5 5 t h e quart e r oval b e ing .

,
-

mar k e d o u t as e xplain e d in C hapt e r X V I I Th e points .

Q and P show t h e ce ntr e s f o r t h e e n d and sid e curv e s of

t h e oval and poi nt 3 wh e r e t h e two curv e s m e e t
,
H aving .

constr u c t e d t h e q u art e r oval divid e e ach of t h e two cur v e s

-
, ‘

i nto say thr e e e qual p arts Draw t h e lin e 0 a p arall el t o

‘

.
, ,

Q 3 th e n j oini ng 3 to a and produ ci n g to m e e t t h e c e n t r e

,

lin e in B R u n along a lin e f rom B squar e to t h e c e ntr e

.

lin e and wh e r e this int e rs e cts t h e e n d lin e 0 6 produc e d in

,

T will giv e t h e ap e x o f t h e obli q u e con e which forms t h e e n d

,

part o f t h e articl e ; Th e ap ex o f t h e obliqu e con e which ,

forms t h e sid e part ca n be d e t e rmin e d by running up a

,

13
1 84 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XI X .

p e rp endi cu lar to t h e bas e lin e through I) and prod u cing ,

lin e 6 d to m ee t it in t With 6 as c e ntr e and b 5 Z) 4 b 3

.
, , ,

r e sp e ctiv ely as radii swing around on to t h e bas e lin e

, , ,

thus obtaining points and I n t h e sam e way ,

taking B as c e ntr e swing points 3 2 and 1 on to t h e ce ntr e

, , ,

lin e giving points

,
and
To mark out t h e patt e rn s et down t h e lin e 6 t e qual in
,

l e ngth to t h e lin e 6 t in t h e e l e vation Th e n using at on t h e

.
,

patt e rn as ce ntre and radii t t and t draw

F IG . 1 54 .

arcs of circl e s as shown No w s e t t h e compass e s to t h e

.

l e ngth o f o n e of t h e thr ee arcs on t h e sid e oval say 5 6 , , ,

an d comm e ncing at point 6 o n t h e patt e rn st e p f rom o n e ,

a r e to t h e oth e r ,
marking points 5 4 and 3 J oin th e , , .

points up to t and produc e 3 t to T m aking 3 T e qual in

, ,

l en gt h t o the li ne 3 T in th e sid e el eva tion Th e n using T

”
.
,
1 86 S H E E T A ND P L ATE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R X I X .

th e body o nly t h e j oints coming down t h e m iddl e o f t h e

,

e n ds . I magining that t h e articl e is turn e d upsid e down ,

t h e allowan ce s a r e put on f o r wiring around t h e top e dg e ,

'

k nocking up a bottom and f o r a groov e d o r riv e t e d s e am

,
.

Ir r egul ar Ta peri n g A r ti cl e w ith O bl o n g Semi cir cul ar

en d ed Botto m an d Ro un d To p .

In addition to thos e d e alt with in t h e l ast chapt e r th e r e ,

a r e a numb e r o f hoods hopp e rs or body parts that a r e

, ,

f orm e d i n a som e wha t di ff e r e nt m ann e r Th u s F ig 1 5 6 . .

r e pr e s e n t s an arti cl e whos e top is cir cular and bottom

oblo n g with s e mi cir cular en ds ; bu t in this cas e t h e ce ntr e
o f t h e top is v e r t i cally

ov e r t h e ce ntr e o f o n e
of th e s e mi cir cu l ar
e nds On e xa m ination .

it w ill be s e e n that t h e
l e f t hand part o f sur -

f ac e is f orm e d o f hal f
FI G 1 56 . .
of a f rust u m o f a
right con e and t h e right han d part o f hal f o f a f r u st u m o f
-

obliq u e con e t h e sid e parts b eing fla t triangl e s Pe rhaps

,
.

t h e b u ilding up o f t h e sur f a ce will be b e tt e r und e rstood on

r e f e rring to F ig 1 5 7 wh e r e t h e hal f pan is shown
.
,
- .

To obtain t h e l e ngths o f t h e patt e rn lin e s t h e a pe x T ,

o f t h e ob l iq u e con e is obtai n e d by j oi ning 4 to a

( g
F i .1 5 7 )
and produ cing t h e lin e to B th e n running up a pe r pe n,

d icu l a r to m e e t t h e lin e 7 cl produ ce d to T Th e ap ex c of .

t h e right con e is f o u n d by producing t h e sl ant sid e to m e e t

t h e ce ntr e lin e .T a k i n g B as ce ntr e t h e points 4 5 an d
, , ,

6 a r e sw u n g on to t h e bas e lin e and th e n j oin ed up

,

to T .
 I RREG U L A R TA PE RI NG A RTI C L ES 1 8?

To mar k out t h e pa t t e rn t h e fi rs,

t lin e s e t down is T 7 ,

this b eing o f t h e sam e

l e ngth as t h e similarly
numb e r e d li n e i n t h e
e l e vation Th e n ta k ing
.

T as ce ntr e and radii

r e sp ectiv ely e qual to
’
T T an d T 4
in t h e e l e vation t h e ,

thr e e ar cs a r e drawn .

Th e compass e s a r e now
s et to t h e l e ngth o f
on e of t h e arcs in
pl an say 4 to 5 and
, ,

comm e ncing a t o in t 7
‘

p
on t h e patt e rn t h e ,

points 6 5 an d 4 a r e
, ,

struck o ff Th e points
.

on t h e inn e r curv e o f
patt e rn to f orm top o f
articl e will be f ound
by m ark ing t h e dis
tanc e s along t h e lin e s
f rom T e qual to th e
,

l e ngths o f lin e s m e a
sur e d f rom T in t h e
e l e vation dow n to
FI G 1 5 7
wh e r e th ey cross t h e . .

top lin e Thus T D 0 11 t h e patt e rn is e qual to T d in

.
,

t h e e l e vation and so o n f o r t h e r e maining points

,
Th e
.

compass e s a r e now s e t to t h e l e ngth o f lin e 3 4 in t h e pl an ,

and with 4 on th e patt ern as c e ntr e arcs a r e drawn th e s e

, ,

b e ing cu t by m aking A 3 e qual to t h e sl ant l e ngth 0 e i n

t h e e l e vation Th e lin e 3 A is now prod u ce d and A C
.
,

s e t o ff e qual in l e ngth t o e c in t h e e l e vation .Th e poin t

1 88 S H E E T A N D PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XI X .

C is now us e d as a c e ntr e and t h e part 3 to o str u ck out

,

in t h e usual way for a right con e d e v e lopm e nt .

I n l aying out patt e rns f o r arti cl e s o f this d e scription it ,

should be notic e d that t h e straigh t lin e an d curv e d parts

FI G . 1 58 .

run into e ach oth e r without br e ak or un ev e nn e ss I t is .

also as w ell to ch eck t h e s etting out by t e st i n g if lin e s 3 A

-

and 3 4 ( F ig 1 5 7) a r e squar e to e ach oth e r as th ey should

.
,

be if t h e patt e rn be mark e d out corr e ctly .F o r a large

hood or hopp e r t h e body can be m ad e up in as many pi e c e s
[

as will be suitabl e to t h e siz e o f sh ee ts or plat e s us e d .

1 90 S HEE T A ND P LA TE ME TA E W 0 78]? [ C IIA P
-
. XX
.

as s e e n T hro u gh e a ch o f t h e last f o u n d points lin e s a r e

.

run along parall e l to t h e ce n t r e lin e o f t h e pip e No w to .

sw e e p out t h e patt e rn R u n lin e s down thr ough poi n ts

.
,

0,
e tc squar e to t h e pip e and th e n car e f u lly s e tting
.
, ,

t h e compass e s at a distan ce e q u al to t h e l e ngt h o f o n e o f

t h e s ix parts o f t h e s e mi cir cl e st e p dista n ce s O to 1 1 to 2
, , ,

et c . f rom o n e lin e to t h e oth e r on t h e patt e rn

,
Th e curv e
.

on t h e p att e rn f or t h e oth e r e n d o f t h e pip e ca n be s e t out

in t h e sam e way or li n e s r u n down and points f rom t h e
,

first curv e proj e ct e d a cross Th e be tt e r plan in t h e wor k

.

shop is to mar k o n e cu rv e o u t car e f ully ( or o n e q u art e r o f

it will do as shown by t h e s h ad e d part in F ig
,
.

cut out in s h ee t m e t al ,
and u s e this as a t e m
pl at e f o r t h e ot h e r
en d . Th e patt e rn ,

too sho u ld be s et
,

ou t quit e distin ct
f rom t h e e l e vation ,

as m e t h od s o f pro
j e ct io n a r e us e l e ss in

wor k shop pra cti ce .

and a r e only us e d
in this d e s cri ptiv e
way to b e tt e r e x
p l a i n t h e co n n e ction

b e tw e e n t h e e l e va
tion and t h e pat
t e rn . A llowan ce s
f o r j ointing a r e pu t
on as shown by t h e
dott e d lin e s .

FIG 1 59 .

M u l t i pl e w a y
.

pi e ces having portio n s o f an obliqu e cylind e r f o r t h e bran ch

pip e con n e cting tub e s ca n be s e t out in a som e what similar
mann e r to thos e shown i n t h e l ast ch a pt e r .
A RTI C LES OF OBLI Q U I? 0 Y LI V D] BZC A Z S HA Pl? 1 9 1 . .

F unn el wi th C en tr a l Cir cul a r To p a n d O bl o n g Semi

cir cul ar en d e d B ot t o m =
.

In this particular e x ampl e ( F ig 1 6 0 ) it should be not e d .

that t h e diam e t e r o f t h e top and t h e width o f t h e bottom a r e

e qual ; h e n ce its cu rv e d sur f ac e is f orm e d o f two upp e r
halv es o f an obli q u e cylind e r tog e th e r with two upright ,

triangl e s f o r its fi a t sid e s .

Th e d e v e lopm e nt o f t h e sur f a ce to f orm t h e patt e rn will

be f ollow e d by r e f e rring to F ig 1 6 1 A hal f e l e vation is
. .
-

drawn and a q u art e r C i r cl e d e scrib e d o n t h e bas e t h e

,
-
,

radius o f this o f cours e b e ing e qual to t h e hal f -wi dth o f

, ,

f unn e l . T h e quart e r circl e is th e n divid e d into thr e e e q u al

—

parts an d lin e s through e a ch part r u n squar e up to t h e

,

bas e lin e T hrough t h e points o n t h e bas e lin e s a r e

.

now drawn parall el to t h e sl ant e n d lin e M ak e a 0 ’

.

’
sq u ar e to t a and th e n s e t up distanc e s a
,
b etc e qual .
,

to t h e corr e sponding
lin e s a 3 b 2 e t c o n
, ,
.
,

the quart e r circl e - .

’
J oin O to 3 with an’

e v e n curv e This will

.

be a quart e r of an
e llips e and wi l l gi v e
,

t h e h al f girth of
-

ro u nd e d e n ds .

To mark out t h e
patt e rn d raw in a
ce ntr e lin e as shown F I G 1 60 . .

( g
F i .
and a girth li n esquar e to it F o r t h e l e ngth o f .

t h e girth lin e s e t along distan ce s e qual to t h e l e ngths o f t h e

,

s e par a t e p a rts o f t h e girth c u rv e in el e vation t h e points

-
,

b e i n g numb er e d in t h e sam e m ann e r D raw lin e s squar e .

to th e girt h li n e through e a ch point and th e n mark o ff ,

distanc e s 2 2 e qu al to b b l 1 e qual to c’ c and O’ O e qual

’ ’ ’
, ,
1 92 S HE E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xx .

to O 0 ’
tak en f rom t h e e l e vation Th e parall e l lin e s on t h e
.

patt e rn will now be cut o ff at t h e sam e l e ngth that is to ,

’
e qual a 7 5 f rom t h e e l e vation Th e triangl e 3 T 3 ca n be
.
’

e asily construct e d f or t h e lin e 3 3 will o f cours e be e qual

,
’ ’
, ,

t o twic e t h e l e ngth o f lin e a d Th e s e tting out o f t h e e n d

.

parts o f patt e rn will be nothing mor e or l e ss than a r e p e ti

tion o f t h e construction f ollow e d f o r t h e middl e portion F o r .

t h e patt e rn to be accurat e it should be noti ce d tha t its curv e s

run in t o t h e straight lin e s without lump or hollow On e x .

amination it will be s ee n that all t h e curv e s a r e e xa ctly t h e

sam e shap e and i n practic e t h e patt e rn wo u l d be m ark e d out
,

by ma k ing a small t emplat e (lik e t h e shad e d part o f t h e e n d ) ,

and marking all t h e cu rv e s at top and botto m f rom this .

Th e abov e m ethod of laying out t h e p att e rn has b e e n

purpos ely arrang e d som e what di ffe r e nt to that shown in
F ig 1 5 9 but e ith e r m e thod can be appli e d in both cas e s
.
, ,

t h e choic e s d e p e nding upon t h e siz e and shap e o f arti cl e s .

Sh e e Sba pe d F un n el
=
or H o pper .

A funn e l may re quir e to be of th e

shap e shown in
F ig 1 6 3 which on insp ection will
.
, , ,

be s e e n t h at its surfac e is compos e d

o f hal f an obliqu e cylind e r f or t h e

f ront two rig h t angl e d t riangl e s

,
-

f o r t h e sid e s and h alf o f a right

,

cylind e r ( a round pi p e whos e e nds

a r e squar e to t h e c e ntr e lin e
) for
t h e back .

Th e stri k ing out of t h e patt e rn is

ill u strat e d by F ig 1 6 4 A n e l e va . .

tion is drawn and a s emicir cl e ,

d e scrib e d on t h e bas e this b e ing ,

divid e d into s ix e qual parts and ,

numb e r e d as in t h e figur e Pe r .

e n d icu l a r s a r e run up from points

p
1 94 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME T A L WORK [ CH AP
. xx
.

Th e patt e rn is obtain e d by drawing in a c e ntr e lin e 6 6 ,

and mark ing it o ff e qual in l e ngth to 6 t from t h e el e vation

Th e n t h e distanc e s 6 ”
5 ” ” ’
and 4 3 a r e m e asur e d
f rom t h e e l e vation and st e pp e d along t h e c e ntr e lin e o f
patt e rn as indi cat e d
, .Through th e s e points lin e s a r e
drawn squar e to t h e c e ntr e lin e No w s e t t h e compass e s to
.

1 63 .

th e l e ngth of o n e of th e small arcs say 3 to 4 on t h e s e mi

, , ,

cir cl e
,
and comm e n cing at p oint 6 o n t h e patt e rn mark o ff ,

points 5 4 a n d 3 by st e pping f rom o n e lin e to t h e oth e r

, , ,

as s e e n . Th e right a ngl e d tri angl e A B 3 is now m ar k e d

-

out by m a k ing A B e qual a b and 3 B e qual to 3 b from t h e

,
’

e l e vation T h e last portion o f t h e patt ern on e ach e n d is

.

f o r t h e straight pip e part and this will o f cours e be e qual

, , ,

in l e n gth to t h e q u art e r cir cl e 3 to O

-
.

A llowan ce f o r w i r ing grooving or oth e r f orm of j ointing

, ,

ca n be add e d to t h e p a tt e rn as r e quir e d .
ARTI C LE S OF OB L I QU E C Y L I ND RI C A L S H A PE 1 9 5

Th e typi cal e x ampl e s sho wn in t h is an d t h e last chapt e r

wi ll it is hop e d illustrat e what has b e e n sai d about arti cl e s
, ,

whos e surfac e s a r e compound e d o f t h e sur f ac e s of two or

FIG . 1 64 .

mor e solids . I n C h ap t e r X X V .such obj e c t s as t all -boy

chimn e y -po t s an d v e ntil a t or bas e s a r e d e al t with
.
1 96 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx
.

CHA PTE R XX I .

I
E L L PT C I AL WORK .

TH E RE ar e m any obj e cts of lliptical shap e that r e quir e to

e

be mad e up out o f sh e e t and plat e m e tal I t is th e r e for e .

, ,

e ss e nti al that wor k m e n in th e s e trad e s should know o n e or

two practi cal m ethods f o r d e scribing e llips e s Whilst th e r e .

a r e a gr e at numb e r o f d ifi e r e n t ways in which an e llips e may

be s e t out th e r e a r e only two that a r e o f mu ch u s e f o r wor k

,

shop purpos e s We shall now proc e e d to d e scrib e th e s e

.
.

t w o m et hods .

Con s tr uction of Ellips e .

On e way o f d e scribing t h e e llips e is that known as t h e

string m e thod and is illustrat e d by F ig 1 6 5 Th e dia
,
”
. .

m et e rs A B and C D a r e first s e t out at right angl e s as th e r e ,

shown and t h e poin t s F F (call e d t h e foci ) obtain e d by

,
’
,

s e tting t h e compass e s at hal f t h e long diam e t e r and using

C or D as c e ntr e and cutting A B in F F
,
’
A pin or nail is , .

now stuck in e ach o f t h e points A and F and a pi e c e o f ,

string brought round t h e two nails as shown and ti e d Th e , , .

nail is th e n drawn out o f A and fi xe d in F as s ee n in t h e

’
,

low e r figur e Th e s t ring is str etch e d tight by holding a

.

s crib e r or p e n cil as at P and at t h e sam e tim e t h e e llips e

, ,

d e scrib e d by moving t h e p e ncil all round as shown To , .

g e t an accurat e r e sult string that has

,
v e ry lit t l e str e tch

should be us e d .

I f it is d e sir e d to mark an ellips e on a pla te or sh e e t ,

wh e r e th e r e will be di fficulty in fi xing t h e pins a good pl an ,

is to cl amp a batt en o n to th e plat e and driv e t h e pins in t o

t his .
1 98 S H EE T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxr .

A tra mm e l (F ig 1 6 6 ) n e e d be nothing mor e than a strip

.

o f cardboard wood or sh e e t m e tal

, ,
H al f t h e long dia .

m e t e r P E an d hal f t h e short diam e t e r P F o f t h e e llips e

, , , ,

must first be s e t along f rom t h e e n d o f t h e tramm e l A n d .

th e n to construct t h e ellips e two lin e s at right angl e s a r e

,

Tr a mm e l

FI G . 1 66 .

drawn and on th es e t h e tramm e l pla ce d t h e points 6 f be in g

, ,

r e sp e ctiv ely on t h e lin e s D C and A B Th e tramm e l is .

now mov e d into di ff e r e nt positions po i nts on t h e e llips e ,

b eing obtain e d by m ar k ing t h e e n d P V V lI e n a su ffi ci e nt .

numb er o f points a r e obtain e d th ey ca n be conn ect e d with

an e v e n curv e and so t h e whol e e llips e d e scrib e d Th e
,
.

important thi ng to noti ce is that t h e point 6 must always

slid e on t h e lin e D C at t h e sam e ti m e a s poin t f is moving
'

along lin e A B Tw o positions o f t h e tramm e l a r e shown

.

on F ig 1 6 6
. .

I t is not a di ffi cult m att e r to mak e a tramm e l with two

adj ustabl e p e gs and wood or m e tal cross shap e d slid e s (to l ie -

al o ng t h e e lli ps e diam e t e rs ) an d with this simpl e apparatus

,
 E L L I PT I C A L WORK 1 99

construct e llips e s in a similar mann e r to that i n which

circl e s a r e d escrib e d by compass e s .

C ir cum f er en ce oi Ell ips e .

Th e circum f e r e nc e of an e llips e can be foun d by adding

tog e th e r t h e s e mi -diam e t e rs and multiplying by 3? Thus
in F ig 1 6 5 suppos e A B
.
,
2 4 in and C D 1 8 in ; th e n
. .

th e circumf e r e nc e e quals
m g zz 6 M m
u z + x s a m 7
—

Th e rul e as giv e n is only appro ximat e ly corr e c t bu t i

, , ,
s

good e nough for w e rks t practic e wh e n t h e e llips e is not

v e ry flat C alculat e d by a rul e giving mor e accurat e
‘

r e sults t h e cir cum f e r e nc e shoul d be about g in long e r than

,
.

abov e U nfortunat e ly how e v e r v e ry accurat e r e sults a r e

.
, ,

diffi eu l t in m anipulation I n practi ce t h e simpl e st way

.
,

of ob t aining t h e l e ngth o f t h e cir cum f e r e nc e is to b e nd a .

thin wir e along a quart e r of t h e ellips e as s et out and , ,

multiply this l ength by 4 .

Ar ea of El lips e .

Th e ar e a o f an e llips e can be calcul at e d by multiplying

t h e s e mi -diam e t e rs tog e th e r and this product by
, Thus ,

for an e llips e having diam e t e rs 24 in and 1 8 in t h e a r e a . . .

e quals

12 x 9 x 22

B y applying t h e abov e calc u lations to what has b e e n s t a t e d

in C hapt e r X II t h e cubic cont e nts or numb e r of gallons
.
, , ,

that an e lliptically coni cal v e ss el will hold can be obtain e d .

Elliptical Con e or Cap .

J us t as we may hav e a circul a r co n e ,

e i t h e r righ t or

14
2 00 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XXI .

obliqu e so in t h e sam e way w e m ay hav e an e lliptical con e

,
.

A s k e tch o f a con e whos e bas e is an e llips e and whos e a xis ,

is p e rp e ndicular is shown in F ig 1 6 7 A cap may be o f

, . .

this shap e or an obj e ct may be form e d by som e part o f an

,

e llipti cal con e surfac e We shall now giv e a f e w e xampl e s

.

of patt e rn -marking for this class of work .

I n F ig 1 6 8 t h e m e thod e mploy e d to s et out t h e patt e rn

.

for a compl et e and also f o r a frustum of an e llipti cal con e

is shown . A hal f e l e vation of t h e con e 0 0 t is drawn
-
,

and also a quar t e r o f t h e bas e e llips e This latt e r is .

divid e d in t o four e qual parts and tak ing 0 as c e ntr e

, ,

t h e points 1 2 et c ar e , ,
.
,

swung on to t h e bas e lin e

0 O Th e points 1 .
’
et c .
,

a r e th e n j oin e d to t h e ap e x

t To mar k t h e patt e rn
.

out t h e compass e s a r e s e t
r e sp e ctiv e ly to t 0 t t ,

et c and t h e arcs of circl e s

.
, ,

as shown d e scrib e d f rom t h e ,

point T Th e n fi xing t h e .
,

compass e s to t h e l e ngth of
o n e of t h e parts on t h e
quart e r e llips e and com -
,

m en cin g at 4 on t h e pat
t ern t h e points 3 2 1 , , , ,

and O a r e st e pp e d f rom o n e
FI G 1 6 7
a r e to t h e oth e r t h e points
. .

t h e n b e ing j oin e d to form an e v e n curv e To f orm a com .

l et e con e two par t s li k e 0 T 0 Would hav e to be cut out

p ,
.

F o r an articl e mad e up li k e t h e shap e of a f rustum of a

con e t h e inn e r portion o f t h e con e patt e rn would hav e to
.

b e cu t a way Thus suppos e a 6 r e pr e s e nts t h e half top o f

.
,

t h e ar t icl e th e n t h e l e ngt hs of lin e s f rom t d o w n t o wh e r e

,

t h ey cros s a 6 wi l l giv e t h e l en gt h s of lin es t o mark t h e

20 2 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A P XXI .

h e nc e t h e body will com e out as a portion o f an e llipti cal

con e Th e e l e vation is drawn as shown and t h e e n d lin e s
.
,

produc e d to m ee t in T Th e ce ntr e lin e T t is drawn squar e

.

to 6 0 and produ ce d to
,
Th e s e mi e llips e is d e scrib e d
-

and divid e d into s ix e qual parts p e rp e ndiculars b eing ,

dropp e d f rom e ach division point on to 6 0 Thro u gh t h e .

f e e t of th e s e p e rp e ndi culars lin e s a r e drawn from T and

produc e d t o t h e top curv e o f t h e e l evation thus obtaining ,

t h e points et c Th e .

points 1 2 3 e t c on t h e s emi
, , ,
.
,

e llips e a r e th e n swung about t

on to t h e lin e 6 0 th e s e latt e r ,

points b eing j oin e d to T and ,

t h e lin e s produc e d upwards to

m e e t th e horizontals drawn
through t h e points on t h e top
curv e o f t h e e l evation Thus .
,

”
5 is obtain e d by conn e cting T
to 5 and produ cing to m ee t t h e
0

F IG 1 69
. .
horizontal lin e drawn through

I n t h e sam e way t h e oth e r

points et c a r e fi xe d
.
,
.

No w for t h e patt e rn Th e curv e 0 0 ( F ig

. 1 70 ) is .

obtain e d in e xac t ly t h e sam e way as that on F ig 1 68 t h e .

,

l e ngth o f lin e s A 0 A 1 e t c b e ing m e asur e d f rom T up

, , .
,

to t h e bas e lin e 6 0 Thus A 5 e qual s T

. and so f o r
oth e r corr e sponding lin e s Th e patt e rn construction li n e s
.

a r e th e n drawn f rom A through e ach point and produ ce d

outwards Th e s e radial lin e s a r e cu t o ff to th e ir prop e r

.

l e ngths by tak ing corr e sponding l e ngths f rom t h e e l evation .

Th u s A a T0 ”
A b ,
T 1 ” A c T ,
and s for t h e e

r e st of t h e points .

A llowanc e f or wiring is add e d to t h e top e n d of patt e rn ,

for throwing o ff and knocking up on t h e bottom and g r o ov ,

ing on t h e sid e s .
 E L L I PTI C A L WORK 203

Th e patt ern for t h e foot is l aid out ex actly as in F ig 1 6 8 .

,

th e point e on t h e
'

e l e vation ( g
F i . 1 7 0 )
r e pr e s e nting t h e ap e x
o f t h e e llipti cal con e .

F o r t h e inn e r curv e
t h e l e ngths a r e m e a
sur e d f rom 0 down to
t h e lin e 6 0 ,
and f o r G
V
I

t h e out e r curv e down

I
Y

to t h e bottom lin e .

F
T hus C 5 and C h on
,
O

t h e p att e rn a r e r e L
I

s e ct iv e l
p y t h e sam e

l e ngth as 0 5 and c h
°

on t h e e l evation .

A llowanc e is mad e
for wiring on t h e
out e r p art a s ingl e
,

e dg e on t h e inn e r and ,

for grooving or riv e t

ing on t h e e nds D e t ails
.

o f t h e m e thods of a t

t aching th e bottom
and foot to body a r e
also shown on F ig .

1 7 0 I f mad e o f black
.

sh e et iron t h e bottom
e dg e is ann e al e d by
running around in t h e
fi r e aft e r which it is
,

( )
l e t car e fully t hrown
o ff by str et ching and ,
F I G 1 70 . .

ann e al e d again Th e flang e is th e n l ev e ll e d wi t h a m all e t

.

Th e bo tt om (3 r d i
( )
a n d 2 n d e dg e d ov e r .
) is slipp e d n an d
,
20 4 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XXI

a f t e r a singl e e dg e has b e e n turn e d on t h e foot this also , ,

is put in and (4 t h ) pan e d dow n t h e latt e r op e ration b e ing

,

b e st p er f orm e d on a h i ck iron and t h e n run around on a

-

hat ch e t stak e Th e fin al op e ration (5 t h ) is t h e doubling

-
.

ov e r or k noc k ing up as shown in F ig 1 7 1

, ,
A sp e ci al
. .

knocking u p hamm e r is us e d and t h e b e nch stak e b e ing

-
,
-

e ith e r a h e ad as shown t h e bac k en d of a sid e stak e or t h e

, ,
—
,

e n d of a b e nch -bar .

Wh il s t t h e illus t ra t ion ( F ig 1 7 1 ) shows t h e knocking -u p

proc e ss on a coal
buck e t t h is m e thod of .

attachm e nt it m ay be ,

point e d out is v e ry ,

commonly appli e d to a
larg e numb e r of sh ee t
m etal ar t icl e s .

Obl ique
Ell iptical Con e .

articl e may tak eAn

t h e shap e of a portion
o f an e lliptical con e o f

t h e abov e d e scription
that is o n e whos e—
,

c e n tre lin e is not

squar e to t h e bas e .

Th e s et ti n g o u t o f
FI G 1 7 1
. ,
t h e patt e rn for an
obj e ct of this charact e r
can be don e in a simil ar ma n n e r to that shown in con
n ectio n with t h e obliqu e con e ( C hapt e r X V I I I
) A sid e

e l e va t ion is firs t drawn (F ig 1 72) and t h e half plan of t h e

.
-

to p . Th e lin e T t is drawn up s quar e to 0 6 produc e d ,

and th e n with t as c e ntr e and t 1 t 2 et c as radii t h e , ,

.
, ,

points a r e turn e d do wn on t o 0 6 g iving t h e poin t s

,
20 6 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME T A L WORK [ C H A R XXI .

Th e back and f ront a r e produc e d to m ee t in T and a ,

p e rp e ndicul ar T 15 run up to m e e t t h e lin e 0 6 U sing t

, ,
.

as c e ntr e t h e points on t h e s emi -ellips e a r e swung down on

,

to t h e lin e 0 6 and t h e lin e s T

,
T T T etc .
,

drawn as in F ig 1 70 Th e patt e rn i s th e n s e t out as

. .

b e f or e e xplain e d .

Ell iptica l Ro un d C o al V=
as e .

coal -vas e som e tim e s f ollows shap e shown in F ig

th e .

1 74 th e ,
top b eing
e lliptical and t h e bot .

tom round If th e .

t o p w e r e mad e oval in
st e ad o f e lliptical t h e ,

p att e rn might be s et
out by o n e of t h e
m ethods shown in
C hapt e r X I X .

I n this cas e how ,

e v e r t h e m e thod o f tri
,

angulation will hav e

to be us e d I t will at .

t h e sam e tim e fur t h e r

e xplain its application

to articl e s o f this d e
scrip t ion that ar e

i rr e gular in shap e .

An e l e vation and
a quart e r plan a r e
drawn as shown t h e ,
F I G 1 73
quarte r e llips e and
. .

quar t e r circl e e ach b eing divid e d into thr ee e qual parts .

Th e points on t h e plan a r e conn e ct e d up t h e lin e s thu s ,

r e pr e s e nting t h e plans o f t h e s ix triangl e s that mak e up a

quart e r of t h e compl e t e body surfac e To s e t out t h e
.
 E L L I PT I C A L WORK 20 7

patt e rn we shall r e quir e t o

e t t h e t ru e l e ngths of all
g
t h e lin e s shown in plan .

Th e first lin e of t h e patt e rn

to s et down should be 3 D ,

this b eing mad e e qual in

l e ngth to 3 d in t h e e l e va
’

tion To obtain t h e tru e

.

l e ng t h of t h e r e quir e d
s e cond lin e (3 C ) s et 3 0 ,

along t h e bas e lin e s from

3 thus marking t h e point
,

’ ’
0 th e n 3 0 will giv e th e
’

l e ngth of 3 C Th e small
.

through C will be
“

ar e

drawn by using point 3

as c e n t r e and t h e l e ngth
’
3 c” as radius Th e com
.

pass e s a r e now s et t o t h e
l e ngth of o n e of t h e arcs
on t h e quar t e r circl e s and ,

with D as c e ntr e t h e point

C is cut . Th e lin e 2 c is
now s et along t h e bas e lin e
from ”
thus fi xing c this
latt e r point b eing j oin e d
to h
T e lin e 2 0 giv e s
” ”

t h e l e ngth of 2 C on t h e
patt e rn A s b e for e an
.
, .

arc is now d e scrib e d shown

passing through 2 using ,

”
2 ” c as radius and C as
c e ntr e this b eing cu t by
,

u sing 3 as c e n t r e and t h e

l e ngth of o n e of t h e parts FI G . 1 74 .
2 0 8 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XXI .

on t h e quart e r e llips e as radius Thus poin t 2 on t h e

.

pa t t e rn is d et e rmin e d Th e point 6 is fi xe d by making

.
’

’ ’
2 6 e qual to 2 b th e n 2 6 will giv e t h e l e ngth of 2 B for
,
” ’

t h e pat t e rn. Th e l e ngth 1 b is mad e e qual to 1 6 l i n e

’ ”
,

’
1 ” b” th n giving t h
e e l e ngth o f 1 B . Th e lin e 1 a is
’

mark e d along e qual to 1 a thus giving 1 a t h e l e ngth r e

,
” ’

quir e d f o r 1 A . A n d th e n t h e finishing lin e 0 A is obtain ed

by s e tting 0 a along t h e bas e lin e from t h e foot o f t h e ce ntr e
”
lin e to giv e a and m e asuring o ff 0 a
,
” ”
.I n this way t h e
tw e lv e t riangl e s that build up t h e half patt e rn a r e s et o u t .

Th e poin t s a r e j oi n e d up and allowanc e s put on as b e for e

, .

Th e foot b e ing a frustum of a right circular con e t h e ,

patt e rn will be mark e d by ma k ing t h e radii t n and t p on

t h e patt er n t h e sam e l e ngth as t h e l e tt e rs d e not e in t h e
e l e vation.

Th e m e thods of j ointing can be t h e sam e as b e for e or ,

t h e bot t om can be knoc k e d up on to t h e body and t h e f oot

,

slipp e d ov e r and riv e t e d .

B e f or e passing from t h e abov e e xampl e in t h e u s e of t h e

m e thod of triangulation it is p e rhaps as w e ll to point o u t
,

that t h e tru e l e ngths of lin e s can be obtain e d by drawing

a pair of lin e s at right angl e s and s etting along th e s e th e
,

r e sp e ctiv e distanc e s f rom plan and e l e va t ion ; thos e from

t h e plan b e ing m e asur e d along t h e horizontal and th os e ,

from t h e e l e vatio n up t h e v ertical t h e sl a n t lin e s t he n

, .

giving t h e tru e l e n g t h s for th e pat t e r n .

21 0 SH EE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XX II .

In fi xing corrugat e d sh e ets it is usual to hav e a sid e lap

of o n e corrugation as shown in F ig 1 75 (a ) and this
,
.
,

should be arrang e d t h e sam e way up as in t h e sk e t ch and ,

not upsid e down as o n e occasionally finds sh e ets e r e ct e d

,
.

I n t h e latt e r cas e t h e j oints a r e almost sur e to l e ak

,
A .

saf e r j oint is (b) in whi ch two corrugations a r e lapp e d

,

ov e r This mak e s a much b e tt e r j ob but adds som e what

.
,

t o t h e cost both in l abour and mat e rial

,
Th e e n d laps of .

FIG . 1 75 .

sh e et s run abou t 6 in som et im e s l e ss and occasionally

.
, ,

mor e Th e long e r lap is always pr e f e rabl e e sp e cially if t h e

.
,

roof is fla t Wh e r e much snow is li k ely to lodg e a larg e e n d

.

l ap is t h e sa f e st so as to avoid as much as possibl e t h e back

,

ing -u p of t h e wat e r I t is usual to fi x a wash e r (mad e o u t

.

of abou t 1 6 gaug e iron ) on t h e riv e t b e f or e hamm e ring

down and snapping This is to avoid l e akag e around th e
.

riv et 9 Som e tim e s rubb e r wash e rs a r e us e d in addition and

.
,

on v e ry e xc e ptional occasions canvas pa cking is plac ed

 ROOF I N G WORK 21 1

b e t w e e n t h e j oints I t should be r e m e mb e r e d that h o w

.
,

e v e r c ar e f ully galvanis e d iron is f ast e n e d to timb e r th e ,

hol e s in t h e sh e e ts a r e bound to pull a littl e and ge t loos e

on a cco u nt of t h e diff e r e nc e in e xp ansion and contraction ,

d u e to chang e s o f t e mp e ratur e b e tw ee n m e tal and wood ,

.

On a wholly iron structur e this is not so b ad but e v e n in

’
this t h e int e nsity of t h e sun s h e at rays will caus e a gr e at e r -

e x pansion in t h e galvanis e d sh ee t iron than in t h e fram e

work und e rn e ath .

Til e s a r e som e tim e s f orm e d out o f galvanis e d sh ee t ron

- .
,

an d also out o f sh ee t zinc as shown in F ig 1 7 5 ,

Th e y .

a r e lapp e d ov e r and nail e d or riv e t e d t h e sam e as co r r u ~

gat e d iron . Sh ee t zinc f or roofing purpos e s un f ortunat e ly

has a high d e gr e e o f e xpansio n an d contr a ction for chang e s
o f t e mp e ratu re ,
and th e r e f or e should n e v e r be fast e n e d
, ,

tog et h e r in long l e ngths A m e thod that can be follow e d

.

to ov e rcom e this di fficulty is e xplain e d by F ig 1 7 5 (d ) . .

Th e timb e r s e ction r e pr e s e nts a ra f t e r or roll to t h e bottom ,

o f which a flat plat e is s e cur e d Th e sh e e ts hav e t h e e dg e s

.

turn e d up on e ach si de and dropping in b e tw e e n t h e rolls

,

r e st on t h e flat plat e Th e caps can be m ad e up in shor t

.

l e ngths (say about 3

,
and fitt e d ov e r roll and e dg e of
sh e e t and lapp e d ov e r e a ch oth e r No nails or scr e ws
,
.

should pass through t h e j oints so as to allow p e rf e ct fr ee,

dom f o r e xpansion and contra ction .

I n t h e cas e o f curv e d sh e ets o f e ith e r corrugat e d iron or

zinc th e r e is not so much troubl e with e x pansion and con
tra ction as t h e chang e o f l e ngth is tak e n up in in cr e as e d or
,

d e cr e as e d curvatur e .

Roofin g F ittin gs .

Th e roofing sh ee t m e tal work e r is call e d upon to m ak e

mo u ldings gutt e rs v e ntilators fi n ia l s downspouts and
, , , , ,

pip e b e nds of all d e scrip t ions and in addition much in t r i

,
21 2 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R X XII .

cat e work in t h e ornam e ntal lin e We will ta k e first

‘

.
,
of all ,

a f e w cas e s of pat t e rn cutting for -

Moul di n g or G utter An gl es .

Th e common e st f orm o f a g u tt e r angl e is p e rhaps o f a

squar e e lbow f o r a hal f round gutt e r (F ig
- I t may
.

be mad e out of thin

galvanis e d sh e e t say ,

2 4 t o 20 gaug e having ,

a b e ad or flang e along
th e e dg e and a
sold e r e d j oint or as , ,

in t h e sk e t ch mad e ,

FI G 1 76 . .

out o f 1 6 or 1 4 gaug e
bl a ck iron riv e t e d at t h e j oint and galvanis e d or pai nt e d
,

a f t e rwards Th e s e tting out o f t h e patt e rn whi ch is ex

.
,

plain e d by F ig 1 7 7 is a
.
,

simpl e matt er . A s e mi
circl e is d e scrib e d as shown , ,

and divid e d into s ix e qual

parts and t h e girth lin e of
,

t h e patt e rn mad e t h e sam e

l e ngth as t h e s emicircl e eith e r
by calculation or mar k ing
along s ix l e ngths e ach e qual
,
P A T T E R N
to o n e o f t h e parts on t h e
s emicircl e F rom e ach of t h e
.

H AL F ROU N D
division points on t h e girth G U T T E R ANGL E
lin e a p e rp e ndi cular is run
up and f rom t h e points on
,

t h e s emicircl e lin e s a r e drawn

parall e l to t h e girth lin e .

F I G 1 77
’

Th e int e rs e ction of corr e

.

sp e nding lin e s will giv e points on t h e patt e rn Curv e Thus .

,

wh er e t h e lin e drawn up from 2 on th e girth lin e int e rs e c ts

21 4 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R XX I I .

s e ction is divid e d up into any numb e r o f parts such as 0 to ,

1 1 to 2 2 to 3 e tc and l e ngths e qual to th e s e s et out to

, , ,
.
,

obtain t h e full gir t h o f t h e gutt e r I t will be s ee n that t h e

.

gutt e r s e ction is divid e d into f ourt e e n par t s h e nc e t h e total,

girth o f t h e s e cti o n as laid out on t h e girth lin e o f patt e rn

wi ll run f rom 0 to 1 4 as shown by t h e numb e rs Through
, .

e ach division point on t h e s e ction lin e s a r e drawn squar e

t o E F and produc e d until th e y cu t t h e j oint lin e

, F rom .

t h e points wh e r e t h e s e lin e s m e e t t h e j oint lin e dott e d ,

GU T T E R
-
s e c r ue s:

FI G . 1 79 .

lin e s a r e drawn down on to t h e patt e rn and through e ach ,

division point on t h e girth lin e squar e lin e s drawn to m e e t

th e m Thus consid e r point 8 on t h e gutt e r s ection follow
.
, ,

t h e lin e down to j oint lin e and th e n along dott e d lin e to

,

pat t e rn wh e r e it will int e rs e ct with t h e lin e drawn through

,

point 8 on t h e girth lin e This giv e s a point on t h e curv e

.

to f orm t h e cu t of patt e rn I n t h e sam e way all t h e oth e r

.

points can be d e t e rmin e d and thus t h e patt e rn compl et e d

, .

No l ap will in this cas e be n e e d e d t h e e dg e s o f m e tal b e ing

,

butt e d t og e th e r and sold e r e d .

I n b e nding sh ee ts or pl at e s for an gl e s o f mouldin car

g e ,
 ROOF I NG WORK 21 5

mu st be tak e n to b e nd th e m into pairs of righ t and l e f t

hand .

Wh e r e t h e gutt e r or moulding has m any b e nds it mus t ,

be f orm e d to t h e e x act shap e of s e ction or e ls e it will be

,

most di ffic u lt to fit t h e corn e r j oint tog eth e r

Squ ar e A n gl e f or Gutter .

F ig . shows a sk et ch of an int e rnal angl e for an O G

1 80 . .

g u tt e r a n d patt e rns f o r both int e rnal and e xt e rnal angl e

,

pi e ce s A s e ction o f t h e gut t e r is s et ou t as shown on t h e

.

patt e rn f o r an ext e rnal ang le .

This is th e n divid e d into

s e v e n parts 0 to 1 1 to 2
—
, ,

2 t o 3 e t c — and th e s e l e ngths
,

m e asur e d and se t out to giv e A NGL E cu r v e s.

t h e girth o f gut t e r o r width

of patt e rn F rom t h e points
.

on t h e s e ction lin e s ar e drawn

,

down and from t h e corr e

,

sp e nding points on t h e g i rth

lin e lin e s a r e drawn across
, .

W h e r e th e s e m e e t giv e
poin t s on the pa t t e r n
curv e , as Wi ll be s e en .

Th e points a r e j oin e d up and ,

thus t h e cut of patt ern ob

t a in ed In. j oining up it
should be r em e mb e r e d that
wh e r e t h e lin e on t h e s e ctio n
is straight t h e corr e sponding
,

part on t h e patt e rn will also

be straight Thus 5 to 6 is
.

s e e n to be straigh t on t h e s e c
t ion ; h e nc e on t h e patt e rn

curv e t h e lin e j oining th e s e FIG 1 80 .

21 6 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R X II
X .

t wo poin t s will also be straigh t F o r h e avy sh e e t iron t h e .

l aps will be as shown by t h e dott e d lin es and as in f orm e r ,

ca s e s flang e d ov e r wh e n hot F o r light galvanis e d sh ee t .

iron laps will be allow e d on t h e straight parts o f cu t only ;

t h e e dg e s of t h e curv e d part butting tog e th e r and b e ing ,

sol d e r e d from t h e insid e L aps will of cours e only be

.
, ,

n ee d e d on o n e arm o f t h e e lbow .

Th e patt e rn for an int e rnal e lbow can be struck out as

abov e or which is much b ett er wh e n t h e patt ern for t h e
, , ,

e xt e rnal angl e is cut out can be mar k e d o ff it as shown in

t h e low e r figur e of F ig 1 80 Th e cut of t h e e n d of patt e rn

. .

will be exactly t h e sam e as in t h e e xt e rnal angl e but us e d ,

in t h e r e v e rs e d mann e r L aps will be as shown in t h e

.

figur e H ol e s can be punch e d in t h e laps that will r e mai n

.

straight a f t e r t h e plat e is b e nt as th e s e will not int e rf e re ,

with t h e part that has to be flang e d ov e r Th e patt e rn for .

t h e insid e arm shoul d be sligh t ly tap e r e d as i n t h e half ,

round gutt e r angl e and this is shown by t h e sid e dott e d

,

lin e s.

I t might be as w e ll t o h e r e e xplain that an e xt e rnal

angl pi e c e is an e lbow which is suppos e d to fit on a corn e r
e -
,

and that an int e rnal angl e -pi ec e is a n e lbow which is mad e

t o fit i n to a corn e r .

Obtus e or A cute El bow for G utter .

An ob t us e e lbow is o n e whos e arms a r e e xt e nd e d to an

a ngl e which is gr e at e r than a righ t angl e and an
a cut e e lbow on e whos e arms a r e op e n e d out l e ss than a right

angl e .

Th e m e thod h e r e giv e n will apply to e ith e r cas e and , ,

ind ee d might hav e b ee n us e d for t h e squar e e lbow ins te ad

,

o f that shown in F i 1 8 0 bu t for that particul ar angl e

g
°

,
.

pi e c e t h e m e thod illus t ra t e d by Fig 1 8 1 will not be so good .

as t h e o n e pr e viou s ly expl ain e d .

21 8 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R X XII .

should be ta k e n o f this construction as doubl e curv e s a r e ,

o f t e n r e quir e d in sh e et m etal wor k ) No w to s e t out t h e .

p att e rns F irst a plan o f t h e j oint lin e mus t be drawn

.
,

and as t h e angl e o f t h e e lbow is 1 00 t h e j oint lin e will

°

ma k e 3 34 3
5 0 with t h e outsid e lin e as shown
° F or ,
.

constru ction purpos e s how ev e r it will be e asi e r to s et t h e

, ,

j oint lin e angl e f rom t h e ba ck o f t h e s ection and a g e n e ral

—
,

rul e f o r obtaining this angl e will be D e duct half t h e

e lbow angl e from Thus in this cas e t h e angl e will be
,

1 0 0
90

and this will be s e t out as shown in F ig 1 8 1 . .

Th e s e ction is divid e d in t o parts 0 1 2 3 4 e t c up to , , , , ,

.
,

1 3 and lin e s drawn down through e a ch point on to t h e

,

j oint lin e F rom t h e en d o f t h e j oint lin e a girth lin e is

.

drawn as indicat e d and t h e e x act l e ngths of 0 to 1 1 to

, , ,

2 2 to 3 e t c
,
f rom t h e s e ction s e t al ong this lin e
,
.
,
L in e s .

a r e now drawn u p through e ach o f t h e s e points squar e to

t h e girth lin e and wh e r e th e y int e rs e ct t h e corr e sponding

,

dott e d lin e will giv e a point on t h e patt e rn curv e Thus .

,

for instan ce t h e dot te d lin e which is drawn from t h e j oint

,

lin e at t h e f oot o f t h e lin e drawn down through point 9 on

t h e s e ction will int e rs e ct t h e lin e drawn u p f rom point 9
on t h e girth lin e So with e a ch oth e r pair o f lin e s
. I f th e .

patt e rn curv e be car e f u lly ou t along t h e upp e r portion of ,

t h e figur e will giv e a patt e rn for an e xt e rnal angl e or e lbow ,

a n d t h e low e r part a patt e rn for an int e rnal angl e .

It should not be f orgott e n that whilst t h e b e nding up of ,

t h is cl ass of work is simpl e t h e high e st d e gr e e of accuracy

,
.

in striking out t h e patt e rns and in f orming t h e moulding

or gutt e ring to t h e e x act shap e o f s e ction is e ss e ntial if t h e
parts a r e to fit tog e th e r prop e rly A ll sh ee t m e tal work of .

an ornam e ntal chara ct e r if it is to look w e ll must be mad e

, ,

as n e atly as possibl e having n eith e r lumps nor hollows nor

,

uu pe r flu o u s sold e r about t h e j oint} .

 ROOF I N G WORK 21 9

V all e
y G utter El bo w .

To mark out t h e shap e of sh ee t to for m a right angl e -

elbow for a squar e vall e y

gutt e r (F ig 1 82) is an
.

e asy mat t e r .Th e girth

is firs t laid out (F ig 1 83 )
.

by s e tting along th e “ “ W “ H Y ,

“ M m“
width of bottom d e pth ,
” "

o f sid e s and br e adth o f

,

flang e s t h e cut for t h e

,

mitr e b e ing form e d by FIQ I ”

making a b on t h e patt e rn e qual l e ng t h t o t h e line A B

SECT I O N

FI G . 1 83 .

on t h e s e ction and c d e qual to C D Th e flang es or laps

, .

for riv e ting a r e add e d on as shown A ft e r t h e j oint is

.

riv e t e d it shoul d be car e fully sold er e d along t o pr e v e n t

,

l e ak a g e
.
2 2 0 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R XX II .

Spe ci al Meth o d fo r Squ ar e El bow s .

B e for el e aving gutt e r or moulding angl e s it will be as w e ll

to call att e ntion to a sp e cial m ethod that can be appli e d to
squar e e lbows in t h e stri k ing out of patt e rns to form t h e
,

cut for any shap e d s e ction .

Th e shap e o f moulding is first s e t out (F ig 1 8 4 ) and .

divid e d up into any conv e ni en t numb er of parts L in e s

.

FI G . 1 84 .

squar e to t h e back a r e drawn across through e a ch division

point Th e girth lin e o f patt e rn is mark e d down and lin e s
.

drawn up squar e through e a ch division point o f this th e s e ,

lin e s b eing cut o ff e qual in l e ng th to t h e corr e sponding

lin e on t h e s e ct ion Thus to tak e o n e lin e only t h e lin e
.
, ,

7 7 on t h e pa t t e rn will be t h e sam e l e ngth as 7 7 on t h e

222 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R XX II I .

C H A PTE R XX II I .

ROO FI NG WO R K ( co n ti n u ed ) .

C or n i ces , Moul din gs , an d Ri d ge C a ps .

I N th e pr e vious chapt e r w e d e alt with t h e mar k ing out o f

patt e rns f o r sh e e t m e tal moulding or gutt e rs that f orm a
plain mitr e d j oint and in this chapt e r w e purpos e e xplain
,

ing t h e way in which corni ce s gutt e ring e t c may be, ,

.
,

j oint e d and t h e patt e rns laid out wh e n th e y m ee t at a

,

doubl e rak e .

I n F ig 1 85 a s k e tch is shown o f a corni ce running along

.

t h e e av e s and up t h e gabl e o f a b u ilding B y j ointing t h e.

corn e r at right angl e s in

t h e ordinary way and ,

th e n forming anoth e r
j oint to turn t h e corni ce
up t h e e dg e o f t h e gabl e ,

t h e probl e m in this cas e

b e com e s a comparati v e ly
e asy o n e .

A n e l e vation o f t h e
moulding is shown in ‘

F ig 1 8 6 t h e roof b e ing
.
,

pitch e d at an angl e of
Th e s e ction is
divid e d up and num
b e r e d t h e sum of t h e
,
FI G 1 85. .

l e ngths 0 1 1 2 et c , ,
.
,

up t o 9 giving t h e girth of t h e moulding .

 ROOF I NG WORK 2 23

T wo patt e rn c u ts will be r e quir e d o n e f or t h e par t of t h e

,

corni ce that is horizontal and t h e oth e r f or t h e j oint form e d

,

by t h e small horizontal pi e ce at turn o f corn e r and t h e par t

o f cornice running up t h e
gabl e e dg e Th e girth of
.

t h e s e ct ion is first laid out

for t h e widths o f t h e p at
t e rns and t h e cros s lin e s
,

drawn as s ee n in t h e
figur e Th e cut for t h e
.

corn e r mi t r e will be s e t out

in t h e ordinary way by
making t h e cross lin es
e qual in l e ngth to t h e cor

r e Spo n d in g l y numb e r e d
lin e s on t h e moulding s e c
’
t ion .Thus 1 1 ,
0 1 ,

’ ’
2 2 a 2, 3 3 —
a 3,
an d so on for t h e r e main
ing lin e s .

Th e cut for t h e gabl e

cornic e j oint wil l be l aid
o u t by making 2 2 and ”
i

3 3 on t h e patt ern each

Fm 1 86 . .

’
e qual to a a on t h e e l e va
’
tion 4 4 e qual to b b and so on for t h e r e maining l e ngths
,
”
, .

Th e cut on t h e patt e rn for t h e sloping pi e c e o f cornic e will ,

of cours e be t h e sam e as that on t h e l e ft sid e of t h e corn e r

,

pi e c e patt e rn only r e v e rs ed
,
.

A f t e r cutting t h e sh e et zinc or galva nis e d iron to t h e

r e quir e d shap e car e must be tak e n to b e nd t h e pi e c e s rig h t
,

a n d l e f t hand so that t h e e dg e s will com e tog e th e r corr e ctly

, .

Strong j oints can be mad e by car e fully sold e ring on t h e

insid e o f cornic e and if r e quir e d particularly s t rong laps
, , ,

ca n be l e ft on t h e s t raigh t par t s of t h e e dg e of o n e pa t t e r n
2 24 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XX III .

( shown by t h e dot t e d lin e s ) and,

th e s e turn e d on to t h e

insid e s o f t h e moulding and sold er e d or riv e t e d as d e sir e d .

Obl ique Cor nice J oint .

I nst e ad of t urning t h e moulding round t h e corn e r and up

th e gabl e by two j oin t s as in t h e last cas e s e ctions o f
, ,

corni ce s m ay be mad e that will com e tog e th e r in o n e j oint

at t h e corn e r This particular m e thod of j ointing is illus
.

t r a t e d by F ig 1 8 7 .Th e shap e of o n e of t h e mouldings

.

FI G . 1 87
.

must first be fi xe d (in this cas e t h e o n e along t h e e av e s ) ,

and t h e s e ction for t h e oth e r proj e ct e d f rom it .

I n F ig 1 8 8 a s e ction o f t h e horizontal moulding is shown

“

s e t out ,
and from this t h e shap e o f t h e gabl e cornic e pr o
e ct e d Th e l att e r is obtain e d by drawing a lin e S S at
j .
,

any par t squar e t o t h e gabl e slop e lin e through t h e

,
—
,

numb er e d points on t h e e av e s s e ction running up lin e s,

226 SH E E T A N D P L A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxm .

must be ta k e n that t h e s etting out is don e a ccurat e ly ; and

t hat sh e e t m etal is b e nt to t h e e x act shap e of t h e r e
s e ct iv e s e ctions
p .

Do ubl e Ra k e =

Mo ul din g J o in t .

Wh er e the
gabl e e n d —

of a building is not
squar e to t h e sid e s but ,

is inclin e d t h e probl e m,

of con ne cting t h e two

mouldings with a singl e
j oint b e com e s mor e d iffi
cul t than in t h e last
cas e I t r e pr e s e nts per
.
,

haps o n e o f t h e most
,

compli cat e d cas e s of

s h eet m e tal cornic e j oint
-

ing it is possibl e to hav e .

H ow e v e r if t h e r e ad e r
,

car e f ully f ollows e ach

st e p in t h e s et ting out
as shown h e should ev e n
, ,

without a v e ry e xt e nd e d
knowl e dg e of g e om e try ,

be abl e to accomplish t h e
t ask of stri k ing o u t a
patt e rn .

On e e x ampl e of t his
class of j ointing is shown
in F ig 1 8 9 in whi ch t h e
.
,

gabl e e n d of t h e building
-

F IG . 1 89 . mak e s an angl e o f 1 2 0 °

sid e s whilst
,
th e of t h e roof is
 ROOF I NG WORK 22 7

Th e shap e o f t h e s e ction is first s et out and a plan dra w n ,

showing t h e r e quir e d angl e of F rom e a ch numb e r e d

point o n th e s e ction proj e ctors a r e run down to t h e j oint
lin e t h e lin e n p th e n b e ing drawn squar e across
,
.

Th e patt e rn f o r t h e cut o n t h e horizontal cornic e can now

be s e t O ut F irst lay down t h e girth lin e as shown by
.
, , ,

ma k ing it e qual in l e ngth to t h e sum o f t h e numb e r e d parts

on t h e s e ction Th e n through e ach point draw lin e s squar e
.

across and ou t th e s e off e qual to t h e l e ngths of t h e lin e s

,

b e tw e e n 77 p and t h e j oint lin e Thus 1 1 and 2 2 a r e e ach

. .
,

e qual to p s and 3 3 will be t h e sam e l e ngth as u t t h e

, ,

oth e r l e ngths p assing throu gh 4 5 and 6 b e ing cut o ff in t h e

,

sam e mann e r .

B e f or e t h e patt e rn for t h e gabl e cornic e can be laid out -

,

t h e l e ngth of its construction lin e s must be ob t ain e d this ,

b e ing don e by drawing a sid e e l e vation of t h e inclin e d cor

nic e D raw a: 3; parall e l to m n and th e n from th e latt e r
.
,

lin e run up a pr e pe n d icu l a r from n to int e rs e ct a: y in

No w draw t h e lin e 7 k at t h e r e quir e d angl e of
’

Through e ach point on t h e j oint lin e run up proj e ctors and

‘

ou t th e s e o ff abov e a: y to t h e h e ights of t h e corr e sponding

, ,

lin e s drawn abov e 7 a up to t h e e av e s s e ction that is —

,

a
’
1 ’
a 1 ;a 2
’ ’3 ’
a 2 b 3
’
b 3 and so on for t h e r e st of
, ,

t h e lin e s . I f t h e points as found a r e j oin e d up it will be ,

s ee n that t h e figur e (shown m ark e d out by small do t s ) will

be t h e e l e vation o f t h e moulding cut F rom this t h e pro - .
,

j e ct e d s e ction for t h e gabl e cornic e can be obtain e d

-
D raw .

t h e lin e 7 d pe r pe n d icu l a r t o 7s
” and passing through 0
‘
’

th e n mark off d 1 and e 2 e ach e qual to 0 1

,
” ” A ft e rwards .
,

f 3 ” should
b e mad e e qual to l 3 t h e l e ngt h 9 4 ” t
,
h e sam e
”
as r 4 a lso h 5 and e 6 e ach e qual to 7 6 J oining t h e
'

”
.
,

p oints up t,
h e figur e (shown by long dots
) will giv e t h e

shap e of cor n ic e s e ct ion for t h e gabl e that will j oin on t o

-
, ,

t h e giv e n e av e s s e ction .

F or t h e patt e rn of t h e gabl e corni ce cut t h e gir t h li n e-

,
2 2 8 S H E E T A N D PL A T E M E TA L WORK [ C H A R XX III .

will be m e asur e d f rom t h e proj e ct e d s e ction and it will be

,

s ee n that t h e sam e numb e rs a r e us e d in both s ection a n d

patt e rn Th e l e ngths o f t h e construction lin e s on t h e
.

patt e rn a r e cut o ff e qual to thos e on t h e right hand o f 7 03 ”

m e asur e d up to t h e points et c Thus on t h e

.
,

patt e rn 1 1 ” ” ”
f
’
03
° ° °
,
2 2 6 3 3 3 and so on
,

f o r t h e r e maining lin e s.

I n b e nding into shap e t h e gabl e cornic e patt e rn will

,
-
,

o f cours e be b e nt to t h e
,

proj e ct e d s e ction whilst ,

t h e patt e rn f o r t h e hori
ze n t a l moulding will be

shap e d to t h e e av e s
s e ction .

A lthough t h e s etting
out in t h e last thr e e
cas e s has sp e cial r e f e r
e n ce to sh e e t m e tal -

roofing work it should be ,

born e in mind t hat t h e

principl e s will apply to
all kinds o f work wh e r e
moulding or b e ading has
to be fi xe d in a similar
FI G 1 9 0
. . mann e r .

id e-
R g Ca p Elbow .

Th e s et ting -out as shown in F ig 1 9 0 n e e ds li t tl e e xpl ana

.

tion Th e girth as tak e n from t h e s ection is first laid out

.
,

and construction lin e s drawn through e a ch division point ,

th e s e b e ing cut o ff by t h e r e sp e ctiv e distan ce s as shown pro

j e ct e d down . I n practic e,
it might be h e r e r e mark e d this ,

m e thod o f proj e cting l e ngths is hardly p e rmissibl e on ,

acc oun t of t h e liability of e rror and inconv e ni e nc e of dr a n i

230 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxrv
‘

C H A PTE R X XI V .

ROO FI NG WO R K ( co n ti n u ed ) .

Do mes , F in ial s , an d Do wn s pout-H ea ds .

Do m e= C o ver in g .

cutting th e shap e s e gm e nts for a dom e

cov e ring (F ig .

no gr e at s k ill is r e
quir e d A ll t h e s et
.
~

ting out n e ce ssary is

-

shown in F ig 1 9 3 . .

A hal f s e ction o f
-

t h e dom e is drawn ,

and divid e d up into

E L L V H T / O /Y conv e ni e nt parts
‘

and numb e r e d as
s ee n Th e dom e be
.

ing octagonal t h e ,

angl e that t h e plan

o f t h e j oint lin e will

ma k e with t h e bas e
lin e will be

Wh e n th e
j oi n t
lin e is drawn in at
t h e r e quir e d angl e ,

t h e figur e b e low t h e
F IG . 1 92 . bas e lin e it should
,

noti ce d ,
wu l r e pr e s e nt of h alf a s eg m e n t .
 ROOF I N G WORK 23 1

L in e s run down f rom t h e division poin t s across t h e

ar e

bas e to t h e j oint lin e Th e girth lin e is laid out in t h e

.

usual way and constru ction lin e s drawn a cross th e s e b e ing

, ,

cut o fi e qual to t h e l e ngth o f t h e corr e sponding lin e s drawn

b etw e e n t h e bas e an d j oint lin e s Thus to giv e o n e e x
.
,

ampl e lin e 8 8 on
,
°
t h h
e patt e rn is t e sam e l e ngth as 8 8
’ ”

on t h e plan and s o with t h e r e st o f t h e lin e s

, .

I f th e r e is a ridg e roll at t h e j oints th e n t h e wid t h of

-
,

t his must be allow e d for

in marking out t h e pat
t e rn o n e -half t h e wi dth
,

of roll b e ing set along

insid e t h e plan o f j oint
lin e which will giv e t h e
,

r e quir e d r e duction .

Th e numb e r of pi e ce s
of sh ee t m e tal r e quir e d

to m ak e up a s e gm e nt
will of cours e d e p e nd
, ,

upon its siz e Th e r e .

shoul d be no troubl e ,

how ev e r to d e te rm in e
,

this wh e n on ce t h e shap e
o f a compl e t e s e gm e nt is

mark e d out .

I f a roll or ridg e -ca p

has to be b e n t t o t h e
shap e of a j oint th e n ,

this ca n be a ccomplish e d
by first marking out t h e
e x ac t shap e of a j oin t .

This is shown s e t out at

th e bo t tom of F ig 1 9 3 . .

FIG 1 93
Th e j oint lin e pl an
- . .

a n d its division points a r e lai d down a n d construc t i o n l in es

,

16
232 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ME TAL WORK [ CH A R XxI v .

r un I nt e rm e diat e points t h e l e ngths o f th e s e

,

b e ing cu t o ff e qual to t h e h eights

of t h e corr e sponding lin e on t h e
half -s e ction I t shoul d be ob
.

s e rv e d th at t h e t hr e e curv e s of
t h e j oint shap e com e out as
quart e rs o f e llips e s and if d e , ,

s ir e d,
c a n be mar k e d out by t h e

t ramm e l m e thod as e xpl a in e d in

'

C hapt e r X X I .

Ro of F in ial .

can o f cours e be a mul

Th e r e , ,

t it u d e o f d e signs for a sh e e t
m e tal fi nial all d e p e nding upon
,

t h e tast e of t h e d e sign e r th e ,

limit o f cost and t h e k ind o f ,

building that t h e finial is to be

fi xe d upon F o r a high building
.

it should be r e m e mb e r e d that
small d e tails o f ornam e nt on t h e
finial a r e a wast e of tim e and
mon e y as th e y a r e o f cours e
, , ,

not notic e d from t h e ground .

A v e ry simpl e form o f h e x
agonal finial is shown in F ig .

1 94 I t can be mad e out o f

.

e ith e r copp e r brass zinc or , , ,

g alvanis e d sh e e t iron t h e lat t e r ,

two metals b e ing t h e on e s usually

chos e n .

Th e half s e ctional e l e vation -

and t h e patt e rn for o n e o f t h e

F IG 1 94
. .

stri ps a r e shown s et out in F ig .

A ft er h avin g drawn in t h e shap e of t h e s e c t io n as

234 S H EE T A ND P L A TE MET A L WORK [ C H A P . X X IV .

th e r e a r e f our 3 0 lin e s in t h e e l e vat i on t h e obj ect o f t h e

°
,

thr e e top on e s o f cours e b e ing to avoid having to run t h e

, ,

dott e d lin e s f o r t h e widths all t h e way down to t h e bas e lin e .

I nst e ad o f having t h e whol e strip in o n e pi e c e it ca n , ,

if n e c e ssary , be divid e d up into any numb e r o f parts ,

d e p e nding upon t h e Si z e o f t h e fini al A ft e r t h e pi e ce s a r e

.

conn e ct e d t h e s ec,

tions ca n th e n be
j oint e d tog e th e r .

Som e tim e s t he
bas e part o f th e
finial is mad e s e pa
r a t el whi ch it
y , ca n ,

be s e e n in this cas e ,

will com e out as a

f rustum o f a h e x
agonal pyramid Th e .

a p ex o f a compl e t e
pyramid ca n be
f ound by producing
t h e lin e 1 7 to 1 6
( F i g 1 9 5 ) up to m e e t
.

t h e c e ntr e lin e at T .

Th e s e tting out o f
this f rustum is shown
s e parat e ly and to a ,

small e r scal e in F ig ,
.

1 96 . Th e point I is
swung around d to l ’
,

and j oin e d to t h e
ap ex T Th e n t a k.

ing T as ce ntr e and

T 1 as radius t h e arc
’
,

is d escribe d as shown .

FIG 1 9 6
. .
Th e compa s s es ar e
 ROOF I NG WORK 23 5

now s e t to twi ce t h e l e ngth l m and t h e points L st epp e d

,

around t h e arc I t is a good plan to mark o ff o n e sid e

.

mor e than is r e quir e d (in this cas e s e v e n ) and th e n bis ect ,

t h e two e n d parts to obtain t h e s e am e x a ctly up t h e middl e

of a sid e Th e s e j oint lin e s a r e mark e d T M in t h e figur e
. .

Th e l in e T t will giv e t h e radius f o r cutting o ff t h e points

’ '

to f orm t h e insid e part o f patt e rn shown by t h e lin e s t t .

I n making up t h e finial t h e strips should firs t be b e nt

to t h e r e q u ir e d shap e o f s e ction that is t h e ce ntr e lin e of
—
,

t h e strip should be f orm e d to t h e outlin e in t h e e l e vati o n

( g
F i . T h e strips a r e th e n all tac k e d tog e th e r wi t h

sold e r and a f t e r car e f ully t e sting t h e fini al to s e e tha t it

,

is symm etrical a n d withou t twist t h e j oints sol d e r e d up

, ,

as m u ch o f this b e ing do n e fro m t h e insi d e as possibl e .

Do wn s po ut He a d
‘

A downspout or
h opp e r h e ad —
l e n ds
its e l f admirably f o r
tr e atm e nt by orna
m e ntal wor k in
sh e e t zinc or gal
v a n is e d sh e e t iron .

I n this cas e as in ,

t h e last t h e shap e
,

o f moulding chos e n

may be o f any s e c
t ion to suit t h e in
divi d u al tast e and
e stimat e d outl ay A .

simpl e d e sign is that

shown I n F ig 1 9 7 ; .

its form in pl an b e i n g
that o f t h e fi v e e qual
sid e s of an octagon .
FIG . 1 97.
23 6 SH EET A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ C H A P . xx1 v .

B e for e th e patt e rn for a strip ca n be m ark e d out t h e ,

shap e of t h e moulding must be d e t e rmin e d as shown ,

H AL F SI C Tl a fl fl l
°

F IG . 1 98 .

F ig . 1 98 c e ntr e s for t h e doubl e b e nd or O G part can

. Th e . .

be found by j oining poin ts 8 a n d 1 2 a n d dividing t h e lin e

,
2 38 SH EE T A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ C H A R X XIV .

It w il l be r e adily s e e n that t h e thr e e sid e curv e s of t h e

att e rns a r e all t h e sam e : h e nc e in practi ce it will only be
p

FIG . 1 99 .
 ROOF I N G WORK 2 39

n e c e ssary to mark out o n e curv e t h e oth e rs b eing scrib e d

,

f rom this .

Th e strips will be shap e d and ta ck e d tog e th e r as in t h e

last cas e , t h e compl e t e sold e ring u p b e ing don e along th e
-

j oints on t h e insid e .

Th e shap e o f t h e ba ck o f t h e hopp e r ca n be d e t e rmin e d

from t h e e l e vation or mark e d o ff dir e ctly a f t e r t h e fi v e
,

strips a r e sold e r e d tog e th e r L ugs shoul d be l e f t on e a ch

.

sid e o f t h e ba ck as shown in F ig 1 9 7
, . .

Th e shap e o f t h e botto m p i e ce 1 3 shown in F ig 1 9 8 and

.
,

that f o r t h e outl e t in F ig 1 9 9 t h e patt e rn fo r t h e outl e t

.
,

b e ing mark e d out by o n e of t h e m e thods e xpl ain e d in

pr e vious chapt e r s .
24 0 SH EE T A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R xx » .

C H A PTE R X X V .

V E N T I L A T OR A N D CH I M N E Y -POT B A SE S ,
H OPPE R S , E TC .

A common form o f bas e for a v e ntila t o r or cowl is

V E RY

that shown in 2 00 and known as a ,

tall -boy bas e .

FIG . 2 00 .

I t is e ith e r squar e or r e ctangular at th e bo tto m ,

an d
24 2 S H EET A ND P LA TE MET AL WORK [ C I I A P -
. xxv .

o ff e qual to b t f rom t h e
plan W ith ce ntr e T
.

and radii r e sp ectiv e ly

e qual to e e and
e O
’
,
ar cs o f cir cl e s a r e
d e s crib e d Th e n op e n
.

ing t h e compass e s to t h e
l e ngth o f o n e o f t h e ar cs
( say 3 to 2 ) in t h e

q u a r t e r p l a n and -
,

comm e n cing at point 3

on t h e patt e rn th e ,

points 2 1 and O a r e
, ,

obtain e d by cutting t h e
first draw n arcs Th e .

compass e s a r e now s e t to
t h e l e ngth of t h e e n d lin e
on t h e e l e vation and ,

with O on t h e patt e rn as
c e ntr e an a r e drawn
,
}

( shown passing through

F ) ; this b e ing cut by
anoth e r a r e whi ch is d e
scrib e d f rom point T ,

with radius e qual to t f

and so t h e point F is o b
t a in e d .A n e v e n curv e
j oining up t h e points 0 ,

1 2 et c
, ,
is drawn and
.
, ,

allowanc e s put on t h e
sid e s f o r grooving and ,

on t h e bottom for t h e
flang e and t h e pa t t e rn
,

is compl et e .

A f t e r ha v ing oh
V E N TI LA TOR A N D C H I M NE Y — P OT B A SES , E TC . 24 3

t a in e d hal f t h e patt e rn it will be q u it e accurat e e no u gh

on e - ,

for practical wor k to produc e t h e lin e s B 3 and F 0 until

th ey m e e t in A and u s e this as a ce ntr e in a similar way
,

to that e xplain e d in conn e ction with F ig 20 2 I f t h e tall . .

boy bas e is squar e at t h e bottom th e n a portion of t h e ,

patt e rn f o r o n e -e ighth o f t h e sur f a ce will be all that is r e

quir e d to obtain t h e c e ntr e A ; t h e lin e down t h e middl e of
t h e corn e r m ee ting t h e lin e along t h e ce ntr e o f a sid e .

A f t e r t h e bas e has b e e n f orm e d into shap e groov e d -u p , ,

and t h e bottom flang e b e nt ov e r corn e r pl at e s a r e riv et e d

,

on to t h e flang e s as shown in F ig 2 00 . .

A noth e r m e thod for mar k ing out t h e patt e rn which is ,

quit e goo d e nough for ordinary practic e is shown i n F ig , .

20 2 . Th e lin e ( I t in t h e pla n is swung around d on to t h e

bas e lin e t h e point ,
th e n b e ing j oin e d up to e and pro ,

d u ce d to m e e t t h e c e ntr e lin e in c Th e comp ass e s a r e s et

.

to c e on t h e e l e vation and ta k ing a point C on a lin e lik e

,

C T in t h e patt e rn t h e a r e 0 to 2 is drawn
, Th e l e ngths .

1 to O and 1 to 2 a r e now ma d e e qual to t h e l e ngths of t h e

corr e spondingly numb e r e d arcs i n t h e quart e r pl an Th e -
.

lin e C T is m e asur e d o ff e qual to t h e lin e c t in t h e e l eva

1

tion Th e compass e s a r e n e xt fi xe d r e sp e ctiv e ly to t h e

.

radii t 2 and t f and t h e ar cs at B and F d e scrib e d L in e s

, .

a r e th e n drawn touching th e s e arcs and passi ng through ,

t h e poin ts 0 and 2 to m e e t in A This giv e s what may be

.

call e d an appro ximat e c e ntr e for t h e d e scribing of t h e

patt e rn Tak ing A as c e ntr e and A T as radius t h e part
.
,

circl e is drawn ; th e n comm e ncing at T t h e sid e s and e nds

a r e st e pp e d along as sho w n Th e e n d lin e s o f t h e patt e rn
.

a r e b e st obtain e d by marking full e n d l e ng t hs on t h e arc ,

bis e cting th e m and th e n j oining up to A as shown in t h e

,

figur e Th e insid e curv e of patt e rn is m ark e d out by t aking

.

A as c e ntr e a n d A H as radius (this b eing t h e av e rag e be

tw e e n A O and A and running around t o m e et t h e s e am
lin es A llowanc es as r e quir e d must of cou r s e be u t on
.

p , ,
244 SH EET A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ C H A P . xxv .

as in t h e last m e thod I t will be obs e rv e d that in this cas e

.

t h e patt e rn ( F ig 2 0 2 ) is d e v e lop e d f o r t h e whol e sur f a ce

. .

Ho pper or Ho o d with Fl at Ba ck .

A form o f h Opper to fit against a wall (F ig 2 0 3 ) having .

a squar e or r e ctangul ar top and a circular bottom ca n

, ,

hav e its pa t t e rn s et out in t e sam e way as

h t h e tall boy bas e
- .

A ll th e n e c e ssary
marking o u t i s
shown in F ig 2 0 4 . .

To obtain t h e p at
t ern lin e s a hal f
e l e vation and a hal f

plan a r e first drawn ,

t h e lin e s 6 5 c 4 , ,

e 3 b 3 e t c b e ing
, ,
.
,

s e t along t h e top lin e

from d and j oin e d

up to point 6 Th e .

patt e rn is struc k
out by comm e ncing
with lin e 6 F whi ch ,

is m ad e e qual in
F IG 2 0 3 .
l e ngth to 6 f rom
t h e e l e vation E E .

is th e n drawn squar e t o 6 F and F E cut o ff e qual t o e f

, .

No w with E as c e ntr e and radii r e sp e ctiv e ly e qual

to 6 6 an d 6 d e scri be arcs o f cir cl e s ( as s e e n
pass ing through points 5 4 and , , Th e n with t h e
.

compass e s s et to a distan ce e qu al to o n e o f t h e arcs in

plan say 3 to 4 and comm e n cing at 6 cu t t h e first
, , , ,

drawn arcs thus d e t e rmining points 5 4 and 3 A gain

, , ,
.
,

wi t h E as c e ntr e and e b as radius draw an a r e ( shown pass

,

ing through B ) and with as c e n tr e and 6 3 as radius

3 ”
, ,

cut th is and so fi x t h e poin t B Having found B n o w

, ,
24 6 S H E E T A ND P LA TE MET AL WORK [ C H A P . xxx

top lin e and t h e distanc e b e tw e e n t h e points 6 and 5 f o r

,
’

obtaining points on t h e patt e rn outlin e ( Th e s e r e marks .

,

it might be h e r e obs e rv e d apply to all class e s o f patt e rns )

,
.

A n y allowanc e r e quir e d f o r s e aming wiring or b e ading

, ,

must o f cours e be add e d to t h e n et patt e rn

, ,
.

A r t icl e with Squ a r e To p an d Ro un d B a s e .

An articl e or part of an arti cl e may hav e a round bas e

and a squar e or r e ctangular top as s e e n in F ig 205 I t s
,
. .

patt e rn ca n be d e v elop e d by tr e ating t h e curv e d portions

o f t h e surfac e as parts of obliqu e con e s and t h e flat parts
,

as triangl e s .

Th e s e tting o u t of t h e p att e rn is e xplain e d by F ig 2 0 6 .

,

in whi ch a quart e r -pl an

and hal f -el evation is
shown Th e quart e r
.

circl e is divid e d up into

f our e qual parts and t h e ,

lin e s 6 1 and b 2 s e t along

t h e bas e lin e f rom point t
and j oin e d up to t ’
A .

middl e lin e T 0 o f t h e
patt e rn is laid down and
mad e e qual in l e ngth to
’
t 0 f rom t h e e l e vation A .

lin e is now drawn

through T squar e to t h e
lin e T 0 and T B cut ,

o ff e qual to t b from t h e

plan No w using B as
.
,

F I G 20 5
.
c e ntr e and radii r e s e c
p
t iv el y e qual t o t ’ 1 '

and t ’
arcs o f circl e s a r e drawn as shown Th e n s e tting t h e .

comp as s e s to t h e l e ngth o f o n e of t h e arcs in plan say 1 to , ,

2,
and c o mm e ncing at 0 t h e poi n ts 1 2 etc
, , ar e , , .
,
V E NT I L A T OR A ND C H I M NE Y -P OT B A SES E TC , . 24 7

mar k e d Th e triangl e
.

T B 0 is n ext s e t out its ,

constru ction being

simpl e a nd a r e p etition
,

o f t h e first part o f t h e

patt e rn A n appro ximat e

.

c e ntr e in this cas e can be

found as with t h e patt e rn
,

in F ig 2 0 1 by simply
.
,

pro ducing t h e lin e s 0 T

and 2 B until th ey m e e t ,

as shown by t h e do t t e d
lin e s.

I f t h e top of t h e
articl e is r e ctangul ar or
polygonal in f orm it s ,

patt e rn can be struck

out as abov e but in ,

th e s e cas e s a gr e at e r
numb e r of lin e s woul d
hav e to be us e d A lso .
,

if t h e c e ntr e of t h e t o p
do e s not com e v e rticall y
ov e r t h e c e ntr e of t h e
bo t tom t h e patt e rn ca n
,

be r e adily mark e d out

with t h e sam e m e thod ,

t h e only modifica t ion be

ing t h e sam e as t ha t
appli e d to F ig 2 0 4 . .

V en til at o r Ba s e of

Pyr amid Sh a pe .

A v e ntilator base m a y
be o f t h e form sh o w n in FI G . 206 .
£4 8 S H E E T A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ C H AP . xxv .

F ig 2 0 7 ,
. w h i ch it will be s e e n amounts g e om etrically to
, , , ,

t h e fi t ting o f a cylind e r on to a squar e pyrami d conc e ntrically .

Th e patt e rn cu t s both f or t h e pyramid and t h e pip e sur

,

f ac e s a r e shown stru ck out in F ig 2 08

, . A hal f -e l e vation
.

is drawn and a lin e making 4 5 with t h e bas e lin e s e t down

,
°
,

this b eing cu t o ff by t h e lin e 0 2 which is drawn squar e to

,

t h e bas e lin e .
’ ’
Th e a r e 0 2 is now d e s crib e d and it will ,

t hus be s e e n that t h e figur e 0 2 2 0 ca n be tak e n as r e pr e

’ ’

s e nting o n e -e ighth o f t h e
compl e t e plan of t h e
v e ntilator bas e L in e .

0 0 ” is produc e d to m ee t
t h e c e ntr e lin e in c Th e .

lin e 0 2 is bis e ct e d and ,

lin e s d 1 d 2 swung on ,

to t h e bas e lin e about d ,

and t h e points 1 ° and 2°

j oin e d up to c F o r t h e .

t t r n t h e compass e s a r e
p a e ,

op e n e d o u t to t h e l e ngth
c and a circl e d e scrib e d
as shown F iv e sid e s .

a r e now st e pp e d around

t h e circl e e ach sid e 2 2 , , ,

F I G 20 7
.
.
b e ing e qual in l e ngth to

twic e t h e lin e 0 2 f rom

t h e plan .Th e las t t w o sid e s a r e now bis ect e d so that ,

t o mak e up t h e compl e t e patt ern th e r e will be thr e e f ull

sid e s and two half -sid e s E ach sid e is now divid e d into
.

f our e qual parts and from th e division points lin e s drawn

,

to t h e c e ntr e 0 .Th e compass e s a r e n e xt s e t r e sp e ctiv e ly

to t h e radii c c and c and t h e thr ee arcs drawn
on t h e pa tt e rn t o cut t h e radial lin e s Wh e r e th e s e arcs
.

i nt ers e ct t h e corr e spondingly numb e r e d lin e will giv e a

poin t on th e curv e Th e poin ts a r e t h e n j oin e d up such
.

,
2 50 S H E ET A ND P LA TE MET AL WORK [ C H A P . xxv .

’
1 L in e s
squar e to t h e girth lin e a r e th e n run up from
e ach poin t and th e s e cut o ff r e sp e ctiv ely e qual 0
,
’
0 ’

’
and 0 2 from t h e e l evation Th e n e w -found points a r e
”
.

th e n j oin e d up to form t h e curv e I t is as w ell to r e m e mb e r

.
,

FIG 2 09 .

and it will a ct a s a t e st for t h e accuracy of t h e s e tting out ,

” and 1 ” 2 ”
”
that t h e l e ngths of t h e curv e s 0 1 should be t h e
s a m e both on t h e pip e and bas e patt e rns .

V en ti a
l t o r w it h C o n ica l -Squar e Bas e .

a v e ntil ator bas e f ollows t h e d e sign shown in

Som e tim e s
F ig 2 0 9 which it is not di fficult to imagin e r e pr e s e n t s t h e
.
,

int e rs e ction of a round pip e and con e for t h e top and a ,

con e and squar e pip e for t h e bottom .

Th e patt e rns can be struck out in t h e way sh o wn in F ig .

21 0 .Th e half e l e vation and part plan a r e drawn a s in t h e

-
V E NT I L AT OR A N D CH I M N E Y-P OT B A S E S , E TC 2 5 1
.

last cas e Th e a r e 0 3 is
.

divid e d into thr e e e qual

parts and t h e division
,

points j oi ne d to d L in e s .

d d and d 3 a r e
’

turn e d around on to t h e
bas e lin e and pe r pe n
,

d icu l a r s run up to m e e t
t h e lin e 0 c in points
et c Th e patt e rn
.

for t h e conical part is

obtain e d by fi xing t h e
compass e s to t h e l e ngth
0 0 d e scribing t h e a r e
as shown a n d s e tting ,

along it tw e lv e l e ngths
e a ch e qual to t h e l e ngth

of on e of t h e corr e
s o n d in
p g ar cs in t h e

pl an . A ft e r t h e radial
lin e s a r e drawn in t h e ,

compass e s a r e s e t r e s pe c
”
t iv e l y to t h e l e n g ths c 0
c et c i n t h e e l e va
.
,

tion and t h e arcs on t h e

,

patt e rn drawn Wh e r e
.

th e s e cut th e ,
sam e
numb e r e d lin e will giv e
poin t s on t h e curv e ,

which can be j o1 n e d up
as shown Th e inn e r
.

curv e o f t h e patt e rn is ,

o f cours e m a rk e d out by
.

using a radius e qual t o

c t from t h e e l e vation .
2 5 2 SH E E T A N D P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R xxv .

Th e p att e rn f or o n e sid e o f t h e squar e bas e is shown s e t

at t h e top o f F ig 2 1 0 H e r e t h e lin e 3 3 is mad e twi ce
. .
’ ’

t h e l e ngth of O 3 from t h e plan t h e division points b e ing

I ’
,

t h e sam e L in e s a r e drawn squar e through e a ch poin t

'

.
,

and cu t o ff r e sp e ctiv e ly e qual to 0 ’

1 °
2 °
and
3 3 from t h e e l e vation
° ”
. Th e r e sulting curv e is (to thos e
who und e rstand g e om e try ) a hyp e rbola and may be s et out
,

by oth e r m e thods common to that curv e . N on e how ev e r

, ,

a r e simpl e r than t h e o n e shown .

V e ry many di ff e r e nt k inds o f bas e s f o r v e ntilators a r e mad e

but su ffi ci e nt has p e rhaps b e e n shown to e xplain t h e g e n e ral
prin cipl e s involv e d in t h e marking out o f t h e patt e rns for
fla t bottom e d bas e s
- . Th e abov e ca n e asily be modifi e d to
cov e r t h e s e tting o u t for bas e s r e sting o n t h e ridg e and sid e s

of a roof .
25 4 S H E E T A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R XXV I .

and throat pi e c e s t h e e l e vation of t h e two j oint lin e s must

first be drawn D ivid e t h e curv e s a e and f k e ach into
.
,

say thr ee e qual parts and on t h e f our lin e s that j oin t h e

‘

, ,

division points d escr ib e s e micircl e s as shown No w mark

,
.

t h e middl e points o f
t h e s e mi cir cl e s su ch ,

as s and u and s et ,

around t h e a r c on e a ch
sid e a l e ngth e qual to
hal f t h e diam e t e r o f
th e r e sp e ctiv e s e mi
circl e s Thus t h e a r e
.

’
3 4 will be e q u al in
l e ngth to r e and t h e ,

’
ar e u 3 e qual to v d ,

and so f o r e a ch o f t h e
oth e r two s em icir cl e s .

Pe rp e ndi cular lin e s ,

such as 4 4 and 3 3
’ ’
,

ar e th e n drawn f rom
t h e points on t h e s e mi
circl e to th e ir dia
m e t e rs , and thus
points on t h e j oint
lin e s obtain e d Th e s e .

a r e conn e ct e d with an

e v e n cur v e as shown
,

by t h e dott e d lin e s ,

whi ch will th e n giv e

an e l e vation o f t h e two
sid e s e ams .

F o r t h e ba ck pat
t e rn a ce ntr e lin e A E
,

is mark e d down e qual ,

F IG 2 1 1
. .
in l e ngth to t h e r e
 SH I P V E NTI L A T ORS , E TC . 25 5

e ct iv e parts o f t h e curv e
s
p
a e in t h e e l e vation Th e .

lin e D 3 is s e t o ff eq ual in
l e ngth t ot h e arc d and
t h e lin e B 2 e qual to a r e
6 I n t h e sam e w ay t h e
oth e r points 1 and 4 a r e
, ,

f ound . To g e t t h e l e ngths
o f t h e sid e curv e s on t h e
patt e rn a lin e 0 0 is first
, , ,

drawn across t h e two curv e s

in t h e e l evation as shown ;,

th e poin t 0 b e ing t h e
middl e of t h e back curv e ,

and t h e lin e 0 0 b e ing

drawn by t h e eye to ,

ma k e as n e ar as possibl e
e qual angl e s with t h e two

curv e s . Th e parts of t h e
j oint lin e 0 1 and 0 4 a r e
ca r e f u fil m e asur ed along
y ,

a n d th e ir l e ngths s e t abov e

and b elow t h e point 0 on

t h e outsi d e lin e o f t h e back
patt e rn I n this way t h e
.

points I and 4 a r e o h
t a in e d. A rcs o f cir cl e s ,

4 E 4 and 1 A 1 a r e th e n ,

d e scrib e d to f orm t h e e nd s
of t h e patt e rn I t should
.

be r em e mb e r e d that wh e n
w or k ing up t h e plat e for
t h e back that t h e c e ntr e
'

will l e ngth e n a littl e and

t h e sid e s contract som e F IG .
25 6 S HE E T A N D P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R XX I V .

what : h e n ce t h e sid e curv e s o f t h e patt e rn should be mad e

-

slightly long e r than m e asur e d f rom t h e e l e vation This is .

b e st allow e d f o r by mak ing t h e ar cs 4 E 4 and 1 A 1 som e

“

what flatt e r than th e y wo ul d be if drawn exactly thr ough

t h e thr e e points as f ound .

Th e throat patt e rn ca n be s e t out i n id e ntically t h e sam e

mann e r as that f o r t h e ba ck and so that t h e r e ad e r may t h e
,

mor e r e adily follow t h e construction t h e sam e numb e rs for ,

t h e outsid e curv e s hav e b ee n chos e n I n this t h e ce ntr e

.

lin e F K on t h e patt e rn is t h e sam e l e ngth as f k on t h e

, ,

e l e vation and t h e lin e s F 1 G 2 et c e qual in l e ngth to

, , , ,
.
,

t h e arcs f g e t c T h e outsid e curv e s o f t h e patt e rn will

.

be t h e sam e l e ngth as t h e throat s e am lin e ; 0 1 and 0 4 on

t h e patt e rn b e ing mad e e qual in l e ngth to 0 1 and 0 4 on
t h e e l e vation I n wor k ing up t h e throat plat e t h e out e r
.

e dg e s will o f cours e
,
hav e to be str e tch e d : h e nc e th e y will
,
.

l e ngth e n som e wh at so that it is as w e ll to k e e p F K t h e

,

sam e l e ngth as f k on t h e e l e vation but to draw t h e arcs ,

4 K 4 and 1 F 1 on t h e patt e rn slightly flatt e r and con , ,

s e qu e ntly r e duc e t h e l e ngths o f t h e sid e curv e s som e what

, .

Th e e x act amounts to allow on or tak e o ff as t h e cas e m ay ,

be a r e matt e rs o f e xp e ri e nc e or o f di ffi cult calculation

, , ,

t h e main thing b e ing to k e e p on t h e right sid e as in any , ,

cas e som e small allowan ce must be mad e f o r trimming

, .

I f for a l arg e h e ad t h e b ell -mouth will be mad e in s e v e ral

,

pi e ce s ; in t h e pr e s e nt cas e thr e e hav e b ee n chos e n Th e .

patt e rn will com e out as par t o f t h e sur f ac e o f a con e Th e .

first thing th e n is to find t h e sl ant h e ight o f t h e con e and

, , ,

thus t h e radius f o r t h e patt e rn J oin e to w and f rom t h e

.
,

middl e point 9 draw t h e p e rp e ndicular g j M ak e j y .

o n e third o f g j
-
and through t h e point y Braw t h e lin e s
,

2 a: parall e l to w e to m e e t t h e a xis o f t h e suppos e d con e in

,

x. Th e lin e j z is mad e e qual in l e ngth to t h e a r c j w and ,

thus t h e sl ant h e ight o f t h e con e is d e t e rmin e d Th e lin e .

a: z is now us e d as t h e radius for t h e out e r curv e of t h e b e ll

2 5 8 S HE E T A N D P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R X XV I .

spout I n F ig 2 1 3 an e l e vation o f a small h e ad is shown

. . .

To mark out t h e patt e rn t h e c e ntr e lin e A D is drawn t h e , ,

sam e l e ngth as t h e curv e a d t h e l e ngths of t h e int e r ,

m e diat e parts also corr e sponding to thos e of t h e e l e vation .

Th e lin e A H is mad e e qual to half t h e cir cumf er e nc e o f t h e

v e ntilator sha f t -pip e and C E cut o ff e qual to o n e and a
,

hal f tim e s t h e l e ngth of c e on t h e e l evation Th e outlin e .

of t h e top part o f t h e patt e rn com e s out as a s e mi -ellips e ;

and this ca n p e rhaps be b e st mark e d out by what is known
, ,

as t h e tramm e l m e thod On a strip o f hoop iron or a

.
”
-

wood e n lath mar k f rom t h e e n d a distan ce e qual to t h e s emi

a xe s or diam e t e rs of t h e e llips e ; in this cas e C D and C E
, ,

r es p ectiv ely ; thus obtaining two points li k e Y and Z as ,

shown on t h e sk e tch of tramm e l in F ig 2 1 3 F ix t h e . .

tramm e l in s ev e ral succ e ssiv e positions always k e e ping th e ,

points Y and Z on t h e lin e s C D and E E r e sp e ctiv e ly and ,

mark t h e position o f X thus points for t h e r e quir e d e llips e

will be obtain e d and wh e n j oin e d up with an e v e n curv e
, ,

will giv e t h e boundary o f t h e top portion of t h e patt e rn as ,

shown A curv e is now run from E t o j oin on to t h e pip e

.

portion o f t h e patt e rn .

F o r t h e b e ll -mouth a ring in this cas e will be b e st ; its

,

diam et e r F G b eing e qual to f g in t h e e l e vation Th e

, , .

width of ring F E will hav e to be som e what l arg e r than

t h e l e ngth o f arc f e to allow for draw , This width can be .

calcul at e d but it will be su ffici e ntly ac curat e to m ak e F E

,

e qual to about o n e and a q uart e r tim e s f e Th e b ell .

mouth can be fi xe d to t h e body by m ak ing a knock e d u p -

j oint.

A n e nlarg e d vi e w showing t h e m e thod o f fi xing t h e h e a d

, ,

which is usually split -tubing is also shown in F ig 2 1 3 , . .

Ir r egul ar Cir cul ar -en ded Ta per in g Ar ticl e .

A ship s v e ntilator m ay also be construct e d in s e gm e nts

’

as shown in F ig 2 1 5 I n ord er that t h e m e thod adopt e d

. .
 SH I P V E NTI L A T ORS , E T C . 25 9

in obtaining t h e shap e o f t h e s e gm e nt p at t erns may be

cl e arly u nd e rstood it will be an advantag e to first go car e
,

f ully ov e r t h e s e tting out of t h e p at t e rn for an irr eg ul ar

articl e whos e e nds a r e
circular ,
and not
parallel . A n e l e va
tion of su ch an arti cl e
is shown in F ig 2 1 4 . .

This class o f obj e ct

g iv e s good s cop e f o r

illustrating t h e u s e o f
th e m e tho d of tri
angul a t ion in obtain
ing surfa ce d e v e lop
m e nts,
and shoul d ,

th e r e f or e ,
be tak e n
parti cular notic e of ,

as by this m e tho d any

articl e whos e sur f ac e
is d ev e lopabl e can hav e
its patt e rn s et o u t .

I magin e t h e Circl e s
t ha t form t h e t o p an d
bottom of t h e articl e
in F ig 2 1 4 divid e d r e
.

s e ct iv e l into tw lv
p y e e

e qual parts and t hat

,

corr e sponding points

be j oin e d ; th e n on .

e a ch quadrilat e ral so
form e d a diagonal
drawn . I t will thu s
be s e e n that t h e sur
fac e o f th e articl e
'

woul d be divid e d in to F IG 2 1 4
.
.
260 SH E E T A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R XX VI .

tw e nty -four triangl e s Th e patt e rn is th e n built up as

.
,

it w e r e by g e tting t h e tru e shap e o f e a ch o f th e s e triangl e s

,
.

and adding th e m tog e th e r as shown in t h e o n e half o f t h e

,

patt e rn in F ig 2 1 4 . .

L et us now go ov e r t h e construction F rom t h e numb e r e d .

points on t h e top lin e proj e ctors a r e run down to and across , ,

t h e bas e lin e ; th e ir distanc e b e low this b e ing cut o ff e qual

‘

in l e ngth to t h e corr e sponding lin e on t h e t o p s e m icir cl e .

Thus t h e dott e d lin e s 4 4 and 5 5 will be r e sp e c t iv e ly

° °

e qual to t h e p e rp e ndiculars drawn through points 4 and 5

on t h e s e micircl e down to t h e top lin e and so on for t h e ,

oth e r lin e s I f t h e poin ts 0 1 2 e t c be j oin e d up it will

.
, , ,
.
, ,

be s e e n that t h e half -pl an o f top b e com e s a s e mi e llips e

‘

-
.

Th e r e i s no n e e d in p ractic e to draw in t h e e llips e ; all

that is wan t e d b e ing t h e plans of t h e points .

F o r t h e p att e rn t h e mid lin e 6 6 is first l aid down b e ing

-
,

’
mad e e qual in l e ng t h to t h e lin e 6 6 f rom t h e e l e vation .

No w to obtain t h e tru e l e ngth o f t h e diagonal f o r lin e 6 5

,

on t e pa tt e rn m e as ur e from 6 on t h e e llips e to 5 on t h e
h ,
°

bot t om s emicircl e s etting this distanc e along t h e bas e lin e

,

from and so obtaining point Th e l e ng t h o f t h e

’
dott e d lin e 5 6 from t h e e l e vation is now m e asur e d off and
’

us e d as r adius f rom point 6 a t t h e top e n d of t h e patt e rn ,

and a small arc drawn ( shown passing through 5 at t h e

bottom en d of t h e patt e rn ) Th e compass e s a r e now s et to
.

t h e l e ngth of o n e o f t h e s ix arcs on t h e bas e s e mi circl e and ,

with point 6 at t h e bottom e n d of t h e patt e rn as c e ntr e ,

a small arc is drawn to int e rs e ct t h e first arc and thus fi x ,

th e point 5 Th e dot te d lin e 5 5 f rom t h e plan is now s e t

.
”

h
along e bas e lin e rom
t f and t h e poi n t 5 mark e d Th e
”
.

lin e f rom 5 on t h e bas e lin e to 5 on t h e t 0 p lin e is m e a

”

s u r é d off ,
and us e d as a radius from point 5 at t h e bottom
e n d of t h e p att e rn to d e scrib e t h e small a r e passing through

point 5 at t h e top e n d This arc is cu t by s e tting t h e co m

.

as s e s t o a radius e qual to t h e l e ngth of o n e o f t h e s ix arcs

p
2 62 SH E E T A N D P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R XX VI .

on t h e t o ps e micircl e and using point 6 at t h e t Op o f t h e

,

patt e rn as c e ntr e Thus point 5 at t h e top e n d o f t h e

.

patt e rn is d e t e rmin e d I n t h e sam e way t h e l e ngths o f all

.

t h e oth e r lin e s can be f ound Thus 5 4 on t h e b as e lin e

° ’
.

e quals 5 4 on t h e plan and t h e lin e 5 4 on t h e patt e rn will

,

e qual t h e dott e d lin e drawn f rom 4 on t h e bas e lin e to 5

’

on t h e top lin e ; t h e distanc e 4 4 will e qual 4 4 on t h e

° ”

plan and lin e 4 4 on t h e patt e rn e quals 4 4 on t h e el e va

,
”

tion and so on f o r t h e r e maining lin e s

,
.

I t is w e ll t o r e m e mb e r f or pra cti cal purpos e s that th e r e

is no n ee d to draw any of t h e dott e d lin e s on t h e plan or
e l e vation or any o f t h e constr u ction lin e s on t h e patt e rn
,
.

A l l that is want e d b e ing t h e fi xe d points su ch as thos e ,

obtain e d on t h e low e r hal f of t h e patt e rn by t h e int e rs ection

of arcs .

Th e abov e m e tho d has b e e n e xplain e d at som e l e ngth on ,

account of it s gr e a t importan ce Th e r e ad e r should th e re .

,

for e find no di fficulty in following its application to a

,

V en til at or Hea d in Segmen ts .

An l vation which illustrat e s this m e thod o f constructing

e e

a h e ad is shown in F ig 2 1 5 t h e body b e ing divid e d into

.

thr ee s e gm e n t s A B and C , , , .

Th e patt e rns f or two o f t h e parts a r e shown s et out and ,

aft e r wh at has b ee n Sai d in conn e ction with F ig 2 1 4 it .

,

will be su ffi ci e nt to bri efly indi cat e t h e m e thod of cbt a in

ing o n e p att e rn say f o r s e gm e nt A
, ,
Th e ba ck and throa t .

curv e s a r e e ach divid e d into thr ee e qual p arts and t h e j oin t ,

lin e s drawn On t h e s e s e micircl e s a r e d e s crib e d and

.

divid e d into say four e qual parts No w to d e al with t h e

, ,
.

lin e s r e quir e d for t h e patt e rn of s e gm e nt A F rom e ach .

o f t h e division points o f t h e s e micircl e which is d e scrib e d ,

on 0 4 drop p e rp e ndicul ars on t o that lin e and from t h e

, ,

f e e t o f th e s e p e rp e ndiculars run lin e s do wn squ a r e t o a c

 SH I P V E NT I L A T ORS , E TC . 2 63

and across it cutting th e m o ff e qual in l e ngth to t h e cor

,

r e sponding lin e s on t h e s e mi cir cl e Th e r e is no n ee d to .

j oi n t h e j oints so f ound but if th e y a r e conn e ct e d tog eth e r

it will be s e e n that th e y f orm a s e mi e llips e as in F ig 2 1 4 -
. .

Th e mid lin e 4 e o f t h e patt e rn will o f cours e be mad e t h e

-
, ,

sam e l ength as 4 e in t h e e l evation No w fi x t h e compass e s

.

to e 3 and s e t this distanc e along t h e bas e lin e f rom 6 and

’ ’

so d e t e rmin e t h e point 3 ”
Th e lin e 3 3 will giv e t h e r e
” °

quir e d l e ngth o f e 3 f o r t h e patt e rn N ext m e as u r e d 3 ’

.

and s et this along t h e bas e lin e f rom and so obtain t h e

point d ’
Th e lin e d 3 will th e n be t h e l e ngth r e quir e d
.
’ °

f o r t h e lin e d 3 on t h e patt e rn I n t h e sam e mann e r t h e

.

l e ngths of all t h e oth e r lin e s r e quir e d to construct t h e e ight

d ifl er e n t triang l e s on t h e h al f patt e rn can be obtain e d
’
-
.

Th e l e ngths e d 4 3 et c ,
will be tak e n f rom t h e l e ngths
,
.
,

of o n e of t h e parts on t h e r e sp e ctiv e s e micircl e s as in ,

F ig . 21 4 .

A ll t h e construction lin e s act u ally r e quir e d to strik e out

t h e pat t e rn f o r t h e pi e ce B a r e shown on t h e e l evation but
as t h e mark ing out is only a r e p e tition of that alr e ady gon e
‘

ov e r for s e gm e nt A th e r e i s no n e e d f o r any f urth e r d e s cr ip

, .

tion Th e pat t e rn f o r C is n ot shown ; but thi s will of

.
,

cours e com e out in t h e sam e mann e r as f o r t h e oth e r

,

s e gm e nts .

I f t h e back s of e a ch s e gm e nt a r e to be l e ft straight ( whi ch

is som etim e s don e in v e ry common h e ads) as in F ig 2 1 4 , . .

th e n t h e patt e rns as laid o u t in F ig 2 1 5 will be quit e .

corr e ct but if th e y a r e to be hollow e d to t h e r e quir e d curv e ,

th e n it will giv e a mor e accu rat e r e sult to produ ce t h e j oint

lin e s out to t h e dott e d lin e s o f t h e backs and d e s crib e t h e ,

s emicircl e s on th e s e thus making allowanc e for t h e draw

,

ing -in o f t h e ba ck s of t h e s e gm e nts som e what in hollowing .

A s point e d out in conn e ction with t h e patt e rn for F i

g .

2 1 4 it shoul d also be not e d that th e r e is no n e e d to draw

,

a singl e cons t ruction lin e on t h e patt e rn a ll that is want e d

,

18
264 SH E E T A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R VI
XX .

b e ing t h e points obtain e d by t h e int e rs e ction of t h e arcs .

Th e construction lin e s a r e simply shown to illustrat e t h e

principl e o f s e tting out t h e patt e rn .

No allowanc e f o r j ointing has b e e n mad e as this can be ,

add e d ac cording to r e quir e m e nts .

Th e m e thod o f fi xing t h e split tub e to f orm t h e b e ad

-

around t h e mouth is also shown in an e nlarg e d Vi e w on

F ig . 21 5 .

C o n ical V en t il at or s , Et c .

’
Th e patt e rns f o r a ship s rib -h e ad v e ntila t or inst e ad of ,

b e ing s et out by t h e m e thod o f triangulation as j ust e x ,

plain e d ca n o f t e n be ,

mor e conv e ni e ntly d e

v e l o e d by tr e ating e ach
p
s e gm e nt o f t h e v e nti
lator as part o f a con e .

B e f or e d e scribing how
this can be don e how ,

ever it will be n e c es sary

,

t o first e x plain how a

con e a n d a cylindrical
pip e can be mad e so as
to fit to g e th e r e xactly .

To do this it will p e rhaps

be t h e b e st plan to go
ov e r t h e stri k ing out of
t h e patt e rns f o r a simpl e
cowl mad e up in t h e Wa y
of a

C on e an d Pipe
Con n ectio n .

Th e most importan t
pm , 21 6 .
t hing to tak e no t ic e of
266 S H E E T A ND P LA TE ME TA L WORK [ CH A R X XVI .

F ig 2 1 7 , t h e
. h e ad b eing mad e up in f our pi e c e s So that .

e ach s e gm e nt sh all com e o u t as a portion o f a con e it will ,

be n ece ssary to construct circl e s on t h e c e ntr e lin e as ,

shown by thos e d e scrib e d f rom ce ntr e s n o and p Th e , ,

.

shap e o f s e gm e nt A is form e d by drawing a con e ap e x a , ,

to tou ch t h e sph e r e whos e c e ntr e is at n Th e j oint li n e s .

f o r t h e parts B C and D a r e d e t e rmin e d by drawing a

, ,

FIG . 21 7 .

con e to touch sph er e s n and o ; a con e ap ex c to t ouch , ,

sph e r e s o and p and t h e pip e D t o touch t h e sph e r e p

, , , .

Wh e r e t h e outsid e lin e s of t h e r e sp e ct iv e pairs o f con e s

int e rs e ct will giv e t h e e nds of t h e j oint lin e s Thus E F .

[ S t h e int e rs e ction o f con e s whos e ap e x e s a r e a and 6 G H ,

that of b and c and J K t h e j oint b e t w e e n con e 0 a n d t h e

,

cylindrical pip e D,
To hav e a circul ar mouth t h e lin e
.
, ,

L M must be squar e to t h e con e a xis d a

, , .
 SH I P V E NTI L A T ORS , E TC 26 7
“

Th e back and thro at o f a v e ntilator m a y be curv e d as

shown by t h e dott e d lin e s in F ig 2 1 8 an d t h e shap e of t h e
.
,

s e gm e nts still obtain e d in t h e sam e mann e r as abov e .

Th e p att e rn for o n e s e gm e n t only t hat o f B —

is shown —

s e t out in F ig 21 8 Th e compl e t e con e is fi r s t co n s t r u ct e d

. .
t

by ma k ing I) 0 e qual to b 4 and drawing in a bas e lin e 0 4

, ,
.

U pon this bas e lin e a s e micircl e is drawn and divi d e d into

f our parts F rom e ach division point on t h e s e mici r cl e a
.

p e rp e ndi cu lar is
dropp e d on to t h e
di am e t e r and th e n
,

radial lin e s run on

to t h e ap e x 6 Wh e r e .

th e s e radial lin e s
int e rs e ct t h e j oint
li n e s 4 d and f 6
, ,

lin e s squar e to t h e
con e a xis a r e run
on to t h e outsid e o f
t h e con e . Thus all ,

the construction
lin e s r e quir e d f o r
t h e patt e rn a r e d e
t e r m in e d Th e com
.

p l e t e con e patt e rn is

first mark e d out in

t h e usual way by
taking 6 0 as radius FI G 2 1 8 . .

and st e pping e ight

l e ng t hs e ach e qual to o n e o f t h e arcs on t h e s e micircl e
,

along t h e girth lin e Th e s e points a r e now j oin e d up to b

.
,

an d t h e radial lin e s so drawn cut o ff by using t h e l e ngth s

alr e ady found on t h e sid e 6 0 of t h e con e Thus to follow .
,

t h e fi x ing of o n e patt e rn point t h e lin e 3 3 is drawn on t h e

,
°

s e micircl e 3
°
j oin e d to b and 3 3 drawn parall e l to t h e
,
'

' ”
,
268 S H E E T A ND P LA TE MET AL WORK [ CH A R XX VI .

con e bas e or ,
squar e
to t h e a xis ; t h e distance
6 3 is th e n swung around
”

on to t h e radial lin e 6 3 , ,

and in this way a point on

t h e patt e rn curv e is o h
t a in e d. I n a simil ar man
n er t h e oth e r points can be

d ete rmin e d .

Th e patt e rns for t h e

s e gm e nts A and C a r e not
shown s et out as th es e o f , ,

cours e can be d e v e lop e d

,

in e x actly t h e sam e way as

e x plain e d abov e in conn e c

tion with s e gm e nt B Th e .

patt e rn f o r t h e pip e D can

be mark e d out as in an
.

ordinary e lbow or similar ,

to t h e straight pip e in
F ig 2 1 6
. .

A simpl e and ch e ap
form o f cowl can be d e
sign e d by fi t ting a

Ro un d Pipe on C on e .

Inthis cas e wh e r e t h e ,

two cen tr e lin e s a r e at

right angl e s th e patt e rns,

co m e out in a n ea s y
m ann e r A n e l e va tion of
.

such a cylindrical pip e and

con e fitting tog e th e r is
shown in F ig 2 1 9 So . .
2 70 S H E E T A ND P LA TE MET AL WORK [ CH A R XX VI .

Pipe on C on e Obl iquel y .

Wh e n th e c e ntr e lin e of t h e p i p e 1 3 Inclin e d to that o f t h e

con e F i th e n t h e d e t e rmining o f t h e j oint curv e is
( g .

a mor e d iflficu l t matt e r Th e only r e al di ff e r e n ce how

.
,

ev er ,
b e tw e e n t h e construction in this probl e m and t h e
last is in t h e arcs d b and a 3 for wh e r e as in t h e
”

form e r cas e th ey w e r e ar cs o f circl e s in this ex ampl e th ey

,

com e out as parts o f e llips e s Th e di ff e r e nc e o f constru e

.

tion th e n li e s in obtaining t h e shap e s o f t h e e llipti c ar cs

, ,
.

To do this all that is n e ce ssary is to first g e t t h e two d ia

m e t e rs of t h e r e sp e ctiv e e llips e s and th e n s e t t h e sm all ar cs
,

out by t h e m e thod
shown in conn e ction
with F ig 2 1 3
. . It
will p e rhaps be s u ffi
ci e nt to e xplain how
to get t h e diam e t e rs
o f t h e e llips e o f whi ch

h
t e arc d 1 is a part
”
,

as t h e m e thod will be
.

t h e sam e f o r e a ch arc .

D raw t h e lin e 1 6
parall e l to t h e ce ntr e
lin e o f t h e pip e and ,

bis e ct 1 ”
e in 9 .

D raw 9 f squar e to
t h e a xis of t h e con e ,

and on h f d es crib e
a quart e r circl e pro
-
,

d ucin g it a littl e be
yond t h e point wh e r e
it m e e ts t h e con e
F IG 2 20
No w draw a
.

a xis
.

lin e through 9 parall e l to t h e ce ntr e lin e of t h e con e to ,

m e e t t h e q uart e r circl e produc e d in 7c Th en t h e lin e a k

-
.
 SH I P V E N T I L A T ORS , E TC . 271

will be hal f t h e small diam e t e r and t h e lin e 9 6 hal f t h e

,

larg e diam e t e r o f t h e e llips e Th e s e two l e ngths a r e s e t

.

along a tramm e l as pr e viously e xplain e d and t h e two

, ,

points slid along t h e lin e s 9 1 an d g l thus obtaining t h e ,

curv e d No w mark o ff 9 m e qual to 1 1 and draw a

°
,

lin e down p arall e l to g 1 and so fi x t h e point 03 Th e lin e

,
.

d 1 is th e n drawn squar e to d m or g 1 and thus t h e point

’
,

1 on t h e j oint curv e is found

’
I n t h e sam e way t h e oth e r
.

points 2 and
’
can be d e t e rmin e d .

Th e stri k ing out o f t h e patt e rns 1 3 n ot shown as this part ,

of t h e work will be don e in an e xac t ly similar m ann e r t o

t hat illustrat e d by F ig 2 1 9 . .

L obs t er -Ba ck C o wl

Th e construc t ion of a
lobs t e r -bac k cowl (F ig 2 2 1 ).

follows som e what similar

lin e s to that of a quart e r
b e nd mad e up in s e gm e nts
, ,

as shown in C hapt e r I V .

I n som e cas e s wh e r e t h e
throat part is curv e d t h e
.

s e tting out o f t h e patt e rns

will be e x actly t h e sam e
a s t h e quart e r -b e nd but in
t h e pr e s e nt cas e wh e r e t h e
,

mouth and bottom pi e ce s

o f t h e cowl m e e t and a r e
,

squar e t o e ach oth e r som e ,

modification of t h e patte rn
i s r e quir e d
.

A si d e e l e vation of t h e
co wl e xhibiting th e
arrang em e nt o f t h e s e g FIG 22 1 .
2 72 S H E E T A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R XX VI .

m e n t s is shown in F ig 22 2 Th e curv e d part o f t h e back

,
. .

is f orm e d of a quadrant of a circl e and is usually as in this

.
,

cas e divid e d into four e qual

,

s e gm e nts Th e mouth and

.

bottom pi e c e s a r e r e sp e cti v e ly
produc e d in to t h e dot te d
lin e s a b and a 0 b e ing th e m
,

s e lv e s conn e ct e d along t h e
lin e 0 a Th e f our ba ck s e g
.

m e nts a r e thus as it w e r e , ,

j oin e d on to th e s e .

Th e constru ction lin e s f o r

t h e mouthpi e c e a r e obtain e d
by d e scribing a s e mi circl e on
t h e lin e 0 6 dividing this into
,

s ix e qual parts and running

,

lin e s squar e to t h e diam e t e r

and across to t h e dott e d lin e
a c .Th e patt e rn is s e t o u t
by first mark ing down t h e
girth lin e e qual in l e ngth to
tw e lv e tim e s o n e o f t h e small
arcs on t h e s e micir cl e draw ,
:

ing lin e s squar e a cross a n d ,

cutting th e m o ff e qual in
l e ngth to t h e const ruction
lin e s m e asur e d on e ith e r sid e
of 0 6 in t h e el e va t ion Thus .
,

to show o n e lin e t h e parts ,

”
4 4 and 4 4 on t h e pat te rn
’ ° °

a r e e qual to t h e sam e figur ed .

lin e s in t h e e l e vation .

F IG 222
Th e bottom patt e rn will be
“ “

mark e d out in t h e sam e way as t h e mouth patt e rn and it ,

shoul d be notic e d that t h e e nds of both of th es e a r e cut

2 74 SH EE T A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R XX II V .

C HA P TE R XX V II .

H OL L OWE D A RT I C L E S .

To obtain t h e ex act shap e of a plat e or sh e e t in t h e flat ,

for an ar t i cl e whos e sur f ac e has a doubl e curvatur e is ,

g e n e rally almost impossibl e I n practi ce how e v e r v e ry

.
, ,

goo d appro ximations ca n n e arly always be f ound t h e d e gr e e

of accuracy in work ing up in to t h e finish e d articl e d e p e nd
ing mor e or l e ss upon t h e tr e atm e nt that t h e m e tal r e c e iv e s
at t h e hands o f t h e wor k m an I n all good work e sp e cially
.
,

that which has to be und e r pr e ssur e such as s t e a m pipes , ,

t h e obj e ct aim e d at should be to k e e p t h e plat e in t h e

finish e d arti cl e t h e sam e thickn e ss all ov e r or at any rat e , , ,

to mind that it is not unduly thinn e d at any particular part .

A s o n e work man will str e tch or draw t h e pl at e mor e than

anoth e r it is obviously impossibl e in this class o f work to
,

s e t out a patt e rn that will suit all man i pulators Tw o .

things should be k e pt in Vi e w in marking out patt e rns f or

hollow e d work o n e is t o ma k e sur e that t h e plat e is not
—

t o o small and t h e oth e r t o mind not to wast e m e tal

,
I t is .

an e asy matt e r to get a plat e larg e e nough and th e n t o ,

sh e ar and cu t away in working up until t h e right siz e of

obj e ct is obtain e d ; but this mani f e stly is a most e xp e nsiv e
m e thod to follow es p e cially in t h e d e ar e r m e tals such as
,

brass and copp e r .

G e n e rally i n hollow work a good guid e to follow is t o

, ,

try to s et out t h e n e t pat te rn so as t o hav e t h e sam e ar e a

as t h e surfac e of t h e finish e d articl e A ft e r this allowanc e
. ,

can be mad e if r e quir e d for any undu e contra ctio n or

, ,

dr a w and also for t rim m ing a n d j oin t ing

,
.
 H OL L OWE D A RTI C L E S 2 75

Sph er ica l Bo wl .

Th e simpl e st articl e of hollo w work to obtain t h e pa t t e r n

for is probably that o f a bowl as s e e n in F ig 22 3 Th e . .

siz e o f dis c f o r this can be obtain e d in s e v e ral ways all bas e d ,

upon t h e assumption that t h e ar e a o f t h e cir cular patt e r n

is e qua l to t h e ar e a o f t h e curv e d sur f ac e of t h e bowl Th e .

abov e assumption is pra cti cally corr e ct and would be ,

stri ctly so if t h e m e tal of t h e hollow e d bowl w e r e exactly

t h e sam e thic k n e ss as t h e sh ee t f rom Whi ch it had b ee n
wor k e d up To k e e p t h e m e tal t h e sam e thickn e ss is almos t
.

impossibl e in practic e ; but wh a t ar ea is lost by co ntra ctio n

is g e n e rally balanc e d by that gain e d in ex pans ion .

I f t h e bowl is in shap e a h e misph e r e th e n t h e radius o f

,

t h e disc can be calcul at e d if w e r e m e mb e r that t h e ar e a

of th e sur f a ce o f a compl e t e sph e r e is e qual t o th e squar e
o f t h e diam e t e r multipli e d by That is ar e a of ,

sph e r e surfac e d 7r a n d as t h e ar e a of t h e disc must be

z
,

e qu al t o half o f t h e abov e w e hav e

,

(1
2
7T
R 2
“
.

d d
an d
J 2 14

wh e r e R eq uals radius of pa t t e rn di s c . This gi ves us a

handy rul e f o r in all
,

cas e s wh e r e t h e bowl is
hal f a sph e r e ,
th e
radius of t h e cir cul ar
patt e rn will be fou nd
by dividing t h e dia
m e t e r o f t h e sphe r e by
1 4 .

F orthos e who a r e
not good at calculating
t h e sam e r e sul t can be FI G 22 3
. .
2 7 6 SH E E T A ND P LA TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R X XV I I .

o btain e d g raphi cally by aid o f t h e constru ction shown in

F ig 22 4
. . This constr u ction in d e e d may be tak e n g e n e r
, ,

a lly and appli e d to all hollow e d work that com e s out as any

s e gm e n t al portion o f a sph e r e E ss e nti ally t h e constru e

.

tion consists in s e tting out a righ t-angl e triangl e o n e sid e

‘

FI G . 2 24 .

b eing e qual to half t h e diam e t e r of bowl and t h e ,

eq ual to t h e d e pth t h e hypot e nus e or thi rd sid e th e n giving

t h e radius of t h e disc .

Th e g e n e ral cas e is p e rhaps b e t te r e xplain e d by F ig 2 2 5 .

,

t h e parall e l li n e s r e pr e s e nting t h e top o f bowls

. and t h e
,

dott e d lin e s with th e numb e r e d R giving t h e radius of t h e

corr e sponding r e quir e d disc Thus t h e lin e R will giv e
.
1

t h e radius o f a cir cul ar plat e which will wor k up to a b o wl

whos e top is r e pr e s e nt e d by th e lin e 1 1 I n t h e sam e way
.

a circular plate whos e radius is eq ual to R woul d form a 3

bowl whos e diam et e r a t top would be e qual to 3 3 .

2 7 8 S H E E T A N D P L A TE MET A L WORK [ CH A R XX VII .

This som e what p e culiar prop e rty o f t h e sph e r e and

cylind e r o ccasionally com e s in handy in s e tting out patt e rns

f o r plumb e r s and copp e rsmith s work and also in e sti

’ ’

mating w eights o f sh e e t m etal r e quir e d in work o f this

chara ct e r I t is also o f u s e wh e n t h e e n d o f a straight pip e
.

is e quir e d to be work e d to f orm part o f a dom e e n d such

r
,

as in copp e rs st e am dom e cov e rs and coal s coops R e

,
-
,
-
.

f e rring agai n to F ig 226 suppos e w e r e quir e to work t h e

.
,

e n d o f a straight pip e into t h e shap e 6 H F or b L G th e n

, ,

t h e l e ngth o f pip e want e d to f orm t h e domical part H F

F IG . 226 .

would be H f I t should be born e in mind that if t h e

.

point f is to be work e d aroun d to F it will be n e ce ssary in

t h e raising t o so str e t ch t h e m e tal as to k e e p it a co stant n

thick n e ss.

Ra is in g a Bow l .

In working up a bowl or any simil ar articl e or part of an

articl e t h e sh ee t may be e ith e r rais e d
,
or hollow e d .
”

Th e raising proc e ss is mor e particularly sui t abl e to t h e

 H OL L OWE D A RTI C L E S 2 79

s oft e r m e tals su ch as l e ad p e wt e r copp e r and brass and

, , , , ,

is carri e d out as shown in F ig 22 7 t h e sh e e t m etal b e ing

,
.
,

drawn ov e r t h e h ead by working round cours e a f t er cours e .

Th e e d ges o f t h e sh e e t will wrin k l e a good d e al and p ar ,

t icu l a r car e must be t a k e n e sp e cially in thin m e tal that

, ,

th e Sh e et do e s not doubl e ov e r or e ls e t h e j ob will be r e ady

,

for t h e scrap h e ap To avoid this work around t h e bowl

.
,

FIG 2 2 7.
‘

g e ntly and if unduly larg e wrinkl e s app e ar work th e m o u t

, ,

car e f ully t o t h e e dg e o f plat e I f t h e j ob is of copp e r or

.

brass it should be ann e al e d two or thr ee tim e s during t h e

,

working up .

To obtain asmooth sur f ac e and to hard e n and sti ff e n t h e

19
2 80 SH E E T A ND PL A TE MET A L WORK [ CHA R X X VII .

m e tal t h e j ob should be finish e d o ff with t h e hamm e r Th e .

planishing b e ing don e with a round flat or concav e f ace d -

hamm e r on a smooth bull e t -h e ad stak e as shown in ,

F ig 2 2 8
. . Th e blows should be car e fully pl ac e d comm e m
,

cing at t h e ce ntr e and gradually working out t o t h e e dg e .

Th e s urfac e should not be stru ck twic e in o n e pl a ce but -

t h e hamm e r mark s should j oin on to e a ch other

-
Th e .

gr e at e st c ar e mus t be t ak e n that t h e sharp e dge of t h e

FIG . 22 8
.

h a mm er -f a c e do e s not strik e t h e surfac e as it is almost

,

impossibl e to oblit e rat e mark s o f this charact e r and if ,

l e f t on t h e app e aranc e o f t h e arti cl e is not by any m e ans

,

improv e d .

I f t h e sur f ac e is to be polish e d it should be obs e rv e d th a t

it is fr ee from scal e and p e r f e ctly cl e an b e f or e t h e planish ~

in g ta k es pl a ce , as ev e ry par t i cl e of dirt on t h e s urfa ce wi l l

2 82 SH E E T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ CH A R XX V II
/
.

t hat is n e ith e r str e tch e s nor contra cts This will be a

,
.

circl e lying on t h e sur f ac e o f t h e bowl and shown by t h e ,

lin e N C in F ig 2 2 4 To d e t e rmin e t h e position o f this

. .

circl e a distan ce e qual to t h e diam e t e r o f t h e h e misph e r e

,

divid e d by 3 1 4 1 6 is s et down from t h e top and a lin e ,

parall e l to t h e top of bowl th e n drawn ; this giv e s t h e dia

m et e r o f t h e n e utral circl e Ta k ing a h e misph e rical bowl
.

of 5 in diam e t e r
. t h e distanc e down of t h e n e utral circl e
,

will be
5
16 in .

3 1 41 6

In the working up this circl e should r e main o f constant

,

diam e t e r and th e r e for e giv e s us t h e boundary lin e wh e r e

,

t h e wrin k l e s f rom t h e e dg e o f disc shoul d d ie away In .

FI G . 2 30 .

copp e r bot t oms and such lik e work t h e wrinkling cir cl e

, ,

should be m ark e d on t h e cir cul ar plat e and t h e wrink l e s ,

put in on t h e outs id e of this circl e .

Patt er n s f or Co pper .

Th e s e tting out of t h e patt e rns for a copp e r (F ig 23 0 ) .

conv e ni e ntly com e s in wi th our consid e ration o f t h e sph e r e .

 H OL LOWE D A RTI C L E S 2 83

A diagram of t h e v e ss e l is shown in F ig 2 3 1 from which .

,

it will be s e e n how to obtain t h e siz e s o f bottom and sid e s .

Th e r a dius f o r t h e bot t om disc can be m e asur e d from

t h e di agram or can be ca lculat e d as follows
,

Th eh e ight o f t h e plat e for t h e bo dy is d e t e rmin e d by t h e

prop e rty o f t h e sph e r e and cylind e r m e ntion e d in conn e c

PG . 2 31 .

tio n wi t h F ig 22 6 . Th e body wi ll be m ad e up in e i t h e r
.

on e ,
two or mor e pi e c es according to t h e dia m e t e r of t h e
, ,

copp e r Th e patt e rns a r e not shown s et out as th e ir

.
,

shap e s b e ing so Simpl e th e re is no n e e d for it .

A ft e r t h e body is roughly riv et e d tog e th e r t h e bottom part

can be work e d ov e r or raz e d in on a b e nch bar as Shown in ,

F ig 2 32
.
(I
. t will p e rhaps
,
not be h e r e out of plac e to
,

stat e that t h e b e nch bar in a g e n e ral shop is probably t h e

most us e ful t o ol to hav e as it can be us e d for a s co r e or mor e
,

di ff e r e nt purpos e s I f it has a squar e tap e r e d hol e in t h e

.
-
2 84 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M ETA L WORK [ CH A R X XV II .

flat e n d it can be mad e to carry various h e ads and do

,

similar wor k to t h e hors e in a flo o r block ) —

.

Th e str e tching or throwing o ff o f t h e brim is e xplain e d

by F ig 2 3 3 This can e ith e r be don e on a h e ad stak e as
. .

shown on an anvil or on t h e e dg e o f t h e flat e n d o f b e nch

, ,

bar I n str e t chi ng t h e brim t h e d e pth o f flang e should first

.

be mark e d around th e insid e Wh e n throwing t h e brim o ff .

on t h e stak e car e should be ta k e n that t h e mor e int e ns e

,

part o f t h e hamm e r -blow f alls n e a r t h e e dg e o f m e tal as ,

t h e gr e at e st amount o f str e tch must o f cours e ta k e pla ce , ,

on t h e outsid e o f t h e brim .

Th e position of t h e wrinkling circl e f or t h e bottom and ,

FIG . 232 .

FI G . 2 33 .

thus its diam e t e r (F ig 23 1 ) can be d et e rmin e d by t h e follow

.

ing rul e : To find t h e distanc e o f t h e n e utral cir cl e f rom

t h e bottom d e duct t h e chord f rom t h e arc and multiply this
, ,
”
di ff e r e nc e by t h e radius and divid e t h e product by t h e arc .

Tha t is

r a d iu s OD x ( ar c A CD C h or d A D)
ar c A CD
2 8 6 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH A R VII
XX .

On e of t h e simpl e st aids to t h e r e m e mb e ring o f how to

find t h e volum e o f a Sph e r e is I n t h e p e culiar r e l ation that
e xists b e tw ee n t h e v olum e s o f a con e Sph e r e and cylind e r
, ,

wh e n th e ir diam e t e rs and h e igh t s a r e e qual I ma g in e that .

F ig 23 5 r e pr e s e n t s th e s e thr ee solids th e n t h e r e lativ e

.
,

volum e s o f con e sph e r e and cylind e r will be as 1 is to 2

, ,

is to 3 . So that having found t h e volum e o f t h e cylind e r

, ,

t h e S ph e r e will be two thirds and t h e co n e on e third o f it

-
,
~
.

I t will also be s ee n that t h e sph e r e is j us t twic e t h e volum e

o f t h e con e Th e abov e r e .

lation f a cilitat e s t h e work

in cal culating t h e cubic
cont e nts of a v e ss e l with
h e misph e ri cal or conical
e nds .

I f a v e ss e l has h e mi
sph e ri cal e nds all that is ,

n e ce ssary is t o add two

thirds o f t h e diam e t e r on
to t h e cylindrical portion ,

and cal culat e its volum e .

I f a v e ss e l has a conical
bottom or top pointing
F I G 2 35
. .

outwards th e n its volum e ,

can be found by adding o n e third t h e h e ight of t h e con e on

-

to t h e cylindrical portion and calcul ating as b e for e I f a

, .

v e ss e l has a coni cal bottom pointing inwards th e n of , ,

cours e o n e -third t h e h e ight o f con e would be

, d e du ct e d
from t h e l e ngth .

I t i s som e tim e s conv e ni e nt to u se t h e ordinary m e nsura

tion rul e s such a s
,

V olum e of sph e r e

x
 H OL L OWE D A RTI C L E S 287

V olum e of on e
c

2
”
2
h
7
2
h x 1 0 4 72
3

V olum e of c ylind e r
ll
i
2
w
wr
2
h = r
z
h x 3 l 4l 6

Wh e r e d diam e t e r ,
T radius and ,
h h eigh t .

In pra ctic e it is handi e r t o u s e som e such rul e s as t h e

,

f ollowing which hav e b ee n calcul at e d on t h e ba SI S of

,

2 7 7 2 7 4 c in to t h e gallon
. . T aking di m e nsio ns in f ee t .

G allons in cylind e r [L X
sph e r e T
3 X
con e T
2
k X 65 3

dim e nsions
I f th e ar e in inch e s th en ,
th e following multi
pli e rs must be us e d
G allons in cylind e r k X 0 1 1 33°

sph e r e T 3 X °
01 5 1 1
con e r
z
h x 0 03 7 8

Taking ampl e to illustrate th eir u s e

on e ex Suppos e w e .

r e quir e t o find t h e n umb e r of gallons in a h e misph e rical

bowl of 2 0 in di am e t e r Th e n . .

10 x 10 x 10 x '

01 51 1
G all o ns C
75 (n early ) .

)
d

A ft e r t h eabov e e xplana t ion l et us com e back to t h e ,

copp e r Su ppos e it is 3 f t diam e t e r and 3 f t 6 in d ee p

. . . . .

Th e n d e ducti ng hal f t h e dia m e t e r from t h e d e pth this will ,

giv e us 2 f t f o r t h e l e ngth of t h e cylin drical part A dding

. .

t w o thirds t h e d e pth of t h e h e misph e rical bottom on to t h e

-

cylindrical portion this will giv e u s an e quival e nt cylind e r

,

o f 3 ft l e ngth
. Th e cubical cont e n t s will th e r e for e be
.
, ,

x 3 x 1 96 1 3 23 1 3 2} gallon s .
2 88 S H E E T A N D PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH A R X XV II I .

C H A PTE R XX V I I I .

SO L ID P ANS ,
J UG S ,
E X P A N SI O N B U L B S ,
ETC .

Solid Roun d Pan .

A I
C R CU L A R pan or v e ss e l su ch as that shown in F ig 23 6
,
.
,

can be rais e d or drawn out of t h e solid plate wh e n su ch

mall e abl e m e tals as copp e r , brass e t c a r e us e d A rticl e s
,
.
,
.

o f this d e scrip t ion wh e n r e quir e d in quantiti e s a r e drawn

, ,

up out o f bl an k discs in ,

t w o or thr e e op e rations ,

by t h e aid o f suitabl e
di e s in a hand or pow e r
pr e ss Wh e n a f e w .

arti cl e s only a r e want e d ,

th e y a r e f orm e d by
hand t h e disc b e ing ,

gradually work e d ov e r a
b e nch stak e by t h e u s e -
,

of mall e t and hamm e r ,

until t h e r e quire d shap e

F IG 2 3 “ is obtain e d Wh e th e r .

shap e d by hand or machin e n e arly all m e tals r e quir e,

ann e aling b e tw ee n e a ch or e v e ry oth e r op e ration .

I n calculating t h e siz e o f disc t h e thing to be k e pt in mind

is to hav e a circul ar blank o f t h e sam e ar e a as t h e co m
bin e d ar e a of th e bottom and sid e s o f t h e v e ss e l This ca n .

be calcul at e d or found by graphic construction We will .

Show bo t h m e thods F o r calculating t h e radius of t h e dis c

.
,

t h e following rul e can be u s e d :

“
A d d t h e s q uar e of t h e
29 0 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R XX V III .

small allowanc e should be add e d to th e circul a r pla t e , as

shown by t h e outsid e dott e d circl e .

Sol id Ro un d-
Ta per e d Pan .

I f th e siz e of t h e disc is r e quir e d f or working up into a

circu l ar pan having a flat bott om and tap e r e d sid e s t h e n
, , ,

with som e littl e modification t h e rul e s as u s e d in t h e , ,

form e r cas e can be appli e d F irst of all t h e me an radius

,
.
,

o f t h e pan mus t be found and this i s don e by adding t h e

,

ra dius of t h e bottom to t h e radius of t h e to p and th e n

dividing by two Th e rul e f o r finding t h e radius of t h e
.

bl ank will th e n r e ad as follows : A dd t h e squar e of t h e

bottom radius t o twi ce t h e produc t o f t h e m e an radius and
t h e slant d e p t h and e x trac t t h e squar e root of t h e whol e
”
,
.

Suppos e a p an of t his d e scription (F ig 2 38) is 2 ft 6 in . . .

in diam e t e r at t h e t o p 1 f t 6 in at t h e bottom and

,
. .
,

1 ft 3 in sl an t d e pth
. . .

L et R = radiu s of disc .

7
’
m e an radius of pan .

radius of bottom .

radius of top .

3 d epth of slant sid e .

Th e n t h e m e an radius will be

Th e radius of th e patt e rn disc will e qual

21 in .

Th e sam e r e sult can be obtain e d graphi cally by t h e con

struction shown in F ig 2 38 B is e ct E F and draw t h e
. .
,

lin e G H through t h e bis e cting point parall e l to A B .

D raw H J paral l e l to C A and thus cu t O ff A J e qual t o

,
S OL I D F A NS , J U G S , E XPA NS I ON B U L B S , E TC . 29 1

G H . sing A as ce ntr e and A C as radius turn A C

U , ,

down and thus fi x t h e point K

,
On K J d e s crib e a s e mi
.

circl e and draw t h e lin e A L squar e to A B to m ee t it

,
.

Th e l e ngth of t h e lin e drawn from L to F t h e ce ntr e of t h e ,

Fm 2 38
. .

bottom will giv e t h e radius f or t h e blank disc

,
. Any all ow
an ce r e q uir e d must of cours e be add e d on t o
, , th e patt e rn ,

a s in t h e last ca se .

V es s el s With Do ubl e-Cur ve d Sur f a ces .

Th e patt e rns f o r arti cl e s whos e surfa ce s a r e of doubl e

curvatur e can b e m ar k e d out v e r y appro x imat e ly by an
.

adap t ion o f t h e m e thods alr e ady expl ain e d B e for e how .

,
2 9 2 S H E E T A N D PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A P . xxv m .

ev e r t h e m e thods can be appli e d to this class o f obj e ct it

, ,

will be n e ce ssary to giv e som e pr e liminary ex planation .

Suppos e it is r e quir e d t o g et t h e siz e o f a circular blan k

that will wor k up into a

Bar r el Sh aped V
=
es s el ,

as shown by th e s e c t ion in F ig 23 9 . I t should be r e

.

m e mb e r e d as has alr e ady b e e n stat e d that t h e are a of t h e

, ,

patt e rn disc mus t be e qual to t h e ar e a o f t h e bottom and

body tog e th e r o f t h e
v e ss e l Th e bot to m be
.

ing a cir cl e th e r e will , ,

o f cours e be no d iffi ,

culty in finding its

ar e a To calcul at e t h e
.

ar e a o f t h e body sur -

f ac e how e v e r is a mor e
, ,

di f ficult task We may .

consid e r t h e body as be
ing a s u r f a ce o f r ev o l u
tion that is a sur f a ce
—
,

sw e p t o u t by t h e a r e
A D E moving at a ‘
constant distan ce from
t h e ce ntr e lin e C F It .

is man i f e st that if t h e
arc r e volv e s in this
mann e r th e sur f ac e
,

g e n e rat e d would be that

as show n by t h e fi ur e
g .

No w t h e ar e a of a
,

sur f ac e f orm e d in this

way is e qual to t h e
Fm 2 339
. .
l e n gth o f t h e g e n e rating
2 9 4 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A P . xxv m .

H aving obtain e d t h e distan ce of t h e ce ntr e o f gravity

f rom th e ce ntr e lin e t h e radius o f t h e patt e rn disc can now
,

be ca l culat e d as in conn e ction with F ig 2 3 8

, . .

L et l l ength of arc .

radius of bottom .

1
‘
distanc e of c entr e of gravity f rom c e ntre lin e .

Th e n

W 55 1 1 78 -
’ '

7
R J rl
z
2” 2 ?
79 x

J in ( n early ) 9 93 10 . .

Whilst p e rhaps som e what unint e r e sting t h e calcula

, , ,

tions as e xplain e d abov e a r e v ery important and hav e

, , ,

Wi d e appli c ation in findin g t h e ar e as of surfac e s of this

chara ct e r Th ey can also be appli e d to finding t h e capa city
.

or cubic cont e nts of v ess e ls su ch as those shown in F igs .

23 9 2 4 0 and 24 5
, ,
.

C a pa ci t y of B ar r el =
$h a ped V es s el .

that w e hav e t h e dim e nsions in conn e ction wi th

Se e ing
Fig 2 3 9 it will p e rhaps be b e tt e r t o e xplain how t o find
.
, , ,

it s volum e b e f or e passing on I t should be r e m e mb e r e d .

that whilst t h e cal cul ations that f ollow apply to t h e v e ss e l

in F ig 2 3 9 t h e sam e princi pl e is applicabl e to all circular
.
,

articl e s .

Th e distan ce of t h e c e ntr e of gravity o f t h e s e gm e n t

A D E H A f rom 0 will e qual

Th e cub e of t h e chord
12 t im es ar ea of s egm ent

5
x 10 6 x 10 6
- - 1 1"
x 5 3 x 5 3) x 1 2

D ist a nc e o f ce ntr e of gravity of s e gm e nt f rom cen tr e li n e

e qual
53 2 5 in .
S OL I D PA N S , J U GS , E X PA N S I ON B U L B S . E TO . 29 5

Th e n t h e volum e of t h e v e ss e l e quals t h e volum e of t h e

c e ntr e cylindrical portion tog e th e r with t h e volum e sw e pt
,

out by t h e s e gm e nt r e volving around t h e ce ntr e lin e

V ol um e x 31 41 6 x 1 06
2 x 3 l 4l 6
'

2 0 80 3 3 44 5 9
5 52 62 cubic inch e s .

To find t h e numb e r o f gallons t h e abov e would hav e to be

divid e d by 2 77 2 74 (t h e numb er of cubic inch e s i n a gallon )
‘

‘
.

I t will thus be s e e n that t h e v e ss e l will hold j ust und e r two

gallons .

Patter n for B ar r el -Sh a pe d V es s el by C on s tr uction

To find radius o f t h e p att e rn disc graphically t h e

th e , ,

lin e A N ( F ig 2 3 9 ) is m ad e e qual to th e l e ng t h of t h e a r e
.

A D E and N P drawn squar e to it and e qual to t h e

,

radius 0 E L in e E R is t h e n drawn parall e l t o N P and

.
,

t h e point R cut o ff by j oining P to A O G is th e n mad e .

e qual t o E R by j oining R t o O and drawing E G parall e l

to R O Th e lin e K L is cut o ff e qual to K G and L M

.

drawn parall e l to G A No w using A as c e ntr e and A N

.
, ,

as radius t h e point S is m ark e d off A s e micircl e is n ext

,
.

d e scrib e d on S M in t e rs e ct ing t h e lin e A N in V Th e lin e .

0 V is t h e l e n gt h r e q u ir e d f or t h e radius of t h e patt e rn
disc ; and this on m e as ur e m e nt will be found t o be 1 0 in
, , .
,

as calculat e d b e for e .

Cir cul ar Pan with Sides Cur ved Outw ar ds .

Th e m e th o d shown abov e will apply to all kinds of di f

f e r e n t shap e d circular v e ss e ls t h e only di ff e r e nc e b e ing in
-
,

t h e finding of t h e ce ntr e of gravity of t h e sid e s e ction .

Pe rhaps o n e f urth e r e x ampl e in t h e way of a pan with its

sid e s curv e d out wards will mak e t h e construction f ollow e d
p l a in e r .
2 9 6 S H E E T A N D PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XX VIII .

I n F ig 2 4 0 a s e ction
. showing shap e o f t h e pan is
th e
giv e n Th e lin e A N is
. cu t o ff e qual to t h e l e ngth o f t h e

a r e A D E and N P drawn squar e to it and mad e e qual

,

to t h e radius 0 A .Th e lin e A F as shown is mark e d o ff

, ,

e q ual to t h e chord A E and F R drawn parall el to N P

, ,

t h e point R b e ing d e t e rmin e d by j oining P to A Th e n.

t h e point G wh ich is t h e c e ntr e of gravity of t h e a r e A D E

, ,

is fi x e d by making 0
G e qual to F R Th e .

point L w hi ch is th e
,

corr e sponding c e ntr e

of gravity for t h e
right hand a r c
—
is ,

found by drawing
G L parall el to A B
and mak ing K L e qual
to K G G is n e xt
.

j oin e d to A and t h e
lin es L M drawn
parall e l to G A A f t e r .

S has b e e n d et e r
min e d by mak ing A S
e q u al to A N a s e mi ,

circl e is d e scrib e d
upon S M s o fi xing ,

t h e point V on t h e
lin e A N produc e d .

Th e l e ngth of t h e lin e
C V will giv e t h e
FI G 2 40
. . radius f o r t h e disc .

C o pper Expan s ion Bulb .

copp e r expansion bulb or ball as shown in F ig 2 4 1

, ,
.
,

is som e tim e s fi x e d upon a l e ngth of st e am or h o t w a te r ~

pip e t o allo w f or t h e varyin g l e n gth of t h e pip e d u e t o

,
2 9 8 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A R X XV III .

pip e and a split tub e is fit t e d around t h e top e dg e of t h e

,

outl e t .

Th e s e tting out for t h e patt e rn is shown in F ig 2 4 4 .Th e .

b e ad is first of all allow e d f o r by l e ngth e ning t h e pip e s by

t h e distanc e A B which is e qual to t h e l e ngth C D E
,

m e asur e d around t h e b e ad Th e position of t h e point G

.

is f ound by t h e f ul e e xpl ain e d in conn e c t ion with F ig 23 9 . .

FI G 2 4 2
. .

F is th e middl e poin t of B E. Th e points G and F a r e

j o iL e d tog e th e r and t h e l e ngth G J mad e e qual to F B th e n

F Hi s drawn parall e l to G J and mad e t h e s a m e l e n th as
g
S OLI D PA NS , J U G S , E X PA N S I ON B U L B S ,
E TC . 29 9

the arc K L No w i f H be j oin e d to J t h e poin t W

.
, , ,

w h e r e it int e rs e cts t h e lin e F G will giv e t h e ce nt re of ,

gravi t y of t h e s e ction shap e Th e lin e N M is now draw n

.

in an av e rag e position its l e ngth b e ing mark e d o ff e qual to

,

t h e outlin e B K L O M N is th e n produc e d to m e e t t h e
.

c e ntr e lin e in T Th e patt e rn is now laid o u t as tha t for a

.

F ro 2 4 3
.
.

con e frus t um t h e l e ngths T M and T N b e ing us e d as t h e

,

radii and t h e l e ngth of t h e arc R S P b e ing mad e e qual to

,

four tim e s t h e l e ngth of t h e quart e r -circl e on V M .

C o pper J ug .

Th e s e cond e xampl e is that of a j ug as shown in F ig 24 5 , . .

Th e j ug is mad e in f o u r pa r t s t h e body bot t om spout

'

—
, , ,

and handl e Th e s e tting out of t h e p att e rns is shown in

.

F ig 24 6
. .A hal f el e vation showing t h e spou t portion is
-
, ,

first drawn Th e lin e B D is mark e d in an av e rag e posi

.

t ion on t h e ou t lin e and t h e middl e point C d e t e rmin e d by

,

d r awing t h e lin e A C squar e t o an d from t h e middl e of t h e

,
3 0 0 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M ETA L WORK [ C H A R xxv m
.

c e ntr e lin e B D is mad e e qual to t h e l e ngt h of t h e doubl e

.

curv e E F H t h e body patt ern th e n b e ing struck

,

in F ig 2 4 4
. .

FM 24 4 .

Th e i n n e r circl e on th e bottom patt e rn is th e sam e

30 2 SHE E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R v m .

Th e hol e for t h e spou t will be cut in t h e body a f t e r it has

b ee n work e d in t o shap e Th e handl e can be mad e i n t he
.

f orm of a tap e r e d t ub e load e d wi t h l e ad

,
b e nt
,

FIG 2 46 .

s h ap e or it can be form e d o u t of a bar of solid copp e r . It ,

m a y be atta ch e d to t h e body by riv e ting .

S OL I D PA NS , U
J G S ,
E X PA NS I ON B U L B S ,
E T C . 30 3

Th e es am on th e body can b e braz e d down to form t h e

con e frustum .

A eft r th e body and bottom hav e b e e n tinn e d o n t h e

FI G . 24 7
.

insid e th e lat t e r can be fi xe d in t h e form e r by sold e ring

,

around t h e insid e .

T eh surfac e of t h e j ug may b e polish e d and lacqu e r ed

, or
tr e a t e d i n any o t h e r way as d e sir e d .
3 0 4 S HE E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxi x .

C H A PTE R X X IX .

WO RK E D -U P P PEI B E N D S B RE E C H E S
,
I
P E C E S, E TC .

Pipe Ben ds .

SOL I D drawn pip e s both o f st e e l and copp e r o f diam et e rs

, ,

up to 6 in or 7 in can now by t h e aid o f hydraulic or oth e r

. .
,

b e n ding machin e s be b e nt to f orm b e nds o f various shap es ,

so that simpl e pip e b e nds mad e u p out o f sh e e t m e tal and

braz e d or riv e t e d a r e not so common as f orm e rly B e nds .

f or pip e s of larg e diam e t e r how e v e r hav e to be mad e up

, , ,

and also thos e f o r small pip e s wh e r e no faciliti e s e xist f or

pip e b e nding We shall th e r e for e now consid e r a f e w
.
, ,

typical cas e s of b e nds t ee -pi e c e s e t c

, ,
.

Q uar t er = Ben d .

A quart e r or squar e b e nd is usually m ad e up in two

, ,

pi e c e s t h e j oints r u nning along t h e ba ck and throat or

, ,

along t h e two sid e s as shown in F ig 24 7 This latt e r

,
. .

m e t ho d has s e v e ral advantag e s ov e r t h e f orm e r o n e b e ing ,

that th e r e is l e ss wast e in cu tting out t h e plat e s anoth e r ,

that th e y a r e p e rhaps a littl e e asi e r to sha pe and a third ,

t h e gr e at e r conv e ni e nc e in b razing sid e s e ams .

A m e thod f or obtaining t h e siz e o f t h e plat e is illustrat e d

by F ig 24 8 Th e e xact shap e of t h e quart e r b e nd is
. .
-

mark e d out as shown in t h e figur e and t h e j oint lin e drawn ,

i n No w b e f or e s e tting out t h e plat e s it will be as w e ll to

.

consid e r what happ e ns wh e n a plat e is b e nt to form e ith e r

t h e ba ck or throat portion o f t h e pip e C onsid e r t h e back .
3 0 6 SH E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxrx .

t ion ofthis n e utral lin e on t h e ba ck and throat pi e ce s can be

obtain e d f rom t h e following rul e
D ivid e t h e diam et e r of t h e pip e by and s e t this dis
”
tanc e on e ach sid e of th e j oint Thus in t h e pr e s e nt cas e
.
, ,

t h e di am e t e r o f t h e pip e b e ing 5 } in t h e distanc e of t h e

7 .
,

n eu tral lin e f rom t h e c e ntr e lin e of pip e will be

D D >< 7 52 x 7
1i
.

_ _
ln ‘

3; 22 22

This distanc e is s et on e ach sid e of t h e j oint lin e and ,

t h e n e utral lin e drawn as shown in F ig 2 4 8 Th e siz e o f . .

t h e plat e s th e n will be obtain e d by making th e ir widths

e qual to half t h e cir cumf e r e nc e of t h e pip e and th eir ,

l e ngths e qual to t h e l e ngths of t h e r e sp e ctiv e n e utral lin e s .

Th e widths of t h e patt e rns will be

5§ x 37 1
7

Th e l e ngth of th e bac k pi e c e

and th e l e ngth of th e throat pi e c e

l3 x 2 >< 3 3r
4

A som e what p e culiar f act should be notic e d in conn e ction

with t h e l e ngths of t h e n e utral lin e s and that is that t h e , ,

n e utral lin e of t h e ba ck is al ways for a quart e r b e nd ,

-
,

e x actly t h e diam e t e r o f t h e pip e long e r than t h e n e utral

lin e o f t h e throat So that wh e n t h e l e ngth of o n e lin e is

.

d e t e rmin e d t h e oth e r can be obtain e d by adding or d e duct

ing t h e diam e t e r of t h e pip e as t h e cas e may be I n t h e
,
.

pr e s e nt e x ampl e w e hav e
2 5 42 205} 5% in (diam et er of pip e)
. .
 WORK E D -
U P P I P E B E N DS , E T C . 30 7

If th e r e is any straight pip e on t h e e n d of th e quart e r

b e nd th e n t h e l e ngth o f this shoul d be add e d on to t h e
,

calculat e d l e ngth and t h e e nds of t h e patt e rn will be

,

straight lin e s drawn squar e to t h e c e ntr e lin e B u t if t h e .

b e nd has no straight portion as in t h e pr e s e nt cas e (F ig

,
.

th e n t h e e nds o f t h e patt e rn will n e e d curving som e

what as shown o n t h e figur e Th e or e tically no c urva t ur e
,
.
,

at t h e e nds shoul d be n e c e ssary as t h e ar e a of sh ee t m etal

,

on t h e patt e rns as calculat e d by t h e abov e rul e s is e xactly

, ,

e qual to t h e ar e a of t h e pip e b e nd s ur f ac e Practically .

,

how e v e r it is impossibl e to draw m e tal e v e nly and for som e

, ,

short dis t anc e f rom t h e e nds g e n e rally e qu al to t h e radius

,

of t h e pip e t h e sh e et or pla te will hardly be drawn at all

,
.

This di fficulty is usually ov e rcom e by making e a ch strip

slightly lo n g e r than r e quir e d and th e n trimming t h e e nds
o ff t h e pip e I f d e sir e d though t h e curvatur e of t h e e nds
.
, ,

can be appro ximat e ly obtain e d in t h e following m ann e r

D raw t h e n e u t ral lin es on t h e patte rns ( F ig 2 4 8 ) by making .

t h e distanc e 2 to 1 on e ach sid e of t h e c e ntr e lin e e qual to

t h e l e ngth of t h e a r e 2 t o 1 on t h e s e micircl e in t h e e l e va
t ion No w ma k e a b on t h e back n e utral lin e e qual t o t h e
.

radius of t h e pip e J oin a to O and draw 6 0! parall e l to

.
,

a 0 . Th e n t h e l e ngth 0 d will be m e asur e d o ff and s e t on

t h e patt e rn as shown
,
Th e r e shoul d be no t roubl e in fi n d
.

ing t h e radius so that an arc can be drawn p assing through

,

d and t h e e n d of t h e n e u t ral lin e s This radius is shown o n .

t h e ba ck patt e rn mark e d E d ,
I f r e quir e d t h e l e ngth of
.
,

c d can be calculat e d from t h e f ollowing rul e : Squar e t h e

diam e t e r of t h e pip e and divid e it by 6 ? t im e s th e radius o f
t h e back n e u t ral lin e That is in this cas e

5, x
6% x 1 6 }
in .
( arly )
ne .

In worki ng a t hroat pi e c e in t o shap e it will be found tha t ,

th e girth n e ar t h e middl e b e com e s throu gh t h e dr a w som e , ,

'
3 0 8 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxrx .

what l e ss and for t h e sam e r e ason t h e girth o f t h e ba ck will

,

in cr e as e ; cons e qu e ntly wh e n t h e two halv e s com e tog eth er

,

t h e j oint lin e will be slightly o u t o f t h e c e ntr e o f t h e sid e

o f pip e . This can be modifi e d if n e ce ssary by adding on to
e a ch sid e o f t h e throat patt e rn and d e du cting f rom e a ch

sid e o f t h e b a ck patt e rn a l e ngth e q u al to t h e squar e o f

t h e diam e t e r of t h e pip e divid e d by s e v e n tim e s t h e radius
of t h e throat so that t h e camb e r g h of t h e sid e dott e d
,
”

curv e s will e qual

i
g ggg — i
g
1 in .
(n e arly ) .

This distanc e should be set out as shown by g h on t h e

patt e rn and an arc o f a cir cl e drawn as s e e n by t h e dotte d
, ,

curv e s.

Th e patt e rns as mark e d out abov e will be t h e n et siz e and ,

any allowanc e for trimming or j ointing must be add e d on .

I f t h e sid e s e ams a r e to be riv e t e d th e n a prop e r allowanc e ,

f o r lap must be mad e ; but if braz e d by thinning t h e e dg e s ,

down to forma w e dg e j oint th e n littl e or no allowanc e wi ll

-
,

be n e e d e d as t h e width of l ap will be work e d down out of

,

th e sh ee t m e tal .

Ben d L es s or Gr e at er th an a Q u ar ter .

A b e nd may r e quir e m ak ing to j oint up two lin e s of

piping that a r e n o t at right angl e s or to fit on to two flang e ,

face s that a r e not squar e to e a ch oth e r

Suppos e t h e c e ntr e lin e s o f t h e piping mak e an angl e of
as shown in t h e e l e vation F ig 2 4 8 th e n t h e flang e ,
.
,

fac e s wi ll mak e an angl e o f

1 80 75
°
1 05

with e ach oth e r . This angl e ca n be s e t out as shown in F ig .

24 8 and thus
,
th e sh a p e of t h e b e nd d ete rmin e d . Th e
 3 1 0 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxi x .

work e d th e n t h e throat part ca n be manipul at e d on a

,

h e avy m a ndr e l or t e e stak e Th e ba ck ca n be hollow e d on

-
.

a hollowing blo ck and dr e ss e d into som e thing lik e shap e on

,

a curv e d top t e e sta k e bull e t h e ad stak e or cod fi xe d on

-
,
-
,

bar C ar e must be ta k e n that t h e plat e s a r e k e pt prop e rly

.

ann e al e d as th e y pass through t h e various op e ra t ions A f t e r .

t h e halv e s a r e shap e d to t h e t e mplat e s if r e quir e d to be ,

braz e d t h e e dg e s shoul d be thinn e d down and prop e rly

,

FI G . 2 49 .

cl e an e d Th e cramps a r e th e n cut on o n e half with a thin

.

k ni f e or chis e l whi ch is h e l d obliqu e ly across t h e e dg e o f

,

t h e plat e whilst b e ing driv e n into t h e m e tal as s ee n in ,

F ig . 24 9 .

two halv e s a r e th e n fi xe d tog e th er and fast e n e d wi t h

Th e
binding wir e and t h e cramps dr e ss e d do wn on a co d as
‘

, ,

shown in F ig 2 5 0 Th e b e nd will th e n be braz e d and

. .

hamm e r e d up as ex plain e d in C hapt e r XXX V

, .

W or k ed up
a
Br ee ch es -Pie ce .

Th e m e thods appli e d to obtain t h e patt e rns in t h e l as t

cas e s can with som e littl e modifi ca t ion be us ed for all sor t s o f
 WORK E D -
U P PI PE B E N DS , E T C . 31 1

mad e u p b e nds We will now e xplain t h e application to

- .

a thr ee -way pi e c e as shown in F ig 2 5 1

,
This kind o f j ob. .

ca n be mad e up in thr e e pi e ce s t h e two sid e parts whi ch

,

form t h e waist and outsid e o f l e gs and o n e part which f orms

,

t h e insid e of l e gs or it can be f orm e d o f fi v e pi e c e s thr ee

, ,

as a bov e tog eth e r with a triangular g uss e t on each sid e

,
.

FI G . 250 .

Th e patt e rns as s et out in F ig 25 2 a r e t o build up t h e b e nd

.

in thr e e pi e ce s A hal f sid e and half -e n d e l evation o f

.
-

th e b e nd is drawn and it should be r e m e mb e r e d in conn e c

,

tion with this that t h e ar e a of t h e waist pipe circl e should

be e qual to t h e ar e as of t h e two l eg -pip e circl e s add e d to
g e th e r Th e l e g pip e b eing 4 I n diam ete r t h e diam e te r of
. .
,

th e waist pip e will be e qual to

-

J 4 x 4 x 2 5 7 5% in (n early )
. .

Ins t e ad of both e ring to calculat e , th e s iz e of waist pip e can

-

21
3 1 2 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxrx .

r e adily be f ound by construction Set out A B and B C

.

at right angl e s (F ig . e ach r e sp e ctiv e ly e qual to t h e

radius o f t h e l eg -pip e s wh e th e r th ey a r e t h e sam e siz e or

,

not th e n A C will be t h e radius o f t h e waist pip e I n con -

.

n e ct io n with this figur e it is worth whil e noting that if

A B B C C D and D E a r e e qual and drawn to form
’

, , ,

FI G . 25 1 .

right angl e d tri angl e s th e n t h e lin e s A B A C A D and

-
, , , ,

A E will giv e t h e radii of circl e s whos e ar e as a r e as 1 is to

2 is to 3 is to 4 .

To draw in t h e n e utral lin e s (F ig t h e ir positions o n

.

t h e waist and l e g pip e s a r e calcul at e d as e xplain e d in con

-

n ec t io n with t h e quart e r -b e nd .

F o r t h e waist and outsid e l eg pat t e rn mak e t h e c e ntr e ,

3 1 4 SH EET A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxi x .

th e patt e rn d e scrib e t h e arc K G mak ing it e qual in l e ngth

,

t o t h e lin e 0 H on t h e e l evation J oin L to G and draw

.
,

t h e sid e curv e and t h e n e t patt e rn is compl e t e

, .

Th e patt e rn f o r t h e insid e of l e gs will be e qual i n l e ngth

F IG . 258 .

t o th en e utral lin e for t ha t por t ion and its width mad e

,

e qu l
a to hal f t h e circumf e r e nc e of t h e l e g
-
pip e .

T h -w a T ee -Pie e
r ee y c .

A sk e tch of this is shown in F ig 25 4 Th e t e e -pi e c e may

. .

be of two shap e s o n e wh e n t h e bulb is gr e at e r in diam e t e r

,

than t h e di am e t e r o f t h e larg e pip e as in t h e sk etch and ,

t h e oth e r wh e n it is of t h e sam e diam e t e r and cons e qu e ntly

,

t h e sid e s straight as in t h e half e n d e l e vation F ig 2 5 5

-
,
. .

We sh all g et th e patt e rn out f o r thi s latt e r shap e as t h e ,

s e tting out for t h e bottom portio n wh e n t h e bulb is l ar ger

,
 WORK E U P PI PE B E NDS , E TG
D - . 31 5

than t h e main pip e will be d e alt with in conn e ction with

,

a f our -way pi e c e .

A hal f sid e and e n d e l e vation is shown in F ig 2 5 5 and

- .
,

on ex amination it will be s ee n that t h e parts o f t h e main

and branch -pip es a r e cylindrical in shap e ; h e nc e if t h e t ee
pi e ce w e r e m ad e up in thr ee parts as in t h e l ast cas e t h e ,

p att e rn could be s et out in t h e sam e way or as b e for e , ,

m e ntion e d guss e t -pi e c e s could be i ns ert e d on e ach sid e

,
.

We shall how e v e r e x plain t h e m e thod o f working up

, ,
-

f rom two pi e ce s only and j oi nt e d as in F ig 2 5 4

“

. .
,

Th e n e utral lin e s should be mar k e d on t h e sid e e l e vation ,

FI G . 2 54 .

as shown Th e patt e rn f o r t h e top pi e c e can be s e t ou t by

.

d e s cribing a circl e with radius e qual to C D f rom t h e e l e

,

vation and th e n s e tting l e ngths along by marking o ff A B

,

on t h e patt e rn e qual in l e ngth to t h e n e utral lin e A B in

t h e e l e vation Th e width o f t h e e nds is of cours e e q u al
.
, ,

to half t h e circumf e r e nc e o f t h e branch pip e s I n cas e s .

li k e this wh e r e t h e ar e a of t h e mai n pip e circl e is t wic e

,

that of t h e branch pip e it is worth noting that t h e diam e t e r

,

o f t h e cir cl e for t h e patt e rn of t o part is qual t twic t h

p e o e e

diam e t e r of t h e branc h pip e .

Th e patt e rn for t h e bottom portion of t h e t e e pi e ce i s -

not so e asily obtain e d I t is as w e ll a t t h e ons e t t o k ee p i n

.
3 1 6 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xx1 x .

mind th at t h e ar e a o f a patt e rn f o r an obj e ct whi ch has "

t o
be work e d up by hollowing or razing should be at

FI G . 25 5 .

qual to t h e ar e a of t h e sur f ac e of t h e finish e d articl e

e
.

his fac t assists us consid rably in cal cula t ing t h e siz e s of

T e

th e pi e c e s of sh e e t m e t al r e quir e d .
SH E ET A ND PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xx1 x .

Th e bottom portion of
t h e t e e -pi e c e ca n be rais e d
as shown in F ig 2 5 6 .
,

and wh e n wor k e d into

t h e r e quir e d shap e th e ,

disc cut out at t h e bot

tom of t h e main pip e .

F o ur w ay Piece
=
.

F or th e purpos e o f
showing how to d e al with
a j ob that br i ngs in
conical work we will ,

conclud e this chapt e r by

going ov e r th e s etting
out of patt e rns for a
f our way pi e c e e ach pip e
-
,

b e ing t h e sam e di am e t e r ,

and t h e plat e s j oint e d as

shown i n F ig 2 5 7 . .

Th e half -sid e and en d

e l e vations a r e shown in

F ig 2 5 8
. . I t will be s e e n
that A B on t h e e n d
e l e vation r e pr e s e n t s th e
sl ant sid e of a frustum of
a con e whos e e nds a r e
4 in and 6 5 in r es pe c
. .

t iv el y in diam e t e r No w .
,

t o g e t t h e siz e of t h e pat
t e rn cir cl e w e shall hav e
t o find t h e radius of a
circl e whos e ar e a is e qual
t o t h e surfa ce of t h e con e

F IG . 258
.
 WORK E D -U P PI PE B E ND S , E T C . 31 9

frustum tog e th e r with t h e ar e a o f a 4 in cir cl e To do this

,
. .

t h e following rul e ca n be us e d : To t h e sum o f t h e e n d radii

multipli e d by t h e sl ant h e ight add t h e squar e of t h e pip e
radius and e xtract t h e squar e root o f t h e whol e In th e .

pr e s e nt exampl e

J 6 1 7; in ( )
1
1
36 1
-
. n early .

Se t a circl e out to this radius and for t h e bottom part

,

add t h e l e ngth o f n e utral lin e E F on to e ach e n d of patt e rn .

Th e patt e rn for t h e top par t will be obtain e d by m e asuring

t h e l e ngth o f n e utral lin e C D and s e t ting along on t h e
,

patt e rn I t will be notic e d t hat t h e patt e rn for t h e t o p

.

part is j us t twic e t h e diam et er o f t h e pip e gr e at e r in l e ngth

than that f or t h e bottom port ion . This of cours e follows
, ,

from What was said in conn e ction with t h e quart e r -b e nd .

To mak e prop e r allowanc e for t h e thickn e ss of m e tal ,

all t h e abov e patt e rns should be s et out to dim e nsions t ak e n

from t h e c e n t r e lin e of t h e pla t e s e ctions in e l e va t io n .
3 20 SH EE T A ND PLA TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx .

CH A PTE R XXX .

KE TTL E A ND J UG SP O U TS ,
A D
H N L E S, E TC .

H o w t o Ma k e a K ettl e Spout .

TH E making of a k e ttl e spout to t h e n o vic e is j ust o n e of

, ,

thos e j obs f o r which it is som e wha t di fficult to find a b e gin

ning or e nding without pr e vious instru ction Spouts a r e .

usually m ad e up f rom o n e pi e c e of sh e e t m etal t h e marking ,

o u t of its shap e pr e s e nting no gr e at di fficulty I n F ig 2 5 9

. .

t h e n e c e ssary lin e s r e quir e d f o r t h e d e v e lopm e nt o f t h e

patt e rn a r e shown l aid out Th e spout is first straight e n e d
.

out as it w e r e in imagination by making lin e a 0 e qual

, , ,

in l e ngth to t h e curv e a b t h e diam e t e r a t 6 b eing mad e t h e

sam e as t h e spout e n d Th e c e n t r e lin e A C on t h e patt e rn
.

is cut off t h e sam e l e ngth as a c t h e lin e s D D and E E

,

b e ing drawn squar e across and th e ir l e ng t hs fi xe d by mark

,

ing o ff A D and C E r e sp e ctiv e ly e qual to thr e e and a

quart e r tim e s a d and thr e e and a quart e r tim e s 0 e Th e .

lin e s C E and A D a r e e ach bis e ct e d in G and F r e sp e ctiv ely ,

and t h e lin e G F drawn an d produc e d to H F H b e ing ,

mad e e qual to a h Th e angl e F H K is n ext construct e d

.

by drawing an arc of t h e sam e radius and l e ngth as m l

H K th e n b e ing m e asur e d o ff t h e sam e l e ngth as h k Th e .

compass e s a r e n e xt se t to a radius o f a littl e mor e than o n e

and a half tim e s I p and t h e arcs drawn as shown a t P I n
, .

t h e s a m e mann er t h e arcs a r e drawn at points mark e d N .

Th e lin e s N N a r e put into position by constructing th e m

to mak e t h e sam e angl e with K H as n It mak e s with k h .

Th e small lug shown a t R is t h e usual shap e for sh e et iron ,

3 22 SH E E T A ND P L A TE -
M E T A L WORK [ C H A R Xxx

str etch e d on t h e should e rs as shown in F ig 2 60 This

,
. .

str e tching e nabl e s th e two e dg e s o f m etal to com e toge th e r

F I G 26 0
. . FI G . 26 1 .

wh e n t h e tap e r e d pip e por t ion is form e d as s ee n in F ig 2 6 1

,
. .

Wh e n t h e e dg e s a r e l app e d ov e r a littl e and car e fully laid

down t h e s e am can th e n be braz e d as shown in F ig 2 6 2
, ,
. .

F IG . 26 2 .

FIG 26 3 .

Th e usual m ethod of brazing is t o b e nd a strip o f sh e e t brass

to t h e form of t h e j oint and wh e n on t h e fi r e start t h e brass
, ,

t o run at o n e e n d and gradually work along t h e s e am to t h e

oth e r A good sound braz e d j oint ca n qui ck l y be don e in
.

this way A f t e r t h e s e am is h amm e r e d t h e h ee l is f orm e d

.
, ,

as shown in F ig 2 6 3 by t urning t h e small lug down firs t

.
, ,
 K E TTL E A ND J U G S POU TS , H A ND L E S , E T C . 3 23

and th e n lapping t h e sid es upon it Th e back s e am is .

braz e d and t h e h e e l o f spout car e f u lly shap e d on a block

,

tool as shown in F ig 2 6 4 Th e e dg e of t h e spout mouth

,
. .

is now trimm e d and a groov e ,

collar f orm e d around

s ee n in F ig . 2 65 . Th e spou t is n ex t fill e d with l e ad for the

F IG . 2 66 .

rpos of b e nding t h e en d b e ing firs t s topp e d by t wisting

pu e ,

a pi e c e Cf stout brown pap e r around t h e outsid e f o r a dis

tanc e of about 2 in and ov e r t h e e n d Th e b e nding is
.
, .

carri e d out as show n I n F ig 2 66 t h e tool b eing shap ed t o

.
,

t h e diam e t e r and b e nd of t h e spout e n d Th e b e ndi n g mu st .

3 2 4 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx .

be don e gradually to avoid buckl e s on t h e und e rsid e or

,

crack ing on t h e top I f any buck l e s app e ar th es e must be

.
,

hamm e r e d o u t b e f or e t h e l e ad is m e lt e d f rom t h e spout A .

small crack on t h e t o f t h e spout can be r e pair e d by

hamm e ring a pi e c e of wir e flat for a short distanc e wrap ,

ping it around t h e pip e brazing and cl e aning A f t e r t h e

, ,
.

l e ad is run out t h e e n d should be round e d up and t h e lips

,

op e n e d som e wha t and trimm e d with a V fil e I n a k e t t l e

—
.

F IG . 267 .

factory it mi ght be m e ntion e d all t h e abov e op e rations

, ,

o f cutting and shap i ng a r e carri e d out by t h e aid o f pr e ss e s

fi t t e d with suitabl e di e s .

Squar e Spo ut f or C on ical J ug .

squar e spout for a j ug as s ee n in F ig 2 6 7 re pr e s e nts

A
’

,
.
,

a good ex ampl e o f flat sh ee t s u r f a ce s fitting on to a coni cal

3 2 6 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx .

l b,and R N e qual t o r n t h e curv e H B H b eing of cours e

, , ,

twic e t h e part of e llips e r e pr e s e nt e d by b h on t h e e l evation .

To fit e x actly on to t h e conical sur f ac e t h e e dg e H N should

,

be slightly hollow ; bu t this if foun d n e c essary can be put

, ,

c b a

F I G 2 69
. .

right wh e n b e nding t h e flang e ov e r I f a n ot v e ry part icular

.

j ob th e r e is r e ally n o n ee d to cut away t h e part H B H

, ,

as t h e e dg e H H can be curv e d around t h e n eck at t h e par t

wh e r e it fi ts.
 K ETTL E A ND J U G S P OU T S , H A N D LE S , E TC . 32 7

C ur ve d Spo ut for Con ica l J ug .

m e thod for s e tting this out will be e x actly t h e sam e

Th e
as tha t shown for t h e spong e bath lip in C hapt er X V I .

Ha lf-Roun d J ug Ha n dl e .

Th e j ug in F ig 2 6 7 is fitt e d with a half round hollo w

.
-

handl e and if it is d e sir e d to mak e this in o n e pi ece t h e

, ,

patt e rn f o r s am e can be stru ck out as shown in F ig 2 6 9 A . .

quart e r circl e is d e scrib e d on 0 c and divi d e d into thr ee e qual

-

parts lin e s t h e n b e ing run along to t h e j oint lin e 0 as and

, ,

up to giv e t h e points a and b Th e girth lin e of th e patt e rn

,
.

is lai d out by ta k ing s ix divisions e ach eq ual in l e ngth t o

,
,

o n e of t h e ar cs on t h e qu art e r -circl e add e d to 3 D which is ,

t h e wid t h of t h e handl e and e qual to twic e 3 c

,
Th e points .

A B and C on t h e patt e rn a r e found by marking o ff 2 A

, , ,

1 B and 0 C r e sp e c t iv e ly e qu al to T a a; b and a: c from t h e

, , ,

e l e vation .

I n forming this handl e s e ction t h e part 3 3 will o f , ,

cours e be shap e d into a s e micircl e whi lst t h e portion 3 D

, ,

will turn ov e r to giv e t h e flat Th e j oint will run along .

o n e e dg e and aft e r this is form e d t h e mitr e can be m ad e

, ,

by simply b e nding along t h e lin e 3 D until t h e two curv e d

e dg e s 3 C 3 com e tog e th e r
, , .
32 8 SH E E T A ND P L A TE ME TA L WORK l cHAP . xxx1 .

C H A PTE R X X X I .

V A SE S B R A C K E T S D U STPA N S
, , ,
ETC .

T H E RE a gr e at many di ff e r e nt things that ca n be con

ar e ,

struct e d in sh ee t m et al whi ch a r e particularly suitabl e for

ma k ing by t h e amat e ur .

I t is tru e that som e o f

th e m ca n be bought f o r
a f e w p e nc e but t h e ,

amat e ur with t h e tru e

workman s instin ct will ’

find an imm e ns e amount

o f j oy in t h e f e e ling that

h e has constru ct e d som e

thing for his own u s e or
pl e asur e .

We shall now giv e o n e

or two e x ampl e s o f sh e e t
metal wor k whi ch on , ,

account o f th eir simpli

city o f constru ction and
t h e f e w t ools r e quir e d in
th e ir manu f a ctur e ca n ,

r e adily be mad e up .

Many n e at loo k ing orna -

m e nts such as vas e s , ,

candl e sti ck s flo w e r po t s , ,

j u
g s , w a ll - br a ck e t s , pe d e s
FIG 2 70 and uch li k e things
t als , s
,

ca n be m ad e up out of strips of m et al mitr e d tog e th e r wit h ,

v e ry lit t l e t roubl e.
3 3 0 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ME T A L WORK [ C H A R XXX I .

strips tog e th e r F our pi e ce s a r e cu t o u t to t h e patt e rn

.
:

and t h e lin e s f o r b e nding car e f u lly mark e d Th e strips ca n .

be b e nt to t h e r e quir e d shap e ov e r a sharp e dg e o f any k ind ,

e ith e r on a bar o f iron or a pi e ce o f timb e r I n b e nding .

,

c ar e must be ta k e n that t h e ce ntr e lin e o f t h e strip be o f

e x actly t h e sam e f orm as t h e outlin e o f candl e stick in e l e

vation I t will be as w e ll to cut out t h e hal f e l e vation in

.
-

cardboard and u s e it as a t e mplat e to try on t h e b e nt m e tal

,

strip and thus by continual b e nding g et th e m to t h e e xact

,

shap e I n thin zinc t h e strips can be b e nt by t h e hand

.

without using e ith e r mall e t or hamm e r ; but in any j ob

on which t h e hamm e r is us e d it should be s e e n that no
,

hamm e r mar k s a r e l e f t on t h e sh e et or e ls e t h e finish e d ,

app e aranc e o f t h e a rticl e will be anythin g but pl e asing .

I f t h e strips a r e mar k e d and cu t corr e ctly and b e nt to t h e ,

e x act shap e th e r e should be no tro u bl e in ma k ing th e m fit

,

tog e th e r N on e o f t h e op e rations should be hurri e d but

.
,

gr e at pains tak e n ov e r t h e wor k an d this will sav e a lot

,

o f tim e and both e r in t h e a f t e rwor k I n fitting t h e strips

.

tog e th e r it will be t h e b e st plan to ta ck th e m all in position

b e f or e pro ce e ding to compl e t e ly sold e r along o n e corn e r
j oint Th e b e st way to fi x a corn e r will be to bri ng to
.

g e th e r two strips and tack with sold e r t h e two points 0 0

, ,

th e n do t h e sam e with 1 1 2 and 2 e t c A f t e r t h e f our

, , .

strips a r e ta ck e d tog e th e r at all t h e corn e rs t h e candl e sti ck ,

sho u ld be e x amin e d and t e st e d as to b e ing prop erly squar e .

I t should also be pla ce d u po n a l ev e l tabl e to s e e if th e r e

is any t wis t in it Wh e n in good shap e t h e j oints should
j
.

be sold e r e d down as mu ch o f t his b eing don e f rom

, ,

t h e insid e as possibl e In this cas e both t h e f oot

.

and top ca n be sold e r e d from t h e insid e t h e j oints .

of t h e body b eing don e from t h e outsid e I n sold e r .

ing car e must be ta k e n that t h e iron do e s not ge t too

,

h o t or e ls e t h e flat parts o f t h e strips will bu ckl e and

, ,

caus e t h e surfac e s to hav e an ugly app e a r an ce This is .

 V A SE S , B RA C K E T S , D U S TPA NS , E TC . 33 1

e sp e cially so w it h l igh t sh e et zinc A squar e bottom is now

. .

cut out allowing about g in all round f o r b e nding ov e r an

,
.

e dg e Th e bottom is ta ck e d at e ach corn e r insid e t h e f oot

.
,

and th e n sold e r e d along e ach e dg e I f r e quir e d t h e foot .

o f t h e candl e stick ca n be w e ight e d by first of all stopping

up t h e stick at 4 by sold e ring in a sm all squar e o f zinc th e n ,

filling up t h e foot with sand b e for e sold e ring in t h e bottom .

A stopp e r might also with advantag e be sol d e r e d at t h e

bottom o f t h e n e ck ; this woul d be b e st don e b e f or e t h e l ast
strip is tack e d in Th e sup e rfl u ous sol d e r must be scrap e d
.

o ff t h e j oints and t h e corn e rs car e f ully fil e d up and if t h e ,

stic k be cl e an e d and polish e d t h e j ob is finish e d A sm all ,

.

quantity o f kill e d spirits can be us e d to cl e an t h e zinc

-
,

and oil and whiting to polish or finish wi t h a good polishing ,

past e .

I f a candl e stic k is m ad e out of copp e r t h e sold e r at j oints ,

can be coat e d with copp e r by applying a sol ution of sulphat e

o f copp e r I t will th e n be an advantag e i f aft e r w e ll
.
,

polishing t h e surfac e is l acqu e r e d

, .

Hexa go n al V as e .

F ig shows a sk e tch of a simpl e kind o f h e xagonal

. 2 72
vas e that ca n be mad e u p eith e r o f tinpl at e zinc galvanis e d , ,

iron brass or copp e r A half -e l e vation F ig 2 73 shows

, , .
,
.
,

t h e e x act shap e or s e ction of o n e sid e of t h e vas e F rom t h e .

point wh e r e t h e c entr e lin e m e e ts t h e bas e lin e a j oint lin e

mak ing an angl e of 3 0 with t h e bas e lin e is drawn Th e
°
.

r e quir e d ang l e to s et out will of cours e d e p e nd on t h e

'

, ,

numb e r of sid e s t h e vas e h as Th e g e n e ral rul e for ob t ain .

ing t h e numb e r o f d e gr e e s is a simpl e o n e : D ivid e 3 6 0 by ,

twic e t h e numb e r o f sid e s ”

I n t h e pr e s e n t cas e t h e vas e
.

has s ix sid e s ; h e nc e t h e angl e to s et out is 3 6 0 divid e d by

12 Th e profil e of vas e in e l e vation is now divid e d
up giving points 0 1 2 3 et c up to 1 6 D o t te d li n e s
, , , , ,
.
, .

V
33 2 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx1 .

p e rp e ndic u l ar to t h e bas e a r e drawn through e a ch of th e s e

points and continu e d across t h e b as e lin e to m ee t t h e j oint
,

lin e To s e t out t h e shap e o f o n e o f t h e strips a c e ntr e

lin e is drawn and along this t h e l e ngths 0 to 1 l to 2 2 to
, , ,

3 e t c ta k e n f rom t h e e l e vation a r e mar k e d

,
.
, ,
L in e s sq u ar e
.

to t h e ce ntr e lin e a r e drawn thro u gh e ach point and t h e ,

l e ngths o f th e s e cut o ff e qu al to t h e l e ngth o f t h e lin e with

t h e sam e numb e r b e tw e e n bas e a nd j oint lin e s in e l e va t i on .

Thus to m ar k o ff lin e 0
,
turn to point 0 in t h e e l evation ,

f oll ow t h e dott e d lin e down

t o ba s e lin e and m e asur e
,

a long t h e continu e d lin e be

tw e e n t h e b as e and j oint
lin e s ; this will giv e th e
l e ngth 0 0 ’
I n t h e sam e
w a y obtain and s e t along

t h e l e ngths 1 l ’
2 , et c .
,

e ach sid e o f t h e c e ntr e lin e

i n patt e rn C ar e f ully j oi n
.

th e s e points up with curv e s

or straight lin e s as r e
qui r e d I t will be notic e d
.

that wh e r e lin e s are

straight in t h e el evation
t h e corr e sponding lin e s on
t h e patt e rn will also be
F I G 2 72
straight . F o r instanc e ,

lin e s 0 to 1 7 to 8 a n d 1 3 to 1 4 a r e straight in t h e e l e v a
'

, ,

tio n h e n ce 0 to
,
’ ’
7 to ’
and 1 3 to 1 4 will be straight
’

in t h e patt e rn R e m em b e ring this it will always act as a

.
,

guid e in j oining up t h e points in t h e patt e rn f o r a strip .

Th e b e nding o f t h e parts can be carri e d out in t h e sam e

mann e r as in t h e cas e of th e candl e sti ck th e curv e d portions
,

b eing b e nt ov e r a wood e n roll e r B ef or e t acking t h e strips

.

t o g et h e r a t empla t e ( F ig 2 73 ) f o r 1 2 0 sho u l d be cut o u t o f

' °
.
3 3 4 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H AR xxx1 .

a bit o f sh e et m etal This can be us e d for trying in b e tw ee n

.

e a ch p air o f strips as th e y a r e b e i n g ta ck e d tog e th e r A ft e r .

all t h e strips a r e tack e d in position and b e f or e compl e t e ly ,

s old e ring t h e diam e t e rs should be m e asur e d to s ee i f th e y

,

a r e all t h e sam e Th e vas e shoul d also be e x amin e d to

.

obs e rv e if it has any twist .

I n this shap e o f vas e it will be found that all t h e j oints

can be sold e r e d down t h e insi d e A bot t om should be cu t .

out as in F ig 2 73 allowing a small margin all round for

,
.
,

turning an e dg e up This e dg e is slipp e d insid e t h e foot

.
,

and will facilitat e t h e sold e ring b e sid e s str e ngth e ning t h e

,

e dg e o f f oot .

Th e top corn e rs of vas e will be much strong e r if a sm all

guss e t (F ig 2 73 ) is sol d e re d ov e r e ach j oint This guss e t
. .

can be mark e d out f rom t h e top part of strip patt e rn its ,

’
c e ntr e lin e b ei ng e qual in l e ngth to O
A n y siz e vas e can o f cours e be m ad e ,
I t may how
,
.
,

ev er ,
act as a guid e to k now that t h e drawings hav e b ee n
mad e to scal e for a vas e 1 0 4 in diam e t e r ( a cross t h e flats )
.

a t top .

I f t h e vas e be a l arg e o n e and mad e out of tinpl at e

, ,

zinc or galvanis e d iron its app e aranc e will not by any

, ,

m e ans be inartistic if paint e d a d e ad chocol at e gr e e n or , ,

any oth e r colour in harmony with its surroundi n g s .

Toba cco or Bis cuit B ox .

A sk e t ch o f a squar e bo x is shown in F ig 2 74 t h e body .

,

b eing mad e up in four pi e c e s and j oint e d at t h e corn e rs

,
.

Th e li d is in form a squar e pyramid and is wor k e d up from ,

o n e pi e c e ,
as will be furth e r e xplain e d .

To s e t out t h e patt e rns for t h e di ff e r e nt parts it will be ,

n e c e ssary to draw t h e shap e to which th e sid e s of t h e box

must be b e nt This is shown on t h e half -s e ctional e l e vation
.

in F ig 2 75.
.
 V A SE S , B RA C K E T S , D U S TP A N S , E TC . 335

Th e p att e rn for o n e sid e of t h e body is obtain e d by mark

ing down a girth lin e and s e tting along it t h e l e ngths 4 to
,

5 5 to 6 et c up to 1 5 as tak e n f rom t h e s e ctional e l e va

, ,
.
, ,

tion I t should be noti ce d tha t t h e l e ngths from 4 up to

.

7 a r e obtain e d by m e as u ri ng around t h e small circl e on t h e

s e ction which r e pr e s e nts t h e b e ad on t h e top e dg e o f bo x
, .

A f t e r t h e total girth is s e t out th e n lin e s squar e t o t h e

,

FI G . 2 74 .

girth lin e should be drawn through e ach numb e r e d point .

Th e l e ngths o f th e s e lin e s e ach sid e of t h e girth lin e should

th e n be m ar k e d o ff e qual to t h e similarly numb e r e d lin e s
whi ch run f rom t h e c e ntr e lin e up to t h e curv e on t h e
s e ction To tak e o n e cas e : t h e lin e numb e r e d 9 9 on t h e
.

patt e rn should be t h e sam e l e ngth as t h e lin e numb e r e d 9 9

on t h e hal f s e ction al e l e vation A ft e r all t h e l e ngths h av e
-
.

b e e n car e fully cut o ff th e n t h e points shoul d be j oin e d up

,

with an e v e n curv e On account of t h e foot having straight

.

sid e s it will be notic e d that t h e cut on t h e p att e r n which

forms t h e f oot will be mad e up of s t raight lin e s .

Th e lid of t h e bo x is pyrami dal in shap e and th e r e for e ,

3 3 6 S H E E T A ND P L A T E ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxr .

th e ma k ing o f t h e patt e rn is a simpl e matt e r With radius .

e qual to 0 1 on t h e e l e vation d e scrib e t h e patt e rn cir cl e

( g
F i . D raw a lin e tou ching this circl e and on
,
e ach
sid e o f t h e point of conta ct cut o ff distan ce s 1 A e qual to
t h e l e ngth o f 1 A on t h e e l e vation . A f t e r o n e lin e A A is
drawn th e n t h e oth e r thr ee
,

lin e s with t h e sam e l e tt e r

can be drawn around t h e
cir cl e as shown Strips .

now r e quir e to be add e d to

f orm t h e rim of t h e lid .

T a k e o ff t h e l e ngths 1 to
2 and 2 to 3 from t h e e l e va
tion and transf er to t h e
,

patt e rn as s e e n by t h e sam e
,

numb e r e d lin e s No w draw .

lin e s through t h e points

p arall e l to A A and ou t ,

th e s e o ff to t h e corr e spond
ing l e ngths on t h e e l e va
tion That is ma k e 2 a on
.
,

t h e patt e rn t h e sam e l e ngth

as 2 A on t h e el evation ,

and 3 b on t h e patt ern t h e

sam e as 3 B on t h e e l e va
tion . A small lap as ,

sho w n by t h e dott e d lin e s ,

should be all ow e d on o n e
e dg e o f t h e lid patt e rn f o r

j ointing .

No w to mak e up t h e
articl e I f mad e of C opp e r
.

or brass it will be e ss e ntial

,

to coat th e insid e o f t h e
s h ee t m e t al with tin. This can be don e in t h e ordina r y way
3 3 8 S H E E T A N D PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxr .

b e nding along e ach o f t h e corn e r l in e s mark e d O A until

t h e e n d lin e s o f t h e patt e rn com e tog e th e r Th e j oint .

should th e n be f orm e d by fi xing t h e l ap on t h e insid e o f t h e

lid and sol d ering down Th e doubl e e dge to f orm t h e lid
.

ca n th e n be b e nt ,
as shown i n t h e s e ctional e l evation A .

hol e is mad e in t h e c e ntr e of t h e lid and a knob to suit t h e

,

individual tast e sold e r e d in .

A f t e r cl e aning away all sup e rfluou s sold e r t h e outsid e ,

o f t h e bo x should be polish e d and colour e d lacqu e r e d or

, ,

tr e at e d in any oth e r way suitabl e t o t h e lik e s o f t h e in

dividual .

Whilst t h e making o f a squar e box has b e e n d e scrib e d ,

t h e abov e r e marks will apply to a box of any numb e r of

sid es t h e only diff e r e nc e b eing that t h e patt e rn for t h e body
,

will hav e to be mark e d out

as explain e d in conn e ction
with t h e n e xt e x ampl e .

Wall Br a ck et .

A noth e r pi e c e o f work
t hat can be mad e by t h e
a m a t e u r w h o e xe rcis e s c ar e
,

fuln e ss and pati e n ce is t h e ,

wall brack e t as shown in ,

F ig . 2 76 .

Th e
shap e of a wall
brack e t can be mad e up by
any numb e r o f pi e c e s ; but
F I G 2 76
. .
that in t h e figur e is partly

octagonal t h e thr e e front

,

and two sid e pi ec e s tog e th e r f ormi ng fi v e sid e s o f an octagon .

Th e whol e numb e r o f parts i n t h e bra ck e t will be s e v e n ,

thr e e front two sid e and t h e top and back pi e c e s

, ,
.

A n y conv e ni e nt s e ction f or t h e moulding ca n be chos e n ,

e ith e r simpl e or co m pl e x to suit t h e skill of t h e op e rator

,
 V ASE S , B RA C K E T S , D U S TPA NS , E T C 33 9

in working up and f o r t h e brac k e t to giv e t h e b e st e ff e ct

,

wh e n hanging from a wall .

Th e s e tting out o f t h e various patt e rns is shown in F ig .

2 77 . Th e s e ction o f t h e moul d ing is first s e t out A bas e . .

lin e is drawn sq u ar e to t h e ce ntr e lin e ; and as t h e arti cl e

is octagonal in shap e a j oin t li n e will be s e t o ff ma k ing
, ,

an angl e of

2 2§ fl

This angl e can be s et on e ith e r sid e o f t h e bas e lin e ,

which ev e r is most suitabl e Th e s e ction lin e o f moulding

.

is th e n divid e d up into any conv e ni e nt numb er o f parts ,

and figur e d as shown by t h e numb e rs 0 to 23 B e rp e n .

d icu l a r s to t h e bas e lin e a r e th e n drawn through e a ch point

and along to t h e j oin t lin e as s e e n by t h e do t t e d lin e s
,
.

Th e patt e rn f o r o n e o f t h e thr e e f ront strips will be

mark e d out by fi rst laying down t h e girth lin e t h e l e ngths ,

b eing t a k e n st e p by st e p b e tw e e n t h e numb e rs from t h e

s e ction lin e Through th e s e points lin e s squar e to t h e
.

girth lin e a r e drawn and th e ir l e ngths on e ach sid e cut o ff

,

e qual to t h e corr e sponding lin e b e tw e e n t h e bas e and j oi nt

lin e s Thus to giv e an illustration lin e s 0 0 and 3 3 on

.
, ,

t h e patt e rn will be r e sp e ctiv e ly e qual to lin e s 0 0 and 3 3

as indi ca te d b e t w e e n bas e and j oint lin e s .

I t will be s e e n that t h e cut on a sid e strip is e x ac t ly t h e

sam e as that f o r a f ront pi ece and m ar k e d out in pr e cis e ly
,

t h e sam e way Th e width of t h e strip is obtain e d by maki ng

.

t h e top lin e e qual in l e ngt h to t h e top lin e o f a front strip

or twic e t h e l e ngth o f lin e 0 0 b e tw e e n bas e and j oint lin e s ,

an d th e n drawing a lin e parall e l to t h e girth lin e Pe rhaps .

t h e most conv e ni e n t and ac curat e way of mar k ing out t h e

strips woul d be to s e t out t h e shap e o f a sid e pi e c e first an d ,

th e n u s e this f or a patt e rn from which to obtain t h e shap e s

of t he ot h e r four pi e c e s .
3 4 0 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxr .

Th e patt e rn for th e ba ck ca n be e asily drawn out f o r th e

,

e x act shap e of hal f o f it is as shown by t h e figur e which is

FI G . 2 77
.

bound e d by t h e top lin e , c entr e lin e of back and moulding

,

s ec t ion on F ig 2 7 7
. ,
3 4 2 SH E E T A ND P L A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxI .

with t h e bas e lin e Th e s e ction curv e is divid e d into any

.

numb e r o f parts f our b e ing chos e n in this cas e Th e l e ngth

,
.

o f this curv e is car e fully s e t out to f orm t h e girth lin e o f

t h e patt e rn for a s e gm e nt This is don e by making t h e

.

l e ngth s 0 to 1 1 to 2 e t c on t h e patt e rn e qual in l e ngth

, ,
.
,

0 0 T3 1 0 5“ G RO O V E

INS /O f

” E cr
g gl
S O L D E RE D o
J al fl r
o ck IR O N

FI G . 2 79 .

to t h e parts of t h e curv e d li n e 0 to 1 1 to 2 et c on th e , ,
.
,

s e ction L in e s a r e drawn across through e ach point on t h e

.

girth lin e and th e s e cut o ff on e ach sid e e qual in l e ngth to

,

t h e corr e sponding lin e b e tw e e n t h e bas e and j oint lin e s .

Thus lin e 4 A on t h e patt e rn is t h e sam e l e ngth as t h e lin e

4 A on t h e s e c t ion and so with th e o t h er lin e s throug h
,
 V A S ES ,
B RA C KE T S , D U S T PA N S , E T C . 34 3

poin t s 3 2 1 a n d 0 all m e asur e d b e tw e e n bas e and j oin t

, , , ,

lin e s A pi ec e of hoop iron or a lath should now be b e n t

.

t o pass through e a ch poi nt and t h e patt e rn curv e drawn in ,

.

I f it is d e sir e d tha t t h e b e ll -mouth o f t h e horn shoul d com e

an ex act circl e wh e n t h e strips a r e j oin e d tog e th e r th e n t h e ,

compass e s m u st b e s e t to a radius e qual in l e ngth to t h e

j oint lin e and t h e curv e a t t h e bottom of t h e strip patt e rn
,

mark e d along as shown Th e allowanc e for wiring around

.

t h e mouth must be add e d on as s ee n in t h e patt e rn by t h e

dott e d curv e .

Th e strips can be j oint e d tog eth e r e ith e r by sold e ring or

grooving I f sold e r e d t h e allowanc e for t h e l ap will be as
.
,

t h e dott e d lin e on t h e right hand sid e o f t h e p att e rn If -

.

groov e d an allowanc e on both sid e s will hav e t o be m ad e

, ,

t h e lap on o ne sid e b e ing twic e t h e width of that on t h e

oth e r . Th e doubl e lap is shown on t h e l e f t -hand sid e of
t h e patt e rn .

Th e pat t e rn for t h e thimbl e will d e v e lop out qui t e e asily ,

t h e sur f ac e b e ing that of a frustum of con e and b e ing ,

mark e d out as explain e d in C hapt e r X I I .

To mak e up t h e horn t h e strips will firs t be b e nt so t hat

,

t h e girth lin e will hav e t h e sam e shap e as t h e s e ction or pro

fil e. I f to be sol d e r e d t h e sm all l ap will th e n be slightly
,

b e nt ov e r with a mall e t so as t o l ie on t h e adj oining strip

, .

Th e strips should all be ta ck e d tog e th e r b e f or e any j oint

is compl e t e ly sol d e r e d down Th e l aps and sold e ring shoul d .

be on t h e outsid e o f t h e horn t h e j oint b e ing m ad e as n e atly ,

and cl e anly as possibl e Th e wir e e dg e on t h e b e ll mouth

.
-

shoul d now be turn e d ov e r t h e ring of wir e inse rt e d and t h e

, ,

e dg e hamm e r e d down with t h e mall e t and car e f ully tuc k e d ,

in with t h e pan e e n d o f hamm er .

I f t h e j oints of t h e horn a r e to be groov e d th e n t h e singl e ,

e dg e m u st be e dg e d up and half of t h e doubl e e dg e t urn e d

down this o f cours e taki ng plac e a ft e r t h e strips a r e

, , ,

shap e d Th e stri ps can n o w be hook e d tog e th e r and groov e d

.

23
3 4 4 SH E E T A N D PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H AP . xxxi .

etc
(
s ee s k h of outsid e groov e F ig 2 7 9
, ) by pla cing on a
.

squar e bar or bick -iron and hamm e ring t h e groov e r g e ntly

along t h e j oint Th e grooving of t h e narrow part o f t h e
.

horn will pr e s e nt som e littl e di fficulty but this ca n be ov e r

com e by fi xing on t h e s m all e n d o f bi ck iron or by t h e -
,

amat e ur on a pi e c e of round bar -iron h el d fast in a vic e or ,

by oth e r m e ans .

I f it is d e sir e d to hav e t h e outsid e of t h e horn plain and ,

cons e qu e ntly t h e groov e f orm e d on t h e insid e this can be ,

accomplish e d by pla cing t h e j oin t on t h e e dg e o f bick iron -

or bar hamm e ring down with mall e t to form groov e and

, ,

th e n flatt e ning t h e groov e with t h e mall e t or hamm e r i n t h e

usual way A sk et ch o f this m ethod of forming an insid e
.

groov e is shown on F ig 2 7 9 .

Dus t pans .

Of all hous ehold ut e nsils p e rhaps t h e mos t di ffi cu lt t o

,

obtain is a strong s e rvic e abl e dustpan A ft e r h aving pu t

,
.

up with brok e n handl e s crack e d corn e rs and oth e r d e f e cts

, ,

o f t h e mod e rn dustpan ,

t h e writ e r som e y e ars

back d e vis e d and mad e a
p an out o f aluminium
( F ig which . s e e ms
to be ma k ing a fair bid
towards ol d a ge without
showing any signs of
collaps e Th e dustpan .

is simpl e in construction ,

and can be quit e e asily

F I G 2 80
.
mad e by an ama t eur .

A sh e e t o f alumi ni u m 1 4 in by 1 1 in by about. in. .

t hi ck is r e quir e d f o r t h e body and f o r,

t h e handl e and
w ash e r a pi e c e about 9 in by 5 . in T h e sh e e
. t f or t h e
3 4 6 S H E E T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxi .

th e wash e r is slipp e d on and a small flang e thrown ov e r on

,

to it Th e wash e r is now riv e t e d on to t h e ba ck o f t h e

.

pan and th e r e is no dang e r o f t h e handl e coming loos e A

,
.

hol e should be put into t h e handl e by which t h e pan can be

hung up .

Th e r e is v e ry littl e n e c e ssity to put a bridg e on t h e pan ;

but if r e quir e d t h e patt e rn ca n be cu t out as shown in F ig
, ,
.

281 . To fi x to t h e pan t h e bridg e should be b e nt along t h e

lin e s A B and t h e outsid e e dg e s d oubl e d ov e r and slipp e d
,

und e r t h e e dg e s on top o f pan b e f or e th es e a r e hamm e r e d

down thus forming a k ind of groov e or kno ck e d u p
,
-

j oint .

Whilst alumini u m is som e what costly f o r an articl e of t h e

abov e d e scription it is t h e ch e ap e st in t h e long run b eing
, ,

r e lativ e ly strong and of littl e w e ight wh e n mad e up into t h e

,

pan .

Fir e Sh ov e l s
=
.

A fi r e - shov e l
is anoth e r common articl e that ca n quit e
r e adily be work e d up by t h e amat e ur A simpl e d e sign is .

th at of F ig 2 82 t h e patt e rn f o r t h e body o f whi ch b e ing

.
,

shown in F ig 2 83 Th e sid e s and ba ck ca n be b e nt up and

. .

FI G 2 82 .

j oint e d in t h e sam e mann e r as t h e dus t pan and will mak e ,

a v e ry good j ob in that f orm e sp e cially if t h e f our flaps a r e

,

r iv e t e d down in t h e corn ers Th e usual pl an how e v e r .

, ,

a n d t h e simpl e st to follow is to cu t out t h e plat e (in say

, , ,
 V A SE S , B RA C K E TS , D U S T PA N S , E T C . 34 7

16 or 1 8 S W G iron or st ee l ) as shown in F ig 2 83
. . .
,
H ol e s . .

a r e punch e d in t h e two flaps and ba ck a n d th e s e b e nt up and ,

riv e t e d A ft e r t h e flaps a r e riv e t e d t h e top e dg e of t h e

.
,

FI G . 2 83 .

back is th e n turn e d ov e r A h andl e can be form e d by

.

b e nding a pi e c e o f 1 in by t in flat iron shaping it accord

. .
,

ing to fancy or skill I t shoul d be firmly riv et e d t o t h e

.

bac k and also to t h e bottom of t h e shov el body

,
.

H an d Scoo ps .

Th e
con e surfac e as w e hav e s e e n pl ays a mos t importan t
, ,

part in building up t h e shap e s o f a multitud e o f ar t icl e s .

A simpl e applicatio n and o n e that can be r e adily und e r

,

stood by t h e amat e ur is in t h e construction of a hand

,

scoop as shown in F ig 2 84 I t will be s e e n that t h e handl e

,
. .
,

thimbl e and bac k of scoop a r e form e d by par t s of con e s

,

of di ff e r e nt dim e nsions Th e patt e rns for t h e handl e

.
,

thi mbl e and back a r e shown s et o u t in F ig 2 84 in t h e

, .

usual way ; th e l e tt e rs on t h e l in e s of t h e di ff e r e nt pat t e rns

b e ing t h e sam e as t h e lin e s in t h e e l evation to w hich t h e
compass e s hav e b ee n s et for t h e various radii .
3 4 8 SH E E T A ND P L A T E M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxi .

Th e patt e rn f o r t h e f ront part o f t h e s coop can be

obtain e d by tr e ating it as a portion o f a straight pip e A .

s emi circl e is drawn on t h e lin e E 4 and t h e bottom half ,

divid e d into thr e e e qual parts L in e s squar e to E 4 a r e

.

run through t h e points u ntil th ey cu t t h e f ront e dg e of

scoop I t will be obs e rv e d that t h e top e dg e of scoop body
.

cuts t h e s emi circl e at t h e point 0 A girth lin e is s e t down

.

for t h e patt ern and l e ngths 0 to 1 1 to 2 e t c mar k e d , , .

,

L EV AT
along as shown L in e s a r e .

E I ON

drawn through th e s e points

p e rp e ndic u l ar to t h e girth
li n e and cut o ff t h e sam e
,

l e ngth as t h e corr e sponding

lin e in t h e e l e vation Th e s e .

ar e shown cut o ff by t h e
dott e d lin e s which a r e pro ,

ct e d from t h e e nds of t h e
j e

lin e s i n t h e el evation I n .

r a ct ice h o w e v e r lin s shoul d

p e , ,

be m e asur e d dir e ctly from t h e

B OG G
figur e and l e ngths mark e d
,

o ff without proj e c t ion Th e .

proj e ction m e thod is us e d in

t h e illustration to b e tt e r e x
pl ain how t h e various lin e s
a r e obtain e d A n unbrok e n .

curv e is now drawn through

t h e points and l aps add e d on ,

t o t h e n et patt e rn as r e
F I G 2 84
. . quir e d .

Wh e n t h e front curv e of t h e scoop is not r e quir e d to be .

Cf any sp e cifi c shap e it is usually m ark e d out on t h e pat t e rn

a s a s e micircl e .Thus in this cas e if c e ntr e K be chos e n
,

a n d hal f t h e l e ngth o f t h e girth lin e tak e n as radius the ,

a t t e rn curv e will com e out practically t h e sam e as that

p
3 5 0 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxn .

C H A PTE R XX X I I .

’
PL A TE R S wo n x , T AN K S ,
SHE L L S , ETC .

All ow an ce for Met al Th ick n es s .

IT is absolut e ly e ss e ntial in t h e making o f patt e rns or t em

pl at e s to cov e r f or t h e n e c e ssary allowanc e f o r t h e thick n e ss
o f sh e e t or plat e if t h e di ff e r e nt parts that f orm t h e articl e

a r e to fit tog e th e r corr e ctly I n g e n e ral sh ee t m e tal work

.

t h e allowanc e to be mad e f or thic k n e ss is not so important

as in pl at e work ; but in any cas e if a good -fi tt in g j ob is
, ,

r e quir e d som e thought must be e xe rcis e d so as to mak e ,

t h e r e quisit e modifi cation of patt e rn to cov e r f or t h e dif

f e r e n t thic k n e ss e s o f m e tals I n plat e m e tal work it is o f
.

t h e gr e at e st importan ce that patt e rns should be so mark e d

out that t h e thickn e ss o f plat e is prop e rly allow e d f or as ,

in this class of work a j ob is compl e t e ly bot ch e d if riv e t

hol e s a r e hal f -blind and hav e to be goug e d r e a m er e d or
, , ,

dri f t e d .

To illustrat e t h e m e thod adopt e d in allowing f o r thi ck

n e ss suppos e t h e following e xp e rim e nt to be carri e d out
,
°

A straight bar of m e tal is tak e n and a lin e N N (F ig 2 85 ) .

mark e d along t h e c e ntr e o f o n e sid e ; also two parall el lin e s

a r e drawn across t h e bar such as E C and F D ,
No w i f t h e .

bar be b e nt as in t h e low e r figur e t h e lin e s will fall into t h e

,

positions shown I f t h e lin e E F be m e asur e d both b e f or e

.

and aft e r b e nding it will be f ound to hav e l e ngth e n e d

,

in b e nding and in t h e sam e mann er if C D be m e a

,

sur e d it will be f ound to hav e short e n e d Th e lin e A B

, .
,

how e v e r will be t h e sam e l e ngth as b e f or e b e nding F rom

,
.

t his it is evi de n t t ha t th e whol e lin e N N will r e main of

 PL A TE R S
’
WORK ,
T A N K S , SH EL L S , E T C . 35 1
°

co nstant l e ngth as t h e bar is ben t This lin e is call e d t h e

.

n e utral a xis ,
an d in e v e ry b e nt bar or plat e it will be
possib l e to find t h e position o f som e lin e that has b e e n u m
alt e r e d in l e ngth by t h e
b e nding .

E v e ry plat e m e tal
work e r who is int e r e st e d
in t h e principl e s und e r
lying his trad e should
mak e s e v e ral e xpe r i
m e nts on bars and pl at e s
similar to t h e o n e abov e
m e ntion e d I f t h e pl at e s
.

F I G 2 85 . .

or bars a r e b e nt hot car e ,

m u st be ta k e n that th e y a r e uni f ormly h e at e d or e ls e t h e ,

e longation and contraction will be u n e qual F o r instanc e

.
,

if t h e outsid e o f t h e bar
is hott e r than t h e insid e ,

most of t h e draw will

tak e plac e on t h e outsid e ,

on ac co u nt o f t h e bar
b eing soft e r ; bu t if t h e
insid e be t h e hott e st ,

th e n n e arly all t h e draw

will be on t h e insid e .

I n squar e flat and , ,

round bars t h e n e utral

lin e will alw ays p ass
F I G 2 86. .

through t h e c e ntr e of
th e s e ction ; similarly if sh ee ts and plat e s a r e b e n t t h e
, ,

n e utral lin e will be at t h e middl e o f t h e thi ckn e ss of m e tal .

A ngl e iron t e e iron and oth e r s ections will be d e al t with

—
,
-
,

lat e r
.

I f it is r e quir e d to obtain t h e l e ngth of a plat e to b e nd

in t o a compl e t e circl e as in F ig 2 8 6 t his can be don e in
, .
,
35 2 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ME T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxn .

two ways e ith e r by s e tting out and m e asuring along t h e

—

c e ntr e lin e o f t h e pl at e or by calculation

, Suppos e t h e .

insid e diam e t e r to be 7 f t and t h e thick n e ss o f m e tal {Ein

.
,
.
,

th e n t h e di am e t e r o f t h e circl e f orm e d by t h e n e utral lin e

will be 7 ft 0 2 in M ultiply this by 3 } we hav e
. .

844 x 2 6 61 5
1
in . 2 2 tt 2 l
.

I f th e numb e r be us e d to r e pr e s e nt t h e ratio be
tw e e n t h e circumf e r e nc e and diam et e r o f a cir cl e th e n ,
th e
abov e will run o u t
x 2 6 6 25 0 6 2 6 6 4 in .

In all work wh e r e accuracy is r e quir e d t h e numb e r ,

should be us e d .

I t will be notic e d that b e f or e proc e e ding to cal culat e t h e ,

thick n e ss o f m etal was add e d t o t h e insid e diam e t e r and it ,

will thus be s ee n that t h e girth of pl at e to form a circl e will

always be 3 r tim e s t h e thickn e ss of t h e m e tal gr e at e r in
1
.

ci r cumf e r e nc e than t h e circum f e r e nc e of t h e insid e o f pip e .

I f a plat e is to be b e n t in any f orm such as F ig 2 8 7 , .

,

it s l e ngth in t h e flat can be

obtain e d by first s e tting out
t h e r e qu i r e d shap e and th e n ,

m e asuring along t h e c e ntr e

lin e of t h e s e ction To mark .

t h e pla t e for b e nding t h e dis ,

tan ce along t h e c e ntr e lin e up

t o C (t h e c e ntr e o f t h e b e nd )
must be m e asur e d and this ,

s e t out from t h e e dg e of t h e
‘

F I G 2 87 °
pl at e I n b e nding th e mar k
.

must be k e pt righ t in t h e ce ntr e o f t h e b e nd .

To b e nd a pl a t e with round e d corn e rs as in F ig 2 88 t h e , .

,

r e quir e d l e ngth in t h e fla t can be found as in t h e l ast cas e ,

o r it can be calcul a t e d as follows : Suppos e t h e insid e d ia

3 5 4 S H E E T A N D PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxn .

ar e in vogu e to mak e t h e allowan ce f o r a round e d corn e r ;

bu t non e a r e corr e ct wi t hout th e y a r e bas e d on t h e abo v e
cal cu lations .

To ce ntr e punch mar k alo n g t h e e dg e of a plat e f o r fla n g

-

ing t h e width of t h e flang e should be s e t out as in F ig 2 8 9

,
.
,

and t h e lin e G H m e asur e d .

This will giv e t h e distanc e of

t h e c e ntr e -punch marks from
t h e e dg e o f t h e plat e A fte r .

b eing flang e d t h e mark s should

,

be in t h e position K I f a s ec
.

tion o f t h e flang e is s et out in

t his mann e r t h e pr e p e r posi
,

tion o f t h e riv e t -hol e c e ntr e s

F I G 2 89
. can be d e t e rmin e d for both
plat e s .

F ig 2 9 0 shows t h e plan that can be adopt e d to ob t ain t h e

.

l e ngths o f plat e s and pit ch of riv e ts wh e r e two corn e r plat e s

,

1 IG . 29 0 .

or bilg e pl at e s a r e j o int e d tog e th e r Th e j oint is s et out

.

as s hown an d t h e l e ngth of e a ch p l a t e found by m e asuring

,
 PL A TE R S N OB K ’
,
TA N K S , S H E L L S , E T C . 35 5

along t h e ce ntr e lin e of t h e s e ction To find t h e pitch of .

riv e t hol e s to mark on pla te s t h e n e utral lin e s on e ach ,

plat e a r e m e asur e d b e tw e e n t h e c en tr e lin e s of t h e two

inn e rmost riv e ts Or this pitch can be d e t e rmin e d by ca l cu
.

lation thus
Suppos e t h e 2 in plat e s
thick an d t h e insid e radius
ar e 4
.
,

o f inn e r plat e 1
4 in and t h e distanc e from ce ntr e o f inn e r
.
,

riv e t to b e ginning o f curv e I t in Th e n t h e l e ngth of .

n e utral lin e on outsid e plat e b e tw ee n t h e c e ntr e s of inn e r

riv e ts will be

2 3 75

A n d th e corr e sponding l e ng t h on inn e r pla t e will be

1 6 25 x
4 8 in
2
.

Th e di ff e r e nc e of th e two thus b eing in .

Wh e r e plat es b e nt into quart e r circl e s as in this

ar e
,

cas e t h e di ff e r e nc e of pitch b e tw e e n t h e inn e rmost pair

,

o f riv e ts can r e adily be work e d out by t h e u s e of t h e follow

ing rul e .

D i ff e r e n ce of Pitch

Twic e t h e thickn ess of plat e x

Th e pi t ch of riv e ts on t h e flat par t of t h e pla t es will o f ,

cours e be t h e sam e on both plat e s

, .

A us e ful application o f this m e thod o f ob t aining t h e

l e ngths of pl at e s or bars can be mad e by bl ack smiths and
whit e smiths I f a round squar e or flat bar is to be b e nt
’

.
, ,

into a n y shap e th e n all that i s n e c e ssary to do is to s e t

,
35 6 SH E ET A N D PL A TE M E T AL WORK [ C H A R xxx1 1 .

out the r e quir e d d e sign as in F ig 2 9 1 mark in t h e

,
.
,
ce ntr e
lin e and m e asur e f or l e ngth o f bar in t h e straight
’

Cyli n dr ical Sh el l Pl ates .

’
s e tting out plat er s work for
In
boil e rs or oth e r similar class o f wor k ,

a high d e gr e e o f accuracy is r e quir e d

if j oints a r e to be prop e rly con
struct e d an d t h e various parts mad e
,

to fi t tog e th e r as th e y ought to do .

Th e s e ttings out for t he insid e and

outsid e pl at e s of a cylindrical sh e ll
a r e shown in F i 2 9 2 Th e thick
g . .

n e ss o f m e tal is purpos ely drawn

out o f proportion to t h e diam et e r ,

so as to b ett e r exhibit t h e constru e

tion lin e s Th e l e ngths o f t h e
.

plat e s can be obtain e d as pr e ,

v io u s l stat d by m e asuring t h e
y e ,

l e ngths of t h e c e ntr e lin e s o f e a ch

F I G 29 1
. .

ring in s e ction and s etting out for

insid e and outsid e pl at e s r e sp e ctiv e ly A much b e tt e r .

plan how e v e r and o n e tha t will giv e mor e a ccurat e r e sults

, , ,

is to calcul at e t h e l e n gths of t h e plat e s Thus suppos e t h e

.
,

insid e diam et e r o f inn e r ti er o f plat e s is 1 2 i n and t h e .

plat e s 1 in thick th e n t h e girth o f outsid e plat e s will be

.
,

15 x I in .

A nd insid e plat es 13 x I 4 0 8 40 8 in .

Di ff er enc e in l engths 6 2 83 2 in

It should be obs e rv e d that t h e di ff er e nc e in l e ngth be

w
t e e n t h e inn e r and out e r pl at e s is 2 X and th is
35 8 SH E E T A ND P L A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx1 1 .

If be us e d inst e ad of th e n this di ff e r e n ce will

al w ays be
Thickn ess of plat e 6 2
r
.

F or an ac cu rat e fi t t in g j oint t h e cal culation of this d if

-
,

f e r e nc e is r e ally o f mor e importanc e than t h e e x a ct girths .

I t should be born e in mind that b e f or e pro ce e ding to cal e u

lat e t h e thickn e ss o f t h e plat e should be car e f u lly gaug e d
,
.

A plat e may be call e d a ce rtain thi ck n e ss ; bu t as plat e s a r e

usually roll e d to a giv e n w eight per squar e f oot t h e t hi ck ,

n e ss may be a littl e mor e or l e ss th an that stat e d C o n s e .

qu e ntly if t h ecalculations a r e bas e d on a giv e n thi ck n e ss

, ,

and t h e plat e happ e ns to be a shad e thinn e r t h e j oin t will ,

be sla ck and if t h e plat e i s thi ck e r than that allow e d f o r

, ,

t h e j oint will be too tight .

Th e pit ch o f t h e riv e t hol e s in t h e two pl at e s can be m e a

—

sur e d dir ectly from t h e ce ntr e lin e cir cl e s on t h e s e ction o f

t h e two rings Thus t h e l e ngth along t h e a r e f rom A to
.

B will be t h e pit ch o f t h e hol e s on inn e r plat e and t h e ,

l e ngth m e asur e d along t h e curv e f rom C to D will e qual

t h e pitch of hol e s in out e r plat e .

Whilst t h e abov e m e thod is a ccurat e e nough f o r rough

w o r k o r f o r j obs bringing in only a small part o f a cir cl e
‘

, ,

it is not of much u s e wh er e v e ry particular work is want e d .

Th e pitch can be d e t e rmin e d by arithm e ti c from t h e f ollow

ing rul e
diam e ter of n eutral circl e
Pitch of h ol es
numb e r of hol e s 1 1 1 Ci rcl e
Thus in t h e pr e s e nt cas e :

15
Pitch of h ol e s in out er plat e 3 9 27 in .

13 x
Pitch of hol e s in inn e r plat e 3 4 034 in .

Wh en distan ce s b e tw e e n t h e hol e ce ntr e s

th e
s u ch awk w a r d fi g u r e s as th o s e abov e we a r e ,
 PL A TE R S
’
WORK ,
T A N K S , SH E L L S , E TC . 35 9

with a f r e sh di fficulty in not b eing abl e to s et t h e compass e s ,

with e xa ctn e ss to this l e ngth

,
So that in pra cti ce it is
.
, ,

a good plan to mark t h e two e n d hol e s and th e n car e f ully

s ubdivid e t h e distanc e ; t h e calcul ations abov e giving con

s id e r a bl e aid U sually t h e ce ntr e o f e n d hol e s would com e

.
,

on t h e end lin e s o f n et t e mpl at e but i n t h e pr e s e nt cas e n o

lap has b e e n allow e d for so as to simpli f y t h e probl e m A s .

t h e hol e s a r e arrang e d in F ig 2 9 2 it will be obs e rv e d

.
,
.

that t h e distanc e f rom e dg e o f pl at e to firs t hol e will be

e qual to half t h e pitch on e a ch plat e .

Th e way to cal cul at e t h e r e quir e d pit ch for any giv e n

thickn e ss of plate and t h e prop e r f ormation o f t h e various
,

riv e t e d j oints will be d e alt with l at e r

,
.

I n most of t h e b e tt e r class b oil e r work t h e plat e s a r e roll e d

-

and t h e j oints tack e d tog e th e r b e f or e drilling t h e bulk o f ,

t h e hol e s b e ing drill e d in position I n this way hol e s with .

irr e gular walls a r e obviat e d t h e j oint l e ft strong e r than

,

with punch e d hol e s , and no s t r e ss e s s et up in t h e j oint Th e .

c al culations f o r l e ngths of plat e s and pitch of riv e ts will ,

of cours e hav e to be carri e d out wh e th e r t h e plat e s hav e

,

pu nch e d or drill e d hol e s or hol e s drill e d aft e r t h e pl at e s

,

ar e h a pe d and fi x e d
I
.

Tan k s .

A most int e r e sting ex ampl e of a particularly simpl e

m e thod o f j ointing is th at us e d in t h e construction o f tan k s ,

wh e n t h e plat e s a r e flang e d and lapp e d and no angl e iron -

us e d F ig 2 9 3 shows t h e outsid e vi e w of su ch a tank I t

. . .

will be no t i ce d that e ach f ace of t h e tank h as two lin e s o f

riv e ts upon it : h e n ce it ca n be s e e n that t h e tank will be
construct e d of s ix plat e s e ach pl at e having two flang e s
, .

F ig 29 4 is a vi e w o f an insid e corn e r whi ch s h oul d r e adily

.

e x pl ain t h e arra n g e m e nt of t h e l aps on t h e thr e e plat e s .

A n ou t sid e vi e w o f t h e sam e corn e r is shown in F ig 2 9 5 . .

It wil l be obs e rv e d from both o f th es e vi e ws that t h e la ps

24
3 6 0 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xxx1 1 .

ar e so f orm e d as to l e av e a hol e right in t h e corn e r o f t h e

tan k . A f t e r t h e tan k is riv e t e d up along t h e laps t h e ,

hol e s at corn e rs a r e e ith e r dri f t e d or r ea m er e d out a n d a ,

sp e cial corn er riv e t put in as shown on F ig 2 9 3 . .

Th e s e tti n g out of a plat e

is e xpl ain e d by t h e ai d
of F ig 2 9 6 A cubical
. .

shap e d ta n k has b e e n
chos e n f o r t h e sa k e o f
simpli city Th e l e ngth .
,

br e ad th and d e pth o f
,

the i n s id e b eing t h e
sam e by insp e ction o f
,

t h e arrang e m e nts o f t h e
plat e s and j oints it will ,

be s e e n that e a ch plat e
is e x a ctly t h e sam e
F IG 29 3
h e n ce if a t e mplat e be
. .

mad e of o n e plat e t h e oth e r fi v e can be mar k e d f rom it

, .

A s e ction o f o n e plat e cov e ri ng two j oints is first s e t out

as shown (t h e thi ck n e ss
o f plat e is e nlarg e d som e

what to b e tt e r show t h e
constru ction lin e s ) an d ,

from this both t h e l e ngth

and W idth o f plat e can
r e adily be obtain e d Th e .

l e ngth o f plat e will be

f ound by m e asuring t h e
distanc e along t h e ce ntr e
lin e o f s e ction an d t h e
,
F IG 2 9 4 .
.

width will be e qual to t h e

l e ngth o f flat part o f plat e in this cas e A B—
Th e .

l ength and br e adth o f plat e ca n o f cours e be cal culat e d

, ,

a s in t h e cyli n d r ical s h ell Thus suppos e t h e i n sid e dim en

.
,
3 6 2 SH E E T A ND P L A T E M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxu .

f rom dg e of plat e will be t h e distan ce m e asur e d along t h e

e

ce ntr e lin e o f s e ction f rom t h e e n d o f plat e to m iddl e o f

b e nd I t ca n also be calculat e d by t h e f ollowing rul e : To

.

t h e lap add o n e quart e r o f 3 } tim e s t h e radius of c e ntr e lin e

-
1

of s e ction .

Width o f fla n ge
1§ TU
5
x x i l gin .
( n early ) .

FIG . 29 6 .

Th e cov e r is bolt e d on with s e t scr e ws and t h e hol e s f o r

,

t h e s e a r e drill e d and tapp e d to suit t h e s cr e ws .

Whilst a c u bical tan k has b e e n d e s crib e d t h e abov e ,

r e mark s and calculations ca n of cours e be e asily modifi e d

and appli e d to suit t h e cas e o f any siz e d tan k with e ith er
o pen or clos e d top .
 P L ATE R S D OU B L E -C U RV A T U RE
’
WORK 36 3

CH A PTE R X XX I I I .

PL A TE R ’
S D OU B L E C U R V A T U RE
-
WORK .

D O U B L E -C U R V E D
work in wrought iron or st e e l p l at e s is of ,

cours e much mor e di fficult to manipulat e than in t h e

,

soft e r m e tals and on account o f t h e gr e at e r r e sistanc e tha t

, ,

iron or st e e l o ff e rs to b e ing drawn or str e tch e d gr e at e r ,

accuracy is in cons e qu e nc e r equir e d in t h e marking out of

, ,

t h e plat e shap es A t t h e b e st it is only possibl e t o a ppr o xi

.
,

ma t e to t h e r e al shap e o f plat e want e d and in any cas e , , ,

th e ory is not o f mu ch u s e in this class of work without it is ,

t e mp e r e d with e xp eri e nc e A noth e r point to r e m e mb e r is

.

that t h e amoun t of str e t ch or contraction in any particular

plat e d e p e nds v e ry mu ch upon its t r e atm e nt in work ing
in t o shap e I n all cas e s it should be aim e d to hollow or
.

rais e a pl at e i n a natural mann e r that is to work it up as —

,

n e ar as possibl e to t h e con ditions that would obtain if it

w e r e stam pe d or drawn in a pair o f di e s We purpos e .

giving o n e or two typi cal cas e s of t his cl ass of work be

“

ginning with a

Cur v e d Pipe Ben d =

.

A sk et ch of t h e b e nd is shown in F ig 2 9 7 on which it
"

will be s ee n that t h e ba ck and throat o f t h e curv e d portion

is m a de u p i n two pi e c e s and t h e ch e ek s in thr e e t h e j oints
'

be ing b rok e n as shown .

Th e construct ion lin e s f o r t h e t e mplat e s a r e obtain e d as

shown in F ig 2 9 8 A n e l e vati on o f a s e gm e nt is first s e t
. .

out th is re ally showi n g t h e el e v ation of t h e pi e ce s com

A 2
3 6 4 S H E E T A ND PL A T E ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxm .

bin e d . A
s e micir cl e is d es crib e d on 0 8 and divid e d into
e ight e qual parts , lin e s squar e to 0 8 b eing run down from
e ach division point . Th e n with C as c e ntr e ar cs a r e run
, ,

aroun d f rom t h e f oot of e ach p e rp e ndic ul ar as shown Th e

,
.

compl e t e circum f e r e n ce o f t h e pip e is divid e d into f our e qual

FI G . 29 7 .

parts by t h e longitudinal j oints : h e nc e t h e l e ngth of t h e

girth lin e for e a ch patt e rn will be e qual to f our divisions
f rom t h e s e micircl e To d e al with t h e bac k patt e rn first
. .

Th e girth lin e o f f o u r e qual divisions is laid down and ,

cross lin e s drawn as shown thes e latt e r b e ing cut o ff e qual

,

in l en gth to t h e corr e spondingly -numb e r e d a r e in t h e e l eva

tion Thus 0 0 on t h e patt e rn e quals 0 0 in t h e el evation
.
° ”
,

1 1 e quals 1
° ” and 2 2 e quals 2
° ”
I n wor k ing t h e
b f h
pl at e i nto shap e it will e ound that t e lin e 0 0 l e ngth e ns
° °

slightly and that t h e e dg e 2 2 will short e n a littl e ; h e n ce

,
° °
,
3 6 6 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ CH A R xxxm .

long e r A s t h e j oints a r e lapp e d t h e bottom e n d o f t h e

‘

.
,

patt e rn will r e quir e to be mad e j ust a shad e narrow e r than

t h e top ; this ca n be allow e d f o r by d e d u cting o n e and a
hal f tim e s t h e plat e thic k n e ss f rom t h e width .

Th e throat patt e rn ca n be laid out in a similar mann e r

to t h e back a n d h e r e it may be s ee n that t h e c e ntr e lin e
,

will short e n slightly in working t h e plat e into shap e and ,

t h e sid e lin es l e ngth e n som e what This di ff e r e nc e can be

.

allow e d f o r by m ak ing t h e e n d arcs 6 8 ° °

to pass through
t h e points 6 °
as first f ound and slightly flatt e r than r e
,

quir e d to pass through t h e original position of t h e point

H e r e again t h e patt e rn must be o n e and a half tim e s
t h e pl at e thick n e ss narrow e r at o n e e n d than t h e oth e r It
.

will also be an advantag e to slightly curv e t h e sid e e dg e s ,

as shown on t h e p att e rn .

Th e shap e of t h e plat e f o r t h e ch e ek can be l aid out by

first mak ing t h e radius 0 4 on t h e patt e rn e qual to C 4 ”

on t h e e l e vation ; th e n on e ach sid e o f t h e point 4 s e tting

two l e ngths f rom t h e s e micircl e to mak e up t h e girth lin e
, ,

6 2 . No w using 0 as c e ntr e ar cs a r e drawn through e a ch

, ,

poi nt on t h e girth lin e as shown th e s e b e ing cut o ff r e ,

s e ct iv e l e qual in l e ngth to t h e corr e sponding a r e in t h e

p y
e l e vation Thus ° ”
. 4 4 e quals 4 3 3 e quals 3
° ”
and so
on for t h e oth e rs I t will be found that t h e points 2° to
.

° li
6 e practi c ally on a straight lin e h e nc e this can be drawn
,

in as s e e n F o r a b e nd of a v e ry sh arp curvatur e it will be

.

an advantag e to l e ng t h e n t h e arc 2 2 j ust a littl e as t his

° °
,

will contract som e wha t in bringing t h e pl at e into shap e .

A llowanc e for j oints will be add e d as shown by t h e dott e d ,

lin e s .

I f inst e ad o f m aking t h e throat port ion in two plat e s as ,

s hown in F i 2 9 7 it is d sir d to mak it out of pl at

g . e e
, e o n e e

th e n t h e curv e s at t h e pl at e -e nds will be som e what flatt e r

than shown on t h e throa t patt e rn as t h e draw will be l e ss ,

on a ccount of t h e long e r pla te .

 PL A TE R S D OU B LE -C U RV A T U RE
’
WORK 36 7

In work o f this d e scription it is not advisabl e only und e r

,

e xc e pti onal mr cu m s t a n ce s to put any hol e s in t h e pl at e s until

,

a ft e r th ey a r e shap e d
. I f th e r e a r e m any b e nds a cradl e

FIG . 29 9 .

pu n chi n g t empl at e for e ach plat e might th e n v e ry con

v e n ie n t l be m ad e for mar k ing t h e j oint hol e s
y .

I nst e ad of having f our plat e s to m ak e up th e compl e te

3 6 8 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxm .

girth o f th e pip e as in
,
F ig 2 9 7 ,
. two plat e s m a y be us e d as
,

in t h e
F ur n a ce Bl a s t Pipe ,

part of whi ch is shown in F ig 2 9 9 H e r e it will

. . be seen
that t h e longit u dinal j oints run around t h e midd l e of e a ch

F IG . 30 0.

sid e o f t h e pip e whil e t h e transv ers e j oints com e to t h e

,

mi d dl e o f opposit e plat e s
.

Th e patt e rns a r e shown s e t o u t in F ig 3 0 0 A n e l e vation

. .

of a s e gm e nt is first drawn t h e a r e A B b e ing mad e e qua l

,
SH E ET A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH A R xxxm .

In wor k ing t h e plat e

up it will be f ound that
the lin e 0 °
0 °
will
1 e n g t h e n som e what
h e nc e it will be an
advantag e to mak e t h e
arc 3 °
0 °
3 °
slightly
flatt e r than would be
r e quir e d to pass through
t h e position o f 3 as o b °

t a in e d by using th e
l e ngth o f t h e a r e 3 ’

I n st e ad o f b e ing l e f t
s t raigh t as in F ig 2 9 8
,
.
,

it will be an advantag e
to curv e t h e sid e e dg e s
as shown t h e radius
,

used b e ing slightly

lo n g e r than C As
t h e girth lin e 3 3 on t h e
b a c k p a t t e r n will
l e ngth e n in hollowing ,

t h e sid e curv e s should

be drawn to pass through
t h e points 3° in this
m a nn e r short e ning t h e
l i n e 3 3 som e what .

Th e patt e rn f or t h e
“

t h roat s e gm e nt can be
struck o u t in a similar
mann e r to t h e back t h e ,

lin e s us e d b eing thos e

h a v i n g corr e sponding
numb e rs on patt e rn and
FIG . 3 02. e l e vation . H e r e again
, ,
 P L A TE R S D U
O
’
B L E -
C U R V A T U RE WORK 371

it will be an advantag e to curv e t h e sid e e dg e s to a radius

slightly gr e at e r than t h e c e ntr e radius C in t h e e l e va
,

tion .

A s t h e curv e s at t h e e nds of t h e patt e rns com e out pr a c

tically as ar cs o f circl e s th e r e is r e ally no n ece ssity to u s e
,

all t h e lin e s as shown A l l that is want e d b e ing t h e points

.

3 on t h e back patt e rn and

° 3 on t h e throat
°
,

patt e rn Th e l e ngths of lin e s to obtain th e s e can also be

.

calculat e d if r e qui r e d and thus t h e n e c e ssity o f drawing

,

any kind of e l e vation avoid e d I n ordinary pra ctic e how .

,

ever ,
it is g e n e rally t h e sa f e r plan to u s e an e l e vation for
obtaining l e ngths o f constru ction lin e s .

I n work ing t h e plat e s hot car e must be ta k e n that th e y

,

a r e drawn or hollow e d as un i f ormly as possibl e as t h e pl at e s , ,

if work e d too m u ch in any o n e particular part wi ll be ,

pull e d out of t h e shap e that t h e patt e rn has b ee n d e sign e d

to produc e .

A s t h e pl at e s e gm e nts a r e arrang e d to fit alt e rnat e ly out

sid e and insid e it I s e v i d e nt f rom what has b e e n said pr e
,

v io u s l that t h girth o f t h e outsi d e pl at e must be tim e s

y e

t h e thickn e ss long e r than that of t h e insid e pl at e I t will .

also be n e c e ssary to thin t h e four corn e rs o f t h e i nn e r pl at e s

on t h e back and t h e four corn e rs o f t h e out e r plat e s o f t h e
throat A s k e t ch o f t h e m e thod o f thinning is shown at t h e
.

bottom of F ig 2 9 8 . .

Patt er n s f or Buo y -Pl at es .

We may consid e r th e
b uoy shown in F ig 3 0 1 as b e ing
‘

, .
,

constru ct e d o f a con e and a h e misph e r e I t will be s ee n .

from t h e position o f t h e j oints that t h e girth o f t h e buoy is

divid e d u p into s ix plat e s .

F our patt e rns will be r e quir e d and th e s e a r e all shown

,

s e t out in F i 3 0 2 Th patt rns for t h onical part will

g ; e . e e c

be laid out as expl ain e d in t h e e arli e r chap t e rs ; t h e r a dii

3 72 S H E ET A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxm .

for th e bottom ti e r o f plat e s b eing 0 b and c d and f o r t h e,

top ti e r 0 d and c e Th e a r e B F on t h e larg e pl ate will

.

e qual in l e ngth t h e a r c O f ,
this b eing o n e tw e l f th t h e cir
-

cu m f e r e n ce o f t h e con e bas e.Th e l e ngth o f t h e ar cs mark e d ,

D D at t h e small e n d o f t h e larg e patt e rn and t h e larg e

, ,

e n d o f t h e small patt e rn ,
should be t h e sam e l e ngth ; or if ,

t h e thi ck n e ss be ta k e n into account ( which it always should ) ,

F IG . 303 .

Ls e e in
th e a r e D D on h
t e small pa t t e rn —
g this pl at e is o n e of

t h e inn e r ti e r
—
will be th e thick n e ss o f t h e plat e l e ss in
l e ngth than on t h e larg e patt e rn T w o corn e rs on e ach o f
.

th e s e plat e s will n e e d thinning and o f cours e t h e riv et

, , ,

h ol e s can be pu t in b e f or e t h e plat e s a r e roll e d .

3 74 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ME T A L WORK [ C H A R xxx1 1 1 .

sur f a ce it can be asc e rtain e d whi ch p art has b ee n e xt e nd e d

or contract e d . I f it do e s not work up to t h e e x a ct siz e r e
quir e d ,
th e n by ,

car e f ul e xamination
a n ( 1 m e asur e m e nt ,

t h e d e fi ci e n cy can be
d e t e rmin e d and this
,

allow e d f o r wh e n
stri k ing out t h e pat
t e rn f o r t h e f ull
siz e arti cl e s .

Th e dim e nsion of
dis c f o r t h e sph e ri cal
s e gm e nt will be
found by using a u
as t h e radius to
mark it out .

B y t h e exe r cis e o f
som e thought and
car e f ul exp e rim e nt
t h e patt e rn for any
oth e r ki nd o f gor e
for an egg e nd e d -

boil e r still or oth e r

, ,

v e ss el ca n be struck
out with a good d e
gr e e o f a ppr o xim a
xPE RI MI-n r m
t l on
'

t
‘

M ODE L
PR 7 Ti l [1

Ro u
n de d C o r n er

f or Ta n k .

A round e d corn e r
plat e f o r a tank ,

FIG . 30 4
.
motor car hood o r
-
,
 PL A TE R S D OU B L E -C U RV A T U RE
’
WORK 3 75
'

oth e r obj e ct ca n be s e t out in t h e flat v e ry much th e sam e

as e xpl ain e d in conn ection with F ig 30 2 A sk e tch o f t h e . .

corn e r pl at e is shown in F ig 3 03 and on consid e ration it

- .
, , ,

will be s e en that its sur f a ce ca n be imagin e d to be that of

o n e e ighth o f a compl e t e sph e r e
- I n practical plat e work .

it would of cours e be an advantag e to br e ak t h e j oints

, ,

som e what di ffe r e ntly to that shown in t h e sk e tch ; but this

e x ampl e as t h e j oints a r e arrang e d will s e rv e to illus
, ,

i
trat e t h e s e tting out o f pa t t e r n s f o r obj ects that com e out
as a part o f a sph e rical surfa ce .

I n F ig 30 4 t h e n e ce ssary s e tting o u t r e quir e d for t h e

.
-

patt e rn f o r o n e e ighth o f a sph e r e of 1 4 in di am e t e r is

-
.

shown Th e circum f e r e nc e of a 1 4 in sph e r e will be

.

J
.

4 4 in o n e quart e r of this
.
,
o f cours e b eing 1 1 in F irst , ,
.

construct an e quilat e ral triangl e o f 1 1 in sid e l e tt e r e d .

,

A B C in t h e fig u r e
,
I t is foun d f ro m e xp e rim e nt that t h e
.

radius giving th e b e st curv e for t h e sid e s o f t h e patt e rn is

tim e s t h e radius o f t h e sph e r e whi ch in this cas e will be ,

23 in X
. 7 in . 1 5 2 in .

B is e ct A B in D,
and j oin to C producing t h e lin e D C ,

outwards No w using A as c e ntr e and 1 5 g in as radius

.
, .
,

mark t h e point E This will giv e t h e c e ntr e f rom which t h e

.

arc A F B can be d e scrib e d I n t h e sam e way t h e oth e r

, ,
.

two arcs can be construct e d A s et squar e should now be .

-

u t u o n e ach corn e r and two tang nti al lin s mutually

p ‘p e e , ,

p e rp e ndicular drawn from t h e arcs This is b e st shown by

,
.

t h e e nl arg e d corn e r at t h e bottom o f F ig 3 04 H er e B G . .

and B H r e pr es e nt t h e sid e arcs and K G K H t h e pair , ,

of mutually squar e lin e s I t will thus be s e e n tha t t h e

- .

small shad e d ar e a is add e d on to t h e patt e rn to mak e it work

up corr e ctly A ll owanc e for laps will be add e d as shown
.
.

A s m e ntion e d in t h e last e x ampl e it is always advisabl e ,

for t h e i n ex p e ri e n ce d in this kind of work to mak e u p a

25
3 7 6 S H E E T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxq .

mod el s ector b e f or e proc e e ding to t h e larg e r j ob . A

patt e rn f or this is shown at t h e bottom of F ig 30 4 . .

I f t h e patt e rn A B C is to be o n e o f t h e f our gor e s to mak e

up into a h e misph e r e with a pip e fitting c e ntrally as shown
, ,

in t h e e l e vation F ig 3 0 4 th e n t h e part to be cut away on

,
.
,

t h e patt e rn can be d e t e rmin e d by drawing 3 t squar e t o O s ,

and using t h e form e r lin e as radius for t h e patt e rn cu t ;

that is t h e radius C T on t h e pat t e rn will be e qual in l eng th
,

t o t h e lin e 3 t in t h e e l e va t io n
.
3 7 3 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ME T A L WORK [ ca r e xxx1 v .
 P A TTE RNS F OR I RRE G U L A R A RTI C L E S . 3 79

Th e point
is j oin e d to I) and produ ce d outwards to 2 ;
t h e a r e 2 0 th e n be ing divid e d into two e qual p arts and t h e
a r e 2 5 into thr e e e qual p arts Th e division points 1 2 .
, , ,

3 e t c a r e th e n j oin e d to 6 thus fi xing t h e poi nts

,
.
, ,

et c .T a k ing (J as c e ntr e and b b et c r e sp e ctiv e ly as

,
.
, ,

radii t h e points ,
et c a r e turn e d on to t h e bas e lin e .
, ,

thus giving t h e points et c Pe rp e ndicul ars a r e th e n .

run up f rom t h e latt e r points to m e et t h e outsid e lin e s of

t h e curv e in etc A girth lin e is th e n l aid out .

for t h e r e ctangul ar pip e patt e rn by m ark ing t h e distanc e s

0 l’ ’
1 ’
,
2 ’
et c as tak e n f rom t h e sam e numb e r e d lin e
.
,

in t h e plan Pe rp e ndi culars a r e n e xt r u n up f rom t h e

.

girth li n e division points and th e s e cut o ff by proj e cting ,

along t h e r e quir e d h e ight s f rom t h e el e vation That is .

,

a lin e is dr awn along thro u gh 5 to cut o ff all t h e pe r pe n

°

d icu l a r s drawn up thro u gh t h e points mark e d 5 on t h e ’

girth lin e ; t h e sam e f o r and so on f o r e ach numb e r .

n practic e it will be b e tt e r to mark out t h e pip e patt e rn

( I
a w ay f rom t h e e l e vation t h e h e ights for th e s e lin e s th e n ,

b e ing m e asur e d f rom t h e lin e 0 2 up to t h e r e sp e ctiv e

°

points ) Th e points as f ound a r e th e n j oin e d up and t h e

.

r e ctangular pip e p att e rn is compl e t e .

Th e patt e rn for t h e coni cal part can be str u c k o u t by

first s e tting t h e compass e s to a 0 as radius and d e scribi ng ,

t h e patt e rn circl e Th e l e ngth o f t h e girth curv e ca n be

.

m e asur e d out by maki ng t h e r e sp e ctiv e l e ngths t h e s a m e as

thos e with t h e similar n u mb e r on t h e q uart e r pl an Th e -
.

division poi nts o f t h e girth curv e a r e th e n all j oin e d u p to

t h e c e ntr e A To mark o ff t h e points on t h e radial lin e s
‘

.
, ,

to f orm t h e cu t t h e comp a s s e s a r e op e n e d out to a

, (4

et c . on t h e el e vation and th e s e distanc e s us e d to mark

, ,

aro n u d t h e h
arcs on t e patt e rn Thus A 5 on t h e patt e rn
° .
,

e qu al s t h e e l e vation
°
(1 5 on and so on f o r t h e oth e r ,

l e n g th s Wh e r e t h e s e arcs cu t t h e corr e spondi ngly

.

n u mb e r e d radi a l lin e s will giv e points on t h e patt e rn

380 S H E E T A ND P L A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx1 v .

cu t as shown Th e s e b e ing j oin e d up with an e v e n curv e

.

will compl e t e t h e patt e rn A n y allowan ce f o r laps can be

.

add e d according to t h e m e thod o f j ointing adopt e d .

T a per e d Squ ar e Pi pe F itti n g on C on ica l Do me .

A tap e r e d squar e pip e fitting con ce ntrically on to a

conical cap or dom e as shown in t h e hal f el e vation F ig
, ,
-
,
.

FIG . 3 07 .

may f som kinds f v ntilator or oth e r wor k re

3 07 ,
o r e o e , ,

quir e to be mad e up in sh e e t m e tal .

s
A ll t h e e tting out n e c e ssary to obtain t h e patt e r n con e
38 2 SH E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A P . xxx1 v .

Th e out e r dott e d patt e rn it might be u s e f ul to r e m e mb e r

, ,

will if b e nt into shap e giv e t h e portion o f t h e tap e r e d

, ,

squar e pip e whi ch fits i n s id e t h e conical dom e .

F o r t h e con ical dom e patt e rn t h e compas s e s a r e s e t to t h e

radius a O in t h e e l e vation and t h e cir cu lar a r e mar k e d
,

out si xt ee n distan ce s b e ing st e pp e d aro u nd this e a ch e qual ,

in l e ngth to e ith e r o f t h e ar cs O 1 or 1 2 in t h e plan F rom .

e ach division point radial lin e s a r e dra w n to t h e ce ntr e A ;

th es e a r e th e n cut by arcs drawn to t h e r e sp ectiv e radii ,

a a a f rom t h e hal f s e ction Thus t h e l e ngth

—
.

A 1 on t h e patt e rn e quals a 1 on t h e s e ction and so on

° °
,

f o r t h e oth e r lin e s Th e points b e ing j oin e d with e v e n

.

curv e s t h e patt e rn is now compl et e

, .

I t is int e r e sting to noti ce that t h e i nn e r patt e rn mar k e d ,

o il by t h e dott e d lin e A will wh e n b e nt into shap e giv e

, ,

t h e portion on t h e con e fitting i n s id e t h e tap e r e d squar e pip e .

I f t h e ce ntr e lin e s o f t h e pyramid and con e do not coin

ci d e t h e patt e rns f or t h e parts r e quir e d ca n still be mar k e d
,

out by t h e m e thod shown abov e t h e only di ff e r e nc e b eing ,

in t h e plan this p e rhaps r e q u iring to be a hal f or a f ull

, , ,

siz e plan according to t h e position o f t h e tap e r e d squar e

,

pip e on t h e dom e .

Roun d Pipe on C on ical C a p .

If a cylindrical pip e fits on to a conical pip e both ha v ing ,

t h e sam e ce ntr e lin e it will be m ani f e st th at t h e cylindri c al

,

pip e will be cut squar e at t h e j oint and that t h e coni cal ,

pip e will com e out as a f rustum o f a con e I f how e v e r .

, ,

th eir c e ntr e lin e s do not coincid e but a r e som e distan ce ,

apart and parall e l t h e two pip e s will fit tog e th e r as show n

, ,

in F ig 3 0 8. .

B e f or e att empting to m ark out t h e patt e rn it will be

n e ce ssary to first draw in t h e e l e vation o f a j oint curv e To .

do this constr u ct th e s e mic ir cl e as s e en in plan F ig 3 0 8

, , , .
.
 P A T T E RN S F OR I RRE G U L AR A RT I C L E S 38 3

and divid e it into s ix e qual parts running lin e s u p through

,

e ach division point squar e to t h e bas e lin e N o w ta.

k ing 6,

as c e ntr e and b 1 b 2 e t c as radii swing on to t h e b as e

, , ,
.
, ,

lin e th u s d et e rmining t h e points 1

,
’
et c F rom th e s e
.

FI G . 30 8 .

las t points run p e rp e ndicul ars up to int e rs e ct t h e outsid e

”
li n e s o f t h e con e in O ,
et c and th e n f rom th e s e
.
,

draw lin e s across parall e l to t h e bas e lin e to m e e t t h e pe r

e n d icu l a r s alr e ady drawn from t h e points on t h e s e micircl e
p .

Th e poi nts o f int e rs e ction o f th e s e two lin e s will l ie on t h e

j oint curv e .

Th e compl e t e conical patt e rn is firs t mark e d out in t h e

384 SH E E T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A P . xxx1 v .

usual way and a c e ntr e lin e A O drawn A long thi s t h e

, ,
”
.

distanc e s f rom a O in t h e e l e vation a r e s et ; that is A 5

” ”
,

e quals a A 4 ”
e quals a and so on With A as .

c e ntr e arcs a r e th e n drawn through t h e points

, etc .

Th e l e ngths of th e s e a r e car e fully m e asur e d o ff e qual to

that o f t h e c o rr e sponding a r e on t h e s e micir cl e i n pl an .

”
Thus 1 1 e quals 1
°
t h e a r e 2 2 is t h e sam e l e ngth a s
” °

2 and so on f o r t h e oth e rs Th e points so f ound wh e n

.

j oin e d up with an e v e n cu rv e will giv e t h e cu t r e quir e d .

F o r t h e cylindrical pip e t h e patt e rn will be mark e d out

in t h e usual way t h e l e ngths o f t h e construction lin e s
,

b e ing m e asur e d from t h e top e n d down to t h e j oint curv e .

Cir cul ar T a per e d Pi pe F itt in g on C on ical Dom e .

I f th e ntr e lin e s o f th e s e two conical sur f ac e s coincid e

ce ,

it is e vid e nt that e a ch part will com e o u t as a f rustum of

con e ; but if th e
ce ntr e lin e s a r e not
common to e ach but ,

parall el th e n t h e two
,

parts will fit tog e th e r

as shown in F ig 3 0 9 . .

In t h e latt er cas e
t h e probl e m b e com e s
som e what mor e d iffi
cul t .

Th e s e tting out o f t h e
F I G 309
patt e rns is sh own in
.

F ig 3 1 0
. J ust as in most oth e r cas e s that w e hav e d e a l t
.

with t h e first thing to be don e is to obtain an el e vation o f

,

t h e j oint curv e .F or this purpos e an e l e vation and hal f

plan of t h e dom e and pip e is construct e d Through t h e .

” lin s parall l to t h e bas e lin e a r e drawn

points 0 and 6
” e e ,

cutting t h e c e ntr e lin e of t h e l arg e con e in t h e points 6

3 8 6 S H E E T A ND P L A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A P . XXX I V .

th e sid e s down to t h e bas e lin e and on this d e s crib e ,

a s e mi cir cl e dividing it into s ix e qual parts as shown

, ,
.

Pe rp e ndi culars ar e th e n run up f rom e a ch divi

sion point to t h e bas e and j oin e d to t h e ap e x c o f t h e , ,

con e Wh e r e th e s e radial lin e s cross t h e j oint curv e lin e s

.
,

squar e to t h e ce ntr e lin e a r e r u n to t h e outsid e o f t h e con e ,

giving t h e points et c Th e l e ngths c .

c et c a r e th e n trans f e rr e d by r u nning t h e ar cs around

.
,

on to t h e corr e spondingly numb er e d radial lin e o f t h e

compl e t e con e patt e rn thus giving points f o r t h e patt e r n
,

cu t . Th e s e b e ing conn e ct e d with a fair cu rv e will giv e t h e

r e qu ir e d patt e rn cu t f o r t h e coni cal pip e .

I n t h e sam e mann e r t h e patt e rn f o r t h e coni cal dom e ca n

be str u ck out Th e s e mi circl e in plan is divid e d as b e f or e
.
,

p e rp e ndicul ars run up and radial lin e s drawn F rom t h e

, .

points wh e r e th e s e latt e r int e rs e ct t h e j oint curv e cross ,

lin e s a r e drawn to m e e t t h e outsid e lin e o f t h e coni cal dom e

in t h e points et c Th e n f o r t h e patt e rn th e s e
.
,

l e ngths a r e mark e d o ff on t h e construction li n e s That is .

T T et c on t h e p att e rn will r e sp e cti v e ly e qual t

.
,

t et c o n t h e e l e v ation
.
,
A n y l aps f o r j oi n ting ca n of
.

co u rs e be add e d a , s r e q u ir e d f o r e ith e r o f t h e pa t t e rns .

Ro u n d Pipe with Spi r al J o i n t .

If a pip e is r e quir e d to hav e a twist e d s e am as shown in

F ig 3 1 1 t h e ra k e o f t h e patt e rn strip ca n be quit e e asily
.
,

d e t e rmin e d by t h e m e thod o f constru ction as s e e n in t h e

fig u r e Th e pip e girth is laid out first and t h e lin e A B
.

drawn p e rp e ndi cul ar and mad e e qual in l e n gth to t h e

h e ight of half a twist L in e B C is th e n mark e d o ff e qual
.

to hal f t h e pip e circum f e r e n ce and t h e patt e rn compl e t e d

,

as shown .

I f A B had b e e n mad e e qual to t h e pit ch o f t h e Spiral

s e am that is t h e v e rti cal h e ight o f o n e compl e t e twis t
—
,
 .

PA TTE RN S F OR I RRE G U L A R A RTI C L E S 387

th e n B 0 would hav e to be mad e e qual to th e compl e t e

pip e girth .

Sh eet Met al Wor m .

Sh e e t m e tal scr e ws f o r moving grain along a trough as ,

shown fitt e d to a sha f t in F ig 3 1 2 a r e usually mad e up out of

.
,

rings which a r e shap e d by hamm e ring and riv et e d tog e th e r .

B e ing a twist e d surfac e it is

not strictly d e v elopabl e but a ,

v e ry good appro ximation ca n

be obtain e d by t h e di agram
shown in F ig 3 1 2 A C is s et
. .

o u t e qual to t h e shaft circum

f e r e n ce and A B mad e t h e
,

sam e h e ight as t h e pitch ; t h e

FIG . 31 1 . FI G . 31 2
.
 3 88 SH E E T A N D PL A T E ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxrv .

lin e B C will t h e n giv e t h e l e ngth o f t h e inn e r circum f e r e n ce

of th e patt e rn ring ; t h e corr e sponding diam e t e r b eing
d e t e rmin e d by dividing B C by
B y calculation it ca n be shown that t h e outsid e of t h e ring
is a littl e long e r than that r e quir e d f o r t h e outsid e o f t h e
spiral but wh e n t h e pitch is small and t h e ring narrow t h e
,

di ff e r e nc e is v e ry slight To giv e t h e twist without buck l e

.

t h e rings will r e quir e to be car e f ully hamm e r e d t h e blows ,

falling h e avi e st on th e inn e r part o f t h e ring .

Twis t ed Rect an gul a r Pipe Ben d .

A p e culi ar application of t h e last cas e can be mad e to

t hat of an oblong pip e b e nd as shown in F ig 3 1 3
,
I n this . .

t h e top and bottom pi e c e s will be f orm e d by a quart e r of a

ring as explain e d in conn e ction with F ig 3 1 2 Th e sid e
. .

strips will be straight wi t h th e e nds j us t curv e d t o can t t h e

,

b e nd to m eet t h e straight lin e s of pip e s .

Th e pat t e rns a r e shown mar k e d out in F ig 3 1 4 . F o r th e .

insid e and outsid e patt e rns t h e h e ights B E and D F will

r e sp e ctiv e ly e qual th e diff e r en c e in l e v e l of t h e two lin es o f
p iping —
t ha t is
,
it will corr e spond to a quart er o f t h e
3 9 0 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ CH A R xxx1 v .

Obl ique Squ a r e Con n ectin g Pipe .

Wh e n two square pip e s having th e ir e nds cut l e v e l n e ed

, ,

conn e cting this may be accomplish e d by j oining th e m wit h

,

an obliqu e squar e pip e as shown in F ig 3 1 6

,
. .

Th e s e tting out of t h e patt e rn is obviously so simpl e that

th e r e is no n e e d f or f urth e r d e s cription .

I n b e nding up it should be r e m e mb e r e d that t h e en d s

F IG . 31 6 .

of th e con n e cti n g pip e will be squar e ,

it s cross s e ction of
,

cours e b eing r e ctangular

,
.
 PA TTE RNS F OR I RRE G U L A R A RT I C L E S 39 1

Ta per e d Oblique Squar e C on n ectin g Pipe .

In a similar mann e r to t h e pr e vious cas e wh e n two squar e ,

pip es o f un e qual siz e s r e quir e conn e cting t h e int e rm e diat e

,

pip e will com e out as a frustum of an obliqu e squar e

pyramid as shown in F ig 3 1 7
, . .

F or t h e patt e rn B D will be drawn p e rp e ndicul ar t o C B

F IG . 31 7.

and e qual in l e ng t h to B A D t h e n b eing j oin e d t o C and

'

H G drawn squar e to B G I n t h e sam e way points F and

.

L can be d et e rmin e d No w using C as c e ntr e arcs a r e

.

s w e pt around from poin t s D F H and L , Th e n com

, , .

m en cin g say at O t h e distanc e s O 1 1 2 et c e ach e qual

, , , , .
,

to B E a r e mark e d off Th e r e maining part of t h e work

, .

should r eq uir e no fur t h e r d e scrip t io n :

3 9 2 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxrv .

Squ ar e H e pper or O utl et on Roun d Pipe .

Th e s e tting out shown in F ig 3 1 8 is for an outl e t fittin g

.

on t h e und e rsid e of a pip e but t h e m e thod of l a ying o ut

,

t h e patt e rn will be e x actly t h e sam e if t h e cas e of a

hopp e r r e sting on top of t h e pip e .

FI G . 31 8 .

G e om e trically this is the int e rs e ction of a p y ramid and

a cylind e r ;
I n stri k ing out th e pat t e rns th e point B is obtain e d by
3 9 4 S H E E T A N D PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A P . xxxrv .

ma k ing radius A B e qual to a b ; A C e qual to a e and t h e

“

l e ngth B F e qual to 6 f I n t h e sam e way t h e n e xt ti e r o f

.

plat e s can be d e alt with .

A dom e patt e rn o f this charact e r can also be mad e up by

t h e strip m e thod as shown in t h e chapt e rs on roofing work
, .

C vlin dr ica l Pi pe on Sph er ical Dome .

A pip e fitting as abov e is shown in F ig 3 2 0 B e for e its . .

patt e rn can be d e v e lop e d a s e ri es o f points on t h e e l e vatio n

o f t h e j oint lin e will hav e to be d e t e rmin e d A s t h e m e thod.

of finding e a ch point is t h e sam e t h e construction f or o n e

F IG . 320 .

point only (4 ) is shown With ce ntr e at and radius a f

.

d e s crib e t h e arc f d o f ind e finit e l e ngth th e n with ce ntr e 6

,

and radius 6 4 d e scrib e t h e a r e 4 0 F rom 0 run down a .

p e rp e ndi cular to m e et t h e a r e in d and to fi x e run a lin e

squar e across from d .

H aving d e t ermin e d all t h e j oint lin e points t h e patt e r n

ca n be s e t out in t h e usual way .
 PA TTE RNS F OR I RRE GU L A R A RT I C L E S 39 5

Co n ical Spo ut Fittin g on Co

n ica l V es s el .

Pe rhaps t h e most complicat e d patt e rns to m ark out

thos e f o r obj ec t s wh e r e t h e two parts fitting tog e th e r
both conical . Such a cas e is shown in F ig 3 2 1 . .

A s usual t h e first thing to do is to locat e poin t s on

j oint or curv e of int e rs e c t ion and wh e n t his is don e
,

s u m mo n

FIG . 3 31 .

ordinary m et hod of g e tting o u t a patt e rn for a part con e

( C hapt e r X I V )
. can be appli e d .

Th e obtaini ng of o n e point (p) only is shown as all t h e

,

ot he rs will be found in exactly t h e sam e mann e r Th e .

3 9 6 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx1 v
c e n tr e lin e t n of t h e spout con e is first drawn and r 3
divid e d into four e qual parts and lin e s drawn across as ,

shown by a b and t h e oth e rs Th e middl e point e o f a b is .

, ,

n ext d e t e rmin e d and t h e lin e e d drawn through it squar e to

t n . A quart e r -cir cl e is construct e d on e d and c o drawn ,

p ara l l e l to e n Th e lin e 0 m is n e x t drawn p e rp e ndicular

.

to a b and cut o ff e qual to c o Th e quart e r e llips e a g m .

, ,

is n o w construct e d by t h e tramm e l m etho d ( C hapt e r X X I ) ,

and t h e point 9 d et e rmin e d by d e sc ribing t h e quart e r -circl e

on l k to int e rs e ct t h e e llips e A p e rp e ndicul ar is now run .

from to cut a b in p ; whi ch will be a point on t h e

u
p g
e l e vation of j oint curv e I n t h e sam e way points can be
.

f ound on t h e oth e r two lin e s .

Th e r e is no n ee d to d e scrib e t h e marking out of t h e spou t

patt e rn as this is don e in form e r chapt e rs bu t t h e m e thod
, ,

of obtaining t h e shap e o f t h e hol e on t h e body patt e rn is

‘

worth consid ering M ark o ff H L e qual t o h l and draw

.
'
,

around t h e a r e cutting o ff L G e qual in l e ngt h to t h e a r c

,

l g on t h e e l e vation I n t h e sam e way o t h e r poin t s can be

.

found which wh e n j oin e d up will giv e t h e shap e of t h e

, ,

hol e .

Obl ique Cir cul ar Ho o d Fittin g on Roun d Pipe .

Th eint e rs e cti o n of an obliqu e con e wi t h a cylind e r as ,

shown in F ig 32 2 pr e s e nts a way by which a circular

.
,

mouth e d hood can be run into a v e rtical pip e .

Th e d e t e rmination of t h e j oint lin e an d t h e m et hod of

g etting t h e l e ngths o f t h e patt e rn lin e s will be shown f or o n e
point only Th e p l an and e l e vation of t h e obliqu e con e
.

and t h e s etting out of t h e full p att e rn a r e j ust t h e sam e as

shown -in C hapt e r X V I I I A lin e is first run up from 6 to
.

’ j oin d to t’ and cut through at t h e point a ’ by a lin e run

b
‘

,
e

up from a No w using 15 as c e n t r e draw t h e arcs a c and

.

’
b B ; j oining B to t and drawing a lin e up from c t o cut B t ’

’
in A ( or A can be found by drawing a lin e across from a
 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxr v .

and t h e distanc e E A e qual in l e ng t h to t h e a r e e a In a .

similar mann e r t h e oth e r widths of t h e hol e can be d e t e r

min e d .

Gus s et Pl at e fo r Ro un d Pipe El bo w .

Th e act shap e o f t h e patt e rn for a guss e t may be f ound

ex

as s et out in F ig 3 2 3 . .

A quart e r -circl e is d e scrib e d divid e d into thr e e e qual

,

parts and lin e s run up to m e e t t h e j oint lin e o f guss e t in

,

O ’
,
and Th e middl e lin e 0 3 is n e xt drawn and
’ °
,

lin e s run across and cut o ff e qual in l e ngth to t h e quarte r

’
circl e lin e s ; that is 0 0 ” a 0
,
1 1
° ”
b l and 2 ° 2 ”, ,

c2 . F rom t h e dott e d curv e thus obtain e d t h e girth lin e of

F IG . 3 23 .

pa t t ern is m e asur e d s et down and constru ction lin e s draw n

, ,

a cross t h e s e latt e r b e ing cut o ff e qual in l e ngth to t h e lin e s

on guss e t e l e vation Thus to giv e o n e e x ampl e 0 1 ” on ”
.
, ,

t h e patt e rn will e q ual 0 ” 1 ”

on t h e e l e vation whils t 1 1
° ”
,

°
wi ll be t h e sam e l en gth as 1
.
 PA TTE RNS F OR I RRE G U L A R A RTI C L E S 39 9

R o un d Pipe El bow w ith Tw is t e d Ar ms .

A p ec uliar cas e of an e lbow is that shown in F ig 3 2 4 .

,

wh e r e o n e arm is twist e d so that t h e e lbow would n o t l ie

flat on a plan e surfa ce or g e om e trically wh e n t h e c e ntr e
, ,

lin e s o f t h e arms a r e not in t h e sam e pl an e .

This is usually mad e up with t h e middl e pi e c e t e l e scopic ,

s o that t h e e lbow can be twis t e d in t o its prop e r position .

I n any cas e t h e corr e ct angl e s t ha t t he a rms ma k e with t h e

F IG . 32 4 .

middl e pip e mus t be d et e rmin e d and it will p e rhaps be an

,

advan t ag e al s o t o show how t h e patt e rn for t h e middl e part

, ,

may be s e t out in o n e pi ece .

I n F ig 3 2 5 a pl an (a b) and e l e vation (a b ) of t h e c e n t r e
.
’ ’

lin e of t h e middl e pip e is shown Th e angl e for th e bottom

.

e lbow can be f ound by d r a w I n g b B squar e to a b and

’ ’
making it e qual to c b I f a lin e th e n be drawn through
.

a p e rp e ndicul ar to a b th e bottom angl e will be d e t e rmin e d

a s indicat e d .Th e top angl e can be s et out by m a k in g a s B ’
4 00 S H E E T A N D PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxI v

equal to a B and drawing a lin e through B squar e to B 6

,
’ ’
.

H aving f ound t h e angl e s t h e patt e rns can be stru ck o u t a s

'

shown in C hapt e r I I .

To mak e t h e patt e rn f or t h e middl e pip e in o n e pi e c e it

will be n e cessary t o find t h e tru e l e ngth of o n e lin e on

E L E V /3 7 1 0 17

FIG . 32 5 .

pip e and u s e t his t o s et o u t t h e l e ngth of t h e patt e rn D raw.

m n parall e l to a b and proj e ct down f rom n to d e t e rmin e

’
,

th e poin t n . No w draw n N p e rp e ndicular t o n m a n d ,

40 2 S H E ET A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ Cl ifi i‘w xxx v .

CHA PTE R X XX V .

SH E E T ME T A L J O IN T S .

TH E RE ally only fi v e ways in which t h e e dg e s o f sh ee t

ar e r e

and plat e m e tals can be fast e n e d tog e th e r viz by sold e r e d —

.
, ,

braz e d w eld e d groov e d and riv e t e d j oints B u t whilst

, , ,
.

w e a r e limit e d to t h e u s e o f o n e or oth e r o f th e s e forms o f

j ointing th e r e a r e num erous modifications of th e m in
,

practic e .

Th e sk e t ch e s o f j oin ts shown a r e e nlarg e d som e what t o ,

b e tt e r e xhibit t h e lay e rs o f m e tal ( 1 ) shows t h e ordinary .

lap j oint as us e d in sold e ring tog e t h e r t h e e dg e s of tin

-
,

plat e zinc or galvani s e d iron t h e width of l ap running

, , ,

from about g in in thin t inplat e up to i in in galvanis e d

. .

iron .

To ma k e a solde r e d j oin t is n o t a v e ry di ffi cult mat t e r ;

but th e r e a r e a f e w things that want to be tak e n notic e of “

if t h e j ob is to be carri e d out succ e ssfully Th e flu xe s .

( anything that is us e d to assist t h e flow o f m e tals

) us e d a re
”
various ; but thos e commonly in u s e a r e kill e d spirits ,

and r e ady -pr e par e d sold e ring fluids K ill e d spirits .

,

or spirits o f salts as it call e d tak e s a good d e al o f b e at

, ,

ing for all -round work as by its u s e almost any m e tal can
'
,

be s old er e d with t h e ex c e ption p erhaps of aluminium

, ,
It , .

is pr e par e d by dissolving as much scrap zinc as possibl e in

hydrochloric acid t h e r e sulting liquid b e ing k nown ch emi
,

cally as a s olution o f chlorid e of zinc I f t h e e dg e s of t h e .

 SH E E T M E TA L J OI NTS 4 03

m e tal ar e cl e an: th ey can be lapp e d ov e r without any pr e

a r a t io n and t h spirits appli e d along t h e j oint with a
p , e

brush about in wid e a good brush can be mad e with a

.
—

f e w bristl e s fi xe d into a strip of doubl e ov e r tinplat e

—
. Be
for e using th e sold e ring bit it should be s ee n th at it is
-

prop e rly tinn e d and if not get to dark r ed h e at fi l e t h e

, ,
-
,

poin t about { in along dip in spirits and th e n apply sold e r

a
.
, , .

Th e mistak e tha t t h e novic e usually mak e s in sold e rin

g
4 0 4 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx v .

a j oint is t o stick t h e m etal on li k e glu e or putty inst e ad

,

o f holding t h e sold e ring -iron long e nough against t h e j oi nt

for t h e sold e r to be prop e rly m e lt e d and t h e j oint to ge t

su ffi ci e ntly hot f or t h e sold e r and sh ee t m e tal to firmly
adh e r e tog e th e r I nst e ad of using t h e extr e m e poin t
.

sold ring -iron to run t h e sold e r on j oint an e dg e o f

th e e ,

squar e point should be us e d to draw along t h e sold e r I n .

this way a gr e at e r quantity o f h e at will be transmitt e d to

t h e j oint and thus a b e tt e r and qui ck e r j ob mad e
,
.

sold ring -iron must be watch e d so that it do es not

Th e e ,

et r e d -hot or e ls e t h e tinning on it s point will be burn t

g ,
4 0 6 SH EE T A ND PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxv .

though to fr e sh e n up t h e
,
kill e d Spirits by adding a =

small quantity o f n e at acid .

I n sold e ring copp e r brass and black iron t h e e dg e s o f

, , ,

m e t al should be car e f ully cl e an e d b e f or e t h e lap is form e d .

On e o f t h e t e sts of a good sold e r e d j oint is that t h e sold e r

shall hav e run righ t through t h e j oint and if this be don e, ,

and t h e j oint prop erly cl e an e d with soda and wat e r th e r e ,

is littl e dang e r of corrosion from t h e u s e of chlorid e o f zinc .

Th e gr e at drawback to t h e u se o f this flu x is in t h e co r r o d
ing a ction that t ak e s plac e if any be l e ft about t h e
j oint ; p e rhaps t h e chi e f e vil b e ing wh e n it is not prop erly
driv e n out from b e tw ee n t h e laps with t h e running
sol d e r .

Th e n ex t j oint ( 2 ) is known as a count e rsunk or flush

j oint and is us e d eith e r f o r sold e ring or riv e ting wh e r e o n e
,

f ac e o f t h e articl e is r e quir e d to be l e v e l o r flush Th e

.

cr e as e also adds stiff n e ss to t h e j oint and assists to k e e p t h e

,

e dg e s o f t h e m e tal on t h e lap clos e down to t h e sur f a ce of

t h e sh e e t or plat e ; (3 ) is a j oint that is som e ti m e s us e d for

fi xing a bottom in an articl e e ith e r by sold e ring or riv e t
,

ing ; t h e e dg e of t h e body of v e ss e l is turn e d or flang e d

insid e ; (4 ) is an e dg e -ov e r j oin t g e n e rally us e d for r e adily
,

attaching bottoms to arti cl e s by sold e ring and oc ca sionally

by riv e ting ; (5 ) shows a riv e t e d j oint for sh e e t m etal t h e ,

wi dth of lap usually b e ing about s ix to e ight t im e s t h e d ia

m et e r of riv e t I t is not t h e g e n e ral custom to punch hol e s
.

in t h e laps o f thin m et al b e f or e lapping ov e r : t h e riv e ts

ar e,
as a rul e drawn through t h e two thi ckn e ss e s of m e t a l
,

with a riv et s et or f e t ch e r -u p (F ig
-
. hamm e r e d down ,

and th e n snapp e d with t h e cup on

ups e t I n making this kind of a
.

j oint t h e plan follow e d is to place

t h e riv e t on a s t ak e or bar bring ,
F I G 32 6
t h e j oint ov e r it and tap Wi th
. .

t h e h a mm er th e positio n of t h e riv e t b e ing at onc e see n

,
 SH E E T M E TA L J OI NT S 40 7

by t h e slight m ark or bright spot on t h e sh e e t ; t h e articl e

is th e n mov e d until it is f ound that t h e riv e t is in its right

position on t h e lap it is th e n drawn through as b e f or e
,

m e ntion e d Work m e n such as bu ck e t mak ers and oth e rs

.
—

of this cl ass b e com e r e mar k ably sk il f ul in this blind k ind

—

o f riv e ting .

Th e groov e d j oint ( 6 ) and ( )

7 is p e rhaps t h e mos t
univ e rsally us e d of all f orms of j ointing an d who e v e r ih ,
'

v e nt e d it c ertainly conf e rr e d an e normous b e n e fit on all ,

C lass e s o f sh e e t m e tal wor k e r s I n ma k ing t h

. e j oint t h e ,

e dg e s o f t h e m e tal a r e b e nt ov e r e ith e r with a m all e t on a

,

hatch e t -stak e or in a f ol ding ma chin e and hook e d tog e th e r ,

as in and t h e s e am pla ce d on a bar or oth e r tool and ,

'

groov e d by hamm e ring a gro ov e r (F ig 3 2 7) whilst it is be .

ing mov e d along t h e s e am C ar e .

must be ta k e n that t h e groov e r

do e s not cut or mark t h e m e tal on
e ith e r sid e o f t h e gr oo v e Th e .

j oint is now flatt e n e d down with ,

F I G 32 7
in t h e cas e o f thin m e tal a mall e t ; ,
.

and thick m etal a fla t fac e d hamm e r A n e nlarg e d vi e w

-

of t h e finish e d s e a mis shown in

.
,

I n a s h op wh e r e mu ch
pip e or oth e r groov e d wor k is don e it is worth whil e having ,

a grooving ma chin e Th e sam e k ind of j oint i s shown in

.

( )
9 as a longitudinal s e am f o r a pip e I t should b e obs e rv e d
.

t hat o n e e dg e o f sh e e t is f old e d down and t h e oth e r up .

I n ( 1 0 ) and ( 1 1 ) a coun te rsink or insid e groov e is shown .

Th e u s e of this is t o avoid having proj e ctions on t h e out e r

‘

s u r f a ce o f an arti cl e I t is also us e d i n j ointing t h e Zinc

‘

lining in coal bu ck e t s scoops and simil ar things F o r

-
, , .

work of larg e diam e t e r wh e r e a groov e r ca n be us e d ,

insid e this j oint will be mad e in t h e ordinary mann e r ;

,

but for small work t h e e dg e s a r e hoo k e d tog e th e r as in

t h e articl e slipp e d ov e r a bar with a squar e e dg e and th ,
o

roo v e s unk wi t h mall e t or ha m m er

g .
4 0 8 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME T A L WORK [ CH A R v
xxx .

( )
1 5 is known as a pan e d down j oint and is a r e ady ,

m e ans of e dging a bottom on to an articl e Th e body is .

str e tch e d or flang e d first and t h e e dg e o f bottom is turn e d

,

up all round as shown by dott e d lin e s t h e bottom slipp e d

, ,

on to body and th e n pan e d down I n ( 1 2 ) t h e sam e j oint

.

is shown b e nt ov e r again This is known as a knock ed

.

j oin t and is commonly us e d f o r fast e ning botto ms on

u
p ,

to all kinds o f sh e e t m e tal v e ss e ls I f mad e prop e rly both

.
,

this and t h e ordinary groov e d s e am should be wat e r -tight

without b e ing sold e r e d ; but of cours e a b ett e r j ob is mad e
, ,

if sold e r e d as w e ll
. I f an articl e is mad e up in blac k iron
and th e n galvanis e d no sold e ring should be n ee d e d
,
A .

similar j oint to abov e is shown in and in this form is

us e d in s e aming t h e corn e rs o f bo xe s or trunks A noth e r .

modification o f this j oin t is shown in ( 2 9 ) and and is

us e d for j oining tog e th e r two pip e s e n d on and also for
—
,

atta ching a n e ck or collar to t h e body of an arti cl e .

A cash bo x j oint is illustrat e d by ( 1 4 ) t h e obj e ct o f this

-

is to g et t h e knock -u p insid e th e bo x and also t o hav e t h e

,

o u t sid e of cor n er flus h .

4 1 0 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxx v .

of j ointing in (3 3 ) can also be us e d with advantag e in

fi xing t h e bottom and top on to a clos e d v e ss e l su ch as a
cyl i ndri cal hot -wat e r tan k or oth e r similar v e ss e l
.

To f ast e n a bottom and f oot in an arti cl e with o n e j oint ,

as in t h e cas e of a coal bu ck e t t h e p l an o f j oining shown

-
,

i n ( 1 7) and ( 1 8) is f ollow e d Th e latt e r j oint b eing o f

.
,

cours e k nock e d up .

I n ( 1 9 ) a sk e t ch is giv e n of what is k nown as a doubl e

groov e d j oint This is an e xc ell e nt pl an for firmly holdin g
.

tog e th e r t h e e dg e s of round or straight sid e d articl e s m a d e

-

out o f h e avy m e tal whi ch is too strong to be groov e d in t h e

ordin ary way I t will be s e e n that t h e strap is a s e parat e
.

strip o f m e tal whi ch a f t e r b e ing b e nt is slipp e d ov e r t h e

, , ,

t w o e dg e s and th e n ham m e r e d down

,
.
 SH E ET ME TA L J OI NTS 41 1

Sol der in g an d Br a zi n g .

Ev er y mec h ani c who is a wor k e r in any kind of m etals

should at l e ast be abl e to mak e a simpl e sold e r e d or a braz e d
j oin t To acquir e a k nowl e dg e of t h e op e rations
. not at

all di fficult a working acquaintanc e b eing r e adily obtai n e d

,

aft e r a f e w hours practic e

’
.

Th e op e rations o f sold e ring and brazing a r e n o t an alogous

t o thos e of gluing gumming or c e m e nting as it is n o t
, , ,

simply a qu e s t ion of ins e rting som e adh e siv e substanc e in

b e tw e e n t h e t w o surfac e s of t h e j oint and thus sticking t h e
,
4 1 2 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxv .

met als t og e th e r Wh e n two e dg e s or sur f a ce s o f m etal a r e

.

sold e r e d or braz e d tog eth e r t h e sold e r or sp elt e r actually

,

alloys Wi th t h e m e tal t o be sold e r e d for som e small distanc e

be n e a t h t h esurfa ce ; h e nc e th e sold e r or sp e lt e r p e n etrat e s

into t h e por e s o f t h e m e tal and thus obtains a firm grip
,
.

If a j oint be cut through and t h e s e ction e xamin e d und e r

t h e microscop e no cl e ar lin e o f d e marca t ion b e tw e e n t h e
,

sold er and t h e me tal can be obs e rv e d F o r instanc e if th e

.
,

m e tal sold e r e d is copp e r it will be noti ce d that t h e bottom

,

l ay e rs a r e y ellow t h e sold e r having combin e d with t h e

,

copp e r and form e d a bronz e I n a braz e d j oin t t h e sp elt e r

.

will hav e all oy e d with t h e copp e r and thus form e d a brass .

4 1 4 SHEE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxv .

foolish to att e mpt to sold e r a m etal with a sold e r whos e

m e lting t e mp e rat u r e was high e r than that o f t h e m e tal to
be sold e r e d as b e f or e t h e sold e r comm e n ce d to run t h e sh e e t
,

its e l f would hav e a hol e m e lt e d in it So that in sold e ring

.
,

t h e so f t e r m e tals su ch as blo ck tin and p e wt e r car e must

, ,

be ta k e n to choos e t h e prop e r sold e r .

F o r t h e sold e r to prop e rly p e rm e at e e v e ry part o f t h e j oint

it is o f cours e n e ce ssary that it should b e com e liquid or
, ,

thin so as to flow r e adily To obtain this prop e rty all

,
.

for e ign substanc e s must be k e pt out o f t h e sol d e r Thus .

,

to giv e an illustration if a small quantity o f zinc g e ts into

,

a so f t sold e r compos e d of l e ad and tin it mak e s it b e com e ,

thi ck or pasty in u s e .

F rom what has b ee n said at t h e comm e nc e m e nt it will

be r e adily und e rstood that t h e sold e r must be of such a
nature as to alloy with t h e m e tals to be sol d e r e d or e ls e ,

it will be impossibl e to ma k e a firm j oint .

F o r iron C opp e r or brass work that is to be subj ect e d to

, ,

pr e ssur e it is e ss e ntial that t h e j oint shall be as strong

,

as possibl e H e nc e in mak ing j oints f o r this kind o f work

.
,

a brazing sp elt e r must be chos e n that will giv e th e b e st

r e sults .

Th e following is a tabl e of a f e w of t h e soft sold e rs in

ordinary u s e

L ea d .

Coars e plumber ’
s solder
Ordinar y
B low pipe
i
F n e tinman s
’

Ord nary i
Pewte r er s ’
solder

It is int e r e s t ing t o noti ce t h e chang e in t h e m elting points -

of t h e sold e rs f rom that o f t h e m e tals which f orm th e m .

 SH E E T ME TA L J OI NTS 41 5

Thus , l e ad m e lts at 6 20 F ahr and tin at 4 4 0 F ahr yet

° .
,
°
.
,

wh e n th e s e a r e alloy e d tog e th e r in e qual proportions to form

°
ordinary tinman s sold e r t h e m elting point drops to 3 2 0
’

,
-

F ahr . This is o n e o f t h e advantag e s that is d e riv e d from

t h e alloying o f m e tals .

’
I t is g e n e rally t h e b e st plan to ma k e on e s own sold e r ,

as mu ch o f that which ca n be bought is unr eliabl e B e .

sid e s which without som e guarant ee that t h e sold e r contains

,

t h e r e quir e d proportions o f l e a d a n d tin th e r e is no know —

ing wh eth e r or not th e r e i s mor e l e ad in t h e sold e r than has

b e e n bargain e d f o r Tin b e ing about t e n tim e s t h e pric e
.

of l e ad a small r e duction in t h e quantity of tin mak e s a

,

consid e rabl e d ifle r e n ce in t h e valu e o f t h e sold e r A rough

’
.

t e st o f t h e quantity o f tin in a sold e r is by list e ning to t h e

charact e ristic cry of t h e tin wh e n t h e sold e r is b e nt .

I n making sold e rs t h e l e ad and tin a r e m e lt e d tog e th e r

, ,

t h e m e tals prop e rly mi xe d and t h e s cum or o xid e skimm e d

,

o ff t h e sur f ac e A n d b e f or e pouring into t h e mould it is

.
,

a good plan to dust a littl e r e sin on t h e surfa ce of t h e

sold e r and l et it burn away I n li e u of a cas t -iron mould
, .
,

a bar of small angl e iron can conv e ni e ntly be us e d for r u n

-

ning t h e stic k s of sold e r .

I t will be noti ce d that pe wt e r e r s sold e r m e lts som e d e gr ee s

’

b low
e t h e boiling point o f w at e r ; bu t it do e s n o t of n e ce s
-

s it y f ollow that boiling -w at e r will m e lt away t h e sold e r

from t h e j oint on a p e wt e r v e ss el as t h e sold e r by virtu e of , ,

alloying with t h e p e wt er will in this cas e hav e its m e lting

, , ,

point rais e d .

Th e following tabl e gl v e s t h e composition o f t h e ordinary

h ard sold e rs or sp e lt e rs

Co pp r
e . Z in c . il r
S ve .

I ron 2 1 0
p
Co p er and thin Iron work 3 2 0
B rass w ork 1 1 0 .

T hin brass work 8 8 l

4 1 6 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xxx v .

Th e t e rm sp e lt e r should not be con f us e d with t h e .

sam e nam e that is appli e d to ingot zinc as a hard sold e r is ,

e ss e ntially a brass whilst o f cours e ingot zinc is almost

, , ,

pur e zin c and is prin cipally us e d in galvanising I t will be

,
.

s ee n tha t t h e first sp e lt e r has t h e sam e composition as

ordinary brass and it might be h e r e said that sh e e t brass
,

is oft e n us e d inst e ad of brazing sp elt e r as it is som e tim e s

, ,

found to be mor e conv e ni e nt to put along t h e j oints I n .

b e nt j oints su ch as that in a k e ttl e spout a strip of brass

, ,

can be cut that will l ie along t h e whol e l e ngth o f t h e j oint .

I n practi ce th e r e is r e ally v e ry littl e n e e d to troubl e about

t h e composition o f brazing sold e rs as th e y a r e usually sold ,

in a grad e d form numb e rs 1 2 3 et c t h e coars e b e ing

, , , ,
.
,

us e d for iron and t h e fin e st f o r thin brass work Silv e r .

sold e rs mostly compos e d of copp e r and silv e r a r e us e d

, ,
’
principally i n j e w e ll e r s work with which w e a r e n o t h e r e
,

conc e rn e d .

Th e flu xes us e d in soft sold e ring a r e -

kill e d spirits ,

r e sin r e sin and oil tallow and f o r p e wt e r G allipoli oil

, , , .

Sold e ring fluids a r e sold r e ady mad e u p and th e s e a r e prob -

,

ably compos e d o f crud e chlorid e o f zin c with som e salam ,

moniac in solution A lump of salammoniac is som e tim e s

.

us e d for cl e a n I n g t h e poi n t of t h e sold e ring bit and -

,

powd er e d salammonia c is us e d as a flu x in various tinning "

op e rations .

B ora x is almost g e n e ra l ly us e d as t h e flu x for brazing .

Th e r e a r e how e v e r s e v e ral adv e rtis e d substi t ut e s ; but t h e

, ,

r I n CI a l ingr di e nt in th e s e is probably bora x in som

p p e e

form or oth e r .

I t may be no t i ce d in passing that t h e obj e ct o f using a

flu x is to assist t h e sold e r to flow and to k e e p t h e part of ,

t h e j oint whi ch is b e ing sold e r e d f rom conta ct with t h e

atmosph e r e Th e air b eing k e pt f rom conta ct with t h e sur
.

fa ce o f t h e j oint no o xid e s ca n form cons e qu e ntly t h e

, ,

m elt e d sold e r is f r e e to unit e with t h e h e at e d m e tal In .

4 1 8 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxv .

that t h e j oint must not be too tightly cl amp e d or e ls e t h e ,

sp e lt e r will not be abl e to wor k its way into t h e j oint .

Wh e n t h e j ob is b e ing braz e d if t h e sp e lt e r is not running

,

prop e rly through t h e j oint a good plan is to g e ntly tap t h e

,

plat e which will s e t up a slight vibration at t h e j oin t and

, ,

thus assist t h e sp elt e r to p e r col at e through t h e j oint A t .

t h e sam e tim e t h e m e lting sp e lt e r should be k e pt dust e d

,

with bora x powd e r .

A f t e r brazing t h e surplus sp elt e r is r e mov e d

,
sp e nt ,

bora x and o xid e s cal e d o ff and t h e j oint hamm e r e d E xce s

,
.

siv e hamm e ring shoul d be avoid e d as t h e m e tal at t h e j oint

,

b e com e s hard and brittl e and at t h e b e st t h e j o in t is n e v e r

,
'

as ductil e as t h e r e st o f t he pl at e Wh e r e th e r e is dang er
.

of t h e j oint cra ck ing und e r pr e ssur e it should always

be ann e al e d ,
so that t h e m e tal will be soft and thus ,

str e t ch som e what b e f or e coming to t h e br e ak ing point .

This kind of j oint is also us e d in j ointing or r e pairing

band -saws Th e saw is usually thinn e d down ov e r a l e ngth
.

of t w o t ee th by filing or grinding To hold t h e saw in posi

.

tion t h e writ e r has g e n e rally f ound it conv e ni e nt to mak e a

coupl e of plat e s as shown in F ig 3 2 8 fi xe d t h e band in be
,
.
,

tw e e n and bolt e d tog e th e r

,
.

To braz e t h e bora x and ,

sp elt e r a r e put in b e tw e e n t h e
j oint and t h e j oin t gripp ed
,

with a h e avy pair o f bla ck

’
smith s tongs pr e viously ,

mad e r e d -hot .

Sk e tch numb e r ( 3 6 ) e x
plains t h e way ih which t h e
F I G 3 28
.
two e dg e s o f a band or hoop
can be braz e d tog et h e r by first cramping t h e e dg e of o n e
en d .

Numb e r illustrat e s t h e g e n e ral m e thod in u s e for

( )
3 7
m ak ing a braz e d j oint in t hin sh ee t iro n Th e cramps a r e .
 SH E E T M E T AL J OI NTS 41 9

first cut as shown on t h e right -hand pi ece and e v e ry alt e r ,

nat e cramp li f t e d as s e e n in t h e s e ction Th e l e f t hand

,
.
-

plat e is th e n slipp e d in and t h e cramps hamm e r e d down .

I n ordin ary sh e e t iron wor k th e r e is no n e e d to cl e an t h e

-

e dg e s as t h e f us e d bora x su ffi ci e ntly r e mov e s t h e scal e on

,

sur f a ce to allow t h e sp elt e r to com e into cont act with t h e

iron . A f t e r brazing t h e j oint is usually hamm e r e d to r e
,

mov e any in e qualiti e s o f sur f ac e and to chip away t h e r e

maining bora x and o xid e o f iron .

Th e m e thod f ollow e d in m a k ing a brazing j oint in copp e r

or brass is shown in numb e r Th e e dg e s a r e first thi nn e d
by hamm e ring as in A and th e n prop e rly cl e an e d C ramps
, ,
.

a r e ni ck e d and li f t e d as at B and t h e e dg e s brought to

, ,

g e th e r as at C and th e n hamm e r e d down as at D I n

, , ,
.

copp e r wor k it is usual to cut t h e cramps by holding a

strong kni f e on t h e slant an d driv e it into t h e m e tal with a
,

hamm e r This plan o f cutting e nsur e s that wh e n t h e cramps

.

a r e hamm e r e d do w n th e r e will be no thick e dg e s at t h e sid e

o f t h e cramps and that t h e j oint ca n be mad e p e r f e ctly flush
,

and t h e sam e thi ckn e ss as t h e r e st of t h e plat e A n e n .

l a r g e d vi e w an d s e ction of o n e cramp is shown in numb e r

Th e lin e E F and t h e dott e d lin e G H show how t h e
pl at e is cut on t h e sl ant so that t h e cramps m ay be thin ,

on t h e sid e s as w ell as at t h e e nds .

J oint numb e r ( 4 0 ) shows a dov e tail e d m e thod o f j ointing

that is o ccasion ally us e d in bra zing tog e th e r two plat e s of
iron or st ee l wh e r e t h e sur f a ce is r e quir e d p e r f e ctly flat I t .

is a di ffi cult j oint to mak e on a ccount o f t h e a ccu rat e work

r e qui r e d in fitting and wh e n don e is not any b e tt e r j ob
, ,

than t h e ordinary scar f e d j oint .

I n brazing a sid e s e am on a cir c u l ar v e ss e l t h e op e rator ,

shoul d be car e f ul not to l e t t h e sp e l t e r run away f rom t h e

j oin t To avoi d this t h e brazing mi xtur e shoul d be pl ac e d
.
,
-

j ust along t h e j oint A plan o f t e n adopt e d is to b e nd t h e

.

body of t h e articl e i nto som e such shap e as F i 3 2 9 an d

g .
,
4 2 0 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R v
xxx .

fast e n with a pair o f dogs or clips Th e sharp curv e about

.

t h e j oint will e nsur e t h e sp e lt e r running only along t h e

j oint A f t e r brazing t h e arti cl e can of cours e be r e adily
.
, , ,

shap e d to its prop e r f orm .

Th e j oints in circul ar work a r e o f t e n h e ld tog e th e r by

passing binding -wir e around t h e arti cl e and twisting up
tightly To k ee p t h e j oint from springing op e n in sh ee t
.

iron work a good m e thod is to b e nd or roll t h e sh ee t to a

,

much small e r radius than r e quir e d ; pull out and l et t h e

j oint spring t og e th e r A n d again if t h e cramps a r e car e
.
,

fully k no ck e d down b e gi n ning,

at t h e points first th e s e shoul d

,

m at e rially h e lp to k e e p t h e
j oint f rom op e ning on t h e fi r e ,
and thus do away with t h e
n e c e ssity of binding with wir e .

Th e thr e e sk e t ch e s of F ig .

3 3 0 show t h e way in which a

bot t om can be fi xe d and braz e d

FI G 3 29 . FI G . 33 0 .
42 2 S H E E T A N D P L A T E ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxv .

Pi pe F l an ge Br azi n g .

In brazing on pip e flang e s (s e e s k e tch pi e c eo f f our way

-

in C hapt e r XX I X ) gr e at car e must be tak e n that both th e y

.

and t h e pip e e nds a r e prop e rly cl e an e d Th e flang e should

.

h e slipp e d a littl e ov e r t h e e dg e o f t h e pip e and t h e l att e r ,

turn e d ov e r on to t h e flang e s to pr e v e nt t h e sp e lt e r f rom

running through F ir e clay should be rubb e d around t h e
.

collar and if t h e pip e is a braz e d o n e along t h e s e am to

'

, ,

FIG . 3 32
.

prot e ct f rom fi r e To k e e p t h e h e at on t h e j oint a sh e e t

.

iron stopp e r should be pl a ce d in t h e pip e j ust abov e t h e

flang e with fi r e cl a y r u bb e d aro u nd its e dg e s I n brazing
,
.
,

gr e at car e must be tak e n to e nsur e t h e sp elt e r running

through t h e j oint Whil e hot t h e braz e d flang e should n ot
.

be tr e at e d t o o roughly as t h e brass is v e ry brittl e in that

,

stat e Wh e n cold t h e f a ce o f t h e flang e should be cl e a n e d

.
,

u p and all s u e r flu c s a sp e lt e r r e mov e d

p
e
, .
 RI V E TE D J OI NT S 4 23

CH A PTE R XX X V I
‘

R I VE TE D I
J O NT S

TH E m aking of a good sound riv e t e d j oint is o n e o f t h e most

important op e rations in plat e m e tal work ; h e nc e in this
chapt e r w e int e nd to consid e r a f e w o f t h e main points that
should be tak e n into account in t h e d e signing o f a prop erly
construct e d j oint To d e sign a riv et e d j oin t t o giv e t h e
.

b e st possibl e r e sults with any giv e n mat e rial for som e par
t icu l a r purpos e is not by any m e ans a simpl e matt e r and ,

in t h e mor e complicat e d cas e s is som e what outsid e t h e scop e

o f a plat e r or boil er mak e r s work
’
We shall th er e for e d e al
.

only with t h e common forms o f j oints .

I n t h e firs t plac e it shoul d be r e m e mb e r e d that in ordi

,

nary practic e it is n e v e r possibl e t o mak e a riv e t e d j oin t

e qual in str e ngth to t h e solid pl at e t h e r e l ativ e str e ngth of
,

j oint to pl at e varying from 5 0 to 9 0 per c e nt according .

,

as to wh e th er it is singl e doubl e or tr e bl e riv e t e d lapp e d

, ,
-
,

or butt e d punch e d or drill e d or iron or st e el p l at e s and

, ,

riv ets.

To incr e as e t h e str e ngth of t h e j oint it has b e e n propos e d

,

to thi ck e n up that part o f t h e pl at e which forms t h e j oint .

Whilst th e or e ti cally t h er e is no doubt but what this pl an

‘

would giv e a j oint e qual in str e ngth to t h e r e st o f t h e plat e ,

pra ctically it would not act on a ccount o f t h e cost and diffi

culty of rolling pl at e s with thi ck e n e d e dg e s and t h e ,

awkwardn e ss in th eir manipul ation I n som e cas e s w e ld .

ing is r e sort e d to ; but e v e n in thi s t h e un ce rtainty o f t h e

,

n t bei n
j oi g w e ld e d right through mak e s it doubt f ul if a

28
4 2 4 S H E E T A N D PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxv r .

w e ld e d j oint is on t h e whol e any strong er than a riv e t e d

, ,

j oint F o r f urnac e plat e s th e r e is not so mu ch harm as t h e

.
,

j oint h e r e is in compr e ssion whilst in t h e sh ell -plat e s t h e

,

j oints a r e o f cours e in t e nsion

, , ,
.

Diameter of Ri v ets .

With any giv e n thi ck n e ss plat e t h e first thing to

of ,

d e te rmin e is t h e diam e t e r o f t h e riv e t whi ch is most suit

abl e f o r t h e j oint A n d in consid e ring this w e shall s e e
.
, ,

that th e r e a r e s ev e ral pra cti cal consid e rations which assist

us in arriving at t h e b e st siz e I f t h e hol e s a r e to be
.

p u nch e d in t h e plat e w e shall find that it is pra ctically im

possibl e to punch hol e s o f l e ss diam et e r than t h e thick n e ss
o f t h e pl at e E v e n with hol e s e qual in diam e t e r to t h e
.

thi ck n e ss o f plat e it will be n e ce ssary to hav e a larg e cl e ar

,

anc e b e tw e e n t h e punch and die or e ls e t h e punch will

br e ak and this arrang e m e nt again will giv e a v e ry mu ch
,

tap e r e d hol e Th e r e f or e in pra cti ce it is not a good plan

.
, ,

to punch hol e s o f l e ss di am e t e r than 1 4 tim e s t h e thi ckn e ss

o f t h e plat e .

On t h e oth e r hand to f orm a good j oint t h e riv e t must

,

not be o f too gr e at a diam e t e r as this will e ntail a broad ,

lap ; and t h e riv e ts b eing s et at too gr e at a pit ch co n ,

s e qu e ntly it will be di ffi cult to g e t a p e r f e ctly tight j oint ;

and e v e n if prop e rly caul k e d chang e s o f t e mp e rat u r e would
,

soon caus e t h e j oint to op e n and l e a k Th e di fficulty o f .

small hol e s is o f cours e ov e rcom e wh e n t h e hol e s a r e

, ,

drill e d ; but h e r e again w e a r e m e t with a pra ctical difii ~

culty ,
and that I s if too s mall a riv e t is chos e n a mu ch
l arg e r cost is incurr e d in drilling and riv e ting on account
o f th e gr e at e r numb e r o f hol e s r e quir e d in t h e j oint .

Ta k ing all things into consid e ration t h e common rul e of ,

mak ing t h e d ia m e ter of r iv et equ a l to o n e a n d a qu a r t er

t i mes th e s u a r e r oot of th e th ickn es s of pl a te is a good guid e
q
4 2 6 S H E E T AND P L A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxv r .

tw een ach pair o f hol e s should be t h e sam e str ength as o n e

e

riv e t I t may be put in t h e f orm of a rul e as f ollows : Th e

.

ar e a of plat e b e tw e e n a pair o f hol e s multipli e d by t h e t e nsil e

str e ngth o f t h e pl at e mat e rial is e qual to t h e cross s e ctional
,

ar e a o f riv e t multipli e d by t h e sh e aring str e ngth o f t h e riv et

”
mat e rial or ,

Wh ere p pitch of ri v ets .

d diam e t er of hol e .

t thickn e ss of plat e .

T t e nsil e str ength of plate .

S sh earing str en g th o f riv et .

For iro n T m ay be ta k en as 22 tons

S 19
st eel T 28
S 23

Itshould be noti ce d that d r e pr e s e nts t h e diam e t e r o f t h e

hol e in plat e and this will f o r punch e d hol e s be about 3 in
,
1
2 .

larg e r than t h e diam et e r o f riv e t f o r say Ain riv e ts vary , ,

.
,

ing u p to 1 1 in f o r l in ri v e ts
1
; . . .

F o r t h e sa k e of cl e arn e ss it will p e rhaps be as w e ll to , ,

wor k out an e x ampl e i n t h e u s e of t h e abov e f ormul a .

Suppos e w e r e quir e to find t h e pit ch o f riv e ts f o r a singl e

riv e t e d lap j oint st eel pl at e s and riv e ts I f t h e plat e s a r e
-
,
.

in thic k h e diam e t e r o f riv e t should be in A dding

g . t .

1
’
2s i n on to this t o allow f o r cl e ara nc e it giv e s a fi n ish e d
.
,

riv e t diam e t e r of 9 in So that w e h a ve

‘
.

(p 9 ) x 5 x 28 9 2
x
'

78 5 4 x 23,

from whi ch we obtain

 RI V E TE D J OI NTS 4 27

Th e abov e calcul ation is bas e d upon t h e assumption that

th e ho l e s hav e b e e n drill e d and in cas e s wh e r e t h e plat e s
,

a r e drill e d in position it will be an advantag e to ta k e t h e

,

cl e aran ce as slightly l e ss than that allow e d .

F o r punch e d work it is important to r e m e mb e r that t h e

op e rati on of punching damag e s t h e plat e f o r som e small
distanc e all around t h e walls of t h e hol e s I nv e stigation .

s e e ms to show that t h e plat e is f ractur e d for a distanc e o f

about 1 s in from t h e e dg e o f hol e So that in using t h e
‘
. .
,

abov e rul e s f o r pun ch e d plat e s in must be d e duct e d from , .

t h e Spa ce b e tw e e n t h e hol e s b e f or e proc e e di ng to u s e t h e

e quation to obtain t h e pitch I t thus b e com e s .

(p —
d

Suppos e w e want to find t h e pitch of riv e ts for a singl e

riv e t e d lap -j oint f orm e d of iron plat e s and riv e ts Pl at e s .

g i n thic
. k pun ch e d hol e s
,
and riv e ts 1 in diam e t e r
, A d d . .

‘
ing 1 a i n on to riv e t diam e t e r for cl e aranc e w e hav e
.
,

(p g 78 5 4
l
l Tg x x 22 x
'

x 19
or
(p 2) x 6 2 5 x 2 2 x 785 4 x 19
' °
—

from which p 2 5 in .

F or boil e r work littl e att e n t ion n e e d be giv e n to t h e con

struction of j oints with punch e d hol e s as all good work is ,

now drill e d in position o n e or two small tac k i ng hol e s only

,

b e ing first put in t h e pl at e s in t h e flat t h e r e maind e r b eing ,

drill e d aft e r t h e pl at e s a r e roll e d and bolt e d tog e th e r .

I nd ee d with a spa cing ar r ang e m e nt attach e d to a drilling

,

machin e th e r e is no n ee d to m ark o ff t h e hol e s with t h e

,

e x c e ption of thos e n e e d e d for ta ck ing I t might be h e r e .

r emark e d that aft e r drilling t h e pl at e s a r e s e par a t e d and

, ,

t h e burr or aris cl e an e d o fl so that t h e pl at e sur f ac e s may

’
,

com e into d e ad conta ct i n riv e ting .

Th e r e is no n e e d to calcul at e t h e pitch for e v e ry th i ckn e s s

4 2 8 S H E E T A ND PL A T E M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxv r .

of plat e as t h e Spa ce in b e tw e e n a pair of hol e s is t h e s a m e

,

in e ach cas e Thus f or a singl e riv e t e d lap j oint form e d

.
,
- -

o f i ron plat e s and riv e ts with pun ch e d hol e s t h e

, ,

pitch 15 m . diam et er of riv e t ,

and a Similar j oint of st e e l will hav e a

pitch 1 4 in . diam et e r of riv et .

Th e spac e b e tw e e n th e
hol e s in a doubl e and tr bl riv e t e d e e-

l ap j oi nt will wor k out to about twi ce and thr ee tim e s

-
,

r e sp e ctiv e ly that o f a singl e j oint as abov e

,
.

I n g e n e ral wor k which has not to be s u bj e ct e d to much

,

pr e ssur e t h e pit ch o f riv e ts is u sually ta k e n gr e at e r than

,

that shown in t h e abov e calculations .

Width of Lap .

Th e distan ce of t h e ce ntr e o f riv e t f rom t h e e dg e o f plat e

is g e n e rally tak e n to e qual o n e and a hal f tim e s t h e diam e t e r
o f t h e riv e t ,
so that a singl e -riv e t e d l ap j oint wo u ld hav e -

an ov e rlap o f thr e e tim e s t h e diam e t e r of riv e t and a doubl e ,

lap fi v e tim e s t h e diam et e r and so o n ,

.

C aul k in g .

Wh e r e caul k ing is to be
don e f o r work whi ch is to be
sub j e ct e d t o pr e ssur e it is important th at t h e lap shoul d not
,

be gr e at e r than that nam e d abov e as t h e plat e s mav s prin g ,

i n caul k ing or in u s e .

To caul k prop e rly t h e pl at e e dg e should be plan e d

,

slightly on t h e b e v e l as Shown in j oint No 2 7 A too thin

'

, . .

caul k ing tool should not be us e d as this has a t e nd e n cy to

,

dri v e t h e m e tal und e r t h e e dg e and thus Spring t h e plat e

, .

I n arranging t h e position o f j oints on any kind o f v e ss e l ,

c ar e should be tak e n that th e y a r e so pla ce d that t h e riv e t

ing and caul k ing can be conv eni e ntly don e .

 SH E ET A N D PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ CH A R xxxv 1 .

tions of riv e t e d j oints A f e w kinds only how ev er will

.
, ,

be shown — j ust su ffi ci e nt to e xplain t h e arrang em e n t o f t h e

plat e s N o ( 2 0 ) shows t h e ordinary singl e riv et e d lap
. .
-
,

and ( 2 1 ) t h e doubl e riv e t e d lap with zigzag riv e ting ; ( 2 2 )

-

explains how thr e e plat e s can be j oin e d by smithing or

thinning t h e e dg e o f t h e middl e o n e and ( 23 ) shows a ,

similar arrang e m e nt f o r j oining f our plat e s by thinning

t h e corn e rs of t h e two middl e pl at e s Se ctions across both
.

oints i n e ach o f t h e last two fig u r e s a r e Shown and by

j ,

r e f e r e nc e to th es e t h e f ormation o f t h e j oints should r e adily

be und e rstood .

Th e m e thod o f f ast e ning flang e d e nds in cylindrical and

o t h e r shap e d articl e s is shown in (2 4 ) and A n d (26)
shows how corn e r or bilg e plat e s may be fi xe d in th e s e again ,

b eing som e tim e s riv et e d on t h e o utsid e inst e ad o f t h e insid e ,

as shown . (2 7) is a m e thod adopt e d wh e n two pl at e s n e e d

fi xing squar e to e a ch oth e r t h e pl at e s b e ing j oi n e d by an
,

angl e iron A f orm of butt -j oint is e xhibit e d in

-
. th e
strap or sti ff e n e r b e ing o f t e e iron Som e tim e s t he riv e ts
-
.
,

inst e ad o f b e ing zigzag a r e plac e d opposit e e a ch oth e r to

,

f orm what is k nown as chain -riv e ting J oint ( 4 2) e xplains

.

t h e m e thod adopt e d f o r j oining t h e e nds of tub e s a sti ff e n ,

ing ring of fla t iron b eing pl ac e d in b e tw e e n t h e flang e s

-
,

and (4 1 ) Shows t h e sam e without t h e ring .

Str en gth of J oi n t s .

Th e r el ativ e str e ngth o f j oint to solid pl at e ex pr e ss e d in

th e f orm o f a p e r ce ntag e will be e qual to

p i tch
di m et e r of hol e
a x 1 00 .

p i tch
A n d using t h e e x ampl e f o r 5 in st e el plat e s .
,
alr e ady
calculat e d t h e str e ngth o f t h e j oint will be
,

2
x 1 00 5 5 per c ent .

2
 RI V E TE D J OI NTS 431

Th e str e ngths of all kinds o f j oints can be multipli e d out

in a Simila r mann er G e n e rally drill e d j oints on calcul a
.
, ,

tion Show up about 5 pe r c e nt strong e r th an pun ch e d

,
.

plat e s ; but pra ctically this p e rc e ntag e do e s not r e pr e s e nt

, ,

t h e di ff e r e n ce in valu e b e tw e e n t h e j oi n t s as with drilling ,

th e r e is no n ee d f o r dri f ting hol es and cons e qu e ntly no lo cal ,

str e ss e s a r e s e t up in t h e plat e s
”
.

B utt j oints with doubl e straps a r e t h e strong e s t form o f

-
, ,

j oint t h e str e ngth o f a tr e bl e riv et e d j oint o f this d e s cr ip

,
-

tion b eing about 9 0 per c e nt o f t h e solid pl at e F o r longi

“

. .

t u d in a l s e ams in a boil e r this class of j oint also has t h e

,

advantag e o f t h e plat e s pulling dir e ctly on t h e riv e ts and

not obliqu e ly as with a l ap -j oint On account o f t h e u n .

ce rtainty o f t h e str e ss e s tha t a r e s e t up in a l ap j oint it is -

,

qu e stionabl e wh e th e r it ought e v e r to be us e d in t h e longi

t u d in a l s e ams of a boil e r .

Bur s tin g Str en gth of Cyli n dr ical Sh el l or Pipe .

Th e bursting pr essur e of a solid sh e ll or pip e ca n be

d e t e rmin e d f rom t h e following rul e : M ultiply tog e th e r
t h e thi ckn e ss o f t h e m e tal and its str e ngth in lbs and .
,

divi d e by t h e sh e ll radius in in ch e s .
”

Thus suppos e a w e ld e d cylindrical boil e r sh e ll is 7 ft

, .

diam e t e r and g in thi ck st ee l plat e

. A ssuming that t h e .

str e ngth of t h e m e tal is 2 8 tons per squar e inch w e hav e ,

x 2 8 x 224 0
Bursting pr essur e 5 6 0 lb .

42

If t h e h e ll is riv e t e d t h e abov e woul d hav e to be multi

S

pli e d by t h e p e rc e ntag e str e ngth o f t h e j oint to obtain its

corr e ct bursting pr e ssur e .

Th e str e ngths o f st e e l or copp e r st e am pip e s can be found

in t h e sam e w ay .

Th e abov e cal cul ations will also s e rv e to e t o u t t h e r e

g
4 3 2 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxvr .

quir e d thi ck n e ss o f m e tal for a sh e ll of giv e n diam e t e r to

stand a giv e n pr e ssur e .

A s a som e what curious f a ct it is worth noting that a

Sph e rical v e ss e l o f sam e t h i ck n e ss and mat e rial will stand

j ust twi ce t h e pr e ssur e o f a cylindrical v e ss e l o f t h e sam e

diam e t e r .

L en th f A l T -B etc for Rin gs

g o n g e , ee a r s , .
, .

Th e m e thod o f finding t h e l e ngths o f fla t bars et c e x -

,
.
,

plain e d in C hapt e r X XX I I can also be appli e d to bars o f

.
,

irr e gular s e ction Th e important point is to find t h e posi

.

tion o f t h e n e utral a xis This will al ways pass through t h e

.

c e ntr e o f gravity o f t h e s e ction Th e c e ntr e s of gravity .

(s e e C hapt e r XX V I I I ) can be f ound e ith e r g e om e trically

.
,

F IG . 3 35 .

or b e tt e r still for pra ctical purpos e s by t h e m ethod o f sus ,

p e nsion A s e ction o f t h e b a r should be cut o u t o f card

.

board or Sh e e t m e tal and susp e nd e d f rom a point (su ch as

S in F ig 3 3 5 ) and a v e rtical lin e drawn down
. I t shoul d .
4 34 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TAL WORK [ CH A R xxxv r .

To Cal cul ate th e In cr ea s e d L en gt h of a Bar w h en it is

ma de Re d h ot =
.

Probl e ms on t h e e xpansion and contraction of m e tal bars

a r e important h e nc e w e giv e o n e e xampl e b e low
,
.

Suppos e a bar o f iron is 1 0 f t long and its t e mp e ratur e .

( that o f t h e atmosph e r e
) say 30 °
C ,
I t is pl ac e d in a
,
.

furnac e and got r e d hot H o w much will it l e ngth e n ?

-
.

A r e d h e at is g e n e rally r e c k on e d to be about C .

So that t h e in cr e as e in t e mp e ratur e would be 9 7 0 °

No w turning to t h e tabl e of multipli e rs for lin e ar e x

a n s ion on pag e 4 5 1 w e et that f o r iron and our ca l cu
p g ,

lation work s out as follow s

Incr e as e in l ength 10 x 12 x 9 70 x 0 00 0 1 3 1 5 -
in .

So that t h e incr e as e in l e ngth com e s to about 1 3 in .

C al culations lik e abov e com e i n us e ful in ma k ing allow

anc e wh e n rings bands e t c hav e to be shrunk on
, ,
.
,
.

Pl an i s h i n g or F l atten in g .

To t h e uninitiat e d t h e l e v e lling of plat e s or sh ee ts pr e

s e nts o n e of t h e most aw k ward j obs it is possibl e to hav e .

Y e t with t h e e xe r cis e o f thought and som e practi ce t h e d iffi

cu l t ie s soon disapp e ar B e f or e comm e ncing to hamm e r a
.

plat e t h e position o f t h e buckl e or loos e n ess should be car e

f ully not e d and t h e blows pla ce d accordingly
,
Th e r e a r e .

only two ways in whi ch a plat e may be buck l e d I t may .

e ith e r be sagg e d in t h e middl e as shown on plat e A ,

in
F ig 33 7 or it may be tigh t in t h e c e ntr e and slack along
.
,

t h e e dg e s as shown by pl at e
,
B On o n e plat e th e r e may.

be a combination of t h e s e two ways o f bu ckling ; o n e hal f

may be sl a ck in t h e middl e and t h e oth e r hal f slack on t h e
e dg e s.

Th e ca u s e of buckling is d u e to un e qual contraction o f

t h e sh ee t or pl at e in cooling so that o n e part b e com e s long e r
,
 RI V E TE D J OI NTS 4 35

or short e r than t h e oth e r To bring t h e plat e l ev e l all

.
,

strain must be r e move d so that no o n e part o f t h e surfac e

,

shall be pulling against anoth e r To do this all t h e short .

or tight e n e d p arts of t h e plat e will r e quir e hamm e ring .

”
Thus in plat e A wh e r e t h e buckl e is in t h e c e ntr e t h e
, ,

hamm e r blows will n e e d to be thick e st at t h e outsid e o f t h e

pl at e running away to nothing at t h e middl e I n pl at e
,
.

”
B ,
wh e r e t h e e dg e s a r e buc k l e d or loos e t h e pro ce ss will ,

hav e to be r ev e rs e d ; t h e blows b eing plac e d about t h e

middl e and gradually dying away towards t h e e dg e s .

Th e s t r e ngth of t h e blows will o f cours e d e p e nd upon t h e

, ,

fl uckl e i n midd l e B uck l e on e d g es

FIG . 33 7 .

thi ckn e ss of t h e plat e Th e in e x p e ri e nc e d should always

.

e r r on t h e si d e o f light blows as o n e h e avy blow in a dv er

,

t e n t l y giv e n may r e quir e a hundr e d mor e to r e mov e its ill

e ff e ct s .

Wh e n particular work is r e qui re d a flatt e r should be us e d

t o avoid t h e blows coming dir e ctly on to t h e surfac e of t h e
pl at e Wh e n t h e hamm e r alon e is us e d gr e at car e mus t
.

be ta k e n so tha t its fac e e dg e Shall n o t cu t in t o t h e pla t e

‘

.
4 3 6 S H E E T A N D PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R v
xxx i .

To obvi at e this hamm e r f ac e s f o r pla n ishing purpos e s

,

usually hav e a slightly outward curv e .

Straight e ning rolls and oth e r machin e s a r e now us e d for

flatt e ning plat e s and sh e ets but wh e r e th e s e a r e not a vail
,

abl e it is a good plan to run t h e sh e e t through t h e ordinary

b e nding rolls a f e w tim e s r ev e rsing t h e sh e e t at e ach
,

op e ration as this t e nds to run t h e small buckl e s altog e th er

,

and g e n e rally assists in d e t e rmini n g how t h e sh e e t shal l be

ha m m e r e d .
4 3 8 SH E E T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H AR xxxvu .

G al v an i s i n g .

As galvanising is t h e common e st proc e ss adopt e d for

applying a prot e ctiv e coating to sh e e t -iron work w e shall
e xplain t h e m ethod f ollow e d with som e f uln e ss E ss e n .

t ia lly t h e proc e ss consists in applying a thin film o f zinc to

t h e sur f ac e of t h e iron We will first e xplain t h e plan
.

follow e d for sh e e ts and work on a larg e scal e and th e n giv e ,

som e hints o f how b e st to d e al with small articl e s B e f or e .

sh e e ts can be galvanis e d all s cal e must be r e mov e d f rom

th e ir sur f a ce and this is usually do ne in a pic k ling solution
,

compos e d o f e qual parts o f hydrochloric a cid ( or muriatic

acid as it is o f t e n ca l l e d) a n d wat e r L e ad -lin e d tan k s a r e
,
‘

som etim e s us e d f or holding t h e acid ; but t h e b ett e r plan is

t o hav e s ton e tan k s j oint e d with rubb e r pac k ing and h e ld
, ,

tog eth e r with t ie rods D uring t h e tim e t h e Sh e ets a r e in

-
.

t h e pic k l e th e y should be mov e d continuously so that all ,

parts o f t h e sur f ac e s may be e qually e xpos e d to t h e action

o f t h e acid Th e l e ngth o f tim e f o r pi ck ling will d e p e nd
.

upon t h e t e mp e ratur e and str e ngth o f t h e acid and on t h e

condition o f t h e sh e e t sur f a ce s I f t h e a cid is fr e sh and

.

t h e Sh e e ts hav e b e e n clos e ann e al e d ( t hat is out o f contact

-
,

with t h e f urna ce gas e s th e n t h e pick li n g may be don e in

about fi f t e e n minut e s but if t h e ac id is partly Sp e nt or t h e ,

sh e ets cov e r e d with h e avy s cal e ( as t h e r e sult o f op e n

ann e aling ) thirty to f orty -fi v e minut e s will be r e quir e d
,
.

H e ating t h e acid (don e in t h e e arly days of galvanising by

blowing st e am into t h e tan k s ) will in cr e as e t h e sp ee d of
working but t h e charact e r of sh e et surfac e produc e d will
,
-

not be so good as wh e n pi ck l e d by t h e cool e r a cid A n y

'
.
V

incr e as e o f t em per a t u r e ov e r and abov e that of t h e atmo

sph e r e r e quir e d f o r t h e eff e ctiv e work ing o f t h e pick l e is
soon obtain e d by t h e h e at g e n e rat e d through t h e ch e mical
action I f t h e pi ckling solut ion is too hot t h e a ction upon
.

t h e sh e et s is not uni f orm and t h e su r fa ce s will be som e wha t

,
 S U RF A C E T RE A T M E NT OF S H E E T M E T A L S 4 3 9

rough e r Oc casionally a sh e e t will be f ound that contains

.

a hard patch o f scal e or a scab and this will hav e to be ,

r e mov e d by a scrap e r or pi ck b e f or e att e mpting to pass

-

through t h e galvanisin g bath Som e tim e s a blist e r ( a pi e c e

.

o f doubl e sh e e t whi ch has not b e e n prop e rly w e ld e d in t h e

manu f actur e ) is f ound on a sh e e t an d gr e at car e should be ,

tak e n to cut this away as it will a ct a s a r e ce pta cl e for acid

, ,

which wh e n carri e d into t h e molt e n Sp e lt e r may caus e a

, ,

s e rious e xplosion To obtain a good loo k ing sur f ac e aft e r

.
-

galvanising t h e op e rator shoul d be car e f ul not to ov e r pi ck l e

,
-
,

as this will caus e t h e Sh e e t to loo k d e ad and dry Wh e n

“ ”
.
”

prop e rly cl e an e d t h e Sh e ets a r e plung e d into a wat e r -tan k

f o r washing and a r e th e n r e ady fo r t h e galvanising bath
,
.

Th e quantity o f a cid us e d vari e s f rom 1 5 to 4 carboy s

e r ton o f sh ee ts d e p e nding upon wh e th e r t h e Sh e e ts a r e
p ,

clos e or Op e n -ann e al e d or h e avy or light F o r e conomi cal

,
.

work ing t h e partly sp e nt acid f rom t h e larg e tank wh e n it

,
-
,

b e com e s too Slow for sh ee ts should be us e d as f a r as possibl e

,

f o r small wor k f o r which t h e tim e o f pi ck ling is not s o

,

i m portant .

Wh e r e a larg e amount of work is don e it is usual to t e st

t h e acid wit h a Tw a d d e l s hydrom e t e r t h e d e gr ee of r e ad
’

ing a cording
,
c t o t h e d e nsity of t h e acid varying from 2 4 °
,

to Withou t t h e acid is fai rly pur e t h e r e ading giv e n

on t h e hydrom e t e r is not an ex act indi cation of t h e str e ngth
o f t h e a cid f rom t h e galvanis e r s point o f vi e w A b e tt e r
’
.

a n d mor e e ff e ctiv e t e st is to compar e t h e r e l ativ e am o unts

of zin c dissolv e d by e qual quantiti e s o f a cid tak e n f rom t h e
di ff e r e nt sampl e carboys Thus to giv e t h e r e sult of o n e
‘

.
,

e x p e rim e nt : A c e rtain qua n tity o f 2 4 ° acid dissolv e s 5 oz .

o f zinc , whils t t h e sam e quantity o f 30 ° aci d dissolv e s 6 oz .

of zinc Th eir r e l ativ e valu e s th e r e f or e to t h e galvanise r

.
, ,

a r e as 5 is to 6 I n this way by ta k ing cost into account

.
, ,

it ca n be s e e n whi ch i s t h e mos t e conomical t o u s e .

Th e amount of wast e in pi ckling runs out to abou t 4 1b .

29
4 4 0 S H E ET A N D PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxv n .

e ft
p er 1 00
squar of op e n -ann e al e d sh e e t iron to 2
.

2 lb p e r .

1 00 squar e f t o f clos e -ann e al e d Sh ee t

. This giv e s as n e ar .
,

as possibl e 3 3 lb to t h e ton o f 1 6 gaug e and 82 lb to t h e

,
. .

ton o f 2 4 gaug e o f t h e form e r galvanis e d and 5 7 lb to t h e , ,

.

ton o f t h e latt e r .

B e f or e proc e e ding t o e xplain how Sh ee ts a r e pass e d

through t h e galvanising bath it is as w e ll to call att e ntion ,

h e r e to t h e f act that t h e quality of t h e galvanis e d Sh e e t sur

f ac e will v e ry larg e ly d e p e nd upo n t h e k ind o f sur f ac e that
is put upon t h e blac k sh e e t I f t h e iron is of an inf e rior .

quality with a coars e sur f ac e or is ov e r pi ck l e d no amount ,

-
,

of car e in galvanising will produc e a good sur f a ce This ,

.
,

ind e e d is tru e o f all sur f ac e tr e atm e nt wh e th e r tinning

, , ,

painting lacqu e ring or what e v e r it may be

, , ,

A s e ctional e l e vation o f a galvanising bath with t h e ,

rolls in position is shown in F ig 3 3 8 A lay e r o f flu x

,
. .
,

about 6 in thick o f crud e salammoniac (or muriat e o f

.
,

a mmonia as it is call e d ) is allow e d to boil up in t h e flux

,

bo x a bit o f tallow b e ing thrown in occas i onally Th e sh e e ts

,
.

a r e ta k e n o n e by o n e and pass e d into t h e pot through t h e

flu x bo x down through t h e f e e ding rolls and up out be

-
,
-
,

tw e e n t h e sur f ac e or l e aving rolls and tak e n away e ith e r

,
-
, ,

by hand or trav e lling chains bos h e d in a tank o f warm ,

w at e r and dri e d by passing through a drying stov e

,
.

To e nsur e a cl e an galvanis e d sh e e t t h e sur f ac e rolls must -

be k e pt cl e ar o f all wast e flu x and s cum and t h e flu x in t h e ,

flu x bo x must not be allow e d to g e t too dirty or e ls e som e

-
,
.

o f it will be carri e d through to t h e l e aving -rolls and mark

t h e Sh e ets
”

U p t o w it h in a f e w ye ars ba ck all sh e e ts w e r e e ith e r drawn

' '

t h rough t h e cl ear or through sand t h e f ee ding -rolls alon e ,

b e ing us e d and th e s e o f cours e simply to carry t h e sh e e t

, , ,

through t h e m ol t e n m e t a l On e obj e ct o f t h e sur f ac e rolls

‘

.
-

is to giv e a mor e u ni f orm coating o f zin c and impart a littl e

‘

b e tt e r sur fa c e t o t h e Sh ee t Th e primary obj e ct how e v e r .

, ,
4 4 2 SH E E T A N D P L A TE ME T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxv n .

in t h e u s e o f l e aving rolls is t osqu ee z e as m u ch zinc o ff t h e

-

Sh e e t as possibl e and thus r e d u c e t h e cost of manu f actur e

,
.

Th e r e sult is that galvanis e d sh e e ts o f t h e pr e s e nt day a r e

altog e th er in f e rior to what th e y w e r e und e r t h e old syst e m
o f manu f actur e Th e following tabl e
. whi ch has b e e n ,

compil e d from e xp e rim e nts carri e d out by t h e writ e r will ,

giv e som e indication of t h e altog e th e r thinn e r coating of

zin c which is now put upon sh e e ts to that which was
f orm e rly t h e cas e
Spelter u s ed per To n of
G a lv n is ed Sh e ts a e .

i gl
S n e Ro ll s . Do ub e Roll s l .

5o4 ib . 3 1 0 1b .

4 20 25 4
36 7 21 6
308 1 68
2 87 1 26
21 6 1 04
1 73 86

It will be noti ce d that g e n e rally t h e amount o f sp e lt e r

, ,

us e d in t h e mod e rn pro ce ss is only about hal f that which

was pla ce d upon t h e Sh e ets und e r t h e old m e thod I n co n .

s e q u e nc e o f this mu ch thinn e r coating o f zin c t h e li f e ,

o f galvanising sh e e ts is not by any m e ans as long as it was

f orm e rly In ord ering larg e qua ntiti e s o f galvanis e d

sh eets not only Should t h e gaug e o f sh e et or w eight pe r
,

squar e f oot be sp e cifi e d but also t h e thi ck n e ss o f

,

zinc coating or w e ight o f sp e lt e r per squar e f oot

to be add e d if buy e rs d e sir e to obtai n sh e e ts o f lasting
,

quality B y t h e old m e thod it too k f rom 1 5 lb to

. .

20 lb o f sp e lt e r to cov e r bot h sid e s o f 1 0 0 squar e f e et of

.

sh ee t wh e r e as by t h e doubl e roll syst e m only 9 lb to 1 2 lb

,
- . .

o f sp elt e r a r e us e d in coating t h e sam e ar e a .

U sually wh e n sh e e ts a r e thi ck e r than 1 6 gaug e (that is

, ,

fi in thi ck ) th e y a r e not run through t h e rolls but a r e car e

.
,

fully dri e d and th e n plung e d bodily into t h e m olt e n sp elt e r ,

 S U RF A C E T RE A TM E N T OF S H E E T M E TA L S 443

be ing drawn up on t h e opposit e sid e of t h e pot through a

t hi ck lay e r o f sand ,
or sand and ash e s k e pt moist e n e d by ,

wat e r b eing sprin k l e d upon it .

Th e pur e r t h e iron t h e b e tt e r t h e coat might be tak e n ,

as a rul e in galvanising and that is t h e r e ason why mild

,

st e el n e v e r tak e s as firm a coat as t h e b e st iron A n y im .

puriti e s su ch as carbon sili con e t c o ff e r r e sistan ce to

, , ,
.
,

t h e f ormation o f a t e na cious sur f ac e alloy o f iron and zin c .

Th e hard e r t h e st ee l t h e mor e t e nd e n cy th e r e is f o r t h e
sp e lt e r to p e e l o ff wh e n t h e sh ee t is b e nt .

Th e r e mar k abl e li k ing which zin c has f o r iron and ,

which is its chi e f advantag e in forming a go od

coati ng on galvanis e d work is also at t h e sam e tim e
,

its gr e at est drawback in t h e r e ady f ormation of dross .

A s t h e Sh e e t pass e s through t h e pot small parti cl e s of

iron a r e d e ta ch e d f rom its sur f ac e whi ch combin e with t h e
,

zinc f orming an iron zinc alloy whi ch gradually pr e cipi

,
-

tat e s at t h e bottom of t h e pot and whi ch has to be ,

p e riodi cally r e mov e d . A lso t h e molt e n zin c slowly dis

solv e s away t h e walls o f t h e wrought iron or mild st e e l
pot f orming additi o nal dross so that its r e n e wal is r e quir e d
, ,

e v e ry s ix to tw e lv e months or so This is o n e o f t h e co n
.

stant worri e s and e xp e ns e s of t h e galvanis e r and will n e v e r ,

be a l t e r e d u n t il a di ff e r e nt mat e ri al for t h e pot or anoth e r ,

syst e m o f carrying out t h e pro ce ss is adopt e d I n t h e , .

’
pr e s e nt writ e r s e xp eri e nc e a pot that last e d long e r than any
oth e r was constru ct e d of wrought iron which gav e t h e ,

following analysis
C a r bon tra ce
Sil ico n ‘
0 9 3 per cr n t .
S u l ph u r trace
Pho s phoru s 3 57
Man g an e s e 0 57
'

I ron 9 9 4 93

1 00 00 0
4 4 4 SH E E T A ND PL A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H AR xxxv n .

F o r t h os ewho a r e int e r e st e d in galvanising it may be

us e f ul to k now t h e compositions o f o n e or two sampl e s of

zinc sp e lt e r Th e anal y s e s o f f our sp e cim e ns a r e giv e n

. .

9 9 9 00 9 8 80
13 0 3 6
trace trace
trace
trace

1 00 0 00 1 00 000 1 00 0 00 1 00 0 00

Sampl e No it will be s e e n is an e xc e ptionally pur e

. 1, ,

Sp e ci m e n o f virgin sp e lt e r Th e oth e r thr e e a r e sampl e s

.

of m e tal o f t h e k ind ordinarily in u s e A n y iron in sp elt e r .

is most obj e ctionabl e as it all h e lps to f orm dross in t h e pot

, .

M ost o f t h e l e ad pr es e nt in a sp e lt e r f alls to t h e bo t tom of -

t h e pot and th e r e a ccumulat e s .

L e ad and zinc hav e v e ry littl e a fii n it y : h e nc e t h e f orm e r

m e tal us u ally s e parat e s out and on a ccount o f its b eing
,

h e avi e r than e ith e r sp e lt e r or dross s e ttl e s at t h e bottom o f,

t h e galvanising bath as shown in F ig 3 38

, Wh e n a bath . .

has b e e n in u s e s ev e ral months as mu ch as a 6 in d e pth , .

o f l e ad will som e tim e s hav e a ccumulat e d I n cas e t h e pot .

is Shallow and it is n ece ssary to re mov e t h e l ead this can

, ,

be r e adily don e by standing a tub e ( o n e about 1 2 in dia .

m et e r and a littl e long e r than t h e d e pth o f molt e n m e tal

, ,

mad e o f k in plat e will do ) upright on t h e bottom of t h e

.

bath and lading out t h e sp e lt e r wh e n t h e molt e n l e ad

, ,

will be for ce d u pt h e tub e and can be l a d e d out as r e quir e d

, .

Th e dross on ac count of its gr e at e r d e nsity than sp e lt e r

, ,

a n d b e ing light e r than l e ad sinks through t h e form e r and

,
4 4 6 S H E E T A ND PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxvn .

riv et e d or l ap j oin t s is that th e s e parts h old trac e s o f a cid

,

or flu x whi ch soon s ets up corrosion and caus e s t h e pa r t s

'

, ,

to d e cay I t is di fficult to avoid this e x c e pt by galvanising

.
,

both b e f or e and a f t e r manu f a ctur e I t is an advantag e to .

wash t h e j oints down with w e a k soda -wat e r thoroughly ,

dry and th e n f orc e into t h e j oints a littl e boil e d oil Sta ins
,
.

or black spots on sh ee ts a r e caus e d in t h e sam e way as abov e .

Wh e n t h e s u r f a ce is bro ck y or porous acid is absorb e d ,

whi ch shows up a day or so a f t e r g a l v a n is in g by for cing

'

out bla ck spots o f chlorid e o f zinc .

I n galvanising odd wor k if th e r e a r e an y parts li k e s cr e w

,

thr e ads et c that do not r e quir e co a t in g w it h zin c th e s e

,
.
, ,

S houl d be cov e r e d with whit e l e ad b e f or e t h e articl e is put

into t h e galvanising bath .

F o r coo k ing purpos e s zinc coat e d arti cl e s a r e us e l e ss on

-
,

acco u nt o f t h e r e adin e ss with which zinc is dissolv e d by

various organic acids ; bu t f o r t e mporary u s e s such as with ,

buc k e ts baths e t c t h e zinc coating is all righ t

, ,
.
,
-
.

Tin n i n g .

Th e proc e ss o f tinning sh e e ts follows v e ry much t h e sam e

lin e s as galva nising t h e molt e n m e tal in this cas e b e ing tin
, ,

and t h e flu x g e n e rally a solution o f chlorid e o f zinc Th e .

plat e s a r e run through s ev e ral pairs o f rolls and ultimat e ly ,

up out through a gr e as e pot fill e d with palm oil -

.

Tinplat e is o f no u s e f o r outsid e purpos e s on a ccount o f

t h e r e adin e ss with whi ch it rusts This is probably d u e to .

t h e fac t that iron and tin hav e v e ry littl e a ffinit y to e ach

oth e r ca u sing t h e surfa ce o f t h e iron to be imp e rf e ctly
,

coat e d Th e m is cr o s co pic points on t h e sh e e t l e f t un coat e d

.

quick ly rust w h e n pla ce d in a damp atmosph e r e this b eing , ,

no doubt assist e d by som e e l e ctric a ction

,
.

Te rn e pl at e is sh e e t iron or st e e l that has b e e n coat e d with

a n a l loy of tin and l e ad t h e maj or portion o f t h e alloy be
,

in g compos e d of t h e latt er m e tal .

 S U RF A C E TRE A TM E NT OF SH E E T M E TA L S 44 7

Tin and copp er hav e a v e ry much gr e at e r liking for e a ch

oth e r than tin an d iron ; th e r e f or e copp e r ca n be mor e
r e adily and firmly tinn e d than iron I t s sur f ac e should .

be w e ll cl e an e d and th e n sprinkl e d with salammoniac

, ,

s mall pi e ce s of tin pl a ce d on it h e at e d and run ov e r t h e

, ,

sur f ac e and finally wip e d o ff with a wisp o f tow A n y

,
.

gr e asy parts on bla ck iron or oth e r m e tal that has to be

tinn e d or galvanis e d should first be e ith e r b u rn e d o ff or
,

r e mov e d by a solution o f soda I n tinning copp e r if th e r e

.
,

ar e a n y parts that r e quir e to be l e f t untinn e d th e s e should ,

be first brush e d ov e r with whit e ning past e .

Tinn e d copp e r v e ss e ls ma k e e x cell e nt cooking ut e nsils

wh e r e a q u i ck h e at is r e quir e d on account o f t h e good co n
,

ducting pow e r for h e at o f co p p e r and also t h e cl e anlin e ss

,

o f a prop e rly tinn e d copp e r v e ss e l Tin is not e asily dis

.

solv e d by v e g e tabl e o r m e a t j ui ce s ; but as copp e r quick ly

f orms a poisonous v e rdigris car e shoul d be ta k e n to s ee that
,

sauc e pans e t c a r e k e pt prop e rly t inn e d

,
.
,
.

L a cquer i n g , C ol o ur in g , etc .

To obtain various artisti c e ff e cts m e tals a r e som e tim e s

,

colour e d by dipping int o di ff e r e nt ch e mical solutions or bv

t h e combin e d action o f air and h e at to form tint e d o xid e s ,

or by t h e application o f colour e d l acqu e rs L a cqu e rs a r e .

practically varnish e s and wh e n prop e rly appli e d pr e s e rv e

, ,

t h e sur f ac e o f t h e m e tal f rom b e ing act e d upon by an insid e

atmosph e r e f o r a consid e rabl e l e ngth o f tim e I n j apanning .

or e nam elling t h e work is stov e d in a suitabl e o v e n a f t e r

,

t h e appli cation o f t h e e nam e l to giv e it t h e n e c e ssary

,

h ardn e ss . L acqu e ri n g and oth e r solutions f o r e v e ry possibl e

purpos e ca n now be so ch e aply obtain e d that it is not worth

whil e att empting to ma k e th em up Whit e or oth e r .

e nam e ll e d ut e nsils for culinary u s e hav e th e ir surfac e s

, ,

t r e at e d with a vitr e ous matt e r aft e rwards b e ing ba k e d in

,

an ov e n o r f urnac e .
4 4 8 SH E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A P . xxxvn .

Pr ot ecti n g Pl at e Ir on Wo r k .

F or plat e work oth e r than boil e rs th e r e is no m o r e

, ,

e ff e ctual initial coating than boil e d oil To be lasting

.
,

t h e plat e s should first be cl e an e d o f all s cal e that is lik e ly

t o b e com e d e ta ch e d. Wh e n bars hav e to be riv e t e d to
plat e s and wh e r e t h e atmosph e r e is li k e ly to g e t b e tw e e n
, ,

t h e inn e r sur f a ce s o f both plat e s and bars shoul d first be

oil e d ov e r. On e o f t h e most f ruit f ul caus e s of rapid
d e t e rioration in plat e and constructional iron work and ,

whi ch may hav e s erious r e s u l t s is t h e o xidation o f parts o f

,

t h e structur e that wh e n put tog e th e r a r e not g e t a t abl e to

- -

be s cal e d or paint e d . This shoul d be guard e d against as

f a r as possibl e in t h e mann e r sugg e st e d abov e .
4 5 0 SH E E T A N D PL A TE M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxv m .

Spe ci fi c Hea tor t h e r e lativ e quantiti e s o f h e at absorb e d

,

by m etals all compare d to t h e h e at absorb e d by an e qual

w eight of wat e r wh e n rais e d through t h e sam e t e mp e ratu re .

Di s tal

In t h e f ollowing tabl e t h e m e tals a r e arrang e d in t h e

ord e r o f th e ir r e sp e ctiv e qualiti e s t h e first l n t h e list b e ing
,

th e b e st

? i diilg
dl t
Ma ll ea bili ty ility r l
Du ct
Po e f t .
 M E TA L S A N D TH E I R PROPE RTI E S 45 1

Ta bl e of Weigh ts , Expan s ion M ultiplier s , et c.

Metal .

On ac coun t o f t h e larg e supply ch e apn e ss and its many

, ,
,

us e ful prop e rti e s iron ran k s as t h e chi e f of m e tals I t is

,
.

hardly if e v e r found in N at u r e in its pur e state I t is

, ,
.

e x tra ct e d f rom its or e s in t h e f orm o f cast iron which,

again wh e n subj e ct e d to furna ce tr e atm e nt can e ith e r be

conv e rt e d into wrought iron or st e e l .

Th e main di ff e r e n ce s in t h e prop e rti e s of cast and wrough t

iron and st e e l a r e chi efly d u e to t h e pr e s e nc e of carbon in
t h e m e tal . C ast iron contains ab out p e r c e nt of .

carbon st ee l up to abou t
, 5 and wrought iron f rom 0 0 1
,

up to abou t O 2 Th e small e st variation in t h e amount of

‘
.

carbo n pr e s e nt consid e rably alt e rs t h e prop e rti e s of t h e

iron .

Wh e n iron contains an appr e ciabl e amount o f sulphur it

“
b e com e s br itt l e wh e n h e at e d and is call e d hot short .
’

I f phosphorus is pr e s e nt t h e m e tal b e com e s co ld short .

4 5 2 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ME T A L WORK [ C HA R xxxv rn .

Th e f ollowing tabl e giv e s th e p e r ce ntag e composition of

s e v e ral sp e cim e ns o f iron

pl
Sa m e Sa m e pl Ho t C ol d
o f Pi O f G o od
g Sh ort Sh ort
Iron . Iro n .

3 3 02 O 0 80 t race trace trace trace

2 1 56 0 1 70 O 1 47 0 1 50 0 00 5
0 2 46 0 4 56 0 4 80 0 1 45 00 07
2 36 2 trace trace trace trace trace
O Ol O
'

00 9 1 0 0 30 0 01 0 trace
994 94 9 9 3 06 99 695 9 9 9 88

Co pper

This is t h e only m e tal whi ch poss e ss e s a distinctly r e d

colour and of t h e ordinary manu f acturing m e tals is wh e n
, ,

pur e by f a r t h e tough e st I t is most durabl e and an

,
.

e xc e ll e nt conductor o f h e a t ; and on a ccount o f t h e fa cility

with whi ch it ca n be tinn e d is larg e ly us e d i n t h e mak ing
of t h e b e tt er cl ass cooking ut e nsil
-
.

N ativ e copp e r is som e tim e s discov e r e d in l arg e m ass e s ,

but t h e bul k o f t h e copp er of comm e rc e is e xtra ct e d f rom

or e s cas t into ingots and roll e d into sh e e ts or b ars
,
.

Zin c
Th e chi e f u s e o f this m e tal which is known in t h e ingot
,

form as sp e lt e r is in galvanising sh ee t iron I t s gr e at

, .

advantag e is that whil e it quickly tarnish e s or o xidis e s t h e

, ,

film so form e d is indissolubl e an d forms a prot e ctiv e coating

f o r t h e m e tal b e n e ath .

F o r rolling into sh e e ts it is e ss e nti al that t h e m e tal should

be pur e and also whilst passing through t h e rolls that it s
,

t e mp e ratur e shoul d be b e tw e e n 2 0 0 ° and 2 50 ° F .

Al umin ium .

This is a whit e m all e abl e m e tal whi ch is a littl e so f t e r

4 5 4 S H E E T A N D P L A TE ~
M E T A L WORK [ C H A R xxxv m

of tin and l e ad whos e m el ting point it r e du ce s in a r e mark

,

abl e mann e r .

A n timo n y .

is a bluish -whit e f e ath e ry loo k ing m e tal wh ich 1 8 so

This —
,

crystallin e that it may be bro k e n and ground up to a

powd e r I t s chi e f u s e is f o r hard e ning alloys o f l e ad and
.

tin such as B ritannia and B abbit m e tals

,
.

A l l o ys .

Me tals a r e o f t e n compound e d with e ach oth e r to obtain

vario u s prop erti e s not poss e ss e d by t h e m e tals th ems e lv e s ,

su ch as : ( 1 ) Re du ction o f m e lti ng point to som e thing low e r

than that o f o n e or mor e o f t h e constitu e nt m e tals ( 2 ) To .

in cr e as e t h e str e ngth or toughn e ss (3 ) To obtain a dif .

f e r e n t colour ( )
4 T o r e si st o x idation
. or corrosion of s e a ,

and oth e r wat e r (5 ) To obtain a hard e n e d m e talli c co m

.

pound ( 6 ) To f acilitat e th e flow of m e tal in forming

.

sound castings .

Th e f ollowing is a list of th e mor e important alloys

Des cr ipti on . Pro p rti

e es .

B est B rass V e ry m all eabl e .

i
Ord nary B ra ss
Muntz or Y ellow l
Met a R olls hot re sists ,

corrosion .

Du tch M etal Hi ghly mall eabl e .

B ro n ze C o nag e i
G u n Me tal V ery to u gh
10 .

Specul um Me tal T a k e s h g h pol ish i .

B ritann a M etal i 92 an d A nt mony 6 2 i .

B abbit s M e tal 5
’
.

D elta and A ch 8 i ’
l
M et a i
5 5 -60 38-44 w th 1 5 to 4 o f I ron .

Pe wter Pl ate 2 i
8 9 w th A nti m ony 7 an d
B s muth 2 i .

G erman S lv er i 60 w th N ck el 1 5 i i .

C o mmon Pewter o f ten consists o f L ead and T in alon e .

 ME NS U RA TI ON RU L E S 455

C H A PTE R XXXIX .

M E N SU R A T I O N R U L E S
Cir cumfer en ce of Cir cl e .

L e ngthof circumf er e nc e diam e t e r m ul t ipli e d by

or mor e accurat e ly diam e t e r

Ar ea of Tr ian gl e .

Multiply th e bas e by half th e p e rp e ndicul ar h e igh t .

A r ea of Cir cle .

Mu l tiply radius by radius th e n by Rul e s for t h e

e llips e a r e giv e n in C hapt e r X X I and for t h e cylind e r.
, ,

con e and Sph e r e in C hap t e rs X II XX V II and XX V I I I

,
.
,
.
,
.

V ol u me o f F r us t um of C on e or Pyr amid .

A lthough this has b ee n d e alt with in Chapt e r X II th e r e .

is still anoth e r impor t ant m e thod that ca n be appli e d i n

obtaining t h e volum e of a buck e t -shap e d or oth e r similar
v e ss el wh e th e r cir cular or not
,

ar ea of small en d .

larg e
mid -s e ction .

4a a
Th e n volume height x
6

Pu tin t h e form o f a rul e it b ecom e s : A dd t h e ar e as of

t h e e nds to f our tim e s t h e ar e a o f t h e mid -s e ction mul t iply ,

by t h e h eigh t and divid e by s ix

,
.
4 5 6 S H E E T A ND P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxrx .

U s eful Da t a .

1 inch 2 5 4 c e n t im etr e s .

1 gallon 2 7 7 2 74 ( 2 7 7} n e arly ) cubic inch es .

1 cubic f oot 6 } gallons .

1 cubi c f oot o f fr e sh wat e r w eighs 6 2 3 lb '

(I n ordinar
y calculations 6 2 % is us ed
) .

1 cubic f oot of s ea wat e r w eighs 6 4 lb .

1 gallon of fr e sh wat e r w e ighs 1 0 lb .

1 gallon of s e a wat e r w eighs 1 0% lb .

Weigh ts of Bl a ck Ste el per Squ ar e F o ot with Thick

n es s es in In ch es an d Mill imetr es .
4 5 8 S H E E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R xxxrx .

Appr oximate Weights per Squar e F oot of Ir on ,

Co pper , an d Br a s s .

I ron . Co pper . B r as s.

W G. . I n l bs per
. I n l bs per
. I n l bs per
.

Numb er . s q f oot . s q f oot

. . s q f oot
. .
 M E NS U RA TI ON RU L E S 45 9

Sh eet Zin c .

A ppro ximat e We ights of light str e ngths in Sh ee ts

8 ft X 3 f t showing t h e e quival e nt Wir e
. .
,

G aug e to Z inc G aug e .

WG . .
per she et .

Sh eet C o pper .

E quival e nt G aug e s and We igh t s for Sh ee ts 4 ft .

x 2 ft .

4 ft x2
. 4 lb. 30 W G . . I
I

-
4 f t x 2 f t x 5 lb
. . . 28 H

6 ]b.
-
27 | l

4 f t X 2 f t X 7 lb
. . . = 25 l
l

8 1b. = 24
I
I

9 lb. .
easy H

I
I
f t x 50
. lb: I
'
460 SHEE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK ( ca n . xi.

CHA PTER XL .

A NNEA L I NG , W EL DI NG , ETC.

A n n eal i n g .

IN t h e p eration of rolling hamm ering or drawing m etals

O , , .

b ecom e hard and brittl e ; and to avoid f ractur e in fur th er

working t he sh eets or plat es it is e ss ential that th e s e should
,

be so f t en e d or ann eal ed as i t is Call ed

, ,
.

Sh eet ir on or st eel is mad e by passing pi ec e s of t h e m eta l ,

in almost a whit e h ot condition backwards and forwards

-
,

thr ough po w e rful rolls and rolling d o wn to t h e r e quir ed thick

n ess A ft er rolling t h e sh e ets ar e v ery hard and ha v e to be
.
, ,

k ept in an ann ealing f urnac e for s ev eral hours to bring them

back to t h e soft stat e Th e l ength of tim e th ey a r e in t h e
.

furnac e and t h e slown e ss of cooling mor e or l ess d et ermin e

, ,

t h e d eg r ee of softn e ss of t h e sh eet Wh en t h e sh eets ar e .

plac ed in batch es in t h e furnac e and h eat e d in an uncov er ed

stat e th ey a r e said to be open -an n eal ed For som e purpos es
, .
,

how e v er batch es of sh eets a r e plac ed in iro n bo xe s and

,

ann eal ed without coming in contact with t h e atmosph er e or

t h e furnac e flam e s ; th e s e a r e call ed cl os e-an n eal ed sh eets .

Th e op en ann ea l ed sh e ets hav e mor e scal e on th em than t h e

-

clos e ann eal ed sh eets t h e latt er of cours e having a much

’

-
, , ,

smooth er surfac e To obtain a good smooth surfac e sheets

.
,

ar e som etim e s run wh en col d through smooth rolls af te r th ey

, ,

a r e clos e -ann eal e d and this q uality of ir on is call ed col d

rol l ed-cl os e-an n eal ed .

I n s tr etch in g t h e edg e of an articl e thro wi n g , off a flange ,

462 SHE E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C HA R XL ~

to a prop er condition by car eful h eating with t h e blo wpip e or

furnac e not only t h e parts that hav e b ee n w ork ed but al s o
, ,

t h e surrounding m e tal that may hav e b een a ffect ed .

Ev ery ti me a pi ec e of m etal is mad e r ed hot whilst in con ,

tact w ith th e atmosph ere fr esh scal e forms on its surfac e

,
.

This is d ue to t h e o xyg en in t h e air combining with t h e m etal

to form an o xid e It is th er efor e evid ent if w e r e quir e a
.

m e tal not to scal e or wast e during ann ealing it must be k ept ,

out of cont act w ith t h e atmosph er e and this is in many cas es ,

an exc eedingly di fficult t hing to do Small articl es in iron .

may be cov er ed w ith rus t or o xi d e and copp er may be buri ed ,

in ash dust F urnac es for larg e w ork a r e now b eing con

.

struct ed in w hich m etals can be h eat ed out of contact w ith

t h e atmosph er e .

Th eor y of A n n eal in g Why m etals b ecom e hard wh en

.

work e d or w hy th ey b ecom e sof t und er h eat tr eatm ent a r e

, ,

di ffi cult qu estions t o ans w er Or again w hy a m etal lik e

.
, ,

steel b ecom es hard wh en plung ed into w at er or copp er und er ,

t h e sam e tr ea t m en t b ecom e s s oft is n o eas y ta sk to solv e , .

Suffici ent t o sa y that th es e mat te rs ar e n o w b eing car efully

inv e stigat ed and at t h e no distant future a full sci entifi c
,

explanation will be forthcomi n g We can how e ver imagine

.
, ,

that und er hamm ering or r ollin g , t h e particl es o f t h e m etal

be com e push ed o r crush ed into unnatural pomt ion s an d th en ,

t h e m etal is strain ed or hard When hea ted and Whilst th e

.
,

m etal is in t h e soft state w e may suppos e that t h e particl es

,

t h e n assum e th ei r natural po s ition an d t h e m eta l com e s bac k,

to its normal condition o f softn ess .

Aut og en ous Wldi e ng.

Th e w elding tog eth er of t wo piec es of t h e s am e meta l .

w ithout t h e introduction of a sold er is t erm e d autog en ous

”
sold ering .The t erm th er efor e has a v ery r es t ric ted m ean in g
, , ,

and up to th e pr es ent can only apply to t h e welding of ir on

 A NNE A LI N G, WEL DING , E TC . 463

“
or s teel l ead burning and t o a slight ext en t cast ir on and
, , , ,

copp er . It is t ru e that cast ir on aluminium and som e alloys , ,

ca n be fus ed tog eth er but th e s e r e quir e t h e aid of a flu x

,
.

A utog enous w elding p ermits t h e f using t o g eth e r of bars or

plate s of iron or s t eel from t h e thinn e st sh eet up to almost
,

any thickn e ss of plat e that is us ed in th e boil er s h op With .

gr eat care it is possibl e to mak e t h e weld ed portion as str ong

as t h e solid ba r or plat e but ,

g en erally it is t h e safe st plan

to assum e that t h e w eld e d
part will be slightly w eak er ,

say t o th e ext ent of about

5 per c ent of t h e s olid plat e
. .

Of r e c e nt y ears th e pr o c ess
of autog enous w elding by t h e

oxy-ac etyl en e m ethod has

com e rapidly to t h e front ,

and has n o w a v ery wi d e

applicatio n .

Th e r e a r e two syst ems

in op eration n am ely t h e —
,

“ “
high pr e ssur e and t h e lo w
”
pr essur e In t h e form er cas e
.
,

wh er e diss o lv ed ac etyl en e is
us e d t h e two gas es ar e und e r h igh pr e ssur e in cylind ers
, and
for us e t h e ac etyl e n e is r educ ed to a pr e ssure of about 5 5 lb per .

squar e inch b efor e it pass e s to t h e blowpip e t h e o xyg en b eing

”
,

r egulat ed to giv e t h e corr ect flam e This latt er is j udg ed by .

t h e app earanc e of t h e flam e and with a litt l e exp eri enc e t h e

,

prop er condition of t h e bl o wpip e flam e for w elding can he

arriv ed at .

To en sur e succ ess t h e w ork shoul d be prop erly pr epar ed

,

b efor e att empting t o w eld Wh en it is d esir e d to ma k e a

.

butt j oint on plat e s ov er 4 in in thickn ess t h e t wo edg es of .

,
464 SH E ET A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C HA R xx
.

Sh o ws a l
we d e d S teel l
Petro Tan k .

thickn ess Th e compl ete r emoval of any rust or scal e is also

.

e ss ential
. The fee ding m etal with wrought iron or st e el , ,

should be if possibl e sh earings from mat erial similar to t h e

, ,

Re p a ir s to Ma r i n e Bo il er Fu rn a ce by A cetyl en e Pr oces s .

m et al worked upon and sho uld n ev er be of gr eat er s ection or

,

diame t er than t h e thickn ess of t h e w ork ; a n d in cas e of h ea vy

46 6 SHEE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C HAR XL .

suitabl e for many op erations which would oth erwis e hav e to

,

be carri ed ou t by a mor e costly and probably l ess effici ent

m ethod and which would in many cas es be altog eth er im
, , ,
.

practicabl e Th e t emp eratur e of t h e o xy a c etyl en e flame is

.

v ery high b eing about

,
F .

To e nsur e t h e compl et e combustion of ac e tyl en e t h eor et i ,

cally volum es of o xyg e n ar e r e q uired to o n e of ac etyl en e ,

but l n actual practic e it is found t h at t h e proportions vary

Re p irs t
a o a Stea mer by Oxy-A cet yl en e Wel d in g .

b etw e en 1 6 to 1 0 and 1 0 t o 1 0 t h e lo w er figur e being ,

found to be corr e ct wh en h eavy work is don e with th e high

pr essur e sy st em and t h e higher wh e n w orking with th e
,

lo w pr essur e syst em or t h e high pr essur e sy st em on ligh t

- -

mat erials .

Th e autog enous pro c e ss can be us e d for t h e welding of

 A NNEA L I NG , WE L DI NG , E TC . 467

bicycl e mo tor -car and a eroplan e fram e s and in many ca s es

, , ,

act as a substitut e for riv et s ; t h e w elding and r epairing of

boil ers tank s ships et c

, ,
t h e filling in of pa rts that hav e b ee n
,
.

w orn or corrod e d away and t h e r epairing of all kinds of cracks .

In t h e r epairin g of cracks in riv et e d j oin ts or oth er w ork

th at is h eld tight in position it is important that part of t h e
,

w ork around t h e crack should be loos en ed by unriv eting so ,

as to allow for t h e expansion a n d con traction that tak es plac e

wh en th e brok en porti o n is passing through t h e w elding

Wrough t iron - Scro ll NV or k , bu i lt up by y

Ozz -A cet yl en e Pro ces s .

proc ess It is also important that th e parts all around t h e

.

r epair ed po r t ion should be carefully h eat e d up s o that as far

as possibl e no undu e strain s h all be plac ed upon or any ,

str ess e s l eft in t h e plat e or bar

,
.

Th e illustrations sho wn will giv e som e id ea of t h e rang e of

w ork that can be carri ed out w ith t h e o xy
-
ac e t yl e n e w eldin
g
b l o wpip e .

Cut tin g Metal with Oxyg en .

In ad dition to w elding as explain e d ab ov e ac et yl en e can

, ,

a lso be us ed as t h e h ea ting agent in a sp ecial blo wpip e for

46 8 SHEE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C HAP XL .

ox y g en cutt ing Th e blo wpip e is s o arrang e d that a s eparat e

.

j t of xyg n may b discharg d through t h c n t r of t he

‘

e o e e e e e e

blowpip e flam e wh en th e m et al is h e at ed up to m elting point -

.

This imm ediat ely prod u c e s combustion of t h e m etal with t h e

r e sulting format ion of o xid e Th e j et of o xyg en is mad e
.

s ufli cien t l strong to blow away this ir o n oxid e in front of it

y ,

with t h e r e sult that a cl ea n narro w cut is eff e ct ed through t h e

,
.

m et al at a sp eed of trav el which is comparabl e wi t h h ot

sawing Th e m etal on each sid e of t h e cut is n eith er m el ted
.

nor injure d in any way as t h e action proc eeds t oo rapidly for

,

t h e h eat to Spr ead .Th e cutting may be mad e t o follo w any

d esir ed lin e or curv e as r e quir ed .

Some id ea o f t h e rat e of cutting ca n be gl ean ed from t h e

fact that g-in plat e can be cut at t h e rat e of 1 ft per
. .

minute and boil er plat e of 1 ; in thickn e ss b eing cut at

, , .
,

about o e half this sp eed

n - .

Th e proportionat e consumption of a c etyl en e t o that of

oxyg en v a r ie s from 25 per c e nt for t h e thinn est s ectio n o f
.

plate to 1 0 per c en t for t h e thick est s ection of plate

. .
 MISCEL L A NE OUS PA TTE RNS 4 71

ge ar cas e A littl e c onsid eratio n w ill sh o w that t h e guard is

.

form ed fr om t h e s urfac es of four c on es arrang ed in s uch a ,

way to int ers ect or cut int o each oth er so as t o giv e t h e

n ec essary op ening for t h e t w o wh eels t o g ear tog eth er Th e .

s etti n g out of t h e pat t er ns is fully explain ed by t h e diagrams

on Fig 34 0
. .

Th e as e is mad e in t w o equal h alv es th es e wh en put o v er

c , ,

t h e w h e els b eing fas t en e d tog eth e r with slip w ir e hasps at

,

I b e s e en tha t each half of t h e c o v er is

“

f a nd 0 . t w ill thus
fo r m ed o f four half frustums o f con es .

Th e insid e con e s hav e a commo n ap ex at p a n d ov e rlap ,

o r i n t e r s ec t ea ch oth er so as to gi ve t h e Op ening for t h e two

wh eels to com e tog eth er Thus t h e bas e of o n e con e is f h

.
,

and t h e o th er 0 m th e s e crossing at x In s e t ting d o wn t h e

,
.

bas e s of t h e con es t h e siz es of th e s e must be arrang ed so as t o

bri n g t h e lin e s a: 6 and cc a e qual in l en gth th es e giving half ,

t h e wid t h of t h e op ening o f t h e con e s at t h e bas es .

In marking out t h e patt e rn for t h e insid es of t h e cas e P 0 ,

on t h e pa t t ern is mad e e qual to p 0 on t h e el ev a t io n ; t h e

l engths 0 l 1 2 et c up t o 6 b eing s e t off fro m t h e t op
, ,
.
, ,

s emicircl e a n d t h e l engths a b b e et c from t h e bottom

, , , .
,

s emicircl e .

Th e patt erns for t h e outsid e a r e mark ed out in a similar

mann er T o and S f on t h e patt erns b ei n g e qual r es pec
, ,

t iv ely to t o and 3 f on t h e el eva t ion

, Th e g ir t h aro und each
.

o n e will be t h e sam e l e n gth as t hat of t h e corr e spon ding s emi

circl e in t h e el e vation Th e straight lin es at t h e e nds a r e

.

obtain e d by s eeing that M 6 and H a on t h e patt erns a r e

r e sp ectiv ely t h e sam e l en gths as t h e arcs m 6 and h a on t h e
e l e vation t h e lin e s th en b eing dr awn squar e t o t h e o utsid e
,

lin e s of t h e pa t t erns It shoul d be obs erv e d tha t th e s e t w o

.

l in es com e t h e sam e l ength if t h e patt erns a r e mark ed ou t

corr ectly .

Half discs t o put into t h e backs a n d fronts of t h e casing

31
4 72 SHE E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C H A R XL I .

will be required bu t patt erns for th es e ar e not s hown

, .

A llowanc e s for j ointi n g must be add e d to t h e pat t ern s t o s uit

t h e m ethod of j ointing ad opt ed .

Cover or Dom e of Semicir cul a r Section .

FI G . 341 .

A v ery effectiv e-looking co v er can

be mad e up o ut of four pi ec es of
s h eet m etal t o t h e shap e as shown

in Fig 3 4 1 Th e s h ap e is s emi
. .

circ ular in both dir ections .

Th e patt ern is m ark ed out as

s een in F ig 3 4 2 A s emicircl e is
. .

d escrib ed on on e sid e of t h e plan ,

o n e half b eing
-
divi d ed into thr ee ,

equal parts 0 , l 2 and 3 F or t h e

‘

,
.
,

’ ’ '
patt ern th e l engths 0 l 1
,
and ,

’
2 3 a r e mad e e qual to th e l engths
'

o f t h e corr e spon dingl y numb er e d .

ar cs on t h e s ection ; lin e s dra wn

through each poi n t across and on ,

t o th e s e lin e s run down from 1

,
”

and 2 ; thus t h e points 1 and 2 ”

ar e obtain e d Th e pom t s so foun d

.

F ro . 342 .
a r e car ef ully j oin ed up with a fr e e
4 74 SHE E T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WOR K [ CHA R XL I .

and P a to e qual F 1 J oining thes e points up will giv e a

.

q uarter of a n e llips e F or t h e en d patt ern t h e girth lin e C a

.
'

‘ ‘
b A must be s et o ut to e qual in l ength t h e parts with t h e
co rr e spo n ding l e tt er s on t h e quart e r ellips e L in e s ar e dra wn
.

acr os s fr o m t h e point s and oth ers t o m eet th es e from t h e

,

FI G . 34 4 .

se micircl e a n d t hus points on t h e patt ern curve obt a i n ed

,
.

Th es e b eing car efully j oin e d will gi ve t h e patt ern as r e quir ed .

In F ig 3 4 4 it will be s een that t h e s emicircular s ection run s

.

l engthway s of t h e cov e r ; t h e s etting out of t h e t wo pattern s

is h ow e v er exactly t h e sa m e as in t h e last cas e
, ,
.

Con ical Pipe on Sph er ical Dom e .

If t h e conical pip e has to fi t on t h e middl e of t h e sph erica l

d om e ,
it will a t onc e be s een that t h e out o n th e en d of t h e
 MISCEL L A NE OUS PA TTE RNS 4 75

con e
-
must be squar e to its c entr e lin e But if t h e co n i cal pip e
.
‘ '

fits on th e sid e of t h e d om e a s in Fig 34 5 th en t h e s et t i n g

, .
,

o ut of t h e patt ern b ecom es a much mor e difficult m a t t er .

To s et o ut t h e patt ern for t h e latt er cas e it will be n ec e ss a ry

,

t o firs t of all obtain p oint s on t h e el e vatio n of t h e j oi n t

lin e To do this t h e
.

principl e a dopte d is
to imagin e horizonta l
cuts tak en through
t h e con e and sph er e .

Th es e s ecti o ns woul d
o f cours e be circl es ,

and w h ere th ey i n ter

s ect each oth er woul d
g iv e points on t h e

j oi n t lin e Th e arc s
.

shown o n Fig 3 4 5 .

r epr es ent parts of

t h e s ection circl es .

Thus t o obtai n o n e
,

point With c entr e

0 on t h e c entr e lin e
(
o f sph er e ) and radius

0 b, t h e ar e b e is
d rawn th en w ith
c e n t r e d (o n t h e
c en t re lin e o f t h e
con e ) and r adius 03 a ,
P fl 3 45 '

t h e a r e a e is dra wn
. .

f rom t h e point e wh er e t h e t w o arcs int ers ect a p erpe n d icul ar

, ,

is dropp ed on to t h e lin e a 0 giving f this b eing on e point o n

, ,

t h e j oin t lin e In t h e sam e mann er as many oth er po int s as

.
,

a r e r e quir e d can be obtain ed Through each p oint s o foun d

.
,

a line from t h e apex of t h e c on e is dra w n d o wn to t he ba s e .

 47 6 SHEE T A ND PL A TE META L WORK [ CHA R XL I .

and t h en from t h e bas e on t o t h e s emicircl e as sho wn Th e .

l e ngths of arcs o n t h e s emicircl e ar e then s et a round for t h e .

gi r t h of t he pa t t ern curv e as O 1 , 2 etc and t h e radial lin es

, , ,
.
,

drawn ; th es e lat t er a r e th en cut by s winging th e l en gt hs

Pf ? T TE R N

FI G . 346 .

around from t h e sid e o f t h e con e When . th e points so found

a r e j oin ed up t h e patt ern 1 s compl e
, te .

Cyl i n d r ica l Cr os s ed Tubes .

som ewha t i nt e r e stin g cas e of pa t ter n

A ~
cut t in g is t ha t
“ W n in Fig 3 4 6 It wil l be s ee n t h a t t h e t ub e s cross an d
‘ '
'
'

H a . .
4 78 SH EE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK [ C HA P XL I .

l engths b y proj ecting d own from t h e en d el e v ation Th e .

throat patt ern is obtain ed by taking t h e l engths from t h e

throat in t h e sid e el ev ation and t he widths a cross from
,

t h e e n d el evation.

Th e four parts can be j oin ed tog eth er by eith er knockin g

Frc . 34 7.

up riv eti n g or a n y oth er m ethod as r equired

, , ,
the n ec essary
a llowanc es b eing pu t on t h e patt e rns .

Off s ide Con ical Cr os s pipe in Con ical Tube .

Perhaps on e of t h e most p eculiar and diffic ult patt ern s t o

mark out is that for a conical pip e which fits insid e another
conical pip e a n d whos e c e ntr e lin es do n o t m eet and ar e also
,

inclin ed to each oth er . Th e position of t h e pip es can be b est

u nd e rstood by r efer enc e to t h e plan and el ev ation in F ig 3 4 8 . .

In thi s cas e a n d in most oth ers th e main di ffi culty li es in

, ,
4 80 SHE ET A ND PL A TE META L WORK [ CH A R X L I .

o btainin g points on th e curv es of in t ers ection of t h e two pip es

a s wh e n this is accomplish ed v ery littl e troubl e is e xp eri enc e d

in aft erward s laying out t h e pa t t erns .

To ob ta in poin t s on t h e j oint c urve s ev eral m ethods can be

u s ed . I n this cas e t h e id ea is to tak e cuttin g pl a n es which
’
a ll pass through t h e ap ex p of o n e con e and thus giv e tri
.
,

ang ular s ectio n s t h e s ections of t h e oth er con e b eing elliptical .

Wher e th e pai r s of triangl es and ellips es int ers ec t w ill give

p oi n ts o n t h e c ur v e o f i n t e r p en e t ratio n I t will b e as w ell to
.

e xplain h o w to obtai n o n e s e t o f poi n ts A s emicircl e is .

d escrib ed on t h e bas e of t h e inclin ed con e and di vi ded into s ix

parts Tak e t h e point mark ed 2 A li n e is drawn s quar e to
. .

t h e bas e gi v ing a and th is point j oin e d to p A proj ector

' ’
'

.
, ,

i s d raw n from a to t h e c entr e lin e of t h e con e i n plan giving

—
’
,

“
a ; th en a 2 in t h e p lan is m a d e e qual t o a 2 in t h e el e vation ,
“ ‘
t h e points ma r k e d 2 b ei n g j oi n e d t o p Th e li n e d e is .

bis ect ed and a horizontal lin e (f g) drawn th r ough its middl e

On f g a s emicircl e is d escrib ed a n d a pe p endic ular
'
p oin t c . ,
r

ed from c on t o it t h e l ength 0 I in t h e pla n b eing

'

( c
'
n
) dropp ,
;
,

m ad e e qual to c n and d a n d 6 ob t ain e d by proj ecting do wn

'
,

from t h e corr esponding points in t h e el e va t ion Through t h e .

oints d b e b an ellips e is d rawn or parts o f it as a r e

p such ,
.

r e quir e d to cut t h e li n e s mark ed p 2 Thus four poin t s h 16

.
,

l m a r e found and th es e proj ec t e d up to t h e el evation

, ,
In .

t h e sam e mann er any oth er numb er of points on t h e j oint

’

c urv e can be ob t ain ed .

To strik e out t h e patt ern for t h e outsid e con e : L in es a r e

first drawn from t in t h e plan through each point on t h e
, ,

curv es t hus t o sho w two If x a n d t z and from t h e l engths

—
, ,
—

o f arcs obtain ed t h e girth

,
cu r v e on t h e patt e rn is laid out a n d
r adial lin e s drawn as sho,
w n by T X and T Z Th e points on .

th e pa t t e rn hol e s a r e foun d by running lin e s fro m t h e poi n t s

o n t h e e l evation of t h e j oint cu r v e to t h e outsid e of t h e con e

t hus t h
,
e l e n g ths T K and T H o n t h e pa t t e r n a r e r esp ectiv ely
4 82 SH EE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WORK fCHA P . XL I I .

C HA PTER XL II .

SH E E T A ND PL A T E ME T A L WOR K IN G M A C H I NE S A N D T O OL S .

THE machi n e s and tools us e d in s h e et and plat e m e tal work

a r e of almos t infinit e vari e ty e sp e cially in t h e form e r cl as s
,

o f wor k .

F o r plat e w ork t h e machin e s usually us e d a r e thos e fo r

s t raight e ning pun ching sh e ar i ng planing rolling drill
, , , , ,

ing riv e ting t og e th e r with hydraulic pr e ss e s for fla n gin g

, , ,

and a vari e ty o f pn e umatic and e l e ctrically driv e n tools .

I n sh e e t m e tal work t h e chi e f ma chin e is p e rhaps that o f

t h e pr e ss in which blanks o f almost any shap e and siz e ca n
,

be cut out and obj e cts pr e ss e d or drawn into any f orm a s

,

r e quir e d .

Th e spinning l ath e too is us e d f o r a gr e at numb e r o f

, ,

op e rations in ligh t work e ith e r i n trimming fi a n gin g bulg

, , ,

ing burnishing b e ading curling or wiring o f stamp e d or

, , , ,

drawn articl e s A lso with suitabl e tool s hollow circular

.
, ,

obj e cts can be spun righ t up into shap e from t h e flat dis c .

A f e w of t h e mor e important m a chin e s us e d by s h e e t

m etal work e rs a r e shown in t h e follo wi ng pag e s also s e v e ral ,

b e nch tools in addi t ion t o t h os e al r ea dy giv e n in t h e form e r

,

chap t e rs .
 JlI A C H I N E S A ND T O OL S 4 83

i
Powe r Pre ss f o r Cu tt n g , P iri
e cn g and F or ming .

Sect i ons as form d i n

e th e a bo v e Pre ss .
Pre ss f o r Sm a ll Ar t ils
c e .
4 86 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WORK [ C HA R XL I L

Sm a ll l
D ou b e -A r m B e n ch Pre ss .

Sm a ll Fly P re ss .
4 88 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L IF OB E [ CH A R XL I I .
490 S H E E T A N D P L §4 TE
"
M E TA L
‘

WOR K [ CH AR XL II .

H an d Str ip C u tt ng i Mach in e .

H and L e v e r; he ars
S .
 M A CHI NE S T OOL S .

Tre a dl e Guill otine Sq u ar ing Sh ars

e .
492 A N D P L A TE M E TA L WOR K XL II .

Pa n -F orm in g Machi ne .
49 4 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E T A L W OR K [ C H A R XL II .

S p r i ng H am m e r .

D raw in g Mach i n e fo r Mo u lding s .

 M A CH I N E S A N D T OOL S 49 5

H an d R o ll s f o r She e t Me tal Work .

Co m b in ed Gr oo vngi and C l os ing Machine .

4 96 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L W ORK [ C H A R XL II .

Fo l d in g An g l e B endin g Machin e .

W iring Mach ine .

49 8 A N D P L A TE IVI E T A L W O RK [ C H A R

A strag al F orm i ng Mach i ne .

C one R o lling Ma chine . K no ck ing -u p Mach in e

 M A CH I N E S A ND T O OL S 49 9

P ip e C u tt ing Sh arse .

Fu nne l Stak e w i th B e ck .

Pa n Stak e ( Squ are ) .

Pa n Stak e ( R o u nd -e nde d
)
50 0 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E T A L W O RK [ C H A R
'

H ors e and H e ads .

ip
P e Stak e .

Pip e Stak e .
6 02 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L IV OR K AP
[
”

CH XL II .

Double Cre asing Stak e with

in g Stak e . Cr eas ing Stak e . Blowhorn Sta k e .
Hm

Can dl e Mou l d Stak e

Hatchet Stak e .

Sq uar e Stak e .

Conductor Sl
fiko .

B o un d

Double Scannin g Sta k e, w

i th 4 Heads .
 111 A CH I N E S T O OL S .

NO . Te ap ot N k T ec ool . No . 14 . a
O v a-1 H e d f o r H ors e
.

No T ins m i th s H or N o 30 Sa u c e p a B e lly Stak e

’
. se . . . n .

No . R o u n d H e a d f o r H ors e . No 1 6
. . T e a K e tt l e B otto m Stak e
—
.

No 1 3
. . L ong H e ad f o r H o r se . No . 17 . R o u n d B otto m Stak e
-
.
504 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E T A L W O RK [ C H A P X LI I
'

No . 15 . T i s m i th
n
’
s An vil . No . 24 . Cr e a s e I ron .

NO . 27 . B e ck -I r o n . No . 26a . Fun n e l a nd i
S de
NO . 19 . A n vil St a k e . No . 23 . v
G r o o in g Stak e .

No . 35 . ip
P e Stak e . No . 1 84 . C ast Man dr il .

No . 1 86 . Ho ll ow Man d ril Stak e .

506 :
S H E E T A N D P L A TE ZVI E T A L W O RK [ C H A R XL I I .

i
Stra g h t Sn ip s . No . 41 . Be nt Sn ip s .

No 4 0 . . Sc otch Sh e ars .

Sto ck She ar s R
( g i
ht -H an d e d
) .

B lo ck S he ars (L ef t H a nd e d )
-
.
M A CH I N E S A ND T OO L S

H and Sw ag e .

v al ir l C u tte r
.

O an d C c e .
50 8 SHE E T A N D PL A TE M E T A L WO RK [ C H A R xm .

H and B e ad ing Mach ine s f o r tin pl ate s .

510 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L IV OR K [ CH A R X L II .

l ing and G roo ving Pr ss

Fo d e .
 M A CH I N E S T OO L S

linabl
In c e i l
Po w e r Pre ss w th D o u b e R o
, ll r f d a
e - ee n ti :
i i
A u to m at c R el e as e Mot on .
 AR XL I I
‘
f '
512 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L IV OR K [ CH .

D raw i ng Pre ss .
514 S H E E T A N D P L A T E JII E T A L IV O R K [ CHA R XL I I .

Sh e et I ron Work er s
’
Gu ill otin e She ars .
M A CH I NE S A ND TO O L S 51 5

J ig Pu n ch in g Mach ine .
516 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L WO RK
'

S p i m ns
ec e of Work , Pa te nt J ig Pu nching Mach in e .
518 S H E E T A N D P L A TE l ME TA L IV O RK [ CH AR XL II .

S e ct i ons of W ork wh i ch ca n be p rod u ce d w i th G u tte r in g Machin e ,

bu t e xpe rt work m en ca n p ro d u ce al m ost an y form de s ired .

5 20 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L W O RK [ C H AR

H ydra l i Pip B nd ing Ma hin

u c e- e c e .

F or B e nding Co p p r I ron and St l Pip s p to

e , , ee e u 14 in di am t r
. e e .

Pun ch ing B e ar .
5 22 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L W O RK [ C H A R
'

Po w e r D r iv n Sh ari
e e n g, Pu n ch i n g, an d B a r -C u tt ing Mach in e .
 111 A C H I N E S A ND T OOL S

Cu tt i ng Mi tre ou t of F l ang e of J o is t .

C u tt i ng Mi tre out of F l ang e of Channe l .

 52 4 S H E E T A N D P L A TE M E TA L W O RK [ C H A R x mr .

Cu tt i ng T e e -B a r at 90
°
and Pu n ch ing An g l e

B ar I ns i de
.

C ir l ar C o l d S awing
cu Mach i ne .

Le vr
e Pu nch i ng Mach i ne
.
5 26 SHEE T A ND PL A TE ME TA L WOR K
'

PA C ET

l i y
.

B ow , g all on s in Ch mn e -pot ba s e 24 0
l i
B ow , h a m m er n g i
C h l or d e o f z n c 4 02 i 41 6
l ll i
B ow h o o w n g
, i
C r cl e area o f
, 455
l ii
B o w ra s n g
, i l i
C r c e , c rcu m fere n ce o f 6 3 5 2 455
l p i l
,

i l i
.

B ow s h er ca
, C r c e -cutt n g s h ea r s 49 0 , 507
B ox or tru n k i l
C r cu a r pa n w t h s d es cur ed i i v
B r a ck et , s h eet m eta l o ut w a r d s

B r an ch pip j i
es o n ed t o m a i n Cl r cul a r ta ered e on p pip
1 75 1 9 0 , con ca i l
d ome 384
B r as s m p i ti
, co f os 454
on o l i
C e a n n g s h eet-m eta art cl es l i 33 1
Br ft i g
ass s o en n 46 1 l
C o s e a n n ea n g li 460
Br ld i g
ass , s o er n 406 l
C o a -buck et a tta ch n g foo t o f i 203
d j i t i thi
,

Br a ze o n s n 41 8 n l ll p i l
Co a -bu ck et e i t ca r o un d 206
d j i t m ki g
,

Br a ze o n s, 41 7
a n l j i
Coa -bu ck e t o n t 41 0
Br dj i t
a ze to n g t hs f . 4
s r en1 7 o l v
Coa bu ck et o e r h a n gi n g , 20 5
Br dj i t t t fg d
a ze o n s, es 421 o oo l
Co a s co o p 143
B d j i t t h ld g t h
r a ze o n s o 4 20 o to e er p
Co ffee -po t s o ut 1 28
Br i g ld i g 41 l i pl
.

az n d an so er n C o k e t n a t es 457
B i gb d w
ra z n an sa 418 l ll l
C o d r o ed c os e a n n ea ed l
B i g pp
raz n br s
co er o r 41 9 as h t
s ee s 460
Br i g k t tl
az n p t e e s ou C ld
o ll d h ts
ro e s 460 ee

Br i g pi p b d
az n e en s C ld h t i
o s or r on 4 51
Br i g pip fl g
az n e an es C ll
o k j i t
a r o r n ec 4 08 o n .

Br h
e ec pi es pp ece , co er C l
o ou r ni gmt l e a s4 47
Br h
ee c pi es yli d r nd
e ce, c n e a C l
o o ur ni g ld r so 33 1 e

co n e 3 4 37 C m p i ti
o os fb mg p lt r 4 1 5
on o r az s e e

B it i m t l
,

r an n a e a 454 C m p iti
o os fi on o 4 52 r on

B k t p tt
uc e a el n 1 07 C m p iti
o os f ld r on o 41 4 so e s

B il t p
u u f ti l it h 1 9
s ur a ces , a l c es 1 C m p iti
o os f i p lton o 444 z nc s e er

B ll t h d t k
u e ea s a 2 80
e C d ti g p w r f
on uc nh t 449
o e or ea

C d ti g p w r f
on uc n l o e or e ec

l A N DL ESTIC li r m t l 32 8 t i ity
(J p C itpy t f pip
o na en a r c

d yli d r
,

a s o ve - 1 01 e C on e an ctd n e con n ec e

l sh p d d yli d r br
,

C a ac b o a rre -
a e Con e an h c n e eec es

l
v es s c pi ece 34 3 7 ,

C p i ty f
a ac l ve
o s l 1 10
con l ca se Con e , yli d r d p h
c n e , an s ere ,

C p i ty f
a ac p p o a co 2 8 5 el r l tiv v l m f
e a e o u 2 86 es o

C p i ty f yli d i l
a ac o c l 2 87
n l ta es s C C o n e cu t bli q ly o 1 27 ue

C p i ty f plh i l h p d
a ac o s el ca s a e C on e fi tti g yli dri l
n on c n ca

v l es s e pip e 1 3 0 1 38
C b i
ar on c a cid d l d an ea C one f t m v l m f
r us u 4 55
, o u e o

C h b xj i t
as - o o n C on e , vl m f o u 2 86
e o

C l k i g pl t “ k
au n a e or C on er lli g m h i o n 498 ac ne

C t f g vi t ra C i l
on ca p p tt r by
ca a e n co n
en re o
y
C tr
en f g
e oly f r a vif o ar c o tr ti
s uc on

i l
c rc e C i l
o n ca p p tt rca by l u a e n ca c

C t
en re of g ity f i g lai
l av o rre u l ti a on 1 02 ‘

c urv e C i l
on ca pp tt r by d gr s 1 0 4
ca a e n e ee

C t
en re of g it y f g m tl av o se en C i l
on ca p w i th yli dri l
ca c n ca

of ir l
c c e pip e
 I NDE X 5 27

PA C E

C on i l ca t i g pip
co n n ec n e i
Crea s n g s ta k e w th h orn i , 501
Con i l r s pip
ca c os i l e in co n ca i pi
C r m n g m a ch n e i 49 3
yi i
.

t b u e C r os s ed tubes , c l n dr ca l 4 76
C i l d m
on ca w i th t p r d
o e a e e v
C ur ed s qu a r e h o o d 4 72
sq r ua e ip e i
C utt n g h o e in pe l
20, pi 1 32
C i l
on ca m w i th t p r d
o e a e e i
C ut t n g m e t a s w th o x g en l i y 467
r d pip i
Cutt n g u p s h e et s econ om i
C i l h d w
ou n e

ith t g u
”

on ca oo r ec a n ca l ly 1 67
l pip
ar e Cyli d r n e vl mo u e of

C i l p t i cal Cyli d r s ph ere

,

on ca s ou on con n e ,
co n e , an d

v l es s e l tiv
re a e v l m
o u es o f

C i l pip j i t d t
o n ca yl i
e o n e o c n Cyli d r n e , h o t wa t er
d i l pip
r ca e 30 Cyli d n er an d co n e breech es

C i l pip
on ca ph i l d me on s 474 e r ca o e p l ece 34 3 ,
C i l v til t
on ca enh d a or ea s Cyli d r n e a nd s ph r r l t ive e e a e

C i l v
o n ca l fl gt p
es s e s o 117 on a er f
s u r a ce a r ea s o f
C i l v
on ca l gm t
es s e s , f se en o Cyli d i n r ca l an d i l pip con ca e

ci r l m th d f
c e e o or e lb w o 30
C i l v
o n ca l p i ty f
es s e s ca ac o Cyli d i n r ca l r
c o s s ed t ubes 4 76
y
.

ti g pip f
.
,

C on n e c n
zD
e or an Cy l i drin ca l pip e on con e 268
nu mb r f b e h pip
o r an c es Cyli dri n ca l t k g ll
an m ,
a on s 2 87
C on n ec t i g pip n bli q e, o ue Cyli dri n ca l pip w ith pi r l e s a

sq u ar e j i t
o n

C on n ec ti g pip n t p ri g e, a e n C yli dri n ca l sh l l pl t s

e a e

sq rua e 3 9 1 Cyli d i n r ca l pip p h ri l

e on s e ca

C pp r
o e 4 52 d om e
C pp r
o e p i ty f
,
ca ac 2 85 o a

C pp r br
o e h pi eec 31 0 es ece EC ORATING v ase 334
C pp r xp
o e i b lb
e an s on 296 u De lt a m eta l 454
C pp j g 29 9 i
D s c lo r p a n s , s ze o f i
'

o er u 28 8 2 9 0
C pp r p tt r
,

o e fa 2 82
e ns or a i
D a go n a l s
q ua r e pip e e l bow
C pp pip b d
,

o er e 304 308en s , an d pi te e - ece

C pp
o er ,h t w gh t
s ee d ,
ei an D m
o i l pip
e , co n ca e on
thi k c f n es s o 459 D m
o w i g
e co
-
l n

C pp r
o e ft i g so en n 461 D m
o yli d
e, c n er on 39 4
C pp r
o e ld i g
,
so 406
er n D m g h ld
o e, as o er 39 3
C pp r t
o e pi ee - 31 4
ece D bl b d f
ou e d pip en o r r ou n e 27
C pp r ti
o e i g nn n 447 D bl
ou v d rf v l
e -cu r e su a ce es s e s 29 1
C pp r v
o e l d v nt g s f 4 4 7
es s e s , a a a e o D bl gr v d j i t
ou e- oo e o n 41 0 ‘

C o rn e r pl t f t k a es 3 5 4 3 74 or an D bl
ou k m l d i ng
a ra e ou
C r i j i t bli q ,
o n ce o n , 224 o ue D wi g m h i
ra n ac ne
C r i
o n ce j i t d ubl r k o n , 22 6 o e a e D w i g pr
ra n es s
C r i
o n ce m i tr s e 2 22 D w p
ra n ans
C t r k j i nt
ou n e s u n o s Dr p h mm r
o a e
C v r f s m i i r l r s ti
o e o e 4 72 c cu a ec on Drill d pl t j i ts
e a e o n
C v r
o e l id m l d d
or , 96 ou e D ip pa t k
r n s a e
C v r r t g l r ir l r D t lity pr p ty f
'

o e ,
ec an u a c cu a uc o er o
d ll ip ti l
, , ,

an e ca D tp
us an
C wl
o s D t h m t l
u c e a
Cr i g ir
ea s n on D w s p ut h d
o n o ea
5 28 SHEET A ND PL A TE ME TA L IV ORK

PG A E

p DG E-OV ER o n t j i Forge, fa n
l
52 1
i
1 Edg n g s ta k e , us e f o F o u r -way pi ece 31 8
E gg -en d d b il e o er t
F r u s u m o f con e 1 07
Eg g h p d v l
-
s a e o a F r us t u m o f o b q ue con e 1 71 ,li 1 73
Elb w f
o r d pip or o un e Fu n n e lp tr
a t e ns 1 1 2, 1 9 1 1 92
Elb w f t p r d pip l
,

o or a e e e F u n n e s ta k e 5 04
El b w f
o id gor r e ca l t pip
Fu r n a ce b a s e 36 8
E l b w w i t h twi t d rm
o s e a s F us b i ili ty t l
o f me a s 4 49 450
E l b w fl i
,

o an n
g g
,

Elb w g
o ,
tf us s e or A L L ON, cubic i n ch es in
Elb w f
o v ll y g tt r
or a e u e 1 ll
G a o n o f w a e r , we g h t i t
E l l ip r f
s e , a ea o of 112 4 56
E llip ir mf
s e, c fcu e ren ce o ll
G a o n s in con ca es s e i lv l 2 87
E llip tr ti
s e, con s f uc on o ll
G a o n s in c nd ca yli ri l v l
es s e 2 87
Ellip ti l p ca ca or con e ll
G a o n s in s h er ca p i lv sl
es e 2 87
E llip ti l l
ca p coa s co o Ga llip o li
o il , u s e o f 41 6
E llip ti l r cad ls p oun co a co o ll
Ga o w a ubeyt 1 36
E llipti l ri g ca fl g n or an e l i
G a va n s e d s hee s ex a n s on o f t . p i 21 1
E l l ip ti l w rkca o 1 96 lv i
G a a n s ed s h ee s , t 2 09
Eq l ua gl d t h
-an w y pi e r ee- a ece 38 lv i
G a a n s ed s h ee s , o ec n g t pr t ti 20 8
Eq l t p ri g i r l
ua - a e ti n c cu a r ar lv i
G a a n s ed s h ee s , fe o f t li 2 09
c el lv i
G a a n s ed s h ee t es t il 21 0
E q l t p r i g v l rti l
ua a e n o a a c e lv i
Ga a n s ed s h ee , o de n g ts s l ri 4 05
E xh t pip b l l m uth
au s e e o lv
Ga an s n g ii 4 38
E xp i bul b f
an s on t m or s ea v ii
G a l a n s n g ba h t 441
pip e l r
Ga s h o d e d ome 39 3
E xp i f m t ls by h t
a n s on o e a ea G a uges o f s ee s h ee t l ts 456
G au ges o f n a e ti pl t 4 57
E xti g i sh n u t k er s a e G aug es o f co e a n d b as s pp r r 458
i
G a u g es o f z n c s h eet s 459
A N fo r g e 52 1 r it
G ea ca s e fo r m r e w h eels 469
Fe n d e r 98 G rm
e ilv r
an s e 454
t
F e ch e r -u p 406 G irth f pip o e 6
i i l
F n a ba s e 2 34 G r f
o e p h ri l b il r d
or s e ca o e en
i il
F n a for oof r 2 32 Gr voo d bl e, ou e 41 0
i
F re sho e vl 34 6 Gr v d
oo e 4 07
l
F a n ged pip
e en d 4 1 3, 4 30 Gr vi g m h i
oo n ac ne

l r i
F a n ges , b a z n g co e pp r pi pe 422 Gr vi goo d l i g m hi
n an c os n ac ne 49 5
l
F an g in g e bowsl 21 3 Gr vi g pr
oo n es s 510
l ti
F a n g i n g s h ee r o n 21 3 G ill ti
u o h ne s 49 1 ea r s ,
51 4
F Ian g n g i pl t
a es 35 4 G un m t l m p i ti
e a f, co os on o 4 54
l t
F a -ba ck ed h ood 1 80 G t f pi p l b w
’

us s e or e e o 39 8
l
F a en n gtt i pl ta es 4 34 G tt r
u gel an es 21 2
l
F us h o n j i t 4 06 , 4 0 9 G tt ri g m h i
u e n 51 7 ac ne , 51 8
l
F u x b us h r 4 03 G tt r
u e l h lf r d
n o zz e , a - o un 1 33
l
F u xe s 416 G tt r
u tl t dr p
e ou e or o 1 33
l
F u xes , o b ec o f u s n g j t i 416
l
F uxes for s o d e n g l ri 4 02 A C K SA W p w r -
, o e

F ly pr
es s 4 86 H lf m a tk - oon s a e
l i
Fo d n g mach n e, us e of i 407 4 9 6
, H lf r
a d g tt r
- o un l u e n ozz e
5 30 SHE E T A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORK
PG A E:
i
K n o ck n g -u p h a m mer Notch es o bj ect o f 1 0, 6 1
i
,

K n ock i n g -u p m a ch n e Num ber o f eces for pi a rti cl e 1 09

AC Q U E RING m e a s t l 44 7 BL I QU E con e 1 68
j i
L a p o n t for s h ee m e a t t l 402 li
Ob q u e con e f r us t um o f 1 71
p j i t li i l
,

La s 1 iv e te d o n s 4 28 Ob qu e c rcu ar h oo d 39 6
L a t h e h e a d in g a n d r m m n g
, ti i 4 89 li i j i
Ob qu e cor n ce o n t 2 24
L a 1 h e , S p n n ng i i 4 88 li
Ob q u e c yli
n der 1 89
L ea d 453 li
Ob qu e e l lip i
t ca l con e 204
L ea d a n d ca 1 bo n ic a c d i 4 53 li py i
Ob q u e ra m d 67
L ea d t o r e mo e f1 o m ga a n
, v lv li
Ob q ue s qu a r e con n ect n g i
ii s ng po t pip e 39 0
L e erv pu n ch im1 m a ch n e i Obli q t ue pi f ee- q l ece or e ua
L id , co n ca i l pp 1 es

i l p i
L n ea e x a n s on Obli q t ue pi f q ee- ece or s u ar e

i l
L i p fo r co n ca j ug pip es 45 4 6 48
p
,

Obli q pi q l
,

L ip fo r s on g e ba th t ue fee ece or un e ua
L obs ter -ba ck co w l pip es

L o wm oor r on i Obl g t p i g
on ati l er n ar c e

Obt us e g l f an h l f ed or a -r o u n

A C H INE S g tt r
u e 21 3
Ma ea b ll ility ,
pr p ty
o er Obt us e an
g l f O G g u tt
e r 2 1 6or . . e

of 4 4 9 , 4 50 Obt pip l b w
us e e e 12 o

il t
Ma n d r s ak e 5 04 O t g
c a lp on a an 89
i il r
Ma r n e bo er Fu r p ir n a ce e a s 464 Otf t pip
se lb w e e 33 o

M tj i
ea ti ti
u ces , a c f on on n o 4 47 Off i d
s i l h pp r
e c r cu a r 1 32 o e

M t l tt i g by bl w pip
e a cu n o e 467 Off i d
s i l
e co n ca pip 4 78 cr os s e

M t l d t h i r p p ti s
e a s an e ro er e 449 Off i d
s bli q e o t pi 21
ue e e- ece

M t lli l t
e a c us re 4 49 Off i d t
s pi
e ee- 20
ece

Milli m tr th i k s
e es ,f c n es o O G g tt
. . u t g l f 2
e r , a cu e a n 1 6 e or

h t i
s ee s n 456 O G g tt r ubt e g l f 2o1 6 us e an e or

l
. .

Mi t b tti g m h i
,

re a r cu n ac ne 522 O G g tt . uq er , sg f 2 1 5 ua r e a n e or

l
.

Mi t f re i o r co r n ce O G g tt r. u e 1 34
n o zz e

Op
.

Mi t wh l g r
re ee s ea cas e 469 l d h t
en a n n ea e 460 s ee s

M d l p tt
o e a er n s 3 73 O tl t f
u eh lf or d g tt r a 1 33 -
r o un u e

M t r o o h d ca 1 oe 3 74 O tl t f
u eO G g tt or . 1 84 . u er

M ld l m i g m h i
ou or n ac ne 494 O tl t
u e d pip
on r o u n q r 3 9 2 e, s ua e

M ld d v
ou e co e1 96 Ov l a d i l an tt rc r c e cu 507 e

M ldi g
ou gl s n an e " 21 2 Ov l a tr con s ti f uc 1 59 on o

Ov l p
,

M l d i g j i t d bl
ou n k-
o n ou e 1 a e 226 a gg he d -s a 1 4 9 e

Ov l l
, ,

M l di g j
ou i g d ifl t
n oi n n e r en a q e d d
ua -
en 1 5 9 e

Ov l q l t p i g rti l
, ,

i s ze 96 a e ua - a 1 62 er n a c e

M l d i g m iti
ou r es 2 22 O v rhe g i g
an l b nk t 2 0
coa5 uc e

M l t ipl ?w y pi
u ef pip s a ece or e 1 75 Oxford h ip ba th
M ri t f mm i
u a e o f a o n a, u s e o 4 40
AN cor n e s r d oubl e l a p
EC K ll j i t o r co ar o n 4 08 riv e te d
N tr l ir l i b rs
eu a c c e n a 4 33 Pa n r r
co n e s , d ou b e flap l
N tr l li
eu i pip b d
a ne n e en 306 Pa n corn ers , k n ock ed -u p
N t l li
eu r a i b t pl t ne n en a e 35 1 Pa n corn ers , l a p r eted iv
 I NDE X
O
C

PG A E

P an corn ers , g s -ear pi ’

Po t for g a a n s n g lv i i 441
Pa n , equa -t a pcr i n g l Po wer h a ck -s a w 51 9
Pa n form n g m a ch n e i i Po we r s t a m n g res s pi p 51 3 .

Pan l id con ca i l Pres s d o u b e (a r m s crew

, l 4 85 4 86 ,

i
,

P a n , s o d rou n dli Pres s , d r a w n g 51 2 .

P a n sta k es Pres s , fly 4 86
P a n , u n equa t a er n g l i Pres s gr oo n g
, vi 51 0
i
P a n w th m e n ] ed s d es i Pr es s m u t
, e l ipl p
u n ch n g 4 87 i
P a n w ith s d es cur ed o u t i v p
Pr es s , o wer 4 83 4 8 4 ,

w ard s Pres s p pi
o w er s t a m n
, g
P a n , o r k in g u p a p i l
Pro e r t es o f meta s
Pa n ed d o u n o n t j i i i
Pr ot ect n g r o n u o r k
i
Pa n n g d o w n h a mm er p
Pr otr a ct or w ork s h o ,

P a rt-co n e s u r fa ces pl
Pu n c h e d a t es

Pa tte1 n s w t h o ut con s tr u e ? i j i
Pu n ch ed o n ts
ti o li esn n i l i
Pu n ch n g a n g e ron
Ped es t l 1 s h eet m eta l
a n i
Pu n c h n g bea r
Petrol tan k w l d i g e n i i
Pu n c h n g m ach n e
P ewter co mm on ,
i i l v
Pun ch n g m a c h n e e er
Pe wter pl a te y li
P ra m id , ob q ue
Pe wter s o l d eri n g y i vl
P r a m d , o u me o f
P h on og r p h h orn a y i l p
P ra m d a ca s
Ph os p h orus i iron n

Pi g s e r pa n corn er U A RTE R pip b d

’
in

Q
-
a e en

i
P pe -ben d n g m a ch ne i i gm t
se en s 24
ip
P e ben d s Q t r pi p b d i
ua r e pp e en n co er 30 4
p
Pi e ben d s , co er pp Q r t r pip b d f
ua e
q e en or s ua r e
ip
P e ben d s in a te r on pl i [ 1 1 11 0
ip
P e, burs t n g res s ure o f i p 431
ip
P e e bows l 1 1 , 1 2, 30 A ISI NG a bo wl 2 78
ip l
P e e bow s w th s o nt i lip j i 1 1 i i g h mm r
Ra s n 2 84 a e
‘

317
ip l i i v r ir l r
,

P e e bo ws w th t w s ted arm s 39 9 i t
ce an
g l u ar co e c cu a
ip
P e en d or n a m en t 56 an d llip t i le ca

ip l
P e for b a s t furn a ce 36 8 R t g l
ec a n pip l b w s
u ar e e o

ip
P e s ta k es 5 0 0, 5 0 4 R t g l
ec a n t p ri g rti l
u ar a e n a c e

ip pi
P e t ee- ece s 1-4 , 1 6 1 8, 21 R l tiv
e a f e f
s u r a ce a r ea s o
ip i pi l j i
.

P e w th s r a o n t 3 86 c yli d r d p h r
n e an S e e
i iv
P tch o f r ets i n o n t j i 4 25 R l t iv
e a v l m e f o u es o co n e,
l i i
P an s h n g bow l 2 80 c yli d r d p h r
n e an s e e
i i
,

Pl an s h n g h a m m er 285 R g l r br
e u a h pi ee c es ece
l
P an s h ng i i pla t es 4 34 Ri b h d v til t
ea en a or
l
P a te i r o n 01 k pr o tect n
g 4 48 i Ri d g p lb w
e ca e o
l
P a te w e i k co n ca i l , 115 Ri d g pt
e ca pi ee - ece
l
P a tes , d r ed ill 4 27 Ri dg r l l f d m
e o or o e
l p
P a tes , un ch ed 4 27 Ri g h t g
-
l tr
ani g l l l e an e, ca cu a
l
P a tes , w ork n g i 3 71 ti o p s on 60 68 1 04
l v
, ,

P a ter s d o ubl e cur a ture Riv t t

’

e se 406
w ork Riv t d i m t r f
e s a e e o 424
i v l i
,

Po n ter es s e fo r qu ck Riv t pit h f

e s. c o 425
h ea t n g i Riv t e s, sh p f a es o 429
5 32 SHE ET A ND PL A TE ME TAL WORK
'

PG
A E

iv j i
R eted o n ts 423 t
Sh e e m e a wo m t l r
iv j i
R eted o n ts s h eet m etal 4 06 , ll yli ri l
Sh e , c nd ca bo e il r
iv j i
R eted o n ts s tr en gth o f 423 i p ir
Sh p r e a s
iv i
R et n g 429 1 Sh ip v en t il a t ms

ll i l il
.

Ro s f or con ca a rt c es 49 8 t
Sh o o s
ll
Ro s h a n d , 495 vl
Sh o e , fi r e 34 6
ll i
Ro s s tra gh ten n gi 4 36 ri i ri s
Sh n k n g n g on 4 34
il
, .

Roo f fi n a
,
2 32 i t
S d e s ak e 1 46
Rou n d -bottom s tak e 5 03 i st l
S d e a k e d ou b e-en d ed 5 0 1 , 5 04
pp pip
.
,

Rou n d h e e r o n e 1 30 1 3 2 i l s s li r
S ze o f b a n k for o d o un d
Ro un d pip l
e cu t o n s a n t 4 pans 2 88 , 2 9 0
pp l
Ro u n d i e d o u b e be n d 27 l t i t
S a n h e gh o f con e , t o ob a nt i 1 23
Rou n d pip l
e e bo w s 8 11, 12 , l r t i p ri ti s
So de , effec o f m u e in 41 4
Ro u n d
pp pp
i e o n con e l i
So d er , m ak n g 41 5
Rou n d i e on con e o b qu e
.

li 2 70 ly l r r ir
So d e , equ e men tsof g o o d 41 3
pp i l l r t prtr
m
Rou n d i e o n co n ca ca p 3 82 So d e , em e a u e o f, on
v l
.

Ro u n d t o p a n d o a bo tto , wo k r 41 3
ar ti l wi t h
c e l i
So d er n g 41 1
R ou nd d f
e saf co 1 n e1 oi e l ri l
So d e n g b o ck t in a n d ew ep tr 41 4
R o undi g t k n s a e l i lv i ir
So d er n g g a a n s ed on 405
l i i
So d er n g - r on , t h e 4 03
A FE -PL A TES l ri i
So d e n g z n c s h ee t 4 05
i l
Sa a m mon a c, l
So id cor n er pa n s 80, 8 1
li i t i s rv
So d pa n w h s d e cu ed
Sa u ce p
b lly st k an e a e wa r d s
o u t-

S wi g m h i
a n ld ac n e , co li
So d r o un d pa n
S w b
a s i gb d
, ra z n an li t p
So d r o un d a e r ed pa n
S b
ca h t i
on s ee r on Spemtic g r a tvi y
S p l
co o ,
co a i
S pec fi c h ea t
Scoop h d an p l
S ecu um me a t l
pl r i
,

S t h h r
co c s ea s S e te r , b a z n g
S r ll w rk w l d i g
c o o e n p lt r i r i
S e e br a z n g, equ r emen s
, t
S mi g m h i
ea n ac ne o fg d oo

Sea m m g s a k e t Sp l t r b
e e ,ing t m p r t r
raz e e a u e

d
,

t
Sec or 0 1 g o e for r e
gg en d e o fw k l or or

be ei il Sp lt
e th t m
er, e er

t
Segm en o f c c e , ir l tr f ce n e o Sp l t r i
e e z nc

Sp h
,

g ra vi y
t of er e, d yli d r
co n e , an c n e

Se g m en o f c c e, t ir l p p ti s ro er e re al ti f v l m on o o u es

Sp h d yl i n d
er e a n l ti n
c er re a o

Seg men t o f s e e a ea ph r r f o o f s rf u r sa ce a ea 2 78
Sp h p tt r f p rt
,

s u r fa ce o f er e . a e n or a 3 75
ii l
Sem c r c e , u s e o f Sp h v l m f
e re , o u e o 2 86
Sh ea r s g u ot n e s quar n g ill i i 49 1 S ph i l b wl
e r ca o 2 75
Sph i l d m pip
,

Sh ea r s h a n d e er lv 490 er ca o e, e on 39 4
Sp h i l
,

ll
Sh ea r s , e t h a n d ed b o ck l 5 06 er ca gm set f en a r ea o 2 77
Sp h r i l
,

Sh ea rs , e cu tt n g pip i 49 9 e ca f f 2 75
s u r a ce , a r e a o , 2 77
Sph ri l
.

,
i
S h ea rs r gh t-h a n d ed s tock . . 5 06 e ca f d m i
s u r a ce o e n

S h ea l s , Scotch 5 06 t
s ec or s 39 3
Sh eet m eta o n ts lj i 4 02 Sph i l v
e e ca l t ngth f
es s e , s re o 432
5 34 SHEE T A ND PLA TE ME TA L WORK
PG
A E PG
A E
i i
T h n n n g l a te com ers p 3 71 V l
o um e o f con ca i lv l es s e 1 1 0 2 86
f yli dri l v l
,

T h row1 n g o ff 28 1
. . V o u l m e o c n ca es s e 2 87
Thre e -wa y eces pi 38, 3 9 V o l um e o f sph r e e 2 86
T h r ee-wa y eces , co pi
er 31 4 pp
il
T es , ga a n s ed i ron lv i 21 0
A L L brack et in sh eet
Tin
T in in s o d er, t es t forl
453
m eta l 33 8

T nn ng i i
41 5
Wa s h u a tter n pp 1 07

i i
T n n n g co er pp
41 6 446
33 7, 4 4 7
,
\ V a s te a o d n g
, vi i 1 67

i pl
T n a tes 446, 457
pi i
Wa s te in ck l n g s h eet ron i 4 40

i i
T ns m t h s an l
'

vi Wa t er t ube fo r bo er il 1 36
504 Wat eri n g ca n s p ou t 1 28
i i
T n s m t h 8 h ors e
’

5 03
Waterl oo coa l SCOOp 201
To ba cco bo x 3 34 Wei g h ts o f m eta l s 451
l
Too s for s h eet m eta w ork 460 l Weig hts o f s q uare foot of
l llip
.

T ramm e meth od for e se 1 98

t m eta l s
s h ee
Tra n s for m er piece 54 Wei gh ts o f s teel s h eets
i
Tr a n g es a rea o f l , 455
Wei g h ts o f wa ter
i l i
Tr a n g es , r g h t an g e, u s e o f
“

—
l Wel d ed j i n ts o
6 0 , 6 8, 1 0 4 Wel d i n g a cetyl en e
T ri l t i on meth od
,
a n gu a ,
of
Wh i tes m i th s l en gth s o f , bars
2 , 75 , 1 1 7 2 0 8
r
T un k or bo x o n 9 2, 408 j i t Wi d t h of l a p for j oin t
T ubes , a e r on pl t i 35 6 \ V ir i n g
Tu n d is l1 a er n p tt 112
Wi r i n g an d cr ea s i n g
it ti pip
_

T w s ed co n n ec n g e 54
Wi r i n g a ll owa n ce for
it
T w s ed s q ua e ba s e r
77 Wi r i n g
,

m a ch i
it
T w s ed s u fa ces r 76 Wo r k i n g u e ben d p pip
ne

Wor k i n g p l a t es h ot
TN EQU A L a n g ed l th r ee Wo r k s h op m eth ods for pa t
pp w ay i e
ter n s
U pt k i a
g le, r1 e u a1 -
s ha p ed
Wo r m s h eet m eta l
U pt k bl g
,

a e, o on
Wr i n k li n g circl e
'

U p t iv t
se ,
r e

U f l d t
se u a a
SHA PE D f ou r -wa y pi ece

A L L EY gutter e bo w l
V a s es in s h eet m eta l PI ECE ta p eri n g
V l i
e geta b e a c d s a ct on o n t in , i ,

V il
en t a t or ba s e co n ca s q ua r e i l
il
,

V en t a tor ba s e, ra m d py i ING
p
s h a ed Zin c ,
li ga n n ea n

en t il a t or h ea d s Z i n c coa e
-
t d rti l a c es
V il
en t a tor h ea d s , s m a ll Z i n c oo n r ti g
V il
en t ator h ea d 1 11 s egme n t s Z in c s e s h t e xp in f
, e an s o o

V il
e n t a t or h ea d by a r t con es p Z in c s ee s h t th i k ss f , c ne o
V l
esse o f barre s h a e l p Z in c s s h eet w i gh t f , e o

V i
es s el w th con ca bottom i l Z in c s o e
, l d ri g h t n s ee

p iy
ca a c t of Z in c s e e p lt r mp i ti , co os on o f
d o ub ecur ed
. .

V es s e l i
w th l v Z on e o f sph r r f e e, a ea o s ur
s ur fa ce
 A L I ST OF BO O K S
PU B L I S H E D BY

Sir Is a a c Pit m a n So n s , L td .

m bm tzn g WHI T TA K E R C0
’

(I n co .
)
1 AME N CO RNE R , L OND ON, E C 4. .

A compl ete Cata logue givin g f ull details of th e foll owin g

books will be s en t pest fr ee on a ppl ication .

ALL PR I C E S A RE NE T .

A L T E R NA T IN G -CU R R E N T WO R K . W . Perr e n Ma y co ck
AR I T H M E T I C O F E L E C T R I C A L E N G IN E E R IN G Wh i ttak er s :
’

A R I T H M E T I C O F A L T E R NA T IN G C U R R E N TS E H Cra p p er . . .

A RC H I TE C T U RA L H YG I E N E , OR S AN I T A R Y S C I E N CE AS

A PPL I E D T O B UI L D IN G S B F a n d H P F l et ch er
. . . . .

D D enni ng
_

A R T AN D C R AF T O F C ABIN E T M A K IN G . .

A S T R O N O M Y F O R G E N E R A L R E AD E R S
, G F Ch a m b ers .
,
.

A T L AN T I C F E R R Y : I TS S H I PS M E N AN D WO R K IN G TH E , .

A J Ma g i nn i s
,

. .

B AUD OT P R IN T IN G T E L E G R A PH I C S Y S T E M H W Pe n dr y . . .

C A L C U L U S F O R E N G IN E E R IN G S T UD E N T S J Stone y . .

C A R PE N T R Y AND J O IN E R Y : A P R A C T I C A L : H AN DB O O K F O R
.
-

C R AF T S M E N AND S T UD E N TS B F a n d H P F l et ch er
. . . . . 7 6
C E N T R A L S T A T I O N E L E C T R I C I T Y S U PPL Y A G ay a n d C H . . . .

Y e a m an
C O L O U R IN W O V E N D E S I G N : A T R E A T I S E O N T E X T I L E
C O L O U R IN G .R B eau m ont
.

C O MM O N AN D T E C H NI C A L T E R M S IN T H E E N G L I S H AN D
S PAN I S H L AN G UAG E S . R D Mont e v er d e
. .

C O NV E RS I O N O F H E A T IN T O WO R K S ir W A nd erson . .

C O N C R E T E S T E E L B UI L D IN G S : B E IN G A C O N T INUA T I O N O F T HE
T R E A T I SE O N C O N C R E T E ST E E L -
W N 1 w e1v et r e cs .
‘

. .
’ ‘
C O N T INU O U S - CU R R E N T D YNA MO D E S I G N ,
E L E ME N T A R Y
PR IN C I PL E S OF . H M H ob art. .

CO N C R E T E -S T E E L : A T R E A T I S E O N R E INF O R C E D C O N C R E T E
C O N ST RU C TI O N W N Tw e e t r e e s
. . . lv
C O N T INU O U S C U RR E N T M O T O R S AN D C O N T R O L A PPA R A T U S
y
.

W Perr en Ma co ck
.

D E S I G N O F A L T E R NA T IN G C U R R E N T M A C H IN E R Y .
J . R .

B arr a n d R D A r ch b a d
. . i l
D I R E C T C U R R E N T E L E C T R I C A L E N G IN E E R IN G .
-

J . R B arr .

D IS S E C T I O N S I L L U S TR A T E D . C G . ro d i e
. B
D R A W IN G AND D E S I G N IN G F OR MA R IN E E N G IN E E RIN G . C .

W R ob erts
.

D R A W IN G AND D E SIG N IN G . C: G . Le land

D YNA M O : ITS TH E O R Y D E S IG N ,
AN D MANUFA C T U R E T H E , .

i
H awk ns a n d F Wa . lli s I n two v o l s . E a ch .

E L E C TR C I L IG H T I TT IN G :
F A T R E A T I S E O N W I R IN G F O R
I
L G HT IN G H E A T IN G & C S C B a t s t o n e
, , .
‘

. .

E L E C T R O P L A T E R S H AN D B O O K B onne y
’
.

E L E C T R I C AL E X P E R I ME N T S .

E L E C T R I C A L I N S T R U M E N T M A K IN G F O R A M A T E U R S S R . . .

B ottone
E L E C T R I C M O T O R S : H O W M AD E AN D H o w ;U S E D - S R . . .

B otton e
E L EC T R I C B E L L S A N D - A L L AB O U T T H E M S R B ottone . . .

E L E C T R IC T RA C T I O N A T D o v er . . .

E L E C T R I C A L E N G IN E E R S PO C K E T B O O K K E d g cu mb e
’
. .

E L E C T R I C M O T O R S AND C O N T R O L S Y S T EMS A T D o v er . . . .

E L E C T R I C M O T O R S C O N T IN U O U S ,P O L Y P H A S E AND S IN G L E
—

PH A S E M O T O R S H M H ob art . . .

E L E C T R I C L I G H T IN G AN D PO W E R D I S T R I B U T I O N V ol I . . .

W Perr e n Ma y co ck
.

E L E C T R I C L I G H T IN G AN D P O W E R D I S T R IBU T I O N V ol 1 1 . . .

W Perr e n Ma y co ck
.

E L E C T R I C W I R IN G F I T T IN G S S W I TC H E S AN D L A M PS
,
W ,
. .

P err e n Ma y co ck
E L E C T R I C W I R IN G D IA G R A M S W Perre n Ma y co ck . .

E L E C T R I C W I R IN G T AB L E S W Per Te n Ma yco ck . .

E L E C T RIC C I R C U IT T H E O R Y AND CA L C U L A T I O N S W . .

P err e n Ma y co ck
E L E C T R I C A L ME A S U R IN G I N S T R U M E N TS Mu r d och a n d .
1

O SC h w a l d 0
J

o o
E L E C TR IC TRAC T I O N .
J . H R d er . i
E L E C T RIC L IG HT C AB L E S . S A . . R u ss e ll .
L AN D S U R V E YIN G AN D LE V E L L IN G . A . T . Wa lm is l ey
LE A T H E R WO R K C G L e l a d d
. . .

L E K T R I C L I G H T IN G C O NN E C TI O N S W Perren Ma y coc k . .

L E N S WO R K F O R A M A TE U R S H Or for d . .

L I G H T NIN G C O NDU C TO R S AND L I G H T N IN G G UA RD S Sir O . .

L o dge
L O G A R I T H M S F O R B E G INN E R S
M A G N E T O AND E L E C T R I C I G N I T I O N W H ibbert . .

MANA G E M E N T O F A C C U M U L A T O R S Sir D Sa l o m ons . .

MANUA L I N S T R U C T I O N WO O D W O R K B art er S
—
.
, .

D R A W IN G
MAN UFA C T U RE O F E X PL O S IV E S 2 V o l s 0 G u tt m ann .
:
. .

ME C H AN I C A L T AB L E S S H O W IN G T H E D IA M E TE R S AN D C I R
,

C U MF E RE N C E S O F I R O N B A R S E TC J Po d en , . .

M E C H AN I C A L E N G IN E E RS P O C K E T B O O K Wh ittak er s
’
.
’

M E C H AN I C S AN D D R A U G H T S ME N S P O C K E T B OO K
’
W E ’
. . .

D o m m e tt
M E T A L T U R NIN G .
J . G . H o m er
ME T A L W O R K R E PO U S S E C G L e l an d
—
. . .

M E T R I C AND B R I T I S H S Y S T E M S O F WE I G H T S AND ME A S U R E S .
.

F M P erk i n
. .

M IN E R A LO G Y : T H E C H A R A C T E R S O F M IN E R A LS T H E I R ,

C L A S S IFI C A T IO N AND D E S C R I PT I O N . F . H H at ch
.

M ININ G M A T H E M A T I C S (P R E L I MINA R Y ) G W Str ing fe llow . . .

MO D E R N I L L U M INAN T S AND I L L U M INA T IN G E N G IN E E R IN G .

DOW ast er
an d G
MO D E R N P R A C T I C E O F C O A L M ININ G K e rr an d B u rns . .

Parts e a ch
1

M O D E R N O PT I C A L I N ST R U M E N T S H O rf or d . .
3
0

MO D E R N M I L L IN G E Pu ll . . 0
M O VIN G L O AD S O N R AI L W AY UND E R B RID G E S H B a mfor d
1

. . 0

O PT I C A L A C T IVI T Y AND CH E M I C A L C O MPO S I T I O N H . .

L a n b olt
O PT I C S OF P H O T O G R A PH Y AN D P H O T O G R A PH I C LE N SE S .

JoT T a lo r
y
o 0 o o o o o o a

P I PE S AND T UB E S : T HE R I C O N ST R U C T I O N AND J O IN T IN G .

P R B j or l in g
. .

PL AN T WO R L D : IT S PA S T ,
P RE S E N T AN D F U T U RE ,
TH E . G .

Mass ee
P O L Y PH A S E C U R R E N T S . A . St ill
P O WE R WI R IN G D IA G R A MS A . . T . Do v r e

P RA C T I C A L E X E R C I S E S IN H E A T ,
L I G HT AND S O UND .
J R . .

A sh worth o 0
 w . “

P R A C T I C A L E L E C T R I C L I G HT F I TT I NG
’

. F C A
. . ll o p s

PRA C T I C A L E E RC I S E S X IN MA G N E T I S M AN D E L E C TRI C IT Y .

J .R A s
.h wort h
M E T A L W O RK i ns
'

A CT I C A L AN D PL A TE A tk
'

PR S HE E T . E . A .

PR A C T I C A L I RONF O U N D I NG .
J . G . H orner
PRA C T I C A L DU C A T I O N C G L e land
E . . . .

PR A C T I C A L T E ST IN G O F E L E C T R I C M A C H IN E S L O u l ton . .

and N J W il son
. .

PR A C T I C A L T E L E PH O N E H A NDB O O K AND G UID E T O T H E

T E L E PH O NI C E X C H AN G E J Poo l e . .

P RA C T I C A L A DVI C E F O R M A R IN E E N G IN E E RS C W R ob erts . . .

PR A C T I C A L D E S IG N O F R E INF O R C E D C O N C R E T E B E A M S AND
C O L U MN S W N T we lv etr e e s
. . .

P R IN C I PL E S O F F IT T IN G J G H orn er . . .

PR IN C I P L E S O F P A TT E R N M A K IN G -

Q UAN T I T I E S AND Q UAN T I T Y T A K IN G W E D a v i s . . .

R ADI O T E L E G R A P H I S T S G UID E AN D L O G B O O K
-
’
W H . . .

March ant
R ADIU M AN D A L L AB O U T I T S R B ottone . . .

R AI L W AY T E C H N I C A L V O C ABU L A R Y L S e r r a ill ier . .

R E S E A R C H E S IN PL AN T P H Y S I O L O G Y W R G A tk ins . . . .

R O S E S AN D R O S E G RO W IN G K i ng s l e y R G .
, . .

R O S E S NE W
,

R U S S IAN V V E IG H T S AND ME A S U R E S ,
T AB L E S OF . R ed v rs e
l
E d er
S AN I T A R Y F I T T IN G S AN D PL U M BIN G G L Su t cli ff e . . .

S I M PL IFI E D ME TH O D S O F C A L C U L A T I N G R E INF O R C E D CO N
W N Twe lv e tr e e s
,

C RE T E B E A M S . . .

S L ID E R U L E A L H i g g ins
. . .

SMA L L B O O K O N E L E C T I C MO T O R S A C C AN D A C W , . . . . . .

Perre n Ma y co ck .

S PAN I S H I DI O M S W I T H T H E I R E N G L I S H E Q UIVA L E N T S R
D Mont e v er d e
. .

S PE C IFI C A T I O N S F O R B UI L D IN G WO R K S AND H O W T O WR I T E
THE M F R F arrow
. . .

S T E E L W O R K A NA L Y S I S J O A rno l d a n d F Ibb otson

'

. . . .

S T R E S S E S AND S T R AIN S : T H E I R C A L C U L A T I O N E T C F R , . . .

F arrow
S T R U C T U R A L I R O N AN D S T E E L W N T w e lv et r ee s . . .

S UB M A R IN E S T O R PE D O E S AND M IN E S
, W E Do m m e tt . . .

S U R V E YIN G A N D S U R V E YIN G I N S T R U M E N TS G A T . . . .

Mi d d l eton
T AB L E S F O R ME A S U R IN G AN D MAN U R IN G L AN D J Cu l l yer . .
TE A C H E R S H AND B O O K O F MANUA L T R AIN IN G : ME TA L WO R K
’

J S M ill er
. .

T E L E G R A PH Y : AN E X PO S I T I O N O F T H E T E L E G R A PH S Y ST E M
O F T H E B R I T I S H PO ST O FFI C E T E H erb ert . . . 10 6
T E X T B O O K O F B O T AN Y Part I T H E A NA T O M Y O F
.
—

F L O W E R IN G PL AN TS M Y at e s . .

T R AN S F O R M E RS F O R S I N G L E A N D M U L T I PH A S E C U R RE N TS
'

G K ap p
.

T R E A T I S E O N M ANU R E S A B G r i ffi th s
. . .

V E N T I L A T I O N O F E L E C T R I C A L MA C H IN E R Y W H F . . .

M ur d o ch
V E N T I L A T I O N P U MPIN G AND H AU L A G E T H E M A T H E M A T I C S
, , ,

OF P B i rk s
. .

V I L L A G E E L E C T R I C A L I N S TA L L A T I O N S W T Wa r d a l e . . .

W I RE L E S S T E L E G R A PH Y AND H E R T Z IAN W AV E S S R . . .

B ottone
W I R E L E S S T E L E G R A PH Y : A PR A C T I C A L H AND W O RK F O R
O PE R A T O R S AN D S T UD E N T S W H March ant . . .

W I RE L E S S TE L E G RA PH Y AND TE L E PH O N Y W J Wh it e . . .

WO O D C A R VIN G C G L e land . . .

C a t a lo g u e o f S c ie n t if ic a n d Te ch n ica l B o o ks po s t f r e e .

L O N D O N : S I R I S AA C PI T M AN SO N S L T D 1 A
,
.
, ME N CO RNE RE C 4
,
; .
RETURN |
CIRC ULAT O N D EPA RTM ENT A

A l l BOO KS MAY BE RECA LLED A FTER7 DA YS

ll
l -m o n t h Io o n s m o y be r e n e w e d by ca in g 6 4 2 -3 4 0 5
O-m o n t h loa n s m a y be re ch a r g e d by br mg in i l
g bo o ks to C rcu a t io n De s k
l
Re n e w a s a n d re ch a rg e s m a y be ma d e 4 d a ys pr io r to d u e d a te

DUE A S STA MPED BELO W

UNlV ERSITY O F CA LIFO RNIA BERKELEY

'

FO RM NO .
’

DDO 6 0 m
, , BERKELEY CA 9 4 7 2 0
,
®s